From 0cf411b09cf5d8970b873a338a69eae98d5ce5d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michele Calgaro Date: Sat, 8 Jun 2024 12:56:43 +0900 Subject: Rename text nt* related files to equivalent tq* Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro --- src/codecs/ntqbig5codec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqeucjpcodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqeuckrcodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqgb18030codec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqjiscodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqrtlcodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqsjiscodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqtextcodec.h | 134 - src/codecs/ntqtextcodecfactory.h | 59 - src/codecs/ntqtextcodecplugin.h | 70 - src/codecs/ntqtsciicodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/ntqutfcodec.h | 2 +- src/codecs/qfontcodecs_p.h | 2 +- src/codecs/qisciicodec_p.h | 2 +- src/codecs/qrtlcodec.cpp | 2 +- src/codecs/qt_codecs.pri | 14 +- src/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp | 3161 --------------- src/codecs/qtextcodecfactory.cpp | 131 - src/codecs/qtextcodecinterface_p.h | 80 - src/codecs/qtextcodecplugin.cpp | 186 - src/codecs/tqtextcodec.cpp | 3161 +++++++++++++++ src/codecs/tqtextcodec.h | 134 + src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.cpp | 131 + src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.h | 59 + src/codecs/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h | 80 + src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp | 186 + src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.h | 70 + src/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp | 2 +- src/dialogs/qprintdialog.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/ntqnamespace.h | 2 +- src/kernel/ntqt.h | 18 +- src/kernel/qapplication.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qfont.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp | 4 +- src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h | 4 +- src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp | 4 +- src/kernel/qpainter.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp | 8 +- src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp | 6 +- src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h | 2 +- src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp | 4 +- src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h | 2 +- src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h | 2 +- src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri | 8 +- src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp | 1180 ------ src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h | 377 -- src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp | 127 - src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp | 643 --- src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h | 184 - src/kernel/tqimage.cpp | 2 +- src/kernel/tqtextengine.cpp | 1180 ++++++ src/kernel/tqtextengine_p.h | 377 ++ src/kernel/tqtextengine_unix.cpp | 127 + src/kernel/tqtextlayout.cpp | 643 +++ src/kernel/tqtextlayout_p.h | 184 + src/kernel/tqwidget_x11.cpp | 4 +- src/moc/moc.pro | 4 +- src/network/qdns.cpp | 2 +- src/network/qftp.cpp | 2 +- src/network/qhttp.cpp | 2 +- src/qt.pro | 4 +- src/styles/qsgistyle.cpp | 2 +- src/tools/ntqtextstream.h | 341 -- src/tools/ntqtl.h | 2 +- src/tools/qfeatures.txt | 8 +- src/tools/qsettings.cpp | 2 +- src/tools/qt_tools.pri | 4 +- src/tools/qtextstream.cpp | 2632 ------------ src/tools/tqstring.cpp | 2 +- src/tools/tqtextstream.cpp | 2632 ++++++++++++ src/tools/tqtextstream.h | 341 ++ src/widgets/ntqdockarea.h | 2 +- src/widgets/ntqmainwindow.h | 2 +- src/widgets/ntqmultilineedit.h | 2 +- src/widgets/ntqtextbrowser.h | 107 - src/widgets/ntqtextedit.h | 613 --- src/widgets/ntqtextview.h | 74 - src/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp | 2 +- src/widgets/qiconview.cpp | 2 +- src/widgets/qlineedit.cpp | 2 +- src/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp | 2 +- src/widgets/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp | 2 +- src/widgets/qt_widgets.pri | 12 +- src/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp | 555 --- src/widgets/qtextedit.cpp | 7474 ----------------------------------- src/widgets/qtextview.cpp | 103 - src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.cpp | 555 +++ src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.h | 107 + src/widgets/tqtextedit.cpp | 7474 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ src/widgets/tqtextedit.h | 613 +++ src/widgets/tqtextview.cpp | 103 + src/widgets/tqtextview.h | 74 + src/xml/qsvgdevice.cpp | 2 +- src/xml/tqdom.cpp | 4 +- src/xml/tqxml.cpp | 2 +- src/xml/tqxml.h | 2 +- 101 files changed, 18331 insertions(+), 18331 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 src/codecs/ntqtextcodec.h delete mode 100644 src/codecs/ntqtextcodecfactory.h delete mode 100644 src/codecs/ntqtextcodecplugin.h delete mode 100644 src/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp delete mode 100644 src/codecs/qtextcodecfactory.cpp delete mode 100644 src/codecs/qtextcodecinterface_p.h delete mode 100644 src/codecs/qtextcodecplugin.cpp create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodec.cpp create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodec.h create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.cpp create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.h create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp create mode 100644 src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.h delete mode 100644 src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp delete mode 100644 src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h delete mode 100644 src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp delete mode 100644 src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp delete mode 100644 src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h create mode 100644 src/kernel/tqtextengine.cpp create mode 100644 src/kernel/tqtextengine_p.h create mode 100644 src/kernel/tqtextengine_unix.cpp create mode 100644 src/kernel/tqtextlayout.cpp create mode 100644 src/kernel/tqtextlayout_p.h delete mode 100644 src/tools/ntqtextstream.h delete mode 100644 src/tools/qtextstream.cpp create mode 100644 src/tools/tqtextstream.cpp create mode 100644 src/tools/tqtextstream.h delete mode 100644 src/widgets/ntqtextbrowser.h delete mode 100644 src/widgets/ntqtextedit.h delete mode 100644 src/widgets/ntqtextview.h delete mode 100644 src/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp delete mode 100644 src/widgets/qtextedit.cpp delete mode 100644 src/widgets/qtextview.cpp create mode 100644 src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.cpp create mode 100644 src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.h create mode 100644 src/widgets/tqtextedit.cpp create mode 100644 src/widgets/tqtextedit.h create mode 100644 src/widgets/tqtextview.cpp create mode 100644 src/widgets/tqtextview.h (limited to 'src') diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqbig5codec.h b/src/codecs/ntqbig5codec.h index 73039967f..d2f1f7c84 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqbig5codec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqbig5codec.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ #define TQBIG5CODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H #ifndef TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqeucjpcodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqeucjpcodec.h index 6ccbcddb2..39b768665 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqeucjpcodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqeucjpcodec.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #define TQEUCJPCODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #include "ntqjpunicode.h" #endif // QT_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqeuckrcodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqeuckrcodec.h index fcd97a964..513c85f0b 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqeuckrcodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqeuckrcodec.h @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #define TQEUCKRCODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H #ifndef TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqgb18030codec.h b/src/codecs/ntqgb18030codec.h index 676a08a18..c28c6222d 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqgb18030codec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqgb18030codec.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #define TQGB18030CODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqjiscodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqjiscodec.h index b96d0aec2..3e914f489 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqjiscodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqjiscodec.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #define TQJISCODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #include "ntqjpunicode.h" #endif // QT_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqrtlcodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqrtlcodec.h index f40161250..bbd990df6 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqrtlcodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqrtlcodec.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #define TQRTLCODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H #ifndef TQT_NO_CODEC_HEBREW diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqsjiscodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqsjiscodec.h index a1acc053e..8a5f83aae 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqsjiscodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqsjiscodec.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #define TQSJISCODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #include "ntqjpunicode.h" #endif // QT_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqtextcodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqtextcodec.h deleted file mode 100644 index f5554d261..000000000 --- a/src/codecs/ntqtextcodec.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQTextCodec class -** -** Created : 981015 -** -** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQTEXTCODEC_H -#define TQTEXTCODEC_H - -#ifndef QT_H -#include "tqstring.h" -#endif // QT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC - -class TQTextCodec; -class TQIODevice; -class TQFont; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQTextEncoder { -public: - virtual ~TQTextEncoder(); - virtual TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) = 0; -}; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQTextDecoder { -public: - virtual ~TQTextDecoder(); - virtual TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) = 0; -}; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodec { -public: - virtual ~TQTextCodec(); - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS - static TQTextCodec* loadCharmap(TQIODevice*); - static TQTextCodec* loadCharmapFile(TQString filename); -#endif //TQT_NO_CODECS - static TQTextCodec* codecForMib(int mib); - static TQTextCodec* codecForName(const char* hint, int accuracy=0); - static TQTextCodec* codecForContent(const char* chars, int len); - static TQTextCodec* codecForIndex(int i); - static TQTextCodec* codecForLocale(); - static void setCodecForLocale(TQTextCodec *c); - - static TQTextCodec* codecForTr(); - static void setCodecForTr(TQTextCodec *c); - static TQTextCodec* codecForCStrings(); - static void setCodecForCStrings(TQTextCodec *c); - - static void deleteAllCodecs(); - - static const char* locale(); - - virtual const char* name() const = 0; - virtual const char* mimeName() const; - virtual int mibEnum() const = 0; - - virtual TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const; - virtual TQTextEncoder* makeEncoder() const; - - virtual TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const; - virtual TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) const; - - TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc) const; - TQString toUnicode(const TQByteArray&, int len) const; - TQString toUnicode(const TQByteArray&) const; - TQString toUnicode(const TQCString&, int len) const; - TQString toUnicode(const TQCString&) const; - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars) const; - virtual bool canEncode( TQChar ) const; - virtual bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const; - - virtual int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const = 0; - virtual int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const; - - virtual TQByteArray fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int from, int len) const; - virtual unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const; - -protected: - TQTextCodec(); - static int simpleHeuristicNameMatch(const char* name, const char* hint); - -private: - friend class TQFont; - friend class TQFontEngineXLFD; - void fromUnicodeInternal( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ); - - static TQTextCodec *cftr; - static TQTextCodec *cfcs; -}; - -inline TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForTr() { return cftr; } -inline void TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr(TQTextCodec *c) { cftr = c; } -inline TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() { return cfcs; } -inline void TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(TQTextCodec *c) { cfcs = c; } - -#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC -#endif // TQTEXTCODEC_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqtextcodecfactory.h b/src/codecs/ntqtextcodecfactory.h deleted file mode 100644 index 74cca82ca..000000000 --- a/src/codecs/ntqtextcodecfactory.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQTextCodecFactory class -** -** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQTEXTCODECFACTORY_H -#define TQTEXTCODECFACTORY_H - -#ifndef QT_H -#include "tqstringlist.h" -#endif // QT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC - -class TQTextCodec; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodecFactory -{ -public: - static TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString & ); - static TQTextCodec *createForMib( int ); -}; - -#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC - -#endif // TQTEXTCODECFACTORY_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqtextcodecplugin.h b/src/codecs/ntqtextcodecplugin.h deleted file mode 100644 index 13a83733d..000000000 --- a/src/codecs/ntqtextcodecplugin.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Definition of TQTextCodecPlugin class -** -** Created : 010920 -** -** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#ifndef TQTEXTCODECPLUGIN_H -#define TQTEXTCODECPLUGIN_H - -#ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqgplugin.h" -#include "tqstringlist.h" -#endif // QT_H - -#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN -class TQTextCodec; -class TQTextCodecPluginPrivate; - -class TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodecPlugin : public TQGPlugin -{ - TQ_OBJECT -public: - TQTextCodecPlugin(); - ~TQTextCodecPlugin(); - - virtual TQStringList names() const = 0; - virtual TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString &name ) = 0; - - virtual TQValueList mibEnums() const = 0; - virtual TQTextCodec *createForMib( int mib ) = 0; - -private: - TQTextCodecPluginPrivate *d; -}; -#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN -#endif // TQTEXTCODECPLUGIN_H diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqtsciicodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqtsciicodec.h index bbea40f2d..a71a3fe91 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqtsciicodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqtsciicodec.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ #define TQTSCIICODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H #ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS diff --git a/src/codecs/ntqutfcodec.h b/src/codecs/ntqutfcodec.h index c6303a3c4..c763238cd 100644 --- a/src/codecs/ntqutfcodec.h +++ b/src/codecs/ntqutfcodec.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ #define TQUTFCODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H #ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC diff --git a/src/codecs/qfontcodecs_p.h b/src/codecs/qfontcodecs_p.h index cc2cd40b0..b9ba7ebd4 100644 --- a/src/codecs/qfontcodecs_p.h +++ b/src/codecs/qfontcodecs_p.h @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ #ifndef QT_H #include "ntqglobal.h" -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H diff --git a/src/codecs/qisciicodec_p.h b/src/codecs/qisciicodec_p.h index 2fe0a1150..372415cf1 100644 --- a/src/codecs/qisciicodec_p.h +++ b/src/codecs/qisciicodec_p.h @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ #define TQISCIICODEC_H #ifndef QT_H -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" +#include "tqtextcodec.h" #endif // QT_H #ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS diff --git a/src/codecs/qrtlcodec.cpp b/src/codecs/qrtlcodec.cpp index f4e471b0a..de377f538 100644 --- a/src/codecs/qrtlcodec.cpp +++ b/src/codecs/qrtlcodec.cpp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ **********************************************************************/ #include "ntqrtlcodec.h" -#include +#include #ifndef TQT_NO_CODEC_HEBREW diff --git a/src/codecs/qt_codecs.pri b/src/codecs/qt_codecs.pri index 196448d3b..80ec0c22f 100644 --- a/src/codecs/qt_codecs.pri +++ b/src/codecs/qt_codecs.pri @@ -14,12 +14,12 @@ tools { $$CODECS_H/ntqjpunicode.h \ $$CODECS_H/ntqrtlcodec.h \ $$CODECS_H/ntqsjiscodec.h \ - $$CODECS_H/ntqtextcodec.h \ + $$CODECS_H/tqtextcodec.h \ $$CODECS_H/ntqtsciicodec.h \ $$CODECS_H/ntqutfcodec.h \ - $$CODECS_P/qtextcodecinterface_p.h \ - $$CODECS_H/ntqtextcodecfactory.h \ - $$CODECS_H/ntqtextcodecplugin.h + $$CODECS_P/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h \ + $$CODECS_H/tqtextcodecfactory.h \ + $$CODECS_H/tqtextcodecplugin.h SOURCES += \ #$$CODECS_CPP/qasmocodec.cpp \ @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ tools { $$CODECS_CPP/qjpunicode.cpp \ $$CODECS_CPP/qrtlcodec.cpp \ $$CODECS_CPP/qsjiscodec.cpp \ - $$CODECS_CPP/qtextcodec.cpp \ + $$CODECS_CPP/tqtextcodec.cpp \ $$CODECS_CPP/qtsciicodec.cpp \ $$CODECS_CPP/qutfcodec.cpp \ - $$CODECS_CPP/qtextcodecfactory.cpp \ - $$CODECS_CPP/qtextcodecplugin.cpp + $$CODECS_CPP/tqtextcodecfactory.cpp \ + $$CODECS_CPP/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp x11:SOURCES += $$CODECS_CPP/qfontcncodec.cpp \ $$CODECS_CPP/qfonthkcodec.cpp \ diff --git a/src/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp b/src/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 632dface1..000000000 --- a/src/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3161 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Implementation of TQTextCodec class -** -** Created : 981015 -** -** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA. All rights reserved. -** -** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free -** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2 -** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file. -** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version -** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been -** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any) -** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation. -** -** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General -** Public Licensing requirements will be met: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/. -** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please -** review the following information: -** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview -** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com. -** -** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as -** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL -** included in the packaging of this file. Licensees holding valid TQt -** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt -** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software. -** -** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR -** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted -** herein. -** -**********************************************************************/ - -#include "qplatformdefs.h" - -// UNIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64 -#if defined(open) -# undef open -#endif - -#include "ntqtextcodec.h" -#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC - -#include "tqvaluelist.h" -#include "ntqtextcodecfactory.h" -#include "ntqutfcodec.h" -#include "ntqnamespace.h" -#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS -#include "ntqrtlcodec.h" -#include "ntqtsciicodec.h" -#include "qisciicodec_p.h" -#endif // TQT_NO_CODECS -#ifndef TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS -#include "ntqbig5codec.h" -#include "ntqeucjpcodec.h" -#include "ntqeuckrcodec.h" -#include "ntqgb18030codec.h" -#include "ntqjiscodec.h" -#include "ntqjpunicode.h" -#include "ntqsjiscodec.h" -#endif // TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS -#include "ntqfile.h" -#include "tqstrlist.h" -#include "tqstring.h" -#include "../tools/qlocale_p.h" - -#if !defined(TQT_NO_CODECS) && !defined(TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS) && defined(TQ_WS_X11) -# include "qfontcodecs_p.h" -#endif - -#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT -# include -#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - -#include -#include -#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP -#include -#endif -#if defined(_XOPEN_UNIX) && !defined(Q_OS_QNX6) -#include -#endif - -static TQValueList *all = 0; -static bool codecs_destroyed = false; -static TQTextCodec * localeMapper = 0; - -class TQTextCodecCleanup { -public: - ~TQTextCodecCleanup() { - TQTextCodec::deleteAllCodecs(); - } -}; -static TQTextCodecCleanup qtextcodec_cleanup; - -/*! - Deletes all the created codecs. - - \warning Do not call this function. - - TQApplication calls this function just before exiting to delete - any TQTextCodec objects that may be lying around. Since various - other classes hold pointers to TQTextCodec objects, it is not safe - to call this function earlier. - - If you are using the utility classes (like TQString) but not using - TQApplication, calling this function at the very end of your - application may be helpful for chasing down memory leaks by - eliminating any TQTextCodec objects. -*/ - -void TQTextCodec::deleteAllCodecs() -{ - codecs_destroyed = true; - - if ( !all ) - return; - -#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ? - tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 ); -#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - - TQValueList *ball = all; - all = 0; - TQValueList::Iterator it; - for ( it = ball->begin(); it != ball->end(); ++it ) { - delete *it; - *it = 0; - } - ball->clear(); - delete ball; - - localeMapper = 0; -} - -static void setup(); - -class TQTextStatelessEncoder: public TQTextEncoder { - const TQTextCodec* codec; -public: - TQTextStatelessEncoder(const TQTextCodec*); - TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut); -}; - - -class TQTextStatelessDecoder : public TQTextDecoder { - const TQTextCodec* codec; -public: - TQTextStatelessDecoder(const TQTextCodec*); - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len); -}; - -TQTextStatelessEncoder::TQTextStatelessEncoder(const TQTextCodec* c) : - codec(c) -{ -} - - -TQCString TQTextStatelessEncoder::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) -{ - return codec->fromUnicode(uc,lenInOut); -} - - -TQTextStatelessDecoder::TQTextStatelessDecoder(const TQTextCodec* c) : - codec(c) -{ -} - - -TQString TQTextStatelessDecoder::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) -{ - return codec->toUnicode(chars,len); -} - - - -/*! - \class TQTextCodec ntqtextcodec.h - \brief The TQTextCodec class provides conversion between text encodings. - \reentrant - \ingroup i18n - - TQt uses Unicode to store, draw and manipulate strings. In many - situations you may wish to deal with data that uses a different - encoding. For example, most Japanese documents are still stored in - Shift-JIS or ISO2022, while Russian users often have their - documents in KOI8-R or CP1251. - - TQt provides a set of TQTextCodec classes to help with converting - non-Unicode formats to and from Unicode. You can also create your - own codec classes (\link #subclassing see later\endlink). - - The supported encodings are: - \list - \i Latin1 - \i Big5 -- Chinese - \i Big5-HKSCS -- Chinese - \i eucJP -- Japanese - \i eucKR -- Korean - \i GB2312 -- Chinese - \i GBK -- Chinese - \i GB18030 -- Chinese - \i JIS7 -- Japanese - \i Shift-JIS -- Japanese - \i TSCII -- Tamil - \i utf8 -- Unicode, 8-bit - \i utf16 -- Unicode - \i KOI8-R -- Russian - \i KOI8-U -- Ukrainian - \i ISO8859-1 -- Western - \i ISO8859-2 -- Central European - \i ISO8859-3 -- Central European - \i ISO8859-4 -- Baltic - \i ISO8859-5 -- Cyrillic - \i ISO8859-6 -- Arabic - \i ISO8859-7 -- Greek - \i ISO8859-8 -- Hebrew, visually ordered - \i ISO8859-8-i -- Hebrew, logically ordered - \i ISO8859-9 -- Turkish - \i ISO8859-10 - \i ISO8859-13 - \i ISO8859-14 - \i ISO8859-15 -- Western - \i IBM 850 - \i IBM 866 - \i CP874 - \i CP1250 -- Central European - \i CP1251 -- Cyrillic - \i CP1252 -- Western - \i CP1253 -- Greek - \i CP1254 -- Turkish - \i CP1255 -- Hebrew - \i CP1256 -- Arabic - \i CP1257 -- Baltic - \i CP1258 - \i Apple Roman - \i TIS-620 -- Thai - \endlist - - TQTextCodecs can be used as follows to convert some locally encoded - string to Unicode. Suppose you have some string encoded in Russian - KOI8-R encoding, and want to convert it to Unicode. The simple way - to do this is: - - \code - TQCString locallyEncoded = "..."; // text to convert - TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R - TQString unicodeString = codec->toUnicode( locallyEncoded ); - \endcode - - After this, \c{unicodeString} holds the text converted to Unicode. - Converting a string from Unicode to the local encoding is just as - easy: - - \code - TQString unicodeString = "..."; // any Unicode text - TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R - TQCString locallyEncoded = codec->fromUnicode( unicodeString ); - \endcode - - Some care must be taken when trying to convert the data in chunks, - for example, when receiving it over a network. In such cases it is - possible that a multi-byte character will be split over two - chunks. At best this might result in the loss of a character and - at worst cause the entire conversion to fail. - - The approach to use in these situations is to create a TQTextDecoder - object for the codec and use this TQTextDecoder for the whole - decoding process, as shown below: - - \code - TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "Shift-JIS" ); - TQTextDecoder *decoder = codec->makeDecoder(); - - TQString unicodeString; - while( receiving_data ) { - TQByteArray chunk = new_data; - unicodeString += decoder->toUnicode( chunk.data(), chunk.length() ); - } - \endcode - - The TQTextDecoder object maintains state between chunks and therefore - works correctly even if a multi-byte character is split between - chunks. - - \target subclassing - \section1 Creating your own Codec class - - Support for new text encodings can be added to TQt by creating - TQTextCodec subclasses. - - Built-in codecs can be overridden by custom codecs since more - recently created TQTextCodec objects take precedence over earlier - ones. - - You may find it more convenient to make your codec class available - as a plugin; see the \link plugins-howto.html plugin - documentation\endlink for more details. - - The abstract virtual functions describe the encoder to the - system and the coder is used as required in the different - text file formats supported by TQTextStream, and under X11, for the - locale-specific character input and output. - - To add support for another 8-bit encoding to TQt, make a subclass - of TQTextCodec and implement at least the following methods: - - \code - const char* name() const - \endcode - Return the official name for the encoding. - - \code - int mibEnum() const - \endcode - Return the MIB enum for the encoding if it is listed in the - \link http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets - IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink. - - If the encoding is multi-byte then it will have "state"; that is, - the interpretation of some bytes will be dependent on some preceding - bytes. For such encodings, you must implement: - - \code - TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const - \endcode - Return a TQTextDecoder that remembers incomplete multi-byte sequence - prefixes or other required state. - - If the encoding does \e not require state, you should implement: - - \code - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const - \endcode - Converts \e len characters from \e chars to Unicode. - - The base TQTextCodec class has default implementations of the above - two functions, \e{but they are mutually recursive}, so you must - re-implement at least one of them, or both for improved efficiency. - - For conversion from Unicode to 8-bit encodings, it is rarely necessary - to maintain state. However, two functions similar to the two above - are used for encoding: - - \code - TQTextEncoder* makeEncoder() const - \endcode - Return a TQTextEncoder. - - \code - TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const - \endcode - Converts \e lenInOut characters (of type TQChar) from the start of - the string \e uc, returning a TQCString result, and also returning - the \link TQCString::length() length\endlink of the result in - \e lenInOut. - - Again, these are mutually recursive so only one needs to be implemented, - or both if greater efficiency is possible. - - Finally, you must implement: - - \code - int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const - \endcode - Gives a value indicating how likely it is that \e len characters - from \e chars are in the encoding. - - A good model for this function is the - TQWindowsLocalCodec::heuristicContentMatch function found in the TQt - sources. - - A TQTextCodec subclass might have improved performance if you also - re-implement: - - \code - bool canEncode( TQChar ) const - \endcode - Test if a Unicode character can be encoded. - - \code - bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const - \endcode - Test if a string of Unicode characters can be encoded. - - \code - int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const - \endcode - Test if a possibly non-standard name is referring to the codec. - - Codecs can also be created as \link plugins-howto.html plugins\endlink. -*/ - - -/*! - \nonreentrant - - Constructs a TQTextCodec, and gives it the highest precedence. The - TQTextCodec should always be constructed on the heap (i.e. with \c - new). TQt takes ownership and will delete it when the application - terminates. -*/ -TQTextCodec::TQTextCodec() -{ - // 'codecs_destroyed' should never be true at this point - if (!codecs_destroyed) - { - setup(); -#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ? - tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 ); -#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - all->insert( all->begin(), this ); - } -} - - -/*! - \nonreentrant - - Destroys the TQTextCodec. Note that you should not delete codecs - yourself: once created they become TQt's responsibility. -*/ -TQTextCodec::~TQTextCodec() -{ - if ( !codecs_destroyed ) - tqWarning("TQTextCodec::~TQTextCodec() called by application"); - -#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ? - tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 ); -#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT - if ( all ) - all->remove( this ); -} - - -/*! - Returns a value indicating how likely it is that this decoder is - appropriate for decoding some format that has the given name. The - name is compared with the \a hint. - - A good match returns a positive number around the length of the - string. A bad match is negative. - - The default implementation calls simpleHeuristicNameMatch() with - the name of the codec. -*/ -int TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const -{ - return simpleHeuristicNameMatch(name(),hint); -} - - -// returns a string containing the letters and numbers from input, -// with a space separating run of a character class. e.g. "iso8859-1" -// becomes "iso 8859 1" -static TQString lettersAndNumbers( const char * input ) -{ - TQString result; - TQChar c; - - while( input && *input ) { - c = *input; - if ( c.isLetter() || c.isNumber() ) - result += c.lower(); - if ( input[1] ) { - // add space at character class transition, except - // transition from upper-case to lower-case letter - TQChar n( input[1] ); - if ( c.isLetter() && n.isLetter() ) { - if ( c == c.lower() && n == n.upper() ) - result += ' '; - } else if ( c.category() != n.category() ) { - result += ' '; - } - } - input++; - } - return result.simplifyWhiteSpace(); -} - -/*! - A simple utility function for heuristicNameMatch(): it does some - very minor character-skipping so that almost-exact matches score - high. \a name is the text we're matching and \a hint is used for - the comparison. -*/ -int TQTextCodec::simpleHeuristicNameMatch(const char* name, const char* hint) -{ - // if they're the same, return a perfect score. - if ( name && hint && *name && *hint && tqstricmp( name, hint ) == 0 ) - return tqstrlen( hint ); - - // if the letters and numbers are the same, we have an "almost" - // perfect match. - TQString h( lettersAndNumbers( hint ) ); - TQString n( lettersAndNumbers( name ) ); - if ( h == n ) - return tqstrlen( hint )-1; - - if ( h.stripWhiteSpace() == n.stripWhiteSpace() ) - return tqstrlen( hint )-2; - - // could do some more here, but I don't think it's worth it - - return 0; -} - - -/*! - Returns the TQTextCodec \a i positions from the most recently - inserted codec, or 0 if there is no such TQTextCodec. Thus, - codecForIndex(0) returns the most recently created TQTextCodec. -*/ -TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForIndex(int i) -{ - if (codecs_destroyed) - { - return nullptr; - } - - setup(); - return (uint)i >= all->count() ? 0 : *all->at(i); -} - - -/*! - Returns the TQTextCodec which matches the \link - TQTextCodec::mibEnum() MIBenum\endlink \a mib. -*/ -TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForMib(int mib) -{ - if (codecs_destroyed) - { - return nullptr; - } - - setup(); - TQValueList::ConstIterator i; - TQTextCodec* result=0; - for ( i = all->begin(); i != all->end(); ++i ) { - result = *i; - if ( result->mibEnum()==mib ) - return result; - } - -#if !defined(TQT_NO_COMPONENT) && !defined(QT_LITE_COMPONENT) - if ( !result || (result && result->mibEnum() != mib) ) { - TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodecFactory::createForMib(mib); - if (codec) - result = codec; - } -#endif // !TQT_NO_COMPONENT !QT_LITE_COMPONENT - - return result; -} - - - - - -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 -class TQWindowsLocalCodec: public TQTextCodec -{ -public: - TQWindowsLocalCodec(); - ~TQWindowsLocalCodec(); - - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const; - TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const; - - const char* name() const; - int mibEnum() const; - - int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const; - - TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const; -}; - -TQWindowsLocalCodec::TQWindowsLocalCodec() -{ -} - -TQWindowsLocalCodec::~TQWindowsLocalCodec() -{ -} - - -TQString TQWindowsLocalCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const -{ - if ( len == 1 && chars ) { // Optimization; avoids allocation - char c[2]; - c[0] = *chars; - c[1] = 0; - return qt_winMB2TQString( c, 2 ); - } - if ( len < 0 ) - return qt_winMB2TQString( chars ); - TQCString s(chars,len+1); - return qt_winMB2TQString(s); -} - -TQCString TQWindowsLocalCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const -{ - TQCString r = qt_winTQString2MB( uc, lenInOut ); - lenInOut = r.length(); - return r; -} - - -const char* TQWindowsLocalCodec::name() const -{ - return "System"; -} - -int TQWindowsLocalCodec::mibEnum() const -{ - return 0; -} - - -int TQWindowsLocalCodec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const -{ - // ### Not a bad default implementation? - TQString t = toUnicode(chars,len); - int l = t.length(); - TQCString mb = fromUnicode(t,l); - int i=0; - while ( i < len ) { - if ( chars[i] == mb[i] ) - i++; - else - break; - } - return i; -} - -class TQWindowsLocalDecoder: public TQTextDecoder -{ - const TQWindowsLocalCodec* codec; - int nbuf; - uchar buf[4]; // hopefully this will be enough -public: - TQWindowsLocalDecoder(const TQWindowsLocalCodec *c) : codec(c), nbuf(0) - { - } - - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) - { - if (len != 1 && nbuf == 0) - return codec->toUnicode(chars, len); - if (len == 1) { - char c[sizeof buf + 2]; - memcpy(c, buf, nbuf); - c[nbuf] = *chars; - c[nbuf+1] = 0; - - // try to decode this: - TQString retval = codec->toUnicode(c, -1); - if ( retval.isEmpty() ) { - // it didn't return anything; we probably stopped mid-way in a multi-byte - // character - buf[nbuf++] = *chars; - if (nbuf + 1 == sizeof buf) { - tqWarning("TQWindowsLocalDecoder: exceeded max internal buffer size"); - nbuf = 0; - } - } - else - nbuf = 0; // decoded successfully - - return retval; - } - - if (len == -1) - len = (int)strlen(chars); - - // Ugh! We need to allocate memory - char *s = new char[nbuf + len + 1]; - memcpy(s, buf, nbuf); - memcpy(s + nbuf, chars, len); - s[nbuf + len] = 0; - - TQString retval = codec->toUnicode(s, -1); - nbuf = 0; - delete[] s; - return retval; - } -}; - -TQTextDecoder* TQWindowsLocalCodec::makeDecoder() const -{ - return new TQWindowsLocalDecoder(this); -} - -#else - -/* locale names mostly copied from XFree86 */ -static const char * const iso8859_2locales[] = { - "croatian", "cs", "cs_CS", "cs_CZ","cz", "cz_CZ", "czech", "hr", - "hr_HR", "hu", "hu_HU", "hungarian", "pl", "pl_PL", "polish", "ro", - "ro_RO", "rumanian", "serbocroatian", "sh", "sh_SP", "sh_YU", "sk", - "sk_SK", "sl", "sl_CS", "sl_SI", "slovak", "slovene", "sr_SP", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_3locales[] = { - "eo", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_4locales[] = { - "ee", "ee_EE", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_5locales[] = { - "mk", "mk_MK", "sp", "sp_YU", 0 }; - -static const char * const cp_1251locales[] = { - "be", "be_BY", "bg", "bg_BG", "bulgarian", 0 }; - -static const char * const pt_154locales[] = { - "ba_RU", "ky", "ky_KG", "kk", "kk_KZ", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_6locales[] = { - "ar_AA", "ar_SA", "arabic", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_7locales[] = { - "el", "el_GR", "greek", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_8locales[] = { - "hebrew", "he", "he_IL", "iw", "iw_IL", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_9locales[] = { - "tr", "tr_TR", "turkish", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_13locales[] = { - "lt", "lt_LT", "lv", "lv_LV", 0 }; - -static const char * const iso8859_15locales[] = { - "et", "et_EE", - // Euro countries - "br_FR", "ca_ES", "de", "de_AT", "de_BE", "de_DE", "de_LU", "en_IE", - "es", "es_ES", "eu_ES", "fi", "fi_FI", "finnish", "fr", "fr_FR", - "fr_BE", "fr_LU", "french", "ga_IE", "gl_ES", "it", "it_IT", "oc_FR", - "nl", "nl_BE", "nl_NL", "pt", "pt_PT", "sv_FI", "wa_BE", - 0 }; - -static const char * const koi8_ulocales[] = { - "uk", "uk_UA", "ru_UA", "ukrainian", 0 }; - -static const char * const tis_620locales[] = { - "th", "th_TH", "thai", 0 }; - -static const char * const tcvnlocales[] = { - "vi", "vi_VN", 0 }; - -static bool try_locale_list( const char * const locale[], const char * lang ) -{ - int i; - for( i=0; locale[i] && *locale[i] && strcmp(locale[i], lang); i++ ) - ; - return locale[i] != 0; -} - -// For the probably_koi8_locales we have to look. the standard says -// these are 8859-5, but almost all Russian users use KOI8-R and -// incorrectly set $LANG to ru_RU. We'll check tolower() to see what -// tolower() thinks ru_RU means. - -// If you read the history, it seems that many Russians blame ISO and -// Perestroika for the confusion. -// -// The real bug is that some programs break if the user specifies -// ru_RU.KOI8-R. - -static const char * const probably_koi8_rlocales[] = { - "ru", "ru_SU", "ru_RU", "russian", 0 }; - -static TQTextCodec * ru_RU_hack( const char * i ) { - TQTextCodec * ru_RU_codec = 0; - - TQCString origlocale = setlocale( LC_CTYPE, i ); - // unicode koi8r latin5 name - // 0x044E 0xC0 0xEE CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU - // 0x042E 0xE0 0xCE CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU - int latin5 = tolower( 0xCE ); - int koi8r = tolower( 0xE0 ); - if ( koi8r == 0xC0 && latin5 != 0xEE ) { - ru_RU_codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "KOI8-R" ); - } else if ( koi8r != 0xC0 && latin5 == 0xEE ) { - ru_RU_codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-5" ); - } else { - // something else again... let's assume... *throws dice* - ru_RU_codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "KOI8-R" ); - tqWarning( "TQTextCodec: using KOI8-R, probe failed (%02x %02x %s)", - koi8r, latin5, i ); - } - setlocale( LC_CTYPE, origlocale.data() ); - - return ru_RU_codec; -} - -#endif - -/*! - Set the codec to \a c; this will be returned by codecForLocale(). - This might be needed for some applications that want to use their - own mechanism for setting the locale. - - \sa codecForLocale() -*/ -void TQTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(TQTextCodec *c) { - localeMapper = c; -} - -/*! Returns a pointer to the codec most suitable for this locale. */ - -TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForLocale() -{ - if (codecs_destroyed) - { - return nullptr; - } - - if (!localeMapper) - { - setup(); - } - - return localeMapper; -} - - -/*! - Searches all installed TQTextCodec objects and returns the one - which best matches \a name; the match is case-insensitive. Returns - 0 if no codec's heuristicNameMatch() reports a match better than - \a accuracy, or if \a name is a null string. - - \sa heuristicNameMatch() -*/ - -TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForName( const char* name, int accuracy ) -{ - if (codecs_destroyed) - { - return nullptr; - } - - if ( !name || !*name ) - return 0; - - setup(); - TQValueList::ConstIterator i; - TQTextCodec* result = 0; - int best = accuracy; - TQTextCodec* cursor; - for ( i = all->begin(); i != all->end(); ++i ) { - cursor = *i; - int s = cursor->heuristicNameMatch( name ); - if ( s > best ) { - best = s; - result = cursor; - } - } - -#if !defined(TQT_NO_COMPONENT) && !defined(QT_LITE_COMPONENT) - if ( !result ) - result = TQTextCodecFactory::createForName(name); -#endif // !TQT_NO_COMPONENT !QT_LITE_COMPONENT - - return result; -} - - -/*! - Searches all installed TQTextCodec objects, returning the one which - most recognizes the given content. May return 0. - - Note that this is often a poor choice, since character encodings - often use most of the available character sequences, and so only - by linguistic analysis could a true match be made. - - \a chars contains the string to check, and \a len contains the - number of characters in the string to use. - - \sa heuristicContentMatch() -*/ -TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForContent(const char* chars, int len) -{ - if (codecs_destroyed) - { - return nullptr; - } - - setup(); - TQValueList::ConstIterator i; - TQTextCodec* result = 0; - int best=0; - TQTextCodec* cursor; - for ( i = all->begin(); i != all->end(); ++i ) { - cursor = *i; - int s = cursor->heuristicContentMatch(chars,len); - if ( s > best ) { - best = s; - result = cursor; - } - } - return result; -} - - -/*! - \fn const char* TQTextCodec::name() const - - TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function. It returns - the name of the encoding supported by the subclass. When choosing - a name for an encoding, consider these points: - \list - \i On X11, heuristicNameMatch( const char * hint ) - is used to test if a the TQTextCodec - can convert between Unicode and the encoding of a font - with encoding \e hint, such as "iso8859-1" for Latin-1 fonts, - "koi8-r" for Russian KOI8 fonts. - The default algorithm of heuristicNameMatch() uses name(). - \i Some applications may use this function to present - encodings to the end user. - \endlist - */ - -/*! - \fn int TQTextCodec::mibEnum() const - - Subclasses of TQTextCodec must reimplement this function. It - returns the MIBenum (see \link - http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets the - IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink for more information). - It is important that each TQTextCodec subclass returns the correct - unique value for this function. -*/ - - -/*! - Returns the preferred mime name of the encoding as defined in the - \link http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets - IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink. -*/ -const char* TQTextCodec::mimeName() const -{ - return name(); -} - - -/*! - \fn int TQTextCodec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const - - TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function. It examines - the first \a len bytes of \a chars and returns a value indicating - how likely it is that the string is a prefix of text encoded in - the encoding of the subclass. A negative return value indicates - that the text is detectably not in the encoding (e.g. it contains - characters undefined in the encoding). A return value of 0 - indicates that the text should be decoded with this codec rather - than as ASCII, but there is no particular evidence. The value - should range up to \a len. Thus, most decoders will return -1, 0, - or -\a len. - - The characters are not null terminated. - - \sa codecForContent(). -*/ - - -/*! - Creates a TQTextDecoder which stores enough state to decode chunks - of char* data to create chunks of Unicode data. The default - implementation creates a stateless decoder, which is only - sufficient for the simplest encodings where each byte corresponds - to exactly one Unicode character. - - The caller is responsible for deleting the returned object. -*/ -TQTextDecoder* TQTextCodec::makeDecoder() const -{ - return new TQTextStatelessDecoder(this); -} - - -/*! - Creates a TQTextEncoder which stores enough state to encode chunks - of Unicode data as char* data. The default implementation creates - a stateless encoder, which is only sufficient for the simplest - encodings where each Unicode character corresponds to exactly one - character. - - The caller is responsible for deleting the returned object. -*/ -TQTextEncoder* TQTextCodec::makeEncoder() const -{ - return new TQTextStatelessEncoder(this); -} - - -/*! - TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function or - makeDecoder(). It converts the first \a len characters of \a chars - to Unicode. - - The default implementation makes a decoder with makeDecoder() and - converts the input with that. Note that the default makeDecoder() - implementation makes a decoder that simply calls - this function, hence subclasses \e must reimplement one function or - the other to avoid infinite recursion. -*/ -TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const -{ - if ( chars == 0 ) - return TQString::null; - TQTextDecoder* i = makeDecoder(); - TQString result = i->toUnicode(chars,len); - delete i; - return result; -} - - -/*! - TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement either this function or - makeEncoder(). It converts the first \a lenInOut characters of \a - uc from Unicode to the encoding of the subclass. If \a lenInOut is - negative or too large, the length of \a uc is used instead. - - Converts \a lenInOut characters (not bytes) from \a uc, producing - a TQCString. \a lenInOut will be set to the \link - TQCString::length() length\endlink of the result (in bytes). - - The default implementation makes an encoder with makeEncoder() and - converts the input with that. Note that the default makeEncoder() - implementation makes an encoder that simply calls this function, - hence subclasses \e must reimplement one function or the other to - avoid infinite recursion. -*/ - -TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) const -{ - TQTextEncoder* i = makeEncoder(); - TQCString result = i->fromUnicode(uc, lenInOut); - delete i; - return result; -} - -/*! - \overload - \internal -*/ -TQByteArray TQTextCodec::fromUnicode( const TQString &str, int pos, int len ) const -{ - TQByteArray a; - if( len < 0 ) - len = str.length() - pos; - a = fromUnicode( str.mid(pos, len) ); - if( a.size() > 0 && a[(int)a.size() - 1] == '\0' ) - a.resize( a.size() - 1 ); - return a; -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a uc is the unicode source string. -*/ -TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc) const -{ - int l = uc.length(); - return fromUnicode(uc,l); -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a a contains the source characters; \a len contains the number of - characters in \a a to use. -*/ -TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQByteArray& a, int len) const -{ - int l = a.size(); - l = TQMIN( l, len ); - return toUnicode( a.data(), l ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a a contains the source characters. -*/ -TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQByteArray& a) const -{ - int l = a.size(); - return toUnicode( a.data(), l ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a a contains the source characters; \a len contains the number of - characters in \a a to use. -*/ -TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQCString& a, int len) const -{ - int l = a.length(); - l = TQMIN( l, len ); - return toUnicode( a.data(), l ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a a contains the source characters. -*/ -TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQCString& a) const -{ - int l = a.length(); - return toUnicode( a.data(), l ); -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a chars contains the source characters. -*/ -TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars) const -{ - return toUnicode(chars,tqstrlen(chars)); -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ -unsigned short TQTextCodec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const -{ - TQCString result = TQTextCodec::fromUnicode(TQString(str[pos])); - uchar *ch = (uchar *) result.data(); - ushort retval = 0; - if (result.size() > 2) { - retval = (ushort) *ch << 8; - ch++; - } - return retval + *ch; -} - -/*! - Returns TRUE if the Unicode character \a ch can be fully encoded - with this codec; otherwise returns FALSE. The default - implementation tests if the result of toUnicode(fromUnicode(ch)) - is the original \a ch. Subclasses may be able to improve the - efficiency. -*/ -bool TQTextCodec::canEncode( TQChar ch ) const -{ - return toUnicode(fromUnicode(ch)) == ch; -} - -/*! - \overload - - \a s contains the string being tested for encode-ability. -*/ -bool TQTextCodec::canEncode( const TQString& s ) const -{ - if ( s.isEmpty() ) - return TRUE; - return toUnicode(fromUnicode(s)) == s; -} - - - -/*! - \class TQTextEncoder ntqtextcodec.h - \brief The TQTextEncoder class provides a state-based encoder. - \reentrant - \ingroup i18n - - The encoder converts Unicode into another format, remembering any - state that is required between calls. - - \sa TQTextCodec::makeEncoder() -*/ - -/*! - Destroys the encoder. -*/ -TQTextEncoder::~TQTextEncoder() -{ -} - -/*! - \fn TQCString TQTextEncoder::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) - - Converts \a lenInOut characters (not bytes) from \a uc, producing - a TQCString. \a lenInOut will be set to the \link - TQCString::length() length\endlink of the result (in bytes). - - The encoder is free to record state to use when subsequent calls - are made to this function (for example, it might change modes with - escape sequences if needed during the encoding of one string, then - assume that mode applies when a subsequent call begins). -*/ - -/*! - \class TQTextDecoder ntqtextcodec.h - \brief The TQTextDecoder class provides a state-based decoder. - \reentrant - \ingroup i18n - - The decoder converts a text format into Unicode, remembering any - state that is required between calls. - - \sa TQTextCodec::makeEncoder() -*/ - - -/*! - Destroys the decoder. -*/ -TQTextDecoder::~TQTextDecoder() -{ -} - -/*! - \fn TQString TQTextDecoder::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) - - Converts the first \a len bytes in \a chars to Unicode, returning - the result. - - If not all characters are used (e.g. if only part of a multi-byte - encoding is at the end of the characters), the decoder remembers - enough state to continue with the next call to this function. -*/ - -#define CHAINED 0xffff - -struct TQMultiByteUnicodeTable { - // If multiByte, ignore unicode and index into multiByte - // with the next character. - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable() : unicode(0xfffd), multiByte(0) { } - - ~TQMultiByteUnicodeTable() - { - if ( multiByte ) - delete [] multiByte; - } - - ushort unicode; - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* multiByte; -}; - -static int getByte(char* &cursor) -{ - int byte = 0; - if ( *cursor ) { - if ( cursor[1] == 'x' ) - byte = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,16); - else if ( cursor[1] == 'd' ) - byte = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,10); - else - byte = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,8); - } - return byte&0xff; -} - -class TQTextCodecFromIOD; - -class TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder : public TQTextDecoder { - const TQTextCodecFromIOD* codec; - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* mb; -public: - TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder(const TQTextCodecFromIOD* c); - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len); -}; - -class TQTextCodecFromIOD : public TQTextCodec { - friend class TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder; - - TQCString n; - - // If from_unicode_page[row()][cell()] is 0 and from_unicode_page_multiByte, - // use from_unicode_page_multiByte[row()][cell()] as string. - char** from_unicode_page; - char*** from_unicode_page_multiByte; - char unkn; - - // Only one of these is used - ushort* to_unicode; - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* to_unicode_multiByte; - int max_bytes_per_char; - TQStrList aliases; - - bool stateless() const { return !to_unicode_multiByte; } - -public: - TQTextCodecFromIOD(TQIODevice* iod) - { - from_unicode_page = 0; - to_unicode_multiByte = 0; - to_unicode = 0; - from_unicode_page_multiByte = 0; - max_bytes_per_char = 1; - - const int maxlen=100; - char line[maxlen]; - char esc='\\'; - char comm='%'; - bool incmap = FALSE; - while (iod->readLine(line,maxlen) > 0) { - if (0==tqstrnicmp(line,"",15)) - n = line+15; - else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line," ",14)) - esc = line[14]; - else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line," ",15)) - comm = line[15]; - else if (line[0]==comm && 0==tqstrnicmp(line+1," alias ",7)) { - aliases.append(line+8); - } else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line,"CHARMAP",7)) { - if (!from_unicode_page) { - from_unicode_page = new char*[256]; - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) - from_unicode_page[i]=0; - } - if (!to_unicode) { - to_unicode = new ushort[256]; - } - incmap = TRUE; - } else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line,"END CHARMAP",11)) - break; - else if (incmap) { - char* cursor = line; - int byte=-1,unicode=-1; - ushort* mb_unicode=0; - const int maxmb=8; // more -> we'll need to improve datastructures - char mb[maxmb+1]; - int nmb=0; - - while (*cursor) { - if (cursor[0]=='<' && cursor[1]=='U' && - cursor[2]>='0' && cursor[2]<='9' && - cursor[3]>='0' && cursor[3]<='9') { - - unicode = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,16); - - } else if (*cursor==esc) { - - byte = getByte(cursor); - - if ( *cursor == esc ) { - if ( !to_unicode_multiByte ) { - to_unicode_multiByte = - new TQMultiByteUnicodeTable[256]; - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) { - to_unicode_multiByte[i].unicode = - to_unicode[i]; - to_unicode_multiByte[i].multiByte = 0; - } - delete [] to_unicode; - to_unicode = 0; - } - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* mbut = - to_unicode_multiByte+byte; - mb[nmb++] = byte; - while ( nmb < maxmb && *cursor == esc ) { - // Always at least once - - mbut->unicode = CHAINED; - byte = getByte(cursor); - mb[nmb++] = byte; - if (!mbut->multiByte) { - mbut->multiByte = - new TQMultiByteUnicodeTable[256]; - } - mbut = mbut->multiByte+byte; - mb_unicode = & mbut->unicode; - } - - if ( nmb > max_bytes_per_char ) - max_bytes_per_char = nmb; - } - } else { - cursor++; - } - } - - if (unicode >= 0 && unicode <= 0xffff) - { - TQChar ch((ushort)unicode); - if (!from_unicode_page[ch.row()]) { - from_unicode_page[ch.row()] = new char[256]; - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) - from_unicode_page[ch.row()][i]=0; - } - if ( mb_unicode ) { - from_unicode_page[ch.row()][ch.cell()] = 0; - if (!from_unicode_page_multiByte) { - from_unicode_page_multiByte = new char**[256]; - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) - from_unicode_page_multiByte[i]=0; - } - if (!from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()]) { - from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()] = new char*[256]; - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) - from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()][i] = 0; - } - mb[nmb++] = 0; - from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()][ch.cell()] - = tqstrdup(mb); - *mb_unicode = unicode; - } else { - from_unicode_page[ch.row()][ch.cell()] = (char)byte; - if ( to_unicode ) - to_unicode[byte] = unicode; - else - to_unicode_multiByte[byte].unicode = unicode; - } - } else { - } - } - } - n = n.stripWhiteSpace(); - - unkn = '?'; // ##### Might be a bad choice. - } - - ~TQTextCodecFromIOD() - { - if ( from_unicode_page ) { - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) - if (from_unicode_page[i]) - delete [] from_unicode_page[i]; - } - if ( from_unicode_page_multiByte ) { - for (int i=0; i<256; i++) - if (from_unicode_page_multiByte[i]) - for (int j=0; j<256; j++) - if (from_unicode_page_multiByte[i][j]) - delete [] from_unicode_page_multiByte[i][j]; - } - if ( to_unicode ) - delete [] to_unicode; - if ( to_unicode_multiByte ) - delete [] to_unicode_multiByte; - } - - bool ok() const - { - return !!from_unicode_page; - } - - TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const - { - if ( stateless() ) - return TQTextCodec::makeDecoder(); - else - return new TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder(this); - } - - const char* name() const - { - return n; - } - - int mibEnum() const - { - return 0; // #### Unknown. - } - - int heuristicContentMatch(const char*, int) const - { - return 0; - } - - int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const - { - int bestr = TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(hint); - TQStrListIterator it(aliases); - char* a; - while ((a=it.current())) { - ++it; - int r = simpleHeuristicNameMatch(a,hint); - if (r > bestr) - bestr = r; - } - return bestr; - } - - TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const - { - const uchar* uchars = (const uchar*)chars; - TQString result; - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* multiByte=to_unicode_multiByte; - if ( multiByte ) { - while (len--) { - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable& mb = multiByte[*uchars]; - if ( mb.multiByte ) { - // Chained multi-byte - multiByte = mb.multiByte; - } else { - result += TQChar(mb.unicode); - multiByte=to_unicode_multiByte; - } - uchars++; - } - } else { - while (len--) - result += TQChar(to_unicode[*uchars++]); - } - return result; - } - -#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD) - using TQTextCodec::fromUnicode; -#endif - TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) const - { - if (lenInOut > (int)uc.length()) - lenInOut = uc.length(); - int rlen = lenInOut*max_bytes_per_char; - TQCString rstr(rlen+1); - char* cursor = rstr.data(); - char* s=0; - int l = lenInOut; - int lout = 0; - for (int i=0; ito_unicode_multiByte; -} - -TQString TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) -{ - const uchar* uchars = (const uchar*)chars; - TQString result; - while (len--) { - TQMultiByteUnicodeTable& t = mb[*uchars]; - if ( t.multiByte ) { - // Chained multi-byte - mb = t.multiByte; - } else { - if ( t.unicode ) - result += TQChar(t.unicode); - mb=codec->to_unicode_multiByte; - } - uchars++; - } - return result; -} - -#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS -// Cannot use 
 or \code
-/*!
-    Reads a POSIX2 charmap definition from \a iod.
-    The parser recognizes the following lines:
-
-
-  <code_set_name> name

-  <escape_char> character

-  % alias alias

-  CHARMAP

-  <token> /xhexbyte <Uunicode> ...

-  <token> /ddecbyte <Uunicode> ...

-  <token> /octbyte <Uunicode> ...

-  <token> /any/any... <Uunicode> ...

-  END CHARMAP

-
-
-    The resulting TQTextCodec is returned (and also added to the global
-    list of codecs). The name() of the result is taken from the
-    code_set_name.
-
-    Note that a codec constructed in this way uses much more memory
-    and is slower than a hand-written TQTextCodec subclass, since
-    tables in code are kept in memory shared by all TQt applications.
-
-    \sa loadCharmapFile()
-*/
-TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::loadCharmap(TQIODevice* iod)
-{
-    TQTextCodecFromIOD* r = new TQTextCodecFromIOD(iod);
-    if ( !r->ok() ) {
-	delete r;
-	r = 0;
-    }
-    return r;
-}
-
-/*!
-    A convenience function for loadCharmap() that loads the charmap
-    definition from the file \a filename.
-*/
-TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::loadCharmapFile(TQString filename)
-{
-    TQFile f(filename);
-    if (f.open(IO_ReadOnly)) {
-	TQTextCodecFromIOD* r = new TQTextCodecFromIOD(&f);
-	if ( !r->ok() )
-	    delete r;
-	else
-	    return r;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-#endif //TQT_NO_CODECS
-
-/*!
-    Returns a string representing the current language and
-    sublanguage, e.g. "pt" for Portuguese, or "pt_br" for Portuguese/Brazil.
-*/
-
-const char* TQTextCodec::locale()
-{
-    return TQLocalePrivate::systemLocaleName();
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
-
-class TQSimpleTextCodec: public TQTextCodec
-{
-public:
-    TQSimpleTextCodec( int );
-    ~TQSimpleTextCodec();
-
-    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
-#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
-    using TQTextCodec::fromUnicode;
-#endif
-    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
-    unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
-
-    const char* name() const;
-    const char* mimeName() const;
-    int mibEnum() const;
-
-    int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const;
-
-    int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const;
-#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
-    using TQTextCodec::canEncode;
-#endif
-    bool canEncode( TQChar ch ) const;
-
-    void fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const;
-
-private:
-    void buildReverseMap();
-
-    int forwardIndex;
-#ifndef TQ_WS_QWS
-    TQMemArray *reverseMap;
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-static const TQSimpleTextCodec * reverseOwner = 0;
-static TQMemArray * reverseMap = 0;
-#endif
-
-#define LAST_MIB 2004
-
-static const struct {
-    const char *mime;
-    const char * cs;
-    int mib;
-    TQ_UINT16 values[128];
-} unicodevalues[] = {
-    // from RFC 1489, ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1489.txt
-    { "KOI8-R", "KOI8-R", 2084,
-      { 0x2500, 0x2502, 0x250C, 0x2510, 0x2514, 0x2518, 0x251C, 0x2524,
-	0x252C, 0x2534, 0x253C, 0x2580, 0x2584, 0x2588, 0x258C, 0x2590,
-	0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2320, 0x25A0, 0x2219/**/, 0x221A, 0x2248,
-	0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A0, 0x2321, 0x00B0, 0x00B2, 0x00B7, 0x00F7,
-	0x2550, 0x2551, 0x2552, 0x0451, 0x2553, 0x2554, 0x2555, 0x2556,
-	0x2557, 0x2558, 0x2559, 0x255A, 0x255B, 0x255C, 0x255D, 0x255E,
-	0x255F, 0x2560, 0x2561, 0x0401, 0x2562, 0x2563, 0x2564, 0x2565,
-	0x2566, 0x2567, 0x2568, 0x2569, 0x256A, 0x256B, 0x256C, 0x00A9,
-	0x044E, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433,
-	0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E,
-	0x043F, 0x044F, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432,
-	0x044C, 0x044B, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044D, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044A,
-	0x042E, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413,
-	0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E,
-	0x041F, 0x042F, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412,
-	0x042C, 0x042B, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042D, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042A } },
-    // /**/  - The BULLET OPERATOR is confused.  Some people think
-    //          it should be 0x2022 (BULLET).
-
-    // from RFC 2319, ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2319.txt
-    { "KOI8-U", "KOI8-U", 2088,
-      { 0x2500, 0x2502, 0x250C, 0x2510, 0x2514, 0x2518, 0x251C, 0x2524,
-	0x252C, 0x2534, 0x253C, 0x2580, 0x2584, 0x2588, 0x258C, 0x2590,
-	0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2320, 0x25A0, 0x2219, 0x221A, 0x2248,
-	0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A0, 0x2321, 0x00B0, 0x00B2, 0x00B7, 0x00F7,
-	0x2550, 0x2551, 0x2552, 0x0451, 0x0454, 0x2554, 0x0456, 0x0457,
-	0x2557, 0x2558, 0x2559, 0x255A, 0x255B, 0x0491, 0x255D, 0x255E,
-	0x255F, 0x2560, 0x2561, 0x0401, 0x0404, 0x2563, 0x0406, 0x0407,
-	0x2566, 0x2567, 0x2568, 0x2569, 0x256A, 0x0490, 0x256C, 0x00A9,
-	0x044E, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433,
-	0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E,
-	0x043F, 0x044F, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432,
-	0x044C, 0x044B, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044D, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044A,
-	0x042E, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413,
-	0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E,
-	0x041F, 0x042F, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412,
-	0x042C, 0x042B, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042D, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042A } },
-
-    // next bits generated from tables on the Unicode 2.0 CD.  we can
-    // use these tables since this is part of the transition to using
-    // unicode everywhere in qt.
-
-    // $ for A in 8 9 A B C D E F ; do for B in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F ; do echo 0x${A}${B} 0xFFFD ; done ; done > /tmp/digits ; for a in 8859-* ; do ( awk '/^0x[89ABCDEF]/{ print $1, $2 }' < $a ; cat /tmp/digits ) | sort | uniq -w4 | cut -c6- | paste '-d ' - - - - - - - - | sed -e 's/ /, /g' -e 's/$/,/' -e '$ s/,$/} },/' -e '1 s/^/{ /' > ~/tmp/$a ; done
-
-    // then I inserted the files manually.
-    { "ISO-8859-2", "ISO 8859-2", 5,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x02D8, 0x0141, 0x00A4, 0x013D, 0x015A, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x0160, 0x015E, 0x0164, 0x0179, 0x00AD, 0x017D, 0x017B,
-        0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x02DB, 0x0142, 0x00B4, 0x013E, 0x015B, 0x02C7,
-        0x00B8, 0x0161, 0x015F, 0x0165, 0x017A, 0x02DD, 0x017E, 0x017C,
-        0x0154, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0139, 0x0106, 0x00C7,
-        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x011A, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x010E,
-        0x0110, 0x0143, 0x0147, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x0158, 0x016E, 0x00DA, 0x0170, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0162, 0x00DF,
-        0x0155, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x013A, 0x0107, 0x00E7,
-        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x011B, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x010F,
-        0x0111, 0x0144, 0x0148, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x0159, 0x016F, 0x00FA, 0x0171, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0163, 0x02D9} },
-    { "ISO-8859-3", "ISO 8859-3", 6,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x0126, 0x02D8, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0xFFFD, 0x0124, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x011E, 0x0134, 0x00AD, 0xFFFD, 0x017B,
-        0x00B0, 0x0127, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x0125, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x011F, 0x0135, 0x00BD, 0xFFFD, 0x017C,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0xFFFD, 0x00C4, 0x010A, 0x0108, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0xFFFD, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0120, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x011C, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x016C, 0x015C, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0xFFFD, 0x00E4, 0x010B, 0x0109, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0xFFFD, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0121, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x011D, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x016D, 0x015D, 0x02D9} },
-    { "ISO-8859-4", "ISO 8859-4", 7,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0138, 0x0156, 0x00A4, 0x0128, 0x013B, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x0160, 0x0112, 0x0122, 0x0166, 0x00AD, 0x017D, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x02DB, 0x0157, 0x00B4, 0x0129, 0x013C, 0x02C7,
-        0x00B8, 0x0161, 0x0113, 0x0123, 0x0167, 0x014A, 0x017E, 0x014B,
-        0x0100, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x012E,
-        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x0116, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x012A,
-        0x0110, 0x0145, 0x014C, 0x0136, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x00D8, 0x0172, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0168, 0x016A, 0x00DF,
-        0x0101, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x012F,
-        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x0117, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x012B,
-        0x0111, 0x0146, 0x014D, 0x0137, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x00F8, 0x0173, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0169, 0x016B, 0x02D9} },
-    { "ISO-8859-5", "ISO 8859-5", 8,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x0401, 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x0404, 0x0405, 0x0406, 0x0407,
-        0x0408, 0x0409, 0x040A, 0x040B, 0x040C, 0x00AD, 0x040E, 0x040F,
-        0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417,
-        0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F,
-        0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427,
-        0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F,
-        0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437,
-        0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F,
-        0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447,
-        0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F,
-        0x2116, 0x0451, 0x0452, 0x0453, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0457,
-        0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045A, 0x045B, 0x045C, 0x00A7, 0x045E, 0x045F} },
-    { "ISO-8859-6", "ISO 8859-6", 82,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x00A4, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x060C, 0x00AD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x061B, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x061F,
-        0xFFFD, 0x0621, 0x0622, 0x0623, 0x0624, 0x0625, 0x0626, 0x0627,
-        0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062A, 0x062B, 0x062C, 0x062D, 0x062E, 0x062F,
-        0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0637,
-        0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647,
-        0x0648, 0x0649, 0x064A, 0x064B, 0x064C, 0x064D, 0x064E, 0x064F,
-        0x0650, 0x0651, 0x0652, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD} },
-    { "ISO-8859-7", "ISO 8859-7", 10,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x00A3, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0xFFFD, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0xFFFD, 0x2015,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x00B7,
-        0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x00BB, 0x038C, 0x00BD, 0x038E, 0x038F,
-        0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
-        0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,
-        0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0xFFFD, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,
-        0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF,
-        0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,
-        0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,
-        0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,
-        0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0xFFFD} },
-    { "ISO-8859-8-I", "ISO 8859-8-I", 85,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0xFFFD, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00D7, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x203E,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00F7, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x2017,
-        0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7,
-        0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF,
-        0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7,
-        0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD} },
-    { "ISO-8859-9", "ISO 8859-9", 12,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x011E, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x011F, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x00FF} },
-    { "ISO-8859-10", "ISO 8859-10", 13,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0112, 0x0122, 0x012A, 0x0128, 0x0136, 0x00A7,
-        0x013B, 0x0110, 0x0160, 0x0166, 0x017D, 0x00AD, 0x016A, 0x014A,
-        0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x0113, 0x0123, 0x012B, 0x0129, 0x0137, 0x00B7,
-        0x013C, 0x0111, 0x0161, 0x0167, 0x017E, 0x2015, 0x016B, 0x014B,
-        0x0100, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x012E,
-        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x0116, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x00D0, 0x0145, 0x014C, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x0168,
-        0x00D8, 0x0172, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF,
-        0x0101, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x012F,
-        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x0117, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x00F0, 0x0146, 0x014D, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x0169,
-        0x00F8, 0x0173, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x0138} },
-    { "ISO-8859-13", "ISO 8859-13", 109,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x201D, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x201E, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00D8, 0x00A9, 0x0156, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00C6,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x201C, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00F8, 0x00B9, 0x0157, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00E6,
-        0x0104, 0x012E, 0x0100, 0x0106, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x0118, 0x0112,
-        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0179, 0x0116, 0x0122, 0x0136, 0x012A, 0x013B,
-        0x0160, 0x0143, 0x0145, 0x00D3, 0x014C, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x0172, 0x0141, 0x015A, 0x016A, 0x00DC, 0x017B, 0x017D, 0x00DF,
-        0x0105, 0x012F, 0x0101, 0x0107, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x0119, 0x0113,
-        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x017A, 0x0117, 0x0123, 0x0137, 0x012B, 0x013C,
-        0x0161, 0x0144, 0x0146, 0x00F3, 0x014D, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x0173, 0x0142, 0x015B, 0x016B, 0x00FC, 0x017C, 0x017E, 0x2019} },
-    { "ISO-8859-14", "ISO 8859-14", 110,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x1E02, 0x1E03, 0x00A3, 0x010A, 0x010B, 0x1E0A, 0x00A7,
-        0x1E80, 0x00A9, 0x1E82, 0x1E0B, 0x1EF2, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x0178,
-        0x1E1E, 0x1E1F, 0x0120, 0x0121, 0x1E40, 0x1E41, 0x00B6, 0x1E56,
-        0x1E81, 0x1E57, 0x1E83, 0x1E60, 0x1EF3, 0x1E84, 0x1E85, 0x1E61,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x0174, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x1E6A,
-        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0176, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x0175, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x1E6B,
-        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0177, 0x00FF} },
-    { "ISO-8859-16", "ISO 8859-16", 112,
-      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
-        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
-        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
-        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
-        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0105, 0x0141, 0x20AC, 0x201E, 0x0160, 0x00A7,
-        0x0161, 0x00A9, 0x0218, 0x00AB, 0x0179, 0x00AD, 0x017A, 0x017B,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x010C, 0x0142, 0x017D, 0x201D, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x017E, 0x010D, 0x0219, 0x00BB, 0x0152, 0x0153, 0x0178, 0x017C,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0106, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x0110, 0x0143, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x015A,
-        0x0170, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0118, 0x021A, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x0107, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x0111, 0x0144, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x015B,
-        0x0171, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0119, 0x021B, 0x00FF} },
-
-    // next bits generated again from tables on the Unicode 3.0 CD.
-
-    // $ for a in CP* ; do ( awk '/^0x[89ABCDEF]/{ print $1, $2 }' < $a ) | sort | sed -e 's/#UNDEF.*$/0xFFFD/' | cut -c6- | paste '-d ' - - - - - - - - | sed -e 's/ /, /g' -e 's/$/,/' -e '$ s/,$/} },/' -e '1 s/^/{ /' > ~/tmp/$a ; done
-
-    { "CP 850", "IBM 850", 2009,
-      { 0x00C7, 0x00FC, 0x00E9, 0x00E2, 0x00E4, 0x00E0, 0x00E5, 0x00E7,
-        0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00E8, 0x00EF, 0x00EE, 0x00EC, 0x00C4, 0x00C5,
-        0x00C9, 0x00E6, 0x00C6, 0x00F4, 0x00F6, 0x00F2, 0x00FB, 0x00F9,
-        0x00FF, 0x00D6, 0x00DC, 0x00F8, 0x00A3, 0x00D8, 0x00D7, 0x0192,
-        0x00E1, 0x00ED, 0x00F3, 0x00FA, 0x00F1, 0x00D1, 0x00AA, 0x00BA,
-        0x00BF, 0x00AE, 0x00AC, 0x00BD, 0x00BC, 0x00A1, 0x00AB, 0x00BB,
-        0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2502, 0x2524, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C0,
-        0x00A9, 0x2563, 0x2551, 0x2557, 0x255D, 0x00A2, 0x00A5, 0x2510,
-        0x2514, 0x2534, 0x252C, 0x251C, 0x2500, 0x253C, 0x00E3, 0x00C3,
-        0x255A, 0x2554, 0x2569, 0x2566, 0x2560, 0x2550, 0x256C, 0x00A4,
-        0x00F0, 0x00D0, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00C8, 0x0131, 0x00CD, 0x00CE,
-        0x00CF, 0x2518, 0x250C, 0x2588, 0x2584, 0x00A6, 0x00CC, 0x2580,
-        0x00D3, 0x00DF, 0x00D4, 0x00D2, 0x00F5, 0x00D5, 0x00B5, 0x00FE,
-        0x00DE, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00D9, 0x00FD, 0x00DD, 0x00AF, 0x00B4,
-        0x00AD, 0x00B1, 0x2017, 0x00BE, 0x00B6, 0x00A7, 0x00F7, 0x00B8,
-        0x00B0, 0x00A8, 0x00B7, 0x00B9, 0x00B3, 0x00B2, 0x25A0, 0x00A0} },
-    { "CP 874", "CP 874", 0, //### what is the mib?
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x2026, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0x00A0, 0x0E01, 0x0E02, 0x0E03, 0x0E04, 0x0E05, 0x0E06, 0x0E07,
-        0x0E08, 0x0E09, 0x0E0A, 0x0E0B, 0x0E0C, 0x0E0D, 0x0E0E, 0x0E0F,
-        0x0E10, 0x0E11, 0x0E12, 0x0E13, 0x0E14, 0x0E15, 0x0E16, 0x0E17,
-        0x0E18, 0x0E19, 0x0E1A, 0x0E1B, 0x0E1C, 0x0E1D, 0x0E1E, 0x0E1F,
-        0x0E20, 0x0E21, 0x0E22, 0x0E23, 0x0E24, 0x0E25, 0x0E26, 0x0E27,
-        0x0E28, 0x0E29, 0x0E2A, 0x0E2B, 0x0E2C, 0x0E2D, 0x0E2E, 0x0E2F,
-        0x0E30, 0x0E31, 0x0E32, 0x0E33, 0x0E34, 0x0E35, 0x0E36, 0x0E37,
-        0x0E38, 0x0E39, 0x0E3A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0E3F,
-        0x0E40, 0x0E41, 0x0E42, 0x0E43, 0x0E44, 0x0E45, 0x0E46, 0x0E47,
-        0x0E48, 0x0E49, 0x0E4A, 0x0E4B, 0x0E4C, 0x0E4D, 0x0E4E, 0x0E4F,
-        0x0E50, 0x0E51, 0x0E52, 0x0E53, 0x0E54, 0x0E55, 0x0E56, 0x0E57,
-        0x0E58, 0x0E59, 0x0E5A, 0x0E5B, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD} },
-    { "IBM 866", "IBM 866", 2086,
-      { 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417,
-        0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F,
-        0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427,
-        0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F,
-        0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437,
-        0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F,
-        0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2502, 0x2524, 0x2561, 0x2562, 0x2556,
-        0x2555, 0x2563, 0x2551, 0x2557, 0x255D, 0x255C, 0x255B, 0x2510,
-        0x2514, 0x2534, 0x252C, 0x251C, 0x2500, 0x253C, 0x255E, 0x255F,
-        0x255A, 0x2554, 0x2569, 0x2566, 0x2560, 0x2550, 0x256C, 0x2567,
-        0x2568, 0x2564, 0x2565, 0x2559, 0x2558, 0x2552, 0x2553, 0x256B,
-        0x256A, 0x2518, 0x250C, 0x2588, 0x2584, 0x258C, 0x2590, 0x2580,
-        0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447,
-        0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F,
-        0x0401, 0x0451, 0x0404, 0x0454, 0x0407, 0x0457, 0x040E, 0x045E,
-        0x00B0, 0x2219, 0x00B7, 0x221A, 0x2116, 0x00A4, 0x25A0, 0x00A0} },
-
-    { "windows-1250", "CP 1250", 2250,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0xFFFD, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x015A, 0x0164, 0x017D, 0x0179,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x015B, 0x0165, 0x017E, 0x017A,
-        0x00A0, 0x02C7, 0x02D8, 0x0141, 0x00A4, 0x0104, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x015E, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x017B,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x02DB, 0x0142, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x0105, 0x015F, 0x00BB, 0x013D, 0x02DD, 0x013E, 0x017C,
-        0x0154, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0139, 0x0106, 0x00C7,
-        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x011A, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x010E,
-        0x0110, 0x0143, 0x0147, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x0158, 0x016E, 0x00DA, 0x0170, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0162, 0x00DF,
-        0x0155, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x013A, 0x0107, 0x00E7,
-        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x011B, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x010F,
-        0x0111, 0x0144, 0x0148, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x0159, 0x016F, 0x00FA, 0x0171, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0163, 0x02D9} },
-    { "windows-1251", "CP 1251", 2251,
-      { 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x201A, 0x0453, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0x20AC, 0x2030, 0x0409, 0x2039, 0x040A, 0x040C, 0x040B, 0x040F,
-        0x0452, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0x0459, 0x203A, 0x045A, 0x045C, 0x045B, 0x045F,
-        0x00A0, 0x040E, 0x045E, 0x0408, 0x00A4, 0x0490, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x0401, 0x00A9, 0x0404, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x0407,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x0406, 0x0456, 0x0491, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x0451, 0x2116, 0x0454, 0x00BB, 0x0458, 0x0405, 0x0455, 0x0457,
-        0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417,
-        0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F,
-        0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427,
-        0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F,
-        0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437,
-        0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F,
-        0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447,
-        0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F} },
-    { "windows-1252", "CP 1252", 2252,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0x017D, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0x017E, 0x0178,
-        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF} },
-    { "windows-1253", "CP 1253", 2253,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0x00A0, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0xFFFD, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x2015,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x0384, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x00BB, 0x038C, 0x00BD, 0x038E, 0x038F,
-        0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
-        0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,
-        0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0xFFFD, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,
-        0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF,
-        0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,
-        0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,
-        0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,
-        0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0xFFFD} },
-    { "windows-1254", "CP 1254", 2254,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0178,
-        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x011E, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x011F, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x00FF} },
-    { "windows-1255", "CP 1255", 2255,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x20AA, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00D7, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00F7, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
-        0x05B0, 0x05B1, 0x05B2, 0x05B3, 0x05B4, 0x05B5, 0x05B6, 0x05B7,
-        0x05B8, 0x05B9, 0xFFFD, 0x05BB, 0x05BC, 0x05BD, 0x05BE, 0x05BF,
-        0x05C0, 0x05C1, 0x05C2, 0x05C3, 0x05F0, 0x05F1, 0x05F2, 0x05F3,
-        0x05F4, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7,
-        0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF,
-        0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7,
-        0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x200E, 0x200F, 0xFFFD} },
-    { "windows-1256", "CP 1256", 2256,
-      { 0x20AC, 0x067E, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0679, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0x0686, 0x0698, 0x0688,
-        0x06AF, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0x06A9, 0x2122, 0x0691, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0x200C, 0x200D, 0x06BA,
-        0x00A0, 0x060C, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x06BE, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x061B, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x061F,
-        0x06C1, 0x0621, 0x0622, 0x0623, 0x0624, 0x0625, 0x0626, 0x0627,
-        0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062A, 0x062B, 0x062C, 0x062D, 0x062E, 0x062F,
-        0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x00D7,
-        0x0637, 0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063A, 0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643,
-        0x00E0, 0x0644, 0x00E2, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647, 0x0648, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x0649, 0x064A, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x064B, 0x064C, 0x064D, 0x064E, 0x00F4, 0x064F, 0x0650, 0x00F7,
-        0x0651, 0x00F9, 0x0652, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x200E, 0x200F, 0x06D2} },
-    { "windows-1257", "CP 1257", 2257,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0xFFFD, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0xFFFD, 0x00A8, 0x02C7, 0x00B8,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0xFFFD, 0x00AF, 0x02DB, 0xFFFD,
-        0x00A0, 0xFFFD, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0xFFFD, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00D8, 0x00A9, 0x0156, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00C6,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00F8, 0x00B9, 0x0157, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00E6,
-        0x0104, 0x012E, 0x0100, 0x0106, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x0118, 0x0112,
-        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0179, 0x0116, 0x0122, 0x0136, 0x012A, 0x013B,
-        0x0160, 0x0143, 0x0145, 0x00D3, 0x014C, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x0172, 0x0141, 0x015A, 0x016A, 0x00DC, 0x017B, 0x017D, 0x00DF,
-        0x0105, 0x012F, 0x0101, 0x0107, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x0119, 0x0113,
-        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x017A, 0x0117, 0x0123, 0x0137, 0x012B, 0x013C,
-        0x0161, 0x0144, 0x0146, 0x00F3, 0x014D, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x0173, 0x0142, 0x015B, 0x016B, 0x00FC, 0x017C, 0x017E, 0x02D9} },
-    { "windows-1258", "CP 1258", 2258,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
-        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0178,
-        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
-        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
-        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
-        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
-        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
-        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x0300, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-        0x0110, 0x00D1, 0x0309, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x01A0, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
-        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x01AF, 0x0303, 0x00DF,
-        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
-        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x0301, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
-        0x0111, 0x00F1, 0x0323, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x01A1, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x01B0, 0x20AB, 0x00FF} },
-
-    { "Apple Roman", "Apple Roman", 0,
-      { 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C7, 0x00C9, 0x00D1, 0x00D6, 0x00DC, 0x00E1,
-	0x00E0, 0x00E2, 0x00E4, 0x00E3, 0x00E5, 0x00E7, 0x00E9, 0x00E8,
-	0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00ED, 0x00EC, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, 0x00F1, 0x00F3,
-	0x00F2, 0x00F4, 0x00F6, 0x00F5, 0x00FA, 0x00F9, 0x00FB, 0x00FC,
-	0x2020, 0x00B0, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A7, 0x2022, 0x00B6, 0x00DF,
-	0x00AE, 0x00A9, 0x2122, 0x00B4, 0x00A8, 0x2260, 0x00C6, 0x00D8,
-	0x221E, 0x00B1, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A5, 0x00B5, 0x2202, 0x2211,
-	0x220F, 0x03C0, 0x222B, 0x00AA, 0x00BA, 0x03A9, 0x00E6, 0x00F8,
-	0x00BF, 0x00A1, 0x00AC, 0x221A, 0x0192, 0x2248, 0x2206, 0x00AB,
-	0x00BB, 0x2026, 0x00A0, 0x00C0, 0x00C3, 0x00D5, 0x0152, 0x0153,
-	0x2013, 0x2014, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x00F7, 0x25CA,
-	0x00FF, 0x0178, 0x2044, 0x20AC, 0x2039, 0x203A, 0xFB01, 0xFB02,
-	0x2021, 0x00B7, 0x201A, 0x201E, 0x2030, 0x00C2, 0x00CA, 0x00C1,
-	0x00CB, 0x00C8, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, 0x00CC, 0x00D3, 0x00D4,
-	0xF8FF, 0x00D2, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00D9, 0x0131, 0x02C6, 0x02DC,
-	0x00AF, 0x02D8, 0x02D9, 0x02DA, 0x00B8, 0x02DD, 0x02DB, 0x02C7} },
-
-
-
-    // This one is based on the charmap file
-    // /usr/share/i18n/charmaps/SAMI-WS2.gz, which is manually adapted
-    // to this format by Børre Gaup 
-    { "WINSAMI2", "WS2", 0,
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x010C, 0x0192, 0x010D, 0x01B7, 0x0292, 0x01EE,
- 	0x01EF, 0x0110, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
- 	0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
- 	0x0111, 0x01E6, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0178,
- 	0x00A0, 0x01E7, 0x01E4, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x01E5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
- 	0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x021E, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x021F,
- 	0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x01E8, 0x01E9, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
- 	0x014A, 0x014B, 0x0166, 0x00BB, 0x0167, 0x00BD, 0x017D, 0x017E,
- 	0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
- 	0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
- 	0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
- 	0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF,
- 	0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
- 	0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
- 	0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
-	0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF} },
-
-
-    // this one is generated from the charmap file located in /usr/share/i18n/charmaps
-    // on most Linux distributions. The thai character set tis620 is byte by byte equivalent
-    // to iso8859-11, so we name it 8859-11 here, but recognise the name tis620 too.
-
-    // $ for A in 8 9 A B C D E F ; do for B in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F ; do echo x${A}${B} 0xFFFD ; done ; done > /tmp/digits ; ( cut -c25- < TIS-620 ; cat /tmp/digits ) | awk '/^x[89ABCDEF]/{ print $1, $2 }' | sed -e 's///' | sort | uniq -w4 | cut -c5- | paste '-d ' - - - - - - - - | sed -e 's/ /, /g' -e 's/$/,/' -e '$ s/,$/} },/' -e '1 s/^/{ /' > ~/tmp/tis-620
-    { "TIS-620", "ISO 8859-11", 2259, // Thai character set mib enum taken from tis620 (which is byte by byte equivalent)
-      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x2026, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
-        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-        0xFFFD, 0x0E01, 0x0E02, 0x0E03, 0x0E04, 0x0E05, 0x0E06, 0x0E07,
-        0x0E08, 0x0E09, 0x0E0A, 0x0E0B, 0x0E0C, 0x0E0D, 0x0E0E, 0x0E0F,
-        0x0E10, 0x0E11, 0x0E12, 0x0E13, 0x0E14, 0x0E15, 0x0E16, 0x0E17,
-        0x0E18, 0x0E19, 0x0E1A, 0x0E1B, 0x0E1C, 0x0E1D, 0x0E1E, 0x0E1F,
-        0x0E20, 0x0E21, 0x0E22, 0x0E23, 0x0E24, 0x0E25, 0x0E26, 0x0E27,
-        0x0E28, 0x0E29, 0x0E2A, 0x0E2B, 0x0E2C, 0x0E2D, 0x0E2E, 0x0E2F,
-        0x0E30, 0x0E31, 0x0E32, 0x0E33, 0x0E34, 0x0E35, 0x0E36, 0x0E37,
-        0x0E38, 0x0E39, 0x0E3A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0E3F,
-        0x0E40, 0x0E41, 0x0E42, 0x0E43, 0x0E44, 0x0E45, 0x0E46, 0x0E47,
-        0x0E48, 0x0E49, 0x0E4A, 0x0E4B, 0x0E4C, 0x0E4D, 0x0E4E, 0x0E4F,
-        0x0E50, 0x0E51, 0x0E52, 0x0E53, 0x0E54, 0x0E55, 0x0E56, 0x0E57,
-        0x0E58, 0x0E59, 0x0E5A, 0x0E5B, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD } },
-
-    /*
-      Name: hp-roman8                                  [HP-PCL5,RFC1345,KXS2]
-      MIBenum: 2004
-      Source: LaserJet IIP Printer User's Manual,
-      HP part no 33471-90901, Hewlet-Packard, June 1989.
-      Alias: roman8
-      Alias: r8
-      Alias: csHPRoman8
-    */
-    { "Roman8", "HP-Roman8", 2004,
-      { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-	0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-	0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-	0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
-	0x00A0, 0x00C0, 0x00C2, 0x00C8, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
-	0x00B4, 0x02CB, 0x02C6, 0x00A8, 0x02DC, 0x00D9, 0x00DB, 0x20A4,
-	0x00AF, 0x00DD, 0x00FD, 0x00B0, 0x00C7, 0x00E7, 0x00D1, 0x00F1,
-	0x00A1, 0x00BF, 0x00A4, 0x00A3, 0x00A5, 0x00A7, 0x0192, 0x00A2,
-	0x00E2, 0x00EA, 0x00F4, 0x00FB, 0x00E1, 0x00E9, 0x00F3, 0x00FA,
-	0x00E0, 0x00E8, 0x00F2, 0x00F9, 0x00E4, 0x00EB, 0x00F6, 0x00FC,
-	0x00C5, 0x00EE, 0x00D8, 0x00C6, 0x00E5, 0x00ED, 0x00F8, 0x00E6,
-	0x00C4, 0x00EC, 0x00D6, 0x00DC, 0x00C9, 0x00EF, 0x00DF, 0x00D4,
-	0x00C1, 0x00C3, 0x00E3, 0x00D0, 0x00F0, 0x00CD, 0x00CC, 0x00D3,
-	0x00D2, 0x00D5, 0x00F5, 0x0160, 0x0161, 0x00DA, 0x0178, 0x00FF,
-	0x00DE, 0x00FE, 0x00B7, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00BE, 0x2014, 0x00BC,
-	0x00BD, 0x00AA, 0x00BA, 0x00AB, 0x25A0, 0x00BB, 0x00B1, 0xFFFD } }
-
-    // if you add more chacater sets at the end, change LAST_MIB above
-};
-
-TQSimpleTextCodec::TQSimpleTextCodec( int i )
-    : TQTextCodec(), forwardIndex( i )
-{
-#ifndef TQ_WS_QWS
-    reverseMap = 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-TQSimpleTextCodec::~TQSimpleTextCodec()
-{
-#ifndef TQ_WS_QWS
-    delete reverseMap;
-#else
-    if ( reverseOwner == this ) {
-	delete reverseMap;
-	reverseMap = 0;
-	reverseOwner = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-void TQSimpleTextCodec::buildReverseMap()
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-    if ( reverseOwner != this ) {
-	int m = 0;
-	int i = 0;
-	while( i < 128 ) {
-	    if ( unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] > m &&
-		 unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] < 0xfffd )
-		m = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i];
-	    i++;
-	}
-	m++;
-	if ( !reverseMap )
-	    reverseMap = new TQMemArray( m );
-	if ( m > (int)(reverseMap->size()) )
-	    reverseMap->resize( m );
-	for( i = 0; i < 128 && i < m; i++ )
-	    (*reverseMap)[i] = (char)i;
-	for( ;i < m; i++ )
-	    (*reverseMap)[i] = 0;
-	for( i=128; i<256; i++ ) {
-	    int u = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i-128];
-	    if ( u < m )
-		(*reverseMap)[u] = (char)(unsigned char)(i);
-	}
-	reverseOwner = this;
-    }
-#else
-    if ( !reverseMap ) {
-	TQMemArray **map = &((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->reverseMap;
-	int m = 0;
-	int i = 0;
-	while( i < 128 ) {
-	    if ( unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] > m &&
-		 unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] < 0xfffd )
-		m = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i];
-	    i++;
-	}
-	m++;
-	*map = new TQMemArray( m );
-	for( i = 0; i < 128 && i < m; i++ )
-	    (**map)[i] = (char)i;
-	for( ;i < m; i++ )
-	    (**map)[i] = 0;
-	for( i=128; i<256; i++ ) {
-	    int u = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i-128];
-	    if ( u < m )
-		(**map)[u] = (char)(unsigned char)(i);
-	}
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-TQString TQSimpleTextCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
-{
-    if ( len <= 0 || chars == 0 )
-	return TQString::null;
-
-    const unsigned char * c = (const unsigned char *)chars;
-    int i;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
-	if ( c[i] == '\0' ) {
-	    len = i;
-	    break;
-	}
-
-    TQString r;
-    r.setUnicode(0, len);
-    TQChar* uc = (TQChar*)r.unicode(); // const_cast
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
-	if ( c[i] > 127 )
-	    uc[i] = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[c[i]-128];
-        else
-	    uc[i] = c[i];
-    }
-    return r;
-}
-
-
-TQCString TQSimpleTextCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& len ) const
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-    if ( this != reverseOwner )
-#else
-    if ( !reverseMap )
-#endif
-	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
-
-    if ( len <0 || len > (int)uc.length() )
-	len = uc.length();
-    TQCString r( len+1 );
-    int i = len;
-    int u;
-    const TQChar* ucp = uc.unicode();
-    unsigned char* rp = (unsigned char *)r.data();
-    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
-    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
-    while( i-- )
-    {
-	u = ucp->unicode();
-	*rp = u < 128 ? u : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u)) : '?' );
-	if ( *rp == 0 ) *rp = '?';
-	rp++;
-	ucp++;
-    }
-    r[len] = 0;
-    return r;
-}
-
-void TQSimpleTextCodec::fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-    if ( this != reverseOwner )
-#else
-    if ( !reverseMap )
-#endif
-	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
-
-    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
-    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
-    while ( length-- ) {
-	unsigned short u = in->unicode();
-	*out = u < 128 ? u : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u)) : 0 );
-	++in;
-	++out;
-    }
-}
-
-unsigned short TQSimpleTextCodec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-    if ( this != reverseOwner )
-#else
-    if ( !reverseMap )
-#endif
-	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
-
-    unsigned short u = str[pos].unicode();
-    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
-    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
-    return u < 128 ? u : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u)) : 0 );
-}
-
-bool TQSimpleTextCodec::canEncode( TQChar ch ) const
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-    if ( this != reverseOwner )
-#else
-    if ( !reverseMap )
-#endif
-	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
-
-    unsigned short u = ch.unicode();
-    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
-    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
-    return u < 128 ? TRUE : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u) != 0) : FALSE );
-}
-
-const char* TQSimpleTextCodec::name() const
-{
-    return unicodevalues[forwardIndex].cs;
-}
-
-const char* TQSimpleTextCodec::mimeName() const
-{
-    return unicodevalues[forwardIndex].mime;
-}
-
-
-int TQSimpleTextCodec::mibEnum() const
-{
-    return unicodevalues[forwardIndex].mib;
-}
-
-int TQSimpleTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const
-{
-    if ( tqstricmp( hint, mimeName() ) == 0 )
-	return 10000; // return a large value
-    if ( hint[0]=='k' ) {
-	TQCString lhint = TQCString(hint).lower();
-	// Help people with messy fonts
-	if ( lhint == "koi8-1" )
-	    return TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch("koi8-r")-1;
-	if ( lhint == "koi8-ru" )
-	    return TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch("koi8-r")-1;
-    } else if ( hint[0] == 't' && mibEnum() == 2259 /* iso8859-11 */ ) {
-	// 8859-11 and tis620 are byte by byte equivalent
-	int i = simpleHeuristicNameMatch("tis620-0", hint);
-	if( !i )
-	    i = simpleHeuristicNameMatch("tis-620", hint);
-	if( i ) return i;
-    } else if ( mibEnum() == 82 /* ISO 8859-6 */ ) {
-	int i = simpleHeuristicNameMatch("ISO 8859-6-I", hint);
-	if ( i )
-	    return i;
-    }
-    return TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(hint);
-}
-
-int TQSimpleTextCodec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
-{
-    if ( len<1 || !chars )
-	return -1;
-    int i = 0;
-    const uchar * c = (const unsigned char *)chars;
-    int r = 0;
-    while( i= 128 ) {
-	    if ( unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[(*c)-128] == 0xfffd )
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if ( (*c >= ' ' && *c < 127) ||
-	     *c == '\n' || *c == '\t' || *c == '\r' )
-	    r++;
-	i++;
-	c++;
-    }
-    if ( mibEnum()==4 )
-	r+=1;
-    return r;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-class TQLatin1Codec : public TQTextCodec
-{
-public:
-#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
-    using TQTextCodec::fromUnicode;
-    using TQTextCodec::toUnicode;
-#endif
-    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
-    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
-    void fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const;
-    unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
-
-    const char* name() const;
-    const char* mimeName() const;
-    int mibEnum() const;
-
-    int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const;
-
-private:
-    int forwardIndex;
-};
-
-
-TQString TQLatin1Codec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
-{
-    if ( chars == 0 )
-	return TQString::null;
-
-    return TQString::fromLatin1(chars, len);
-}
-
-
-TQCString TQLatin1Codec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& len ) const
-{
-    if ( len <0 || len > (int)uc.length() )
-	len = uc.length();
-    TQCString r( len+1 );
-    char *d = r.data();
-    int i = 0;
-    const TQChar *ch = uc.unicode();
-    while ( i < len ) {
-	d[i] = ch->row() ? '?' : ch->cell();
-	i++;
-	ch++;
-    }
-    r[len] = 0;
-    return r;
-}
-
-void TQLatin1Codec::fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const
-{
-    while ( length-- ) {
-	*out = in->row() ? 0 : in->cell();
-	++in;
-	++out;
-    }
-}
-
-unsigned short TQLatin1Codec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
-{
-    const TQChar *ch = str.unicode() + pos;
-    if (ch->row())
-        return 0;
-    return (unsigned short) ch->cell();
-}
-
-
-const char* TQLatin1Codec::name() const
-{
-    return "ISO 8859-1";
-}
-
-const char* TQLatin1Codec::mimeName() const
-{
-    return "ISO-8859-1";
-}
-
-
-int TQLatin1Codec::mibEnum() const
-{
-    return 4;
-}
-
-int TQLatin1Codec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
-{
-    if ( len<1 || !chars )
-	return -1;
-    int i = 0;
-    const uchar * c = (const unsigned char *)chars;
-    int r = 0;
-    while( i= 0x80 && *c < 0xa0 )
-	    return -1;
-	if ( (*c >= ' ' && *c < 127) ||
-	     *c == '\n' || *c == '\t' || *c == '\r' )
-	    r++;
-	i++;
-	c++;
-    }
-    if ( this == (const TQTextCodec *)codecForLocale() )
-	r += 5;
-    return r;
-}
-
-class TQLatin15Codec: public TQLatin1Codec
-{
-public:
-    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
-#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
-    using TQLatin1Codec::fromUnicode;
-#endif
-    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
-    void fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const;
-    unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
-
-    const char* name() const;
-    const char* mimeName() const;
-    int mibEnum() const;
-
-private:
-    int forwardIndex;
-};
-
-
-TQString TQLatin15Codec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
-{
-    if ( chars == 0 )
-	return TQString::null;
-
-    TQString str = TQString::fromLatin1(chars, len);
-    TQChar *uc = (TQChar *)str.unicode();
-    while( len-- ) {
-	switch( uc->unicode() ) {
-	    case 0xa4:
-		*uc = 0x20ac;
-		break;
-	    case 0xa6:
-		*uc = 0x0160;
-		break;
-	    case 0xa8:
-		*uc = 0x0161;
-		break;
-	    case 0xb4:
-		*uc = 0x017d;
-		break;
-	    case 0xb8:
-		*uc = 0x017e;
-		break;
-	    case 0xbc:
-		*uc = 0x0152;
-		break;
-	    case 0xbd:
-		*uc = 0x0153;
-		break;
-	    case 0xbe:
-		*uc = 0x0178;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		break;
-	}
-	uc++;
-    }
-    return str;
-}
-
-static inline unsigned char
-latin15CharFromUnicode( unsigned short uc, bool replacement = TRUE )
-{
-    uchar c;
-    if ( uc < 0x0100 ) {
-	if ( uc > 0xa3 && uc < 0xbf ) {
-	    switch( uc ) {
-	    case 0xa4:
-	    case 0xa6:
-	    case 0xa8:
-	    case 0xb4:
-	    case 0xb8:
-	    case 0xbc:
-	    case 0xbd:
-	    case 0xbe:
-		c = replacement ? '?' : 0;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		c = (unsigned char) uc;
-		break;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    c = (unsigned char) uc;
-	}
-    } else {
-	if ( uc == 0x20ac )
-	    c = 0xa4;
-	else if ( (uc & 0xff00) == 0x0100 ) {
-	    switch( uc ) {
-	    case 0x0160:
-		c = 0xa6;
-		break;
-	    case 0x0161:
-		c = 0xa8;
-		break;
-	    case 0x017d:
-		c = 0xb4;
-		break;
-	    case 0x017e:
-		c = 0xb8;
-		break;
-	    case 0x0152:
-		c = 0xbc;
-		break;
-	    case 0x0153:
-		c = 0xbd;
-		break;
-	    case 0x0178:
-		c = 0xbe;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		c = replacement ? '?' : 0;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    c = replacement ? '?' : 0;
-	}
-    }
-    return c;
-}
-
-
-void TQLatin15Codec::fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const
-{
-    while ( length-- ) {
-	*out = latin15CharFromUnicode( in->unicode(), FALSE );
-	++in;
-	++out;
-    }
-}
-
-
-TQCString TQLatin15Codec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& len ) const
-{
-    if ( len <0 || len > (int)uc.length() )
-	len = uc.length();
-    TQCString r( len+1 );
-    char *d = r.data();
-    int i = 0;
-    const TQChar *ch = uc.unicode();
-    while ( i < len ) {
-	d[i] = latin15CharFromUnicode( ch->unicode() );
-	i++;
-	ch++;
-    }
-    r[len] = 0;
-    return r;
-}
-
-unsigned short TQLatin15Codec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
-{
-    return latin15CharFromUnicode( str.unicode()[pos].unicode(), FALSE );
-}
-
-
-const char* TQLatin15Codec::name() const
-{
-    return "ISO 8859-15";
-}
-
-const char* TQLatin15Codec::mimeName() const
-{
-    return "ISO-8859-15";
-}
-
-
-int TQLatin15Codec::mibEnum() const
-{
-    return 111;
-}
-
-static TQTextCodec *checkForCodec(const char *name) {
-    TQTextCodec *c = TQTextCodec::codecForName(name);
-    if (!c) {
-        const char *at = strchr(name, '@');
-        if (at) {
-            TQCString n(name, at - name + 1);
-            c = TQTextCodec::codecForName(n.data());
-        }
-    }
-    return c;
-}
-
-/* the next function is implicitely thread safe,
-   as they are only called by setup() which uses a mutex.
-*/
-static void setupLocaleMapper()
-{
-#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
-    localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "System" );
-#else
-
-#if defined (_XOPEN_UNIX) && !defined(Q_OS_QNX6) && !defined(Q_OS_OSF) && !defined(Q_OS_MAC)
-    char *charset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-    if ( charset )
-        localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( charset );
-#endif
-
-    if ( !localeMapper ) {
-	// Very poorly defined and followed standards causes lots of code
-	// to try to get all the cases...
-
-	// Try to determine locale codeset from locale name assigned to
-	// LC_CTYPE category.
-
-	// First part is getting that locale name.  First try setlocale() which
-	// definitely knows it, but since we cannot fully trust it, get ready
-	// to fall back to environment variables.
-	char * ctype = tqstrdup( setlocale( LC_CTYPE, 0 ) );
-
-	// Get the first nonempty value from $LC_ALL, $LC_CTYPE, and $LANG
-	// environment variables.
-	char * lang = tqstrdup( getenv("LC_ALL") );
-	if ( !lang || lang[0] == 0 || strcmp( lang, "C" ) == 0 ) {
-	    if ( lang ) delete [] lang;
-	    lang = tqstrdup( getenv("LC_CTYPE") );
-	}
-	if ( !lang || lang[0] == 0 || strcmp( lang, "C" ) == 0 ) {
-	    if ( lang ) delete [] lang;
-	    lang = tqstrdup( getenv("LANG") );
-	}
-
-	// Now try these in order:
-	// 1. CODESET from ctype if it contains a .CODESET part (e.g. en_US.ISO8859-15)
-	// 2. CODESET from lang if it contains a .CODESET part
-	// 3. ctype (maybe the locale is named "ISO-8859-1" or something)
-	// 4. locale (ditto)
-	// 5. check for "@euro"
-	// 6. guess locale from ctype unless ctype is "C"
-	// 7. guess locale from lang
-
-	// 1. CODESET from ctype if it contains a .CODESET part (e.g. en_US.ISO8859-15)
-	char * codeset = ctype ? strchr( ctype, '.' ) : 0;
-	if ( codeset && *codeset == '.' )
-	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( codeset + 1 );
-
-	// 2. CODESET from lang if it contains a .CODESET part
-	codeset = lang ? strchr( lang, '.' ) : 0;
-	if ( !localeMapper && codeset && *codeset == '.' ) 
-	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( codeset + 1 );
-
-	// 3. ctype (maybe the locale is named "ISO-8859-1" or something)
-	if ( !localeMapper && ctype && *ctype != 0 && strcmp (ctype, "C") != 0 )
-	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( ctype );
-
-	// 4. locale (ditto)
-	if ( !localeMapper && lang && *lang != 0 )
-	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( lang );
-
-	// 5. "@euro"
-	if ( ( !localeMapper && ctype && strstr( ctype, "@euro" ) ) || (lang && strstr( lang, "@euro" ) ) )
-	    localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-15" );
-
-	// 6. guess locale from ctype unless ctype is "C"
-	// 7. guess locale from lang
-	char * try_by_name = ctype;
-	if ( ctype && *ctype != 0 && strcmp (ctype, "C") != 0 )
-	    try_by_name = lang;
-
-	// Now do the guessing.
-	if ( lang && *lang && !localeMapper && try_by_name && *try_by_name ) {
-	    if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_15locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-15" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_2locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-2" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_3locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-3" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_4locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-4" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_5locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-5" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_6locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-6" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_7locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-7" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_8locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-8-I" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_9locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-9" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_13locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-13" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( tis_620locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-11" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( koi8_ulocales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "KOI8-U" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( cp_1251locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "CP 1251" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( pt_154locales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "PT 154" );
-	    else if ( try_locale_list( probably_koi8_rlocales, lang ) )
-		localeMapper = ru_RU_hack( lang );
-	}
-
-	delete [] ctype;
-	delete [] lang;
-    }
-    if ( localeMapper && localeMapper->mibEnum() == 11 )
-	localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-8-I" );
-
-    // If everything failed, we default to 8859-1
-    // We could perhaps default to 8859-15.
-    if ( !localeMapper )
-	localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-1" );
-#endif
-}
-
-
-static void setup()
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( codecs_destroyed )
-    {
-	// If codecs have been destroyed, the application is being destroyed.
-	// Do not create new codecs since this could lead to SEGV while trying to
-	// print a message using tqWarning/tqDebug/tqFatal at this stage
-	//
-	// Note: the use of `printf` instead of `tqWarning` is intentional. We should never
-	// get to this line of code. If we do, we are in some strange exception that we
-	// didn't think of. Using `tqWarning` could potentially lead to an infinite loop with
-	// `tqWarning` trying to setup codecs and this method calling `tqWarning` again.
-	// Using `printf` makes sure this never happens, even for exceptions we didn't foresee.
-	printf("TQTextCodec: setup() called when codecs have already been destroyed\n"); fflush(stdout);
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( all ) return;
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-			 tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 );
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-    all = new TQValueList;
-
-    (void)new TQLatin1Codec;
-    (void)new TQLatin15Codec;
-    (void)new TQUtf8Codec;
-    (void)new TQUtf16Codec;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
-    int i = 0;
-    do {
-	(void)new TQSimpleTextCodec( i );
-    } while( unicodevalues[i++].mib != LAST_MIB );
-
-    (void)new TQTsciiCodec;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < 9; ++i) {
-	(void)new TQIsciiCodec(i);
-    }
-#endif // TQT_NO_CODECS
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CODEC_HEBREW
-    (void)new TQHebrewCodec;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS
-    (void)new TQBig5Codec;
-    (void)new TQBig5hkscsCodec;
-    (void)new TQEucJpCodec;
-    (void)new TQEucKrCodec;
-    (void)new TQGb2312Codec;
-    (void)new TQGbkCodec;
-    (void)new TQGb18030Codec;
-    (void)new TQJisCodec;
-    (void)new TQSjisCodec;
-#endif // TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS
-
-#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
-    (void) new TQWindowsLocalCodec;
-#endif // Q_OS_WIN32
-
-    if ( !localeMapper )
-	setupLocaleMapper();
-}
-
-void TQTextCodec::fromUnicodeInternal( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length )
-{
-    switch( mibEnum() ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
-    case 2084:
-    case 2088:
-    case 5:
-    case 6:
-    case 7:
-    case 8:
-    case 82:
-    case 10:
-    case 85:
-    case 12:
-    case 13:
-    case 109:
-    case 110:
-    case 2004:
-    case 2009:
-    case 2086:
-    case 2250:
-    case 2251:
-    case 2252:
-    case 2253:
-    case 2254:
-    case 2255:
-    case 2256:
-    case 2257:
-    case 2258:
-    case 2259:
-	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-#if !defined(TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS) && defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-	// the TQFont*Codecs are only used on X11
-
-    case 15:
-	((TQFontJis0201Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case 63:
-	((TQFontJis0208Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case 36:
-	((TQFontKsc5601Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case 57:
-	((TQFontGb2312Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case -113:
-	((TQFontGbkCodec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case -114:
-	((TQFontGb18030_0Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case -2026:
-	((TQFontBig5Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case -2101:
-	((TQFontBig5hkscsCodec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case -4242:
-	((TQFontLaoCodec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-#endif
-#endif // TQT_NO_CODECS
-
-    case 4:
-	((TQLatin1Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    case 111:
-	((TQLatin15Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
-	break;
-
-    default:
-	{
-	    TQConstString string( in, length );
-	    TQString str = string.string();
-	    for ( int i = 0; i < length; i++ )
-		out[i] = characterFromUnicode( str, i );
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForTr()
-
-    Returns the codec used by TQObject::tr() on its argument. If this
-    function returns 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1.
-
-    \sa setCodecForTr()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr(TQTextCodec *c)
-    \nonreentrant
-
-    Sets the codec used by TQObject::tr() on its argument to \a c. If
-    \a c is 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1.
-
-    If the literal quoted text in the program is not in the Latin-1
-    encoding, this function can be used to set the appropriate
-    encoding. For example, software developed by Korean programmers
-    might use eucKR for all the text in the program, in which case the
-    main() function might look like this:
-
-    \code
-    int main(int argc, char** argv)
-    {
-	TQApplication app(argc, argv);
-	... install any additional codecs ...
-	TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr( TQTextCodec::codecForName("eucKR") );
-	...
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-    Note that this is not the way to select the encoding that the \e
-    user has chosen. For example, to convert an application containing
-    literal English strings to Korean, all that is needed is for the
-    English strings to be passed through tr() and for translation
-    files to be loaded. For details of internationalization, see the
-    \link i18n.html TQt internationalization documentation\endlink.
-
-    \sa codecForTr(), setCodecForTr(), setCodecForCStrings()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings()
-
-    Returns the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const
-    char* and TQCStrings. If this function returns 0 (the default),
-    TQString assumes Latin-1.
-
-    \sa setCodecForCStrings()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(TQTextCodec *c)
-    \nonreentrant
-
-    Sets the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const char*
-    and TQCStrings. If \a c is 0 (the default), TQString assumes Latin-1.
-
-    \warning Some codecs do not preserve the characters in the ascii
-    range (0x00 to 0x7f).  For example, the Japanese Shift-JIS
-    encoding maps the backslash character (0x5a) to the Yen character.
-    This leads to unexpected results when using the backslash
-    character to escape characters in strings used in e.g. regular
-    expressions.  Use TQString::fromLatin1() to preserve characters in
-    the ascii range when needed.
-
-    \sa codecForCStrings(), setCodecForTr(), setCodecForCStrings()
-*/
-
-
-TQTextCodec *TQTextCodec::cftr = 0;
-TQTextCodec *TQTextCodec::cfcs = 0;
-
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
diff --git a/src/codecs/qtextcodecfactory.cpp b/src/codecs/qtextcodecfactory.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a570157b..000000000
--- a/src/codecs/qtextcodecfactory.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQTextCodecFactory class
-**
-** Created : 010130
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "ntqtextcodecfactory.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-#include "ntqapplication.h"
-#include "ntqcleanuphandler.h"
-#include 
-#include "qtextcodecinterface_p.h"
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-#  include 
-#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-
-#include 
-
-
-static TQPluginManager *manager = 0;
-static TQSingleCleanupHandler< TQPluginManager > cleanup_manager;
-
-static void create_manager()
-{
-    if ( manager ) // already created
-	return;
-
-#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
-    // protect manager creation
-    TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
-			 tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &manager ) : 0);
-
-    // we check the manager pointer again to make sure that another thread
-    // has not created the manager before us.
-
-    if ( manager ) // already created
-	return;
-#endif
-
-    manager =
-	new TQPluginManager(IID_QTextCodecFactory,
-						       TQApplication::libraryPaths(), "/codecs",
-						       FALSE);
-    TQ_CHECK_PTR( manager );
-    cleanup_manager.set( &manager );
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-
-TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecFactory::createForName(const TQString &name)
-{
-    TQTextCodec *codec = 0;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-    // make sure the manager is created
-    create_manager();
-
-    TQInterfacePtr iface;
-    manager->queryInterface(name, &iface );
-
-    if (iface)
-	codec = iface->createForName(name);
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-    return codec;
-}
-
-
-TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecFactory::createForMib(int mib)
-{
-    TQTextCodec *codec = 0;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-    // make sure the manager is created
-    create_manager();
-
-    TQInterfacePtr iface;
-    manager->queryInterface("MIB-" + TQString::number(mib), &iface );
-
-    if (iface)
-	codec = iface->createForMib(mib);
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-    return codec;
-}
-
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
diff --git a/src/codecs/qtextcodecinterface_p.h b/src/codecs/qtextcodecinterface_p.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a8baa04a..000000000
--- a/src/codecs/qtextcodecinterface_p.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQTextCodecFactoryInterface interface
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTCODECINTERFACE_P_H
-#define TQTEXTCODECINTERFACE_P_H
-
-//
-//  W A R N I N G
-//  -------------
-//
-// This file is not part of the TQt API.  It exists for the convenience
-// of qpsprinter.cpp and qprinter_x11.cpp.
-// This header file may change from version to version without notice,
-// or even be removed.
-//
-// We mean it.
-//
-//
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include 
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-
-class TQTextCodec;
-
-
-// {F55BFA60-F695-11D4-823E-009027DC0F37}
-#ifndef IID_QTextCodecFactory
-#define IID_QTextCodecFactory TQUuid( 0xf55bfa60, 0xf695, 0x11d4, 0x82, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x90, 0x27, 0xdc, 0x0f, 0x37)
-#endif
-
-
-struct TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodecFactoryInterface : public TQFeatureListInterface
-{
-    virtual TQTextCodec *createForMib( int mib ) = 0;
-    virtual TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString &name ) = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-
-#endif // TQTEXTCODECINTERFACE_P_H
diff --git a/src/codecs/qtextcodecplugin.cpp b/src/codecs/qtextcodecplugin.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d59e8684d..000000000
--- a/src/codecs/qtextcodecplugin.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQTextCodecPlugin class
-**
-** Created : 010920
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "ntqtextcodecplugin.h"
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
-#include "qtextcodecinterface_p.h"
-
-/*!
-    \class TQTextCodecPlugin ntqtextcodecplugin.h
-    \brief The TQTextCodecPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom TQTextCodec plugins.
-    \reentrant
-    \ingroup plugins
-
-    The text codec plugin is a simple plugin interface that makes it
-    easy to create custom text codecs that can be loaded dynamically
-    into applications.
-
-    Writing a text codec plugin is achieved by subclassing this base
-    class, reimplementing the pure virtual functions names(),
-    createForName(), mibEnums() and createForMib(), and exporting the
-    class with the \c TQ_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro. See the \link
-    plugins-howto.html TQt Plugins documentation \endlink for details.
-
-    See the \link http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets IANA
-    character-sets encoding file\endlink for more information on mime
-    names and mib enums.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQStringList TQTextCodecPlugin::names() const
-
-    Returns the list of mime names supported by this plugin.
-
-    \sa createForName()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPlugin::createForName( const TQString &name );
-
-    Creates a TQTextCodec object for the codec called \a name.
-
-    \sa names()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQValueList TQTextCodecPlugin::mibEnums() const
-
-    Returns the list of mib enums supported by this plugin.
-
-    \sa createForMib()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPlugin::createForMib( int mib );
-
-    Creates a TQTextCodec object for the mib enum \a mib.
-
-    (See \link
-    ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/character-sets the
-    IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink for more information)
-
-    \sa mibEnums()
-*/
-
-
-
-class TQTextCodecPluginPrivate : public TQTextCodecFactoryInterface
-{
-public:
-    TQTextCodecPluginPrivate( TQTextCodecPlugin *p )
-	: plugin( p )
-    {
-    }
-    virtual ~TQTextCodecPluginPrivate();
-
-    TQRESULT queryInterface( const TQUuid &iid, TQUnknownInterface **iface );
-    TQ_REFCOUNT;
-
-    TQStringList featureList() const;
-    TQTextCodec *createForMib( int mib );
-    TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString &name );
-
-private:
-    TQTextCodecPlugin *plugin;
-};
-
-TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::~TQTextCodecPluginPrivate()
-{
-    delete plugin;
-}
-
-TQRESULT TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::queryInterface( const TQUuid &iid, TQUnknownInterface **iface )
-{
-    *iface = 0;
-
-    if ( iid == IID_QUnknown )
-	*iface = this;
-    else if ( iid == IID_QFeatureList )
-	*iface = this;
-    else if ( iid == IID_QTextCodecFactory )
-	*iface = this;
-    else
-	return TQE_NOINTERFACE;
-
-    (*iface)->addRef();
-    return TQS_OK;
-}
-
-TQStringList TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::featureList() const
-{
-    TQStringList keys = plugin->names();
-    TQValueList mibs = plugin->mibEnums();
-    for ( TQValueList::Iterator it = mibs.begin(); it != mibs.end(); ++it )
-	keys += TQString("MIB-%1").arg( *it );
-    return keys;
-}
-
-TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::createForMib( int mib )
-{
-    return plugin->createForMib( mib );
-}
-
-TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::createForName( const TQString &name )
-{
-    return plugin->createForName( name );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a text codec plugin. This is invoked automatically by
-    the \c TQ_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro.
-*/
-TQTextCodecPlugin::TQTextCodecPlugin()
-    : TQGPlugin( d = new TQTextCodecPluginPrivate( this ) )
-{
-}
-
-/*!
-    Destroys the text codec plugin.
-
-    You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
-    automatically when it is no longer used.
-*/
-TQTextCodecPlugin::~TQTextCodecPlugin()
-{
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodec.cpp b/src/codecs/tqtextcodec.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf7c6b93d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodec.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3161 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQTextCodec class
+**
+** Created : 981015
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+// UNIX Large File Support redefines open -> open64
+#if defined(open)
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+#include "tqvaluelist.h"
+#include "tqtextcodecfactory.h"
+#include "ntqutfcodec.h"
+#include "ntqnamespace.h"
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
+#include "ntqrtlcodec.h"
+#include "ntqtsciicodec.h"
+#include "qisciicodec_p.h"
+#endif // TQT_NO_CODECS
+#ifndef TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS
+#include "ntqbig5codec.h"
+#include "ntqeucjpcodec.h"
+#include "ntqeuckrcodec.h"
+#include "ntqgb18030codec.h"
+#include "ntqjiscodec.h"
+#include "ntqjpunicode.h"
+#include "ntqsjiscodec.h"
+#endif // TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS
+#include "ntqfile.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "../tools/qlocale_p.h"
+
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_CODECS) && !defined(TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS) && defined(TQ_WS_X11)
+#  include "qfontcodecs_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+#  include 
+#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
+#include 
+#endif
+#if defined(_XOPEN_UNIX) && !defined(Q_OS_QNX6)
+#include 
+#endif
+
+static TQValueList *all = 0;
+static bool codecs_destroyed = false;
+static TQTextCodec * localeMapper = 0;
+
+class TQTextCodecCleanup {
+public:
+    ~TQTextCodecCleanup() {
+	TQTextCodec::deleteAllCodecs();
+    }
+};
+static TQTextCodecCleanup tqtextcodec_cleanup;
+
+/*!
+    Deletes all the created codecs.
+
+    \warning Do not call this function.
+
+    TQApplication calls this function just before exiting to delete
+    any TQTextCodec objects that may be lying around. Since various
+    other classes hold pointers to TQTextCodec objects, it is not safe
+    to call this function earlier.
+
+    If you are using the utility classes (like TQString) but not using
+    TQApplication, calling this function at the very end of your
+    application may be helpful for chasing down memory leaks by
+    eliminating any TQTextCodec objects.
+*/
+
+void TQTextCodec::deleteAllCodecs()
+{
+    codecs_destroyed = true;
+
+    if ( !all )
+	return;
+
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
+			  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 );
+#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    TQValueList *ball = all;
+    all = 0;
+    TQValueList::Iterator it;
+    for ( it = ball->begin(); it != ball->end(); ++it ) {
+	delete *it;
+	*it = 0;
+    }
+    ball->clear();
+    delete ball;
+
+    localeMapper = 0;
+}
+
+static void setup();
+
+class TQTextStatelessEncoder: public TQTextEncoder {
+    const TQTextCodec* codec;
+public:
+    TQTextStatelessEncoder(const TQTextCodec*);
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut);
+};
+
+
+class TQTextStatelessDecoder : public TQTextDecoder {
+    const TQTextCodec* codec;
+public:
+    TQTextStatelessDecoder(const TQTextCodec*);
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len);
+};
+
+TQTextStatelessEncoder::TQTextStatelessEncoder(const TQTextCodec* c) :
+    codec(c)
+{
+}
+
+
+TQCString TQTextStatelessEncoder::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut)
+{
+    return codec->fromUnicode(uc,lenInOut);
+}
+
+
+TQTextStatelessDecoder::TQTextStatelessDecoder(const TQTextCodec* c) :
+    codec(c)
+{
+}
+
+
+TQString TQTextStatelessDecoder::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len)
+{
+    return codec->toUnicode(chars,len);
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextCodec tqtextcodec.h
+    \brief The TQTextCodec class provides conversion between text encodings.
+    \reentrant
+    \ingroup i18n
+
+    TQt uses Unicode to store, draw and manipulate strings. In many
+    situations you may wish to deal with data that uses a different
+    encoding. For example, most Japanese documents are still stored in
+    Shift-JIS or ISO2022, while Russian users often have their
+    documents in KOI8-R or CP1251.
+
+    TQt provides a set of TQTextCodec classes to help with converting
+    non-Unicode formats to and from Unicode. You can also create your
+    own codec classes (\link #subclassing see later\endlink).
+
+    The supported encodings are:
+    \list
+    \i Latin1
+    \i Big5 -- Chinese
+    \i Big5-HKSCS -- Chinese
+    \i eucJP -- Japanese
+    \i eucKR -- Korean
+    \i GB2312 -- Chinese
+    \i GBK -- Chinese
+    \i GB18030 -- Chinese
+    \i JIS7 -- Japanese
+    \i Shift-JIS -- Japanese
+    \i TSCII -- Tamil
+    \i utf8 -- Unicode, 8-bit
+    \i utf16 -- Unicode
+    \i KOI8-R -- Russian
+    \i KOI8-U -- Ukrainian
+    \i ISO8859-1 -- Western
+    \i ISO8859-2 -- Central European
+    \i ISO8859-3 -- Central European
+    \i ISO8859-4 -- Baltic
+    \i ISO8859-5 -- Cyrillic
+    \i ISO8859-6 -- Arabic
+    \i ISO8859-7 -- Greek
+    \i ISO8859-8 -- Hebrew, visually ordered
+    \i ISO8859-8-i -- Hebrew, logically ordered
+    \i ISO8859-9 -- Turkish
+    \i ISO8859-10
+    \i ISO8859-13
+    \i ISO8859-14
+    \i ISO8859-15 -- Western
+    \i IBM 850
+    \i IBM 866
+    \i CP874
+    \i CP1250 -- Central European
+    \i CP1251 -- Cyrillic
+    \i CP1252 -- Western
+    \i CP1253 -- Greek
+    \i CP1254 -- Turkish
+    \i CP1255 -- Hebrew
+    \i CP1256 -- Arabic
+    \i CP1257 -- Baltic
+    \i CP1258
+    \i Apple Roman
+    \i TIS-620 -- Thai
+    \endlist
+
+    TQTextCodecs can be used as follows to convert some locally encoded
+    string to Unicode. Suppose you have some string encoded in Russian
+    KOI8-R encoding, and want to convert it to Unicode. The simple way
+    to do this is:
+
+    \code
+    TQCString locallyEncoded = "..."; // text to convert
+    TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R
+    TQString unicodeString = codec->toUnicode( locallyEncoded );
+    \endcode
+
+    After this, \c{unicodeString} holds the text converted to Unicode.
+    Converting a string from Unicode to the local encoding is just as
+    easy:
+
+    \code
+    TQString unicodeString = "..."; // any Unicode text
+    TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R
+    TQCString locallyEncoded = codec->fromUnicode( unicodeString );
+    \endcode
+
+    Some care must be taken when trying to convert the data in chunks,
+    for example, when receiving it over a network. In such cases it is
+    possible that a multi-byte character will be split over two
+    chunks. At best this might result in the loss of a character and
+    at worst cause the entire conversion to fail.
+
+    The approach to use in these situations is to create a TQTextDecoder
+    object for the codec and use this TQTextDecoder for the whole
+    decoding process, as shown below:
+
+    \code
+    TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "Shift-JIS" );
+    TQTextDecoder *decoder = codec->makeDecoder();
+
+    TQString unicodeString;
+    while( receiving_data ) {
+	TQByteArray chunk = new_data;
+	unicodeString += decoder->toUnicode( chunk.data(), chunk.length() );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    The TQTextDecoder object maintains state between chunks and therefore
+    works correctly even if a multi-byte character is split between
+    chunks.
+
+    \target subclassing
+    \section1 Creating your own Codec class
+
+    Support for new text encodings can be added to TQt by creating
+    TQTextCodec subclasses.
+
+    Built-in codecs can be overridden by custom codecs since more
+    recently created TQTextCodec objects take precedence over earlier
+    ones.
+
+    You may find it more convenient to make your codec class available
+    as a plugin; see the \link plugins-howto.html plugin
+    documentation\endlink for more details.
+
+    The abstract virtual functions describe the encoder to the
+    system and the coder is used as required in the different
+    text file formats supported by TQTextStream, and under X11, for the
+    locale-specific character input and output.
+
+    To add support for another 8-bit encoding to TQt, make a subclass
+    of TQTextCodec and implement at least the following methods:
+
+    \code
+    const char* name() const
+    \endcode
+    Return the official name for the encoding.
+
+    \code
+    int mibEnum() const
+    \endcode
+    Return the MIB enum for the encoding if it is listed in the
+	\link http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+	IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink.
+
+    If the encoding is multi-byte then it will have "state"; that is,
+    the interpretation of some bytes will be dependent on some preceding
+    bytes. For such encodings, you must implement:
+
+    \code
+    TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const
+    \endcode
+    Return a TQTextDecoder that remembers incomplete multi-byte sequence
+    prefixes or other required state.
+
+    If the encoding does \e not require state, you should implement:
+
+    \code
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+    \endcode
+    Converts \e len characters from \e chars to Unicode.
+
+    The base TQTextCodec class has default implementations of the above
+    two functions, \e{but they are mutually recursive}, so you must
+    re-implement at least one of them, or both for improved efficiency.
+
+    For conversion from Unicode to 8-bit encodings, it is rarely necessary
+    to maintain state. However, two functions similar to the two above
+    are used for encoding:
+
+    \code
+    TQTextEncoder* makeEncoder() const
+    \endcode
+    Return a TQTextEncoder.
+
+    \code
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const
+    \endcode
+    Converts \e lenInOut characters (of type TQChar) from the start of
+    the string \e uc, returning a TQCString result, and also returning
+    the \link TQCString::length() length\endlink of the result in
+    \e lenInOut.
+
+    Again, these are mutually recursive so only one needs to be implemented,
+    or both if greater efficiency is possible.
+
+    Finally, you must implement:
+
+    \code
+    int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
+    \endcode
+    Gives a value indicating how likely it is that \e len characters
+    from \e chars are in the encoding.
+
+    A good model for this function is the
+    TQWindowsLocalCodec::heuristicContentMatch function found in the TQt
+    sources.
+
+    A TQTextCodec subclass might have improved performance if you also
+    re-implement:
+
+    \code
+    bool canEncode( TQChar ) const
+    \endcode
+    Test if a Unicode character can be encoded.
+
+    \code
+    bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const
+    \endcode
+    Test if a string of Unicode characters can be encoded.
+
+    \code
+    int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const
+    \endcode
+    Test if a possibly non-standard name is referring to the codec.
+
+    Codecs can also be created as \link plugins-howto.html plugins\endlink.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \nonreentrant
+
+    Constructs a TQTextCodec, and gives it the highest precedence. The
+    TQTextCodec should always be constructed on the heap (i.e. with \c
+    new). TQt takes ownership and will delete it when the application
+    terminates.
+*/
+TQTextCodec::TQTextCodec()
+{
+    // 'codecs_destroyed' should never be true at this point
+    if (!codecs_destroyed)
+    {
+	setup();
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
+			      tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 );
+#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+	all->insert( all->begin(), this );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \nonreentrant
+
+    Destroys the TQTextCodec. Note that you should not delete codecs
+    yourself: once created they become TQt's responsibility.
+*/
+TQTextCodec::~TQTextCodec()
+{
+    if ( !codecs_destroyed )
+	tqWarning("TQTextCodec::~TQTextCodec() called by application");
+
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
+			  tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 );
+#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    if ( all )
+	all->remove( this );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a value indicating how likely it is that this decoder is
+    appropriate for decoding some format that has the given name. The
+    name is compared with the \a hint.
+
+    A good match returns a positive number around the length of the
+    string. A bad match is negative.
+
+    The default implementation calls simpleHeuristicNameMatch() with
+    the name of the codec.
+*/
+int TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const
+{
+    return simpleHeuristicNameMatch(name(),hint);
+}
+
+
+// returns a string containing the letters and numbers from input,
+// with a space separating run of a character class. e.g. "iso8859-1"
+// becomes "iso 8859 1"
+static TQString lettersAndNumbers( const char * input )
+{
+    TQString result;
+    TQChar c;
+
+    while( input && *input ) {
+	c = *input;
+ 	if ( c.isLetter() || c.isNumber() )
+ 	    result += c.lower();
+	if ( input[1] ) {
+	    // add space at character class transition, except
+	    // transition from upper-case to lower-case letter
+	    TQChar n( input[1] );
+	    if ( c.isLetter() && n.isLetter() ) {
+		if ( c == c.lower() && n == n.upper() )
+		    result += ' ';
+	    } else if ( c.category() != n.category() ) {
+		result += ' ';
+	    }
+	}
+	input++;
+    }
+    return result.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+/*!
+    A simple utility function for heuristicNameMatch(): it does some
+    very minor character-skipping so that almost-exact matches score
+    high. \a name is the text we're matching and \a hint is used for
+    the comparison.
+*/
+int TQTextCodec::simpleHeuristicNameMatch(const char* name, const char* hint)
+{
+    // if they're the same, return a perfect score.
+    if ( name && hint && *name && *hint && tqstricmp( name, hint ) == 0 )
+	return tqstrlen( hint );
+
+    // if the letters and numbers are the same, we have an "almost"
+    // perfect match.
+    TQString h( lettersAndNumbers( hint ) );
+    TQString n( lettersAndNumbers( name ) );
+    if ( h == n )
+	return tqstrlen( hint )-1;
+
+    if ( h.stripWhiteSpace() == n.stripWhiteSpace() )
+	return tqstrlen( hint )-2;
+
+    // could do some more here, but I don't think it's worth it
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the TQTextCodec \a i positions from the most recently
+    inserted codec, or 0 if there is no such TQTextCodec. Thus,
+    codecForIndex(0) returns the most recently created TQTextCodec.
+*/
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForIndex(int i)
+{
+    if (codecs_destroyed)
+    {
+	return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    setup();
+    return (uint)i >= all->count() ? 0 : *all->at(i);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the TQTextCodec which matches the \link
+    TQTextCodec::mibEnum() MIBenum\endlink \a mib.
+*/
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForMib(int mib)
+{
+    if (codecs_destroyed)
+    {
+	return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    setup();
+    TQValueList::ConstIterator i;
+    TQTextCodec* result=0;
+    for ( i = all->begin(); i != all->end(); ++i ) {
+	result = *i;
+	if ( result->mibEnum()==mib )
+	    return result;
+    }
+
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_COMPONENT) && !defined(QT_LITE_COMPONENT)
+    if ( !result || (result && result->mibEnum() != mib) ) {
+	TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodecFactory::createForMib(mib);
+	if (codec)
+	    result = codec;
+    }
+#endif // !TQT_NO_COMPONENT !QT_LITE_COMPONENT
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+class TQWindowsLocalCodec: public TQTextCodec
+{
+public:
+    TQWindowsLocalCodec();
+    ~TQWindowsLocalCodec();
+
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
+
+    const char* name() const;
+    int mibEnum() const;
+
+    int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const;
+
+    TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const;
+};
+
+TQWindowsLocalCodec::TQWindowsLocalCodec()
+{
+}
+
+TQWindowsLocalCodec::~TQWindowsLocalCodec()
+{
+}
+
+
+TQString TQWindowsLocalCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( len == 1 && chars ) {          // Optimization; avoids allocation
+	char c[2];
+	c[0] = *chars;
+	c[1] = 0;
+	return qt_winMB2TQString( c, 2 );
+    }
+    if ( len < 0 )
+	return qt_winMB2TQString( chars );
+    TQCString s(chars,len+1);
+    return qt_winMB2TQString(s);
+}
+
+TQCString TQWindowsLocalCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const
+{
+    TQCString r = qt_winTQString2MB( uc, lenInOut );
+    lenInOut = r.length();
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+const char* TQWindowsLocalCodec::name() const
+{
+    return "System";
+}
+
+int TQWindowsLocalCodec::mibEnum() const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+int TQWindowsLocalCodec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    // ### Not a bad default implementation?
+    TQString t = toUnicode(chars,len);
+    int l = t.length();
+    TQCString mb = fromUnicode(t,l);
+    int i=0;
+    while ( i < len ) {
+	if ( chars[i] == mb[i] )
+	    i++;
+       else
+	   break;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+class TQWindowsLocalDecoder: public TQTextDecoder
+{
+    const TQWindowsLocalCodec* codec;
+    int nbuf;
+    uchar buf[4];               // hopefully this will be enough
+public:
+    TQWindowsLocalDecoder(const TQWindowsLocalCodec *c) : codec(c), nbuf(0)
+    {
+    }
+
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len)
+    {
+        if (len != 1 && nbuf == 0)
+            return codec->toUnicode(chars, len);
+        if (len == 1) {
+            char c[sizeof buf + 2];
+            memcpy(c, buf, nbuf);
+            c[nbuf] = *chars;
+            c[nbuf+1] = 0;
+
+            // try to decode this:
+            TQString retval = codec->toUnicode(c, -1);
+            if ( retval.isEmpty() ) {
+                // it didn't return anything; we probably stopped mid-way in a multi-byte
+                // character
+                buf[nbuf++] = *chars;
+                if (nbuf + 1 == sizeof buf) {
+                    tqWarning("TQWindowsLocalDecoder: exceeded max internal buffer size");
+                    nbuf = 0;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+                nbuf = 0;       // decoded successfully
+            
+            return retval;
+        }
+
+        if (len == -1)
+            len = (int)strlen(chars);
+
+        // Ugh! We need to allocate memory
+        char *s = new char[nbuf + len + 1];
+        memcpy(s, buf, nbuf);
+        memcpy(s + nbuf, chars, len);
+        s[nbuf + len] = 0;
+        
+        TQString retval = codec->toUnicode(s, -1);
+        nbuf = 0;
+        delete[] s;
+        return retval;
+    }
+};
+
+TQTextDecoder* TQWindowsLocalCodec::makeDecoder() const
+{
+    return new TQWindowsLocalDecoder(this);
+}        
+
+#else
+
+/* locale names mostly copied from XFree86 */
+static const char * const iso8859_2locales[] = {
+    "croatian", "cs", "cs_CS", "cs_CZ","cz", "cz_CZ", "czech", "hr",
+    "hr_HR", "hu", "hu_HU", "hungarian", "pl", "pl_PL", "polish", "ro",
+    "ro_RO", "rumanian", "serbocroatian", "sh", "sh_SP", "sh_YU", "sk",
+    "sk_SK", "sl", "sl_CS", "sl_SI", "slovak", "slovene", "sr_SP", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_3locales[] = {
+    "eo", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_4locales[] = {
+    "ee", "ee_EE", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_5locales[] = {
+    "mk", "mk_MK", "sp", "sp_YU", 0 };
+
+static const char * const cp_1251locales[] = {
+    "be", "be_BY", "bg", "bg_BG", "bulgarian", 0 };
+
+static const char * const pt_154locales[] = {
+    "ba_RU", "ky", "ky_KG", "kk", "kk_KZ", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_6locales[] = {
+    "ar_AA", "ar_SA", "arabic", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_7locales[] = {
+    "el", "el_GR", "greek", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_8locales[] = {
+    "hebrew", "he", "he_IL", "iw", "iw_IL", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_9locales[] = {
+    "tr", "tr_TR", "turkish", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_13locales[] = {
+    "lt", "lt_LT", "lv", "lv_LV", 0 };
+
+static const char * const iso8859_15locales[] = {
+    "et", "et_EE",
+    // Euro countries
+    "br_FR", "ca_ES", "de", "de_AT", "de_BE", "de_DE", "de_LU", "en_IE",
+    "es", "es_ES", "eu_ES", "fi", "fi_FI", "finnish", "fr", "fr_FR",
+    "fr_BE", "fr_LU", "french", "ga_IE", "gl_ES", "it", "it_IT", "oc_FR",
+    "nl", "nl_BE", "nl_NL", "pt", "pt_PT", "sv_FI", "wa_BE",
+    0 };
+
+static const char * const koi8_ulocales[] = {
+    "uk", "uk_UA", "ru_UA", "ukrainian", 0 };
+
+static const char * const tis_620locales[] = {
+    "th", "th_TH", "thai", 0 };
+
+static const char * const tcvnlocales[] = {
+    "vi", "vi_VN", 0 };
+
+static bool try_locale_list( const char * const locale[], const char * lang )
+{
+    int i;
+    for( i=0; locale[i] && *locale[i] && strcmp(locale[i], lang); i++ )
+	;
+    return locale[i] != 0;
+}
+
+// For the probably_koi8_locales we have to look. the standard says
+// these are 8859-5, but almost all Russian users use KOI8-R and
+// incorrectly set $LANG to ru_RU. We'll check tolower() to see what
+// tolower() thinks ru_RU means.
+
+// If you read the history, it seems that many Russians blame ISO and
+// Perestroika for the confusion.
+//
+// The real bug is that some programs break if the user specifies
+// ru_RU.KOI8-R.
+
+static const char * const probably_koi8_rlocales[] = {
+    "ru", "ru_SU", "ru_RU", "russian", 0 };
+
+static TQTextCodec * ru_RU_hack( const char * i ) {
+    TQTextCodec * ru_RU_codec = 0;
+
+    TQCString origlocale = setlocale( LC_CTYPE, i );
+    // unicode   koi8r   latin5   name
+    // 0x044E    0xC0    0xEE     CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU
+    // 0x042E    0xE0    0xCE     CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU
+    int latin5 = tolower( 0xCE );
+    int koi8r = tolower( 0xE0 );
+    if ( koi8r == 0xC0 && latin5 != 0xEE ) {
+	ru_RU_codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "KOI8-R" );
+    } else if ( koi8r != 0xC0 && latin5 == 0xEE ) {
+	ru_RU_codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-5" );
+    } else {
+	// something else again... let's assume... *throws dice*
+	ru_RU_codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "KOI8-R" );
+	tqWarning( "TQTextCodec: using KOI8-R, probe failed (%02x %02x %s)",
+		  koi8r, latin5, i );
+    }
+    setlocale( LC_CTYPE, origlocale.data() );
+
+    return ru_RU_codec;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Set the codec to \a c; this will be returned by codecForLocale().
+    This might be needed for some applications that want to use their
+    own mechanism for setting the locale.
+
+    \sa codecForLocale()
+*/
+void TQTextCodec::setCodecForLocale(TQTextCodec *c) {
+    localeMapper = c;
+}
+
+/*! Returns a pointer to the codec most suitable for this locale. */
+
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForLocale()
+{
+    if (codecs_destroyed)
+    {
+	return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if (!localeMapper)
+    {
+	setup();
+    }
+
+    return localeMapper;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Searches all installed TQTextCodec objects and returns the one
+    which best matches \a name; the match is case-insensitive. Returns
+    0 if no codec's heuristicNameMatch() reports a match better than
+    \a accuracy, or if \a name is a null string.
+
+    \sa heuristicNameMatch()
+*/
+
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForName( const char* name, int accuracy )
+{
+    if (codecs_destroyed)
+    {
+	return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if ( !name || !*name )
+	return 0;
+
+    setup();
+    TQValueList::ConstIterator i;
+    TQTextCodec* result = 0;
+    int best = accuracy;
+    TQTextCodec* cursor;
+    for ( i = all->begin(); i != all->end(); ++i ) {
+	cursor = *i;
+	int s = cursor->heuristicNameMatch( name );
+	if ( s > best ) {
+	    best = s;
+	    result = cursor;
+	}
+    }
+
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_COMPONENT) && !defined(QT_LITE_COMPONENT)
+    if ( !result )
+	result = TQTextCodecFactory::createForName(name);
+#endif // !TQT_NO_COMPONENT !QT_LITE_COMPONENT
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Searches all installed TQTextCodec objects, returning the one which
+    most recognizes the given content. May return 0.
+
+    Note that this is often a poor choice, since character encodings
+    often use most of the available character sequences, and so only
+    by linguistic analysis could a true match be made.
+
+    \a chars contains the string to check, and \a len contains the
+    number of characters in the string to use.
+
+    \sa heuristicContentMatch()
+*/
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForContent(const char* chars, int len)
+{
+    if (codecs_destroyed)
+    {
+	return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    setup();
+    TQValueList::ConstIterator i;
+    TQTextCodec* result = 0;
+    int best=0;
+    TQTextCodec* cursor;
+    for ( i = all->begin(); i != all->end(); ++i ) {
+	cursor = *i;
+	int s = cursor->heuristicContentMatch(chars,len);
+	if ( s > best ) {
+	    best = s;
+	    result = cursor;
+	}
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char* TQTextCodec::name() const
+
+    TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function. It returns
+    the name of the encoding supported by the subclass. When choosing
+    a name for an encoding, consider these points:
+    \list
+    \i	On X11, heuristicNameMatch( const char * hint )
+	is used to test if a the TQTextCodec
+	can convert between Unicode and the encoding of a font
+	with encoding \e hint, such as "iso8859-1" for Latin-1 fonts,
+	"koi8-r" for Russian KOI8 fonts.
+	The default algorithm of heuristicNameMatch() uses name().
+    \i	Some applications may use this function to present
+	encodings to the end user.
+    \endlist
+    */
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextCodec::mibEnum() const
+
+    Subclasses of TQTextCodec must reimplement this function. It
+    returns the MIBenum (see \link
+    http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets the
+    IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink for more information).
+    It is important that each TQTextCodec subclass returns the correct
+    unique value for this function.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the preferred mime name of the encoding as defined in the
+    \link http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+    IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink.
+*/
+const char* TQTextCodec::mimeName() const
+{
+    return name();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextCodec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
+
+    TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function. It examines
+    the first \a len bytes of \a chars and returns a value indicating
+    how likely it is that the string is a prefix of text encoded in
+    the encoding of the subclass. A negative return value indicates
+    that the text is detectably not in the encoding (e.g. it contains
+    characters undefined in the encoding). A return value of 0
+    indicates that the text should be decoded with this codec rather
+    than as ASCII, but there is no particular evidence. The value
+    should range up to \a len. Thus, most decoders will return -1, 0,
+    or -\a len.
+
+    The characters are not null terminated.
+
+    \sa codecForContent().
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQTextDecoder which stores enough state to decode chunks
+    of char* data to create chunks of Unicode data. The default
+    implementation creates a stateless decoder, which is only
+    sufficient for the simplest encodings where each byte corresponds
+    to exactly one Unicode character.
+
+    The caller is responsible for deleting the returned object.
+*/
+TQTextDecoder* TQTextCodec::makeDecoder() const
+{
+    return new TQTextStatelessDecoder(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQTextEncoder which stores enough state to encode chunks
+    of Unicode data as char* data. The default implementation creates
+    a stateless encoder, which is only sufficient for the simplest
+    encodings where each Unicode character corresponds to exactly one
+    character.
+
+    The caller is responsible for deleting the returned object.
+*/
+TQTextEncoder* TQTextCodec::makeEncoder() const
+{
+    return new TQTextStatelessEncoder(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function or
+    makeDecoder(). It converts the first \a len characters of \a chars
+    to Unicode.
+
+    The default implementation makes a decoder with makeDecoder() and
+    converts the input with that. Note that the default makeDecoder()
+    implementation makes a decoder that simply calls
+    this function, hence subclasses \e must reimplement one function or
+    the other to avoid infinite recursion.
+*/
+TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( chars == 0 )
+	return TQString::null;
+    TQTextDecoder* i = makeDecoder();
+    TQString result = i->toUnicode(chars,len);
+    delete i;
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement either this function or
+    makeEncoder(). It converts the first \a lenInOut characters of \a
+    uc from Unicode to the encoding of the subclass. If \a lenInOut is
+    negative or too large, the length of \a uc is used instead.
+
+    Converts \a lenInOut characters (not bytes) from \a uc, producing
+    a TQCString. \a lenInOut will be set to the \link
+    TQCString::length() length\endlink of the result (in bytes).
+
+    The default implementation makes an encoder with makeEncoder() and
+    converts the input with that. Note that the default makeEncoder()
+    implementation makes an encoder that simply calls this function,
+    hence subclasses \e must reimplement one function or the other to
+    avoid infinite recursion.
+*/
+
+TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) const
+{
+    TQTextEncoder* i = makeEncoder();
+    TQCString result = i->fromUnicode(uc, lenInOut);
+    delete i;
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload
+  \internal
+*/
+TQByteArray TQTextCodec::fromUnicode( const TQString &str, int pos, int len ) const
+{
+    TQByteArray a;
+    if( len < 0 )
+	len = str.length() - pos;
+    a = fromUnicode( str.mid(pos, len) );
+    if( a.size() > 0 && a[(int)a.size() - 1] == '\0' )
+	a.resize( a.size() - 1 );
+    return a;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a uc is the unicode source string.
+*/
+TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc) const
+{
+    int l = uc.length();
+    return fromUnicode(uc,l);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a a contains the source characters; \a len contains the number of
+    characters in \a a to use.
+*/
+TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQByteArray& a, int len) const
+{
+    int l = a.size();
+    l = TQMIN( l, len );
+    return toUnicode( a.data(), l );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a a contains the source characters.
+*/
+TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQByteArray& a) const
+{
+    int l = a.size();
+    return toUnicode( a.data(), l );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a a contains the source characters; \a len contains the number of
+    characters in \a a to use.
+*/
+TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQCString& a, int len) const
+{
+    int l = a.length();
+    l = TQMIN( l, len );
+    return toUnicode( a.data(), l );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a a contains the source characters.
+*/
+TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const TQCString& a) const
+{
+    int l = a.length();
+    return toUnicode( a.data(), l );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a chars contains the source characters.
+*/
+TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars) const
+{
+    return toUnicode(chars,tqstrlen(chars));
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+unsigned short TQTextCodec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
+{
+    TQCString result = TQTextCodec::fromUnicode(TQString(str[pos]));
+    uchar *ch = (uchar *) result.data();
+    ushort retval = 0;
+    if (result.size() > 2) {
+	retval = (ushort) *ch << 8;
+	ch++;
+    }
+    return retval + *ch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the Unicode character \a ch can be fully encoded
+    with this codec; otherwise returns FALSE. The default
+    implementation tests if the result of toUnicode(fromUnicode(ch))
+    is the original \a ch. Subclasses may be able to improve the
+    efficiency.
+*/
+bool TQTextCodec::canEncode( TQChar ch ) const
+{
+    return toUnicode(fromUnicode(ch)) == ch;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    \a s contains the string being tested for encode-ability.
+*/
+bool TQTextCodec::canEncode( const TQString& s ) const
+{
+    if ( s.isEmpty() )
+	return TRUE;
+    return toUnicode(fromUnicode(s)) == s;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextEncoder tqtextcodec.h
+    \brief The TQTextEncoder class provides a state-based encoder.
+    \reentrant
+    \ingroup i18n
+
+    The encoder converts Unicode into another format, remembering any
+    state that is required between calls.
+
+    \sa TQTextCodec::makeEncoder()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the encoder.
+*/
+TQTextEncoder::~TQTextEncoder()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQCString TQTextEncoder::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut)
+
+    Converts \a lenInOut characters (not bytes) from \a uc, producing
+    a TQCString. \a lenInOut will be set to the \link
+    TQCString::length() length\endlink of the result (in bytes).
+
+    The encoder is free to record state to use when subsequent calls
+    are made to this function (for example, it might change modes with
+    escape sequences if needed during the encoding of one string, then
+    assume that mode applies when a subsequent call begins).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextDecoder tqtextcodec.h
+    \brief The TQTextDecoder class provides a state-based decoder.
+    \reentrant
+    \ingroup i18n
+
+    The decoder converts a text format into Unicode, remembering any
+    state that is required between calls.
+
+    \sa TQTextCodec::makeEncoder()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the decoder.
+*/
+TQTextDecoder::~TQTextDecoder()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQString TQTextDecoder::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len)
+
+    Converts the first \a len bytes in \a chars to Unicode, returning
+    the result.
+
+    If not all characters are used (e.g. if only part of a multi-byte
+    encoding is at the end of the characters), the decoder remembers
+    enough state to continue with the next call to this function.
+*/
+
+#define CHAINED 0xffff
+
+struct TQMultiByteUnicodeTable {
+    // If multiByte, ignore unicode and index into multiByte
+    //  with the next character.
+    TQMultiByteUnicodeTable() : unicode(0xfffd), multiByte(0) { }
+
+    ~TQMultiByteUnicodeTable()
+    {
+	if ( multiByte )
+	    delete [] multiByte;
+    }
+
+    ushort unicode;
+    TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* multiByte;
+};
+
+static int getByte(char* &cursor)
+{
+    int byte = 0;
+    if ( *cursor ) {
+	if ( cursor[1] == 'x' )
+	    byte = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,16);
+	else if ( cursor[1] == 'd' )
+	    byte = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,10);
+	else
+	    byte = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,8);
+    }
+    return byte&0xff;
+}
+
+class TQTextCodecFromIOD;
+
+class TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder : public TQTextDecoder {
+    const TQTextCodecFromIOD* codec;
+    TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* mb;
+public:
+    TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder(const TQTextCodecFromIOD* c);
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len);
+};
+
+class TQTextCodecFromIOD : public TQTextCodec {
+    friend class TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder;
+
+    TQCString n;
+
+    // If from_unicode_page[row()][cell()] is 0 and from_unicode_page_multiByte,
+    //  use from_unicode_page_multiByte[row()][cell()] as string.
+    char** from_unicode_page;
+    char*** from_unicode_page_multiByte;
+    char unkn;
+
+    // Only one of these is used
+    ushort* to_unicode;
+    TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* to_unicode_multiByte;
+    int max_bytes_per_char;
+    TQStrList aliases;
+
+    bool stateless() const { return !to_unicode_multiByte; }
+
+public:
+    TQTextCodecFromIOD(TQIODevice* iod)
+    {
+	from_unicode_page = 0;
+	to_unicode_multiByte = 0;
+	to_unicode = 0;
+	from_unicode_page_multiByte = 0;
+	max_bytes_per_char = 1;
+
+	const int maxlen=100;
+	char line[maxlen];
+	char esc='\\';
+	char comm='%';
+	bool incmap = FALSE;
+	while (iod->readLine(line,maxlen) > 0) {
+	    if (0==tqstrnicmp(line,"",15))
+		n = line+15;
+	    else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line," ",14))
+		esc = line[14];
+	    else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line," ",15))
+		comm = line[15];
+	    else if (line[0]==comm && 0==tqstrnicmp(line+1," alias ",7)) {
+		aliases.append(line+8);
+	    } else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line,"CHARMAP",7)) {
+		if (!from_unicode_page) {
+		    from_unicode_page = new char*[256];
+		    for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+			from_unicode_page[i]=0;
+		}
+		if (!to_unicode) {
+		    to_unicode = new ushort[256];
+		}
+		incmap = TRUE;
+	    } else if (0==tqstrnicmp(line,"END CHARMAP",11))
+		break;
+	    else if (incmap) {
+		char* cursor = line;
+		int byte=-1,unicode=-1;
+		ushort* mb_unicode=0;
+		const int maxmb=8; // more -> we'll need to improve datastructures
+		char mb[maxmb+1];
+		int nmb=0;
+
+		while (*cursor) {
+		    if (cursor[0]=='<' && cursor[1]=='U' &&
+			cursor[2]>='0' && cursor[2]<='9' &&
+			cursor[3]>='0' && cursor[3]<='9') {
+
+			unicode = strtol(cursor+2,&cursor,16);
+
+		    } else if (*cursor==esc) {
+
+			byte = getByte(cursor);
+
+			if ( *cursor == esc ) {
+			    if ( !to_unicode_multiByte ) {
+				to_unicode_multiByte =
+				    new TQMultiByteUnicodeTable[256];
+				for (int i=0; i<256; i++) {
+				    to_unicode_multiByte[i].unicode =
+					to_unicode[i];
+				    to_unicode_multiByte[i].multiByte = 0;
+				}
+				delete [] to_unicode;
+				to_unicode = 0;
+			    }
+			    TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* mbut =
+				to_unicode_multiByte+byte;
+			    mb[nmb++] = byte;
+			    while ( nmb < maxmb && *cursor == esc ) {
+				// Always at least once
+
+				mbut->unicode = CHAINED;
+				byte = getByte(cursor);
+				mb[nmb++] = byte;
+				if (!mbut->multiByte) {
+				    mbut->multiByte =
+					new TQMultiByteUnicodeTable[256];
+				}
+				mbut = mbut->multiByte+byte;
+				mb_unicode = & mbut->unicode;
+			    }
+
+			    if ( nmb > max_bytes_per_char )
+				max_bytes_per_char = nmb;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			cursor++;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if (unicode >= 0 && unicode <= 0xffff)
+		{
+		    TQChar ch((ushort)unicode);
+		    if (!from_unicode_page[ch.row()]) {
+			from_unicode_page[ch.row()] = new char[256];
+			for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+			    from_unicode_page[ch.row()][i]=0;
+		    }
+		    if ( mb_unicode ) {
+			from_unicode_page[ch.row()][ch.cell()] = 0;
+			if (!from_unicode_page_multiByte) {
+			    from_unicode_page_multiByte = new char**[256];
+			    for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+				from_unicode_page_multiByte[i]=0;
+			}
+			if (!from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()]) {
+			    from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()] = new char*[256];
+			    for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+				from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()][i] = 0;
+			}
+			mb[nmb++] = 0;
+			from_unicode_page_multiByte[ch.row()][ch.cell()]
+			    = tqstrdup(mb);
+			*mb_unicode = unicode;
+		    } else {
+			from_unicode_page[ch.row()][ch.cell()] = (char)byte;
+			if ( to_unicode )
+			    to_unicode[byte] = unicode;
+			else
+			    to_unicode_multiByte[byte].unicode = unicode;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	n = n.stripWhiteSpace();
+
+	unkn = '?'; // ##### Might be a bad choice.
+    }
+
+    ~TQTextCodecFromIOD()
+    {
+	if ( from_unicode_page ) {
+	    for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+		if (from_unicode_page[i])
+		    delete [] from_unicode_page[i];
+	}
+	if ( from_unicode_page_multiByte ) {
+	    for (int i=0; i<256; i++)
+		if (from_unicode_page_multiByte[i])
+		    for (int j=0; j<256; j++)
+			if (from_unicode_page_multiByte[i][j])
+			    delete [] from_unicode_page_multiByte[i][j];
+	}
+	if ( to_unicode )
+	    delete [] to_unicode;
+	if ( to_unicode_multiByte )
+	    delete [] to_unicode_multiByte;
+    }
+
+    bool ok() const
+    {
+	return !!from_unicode_page;
+    }
+
+    TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const
+    {
+	if ( stateless() )
+	    return TQTextCodec::makeDecoder();
+	else
+	    return new TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder(this);
+    }
+
+    const char* name() const
+    {
+	return n;
+    }
+
+    int mibEnum() const
+    {
+	return 0; // #### Unknown.
+    }
+
+    int heuristicContentMatch(const char*, int) const
+    {
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const
+    {
+	int bestr = TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(hint);
+	TQStrListIterator it(aliases);
+	char* a;
+	while ((a=it.current())) {
+	    ++it;
+	    int r = simpleHeuristicNameMatch(a,hint);
+	    if (r > bestr)
+		bestr = r;
+	}
+	return bestr;
+    }
+
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+    {
+	const uchar* uchars = (const uchar*)chars;
+	TQString result;
+	TQMultiByteUnicodeTable* multiByte=to_unicode_multiByte;
+	if ( multiByte ) {
+	    while (len--) {
+		TQMultiByteUnicodeTable& mb = multiByte[*uchars];
+		if ( mb.multiByte ) {
+		    // Chained multi-byte
+		    multiByte = mb.multiByte;
+		} else {
+		    result += TQChar(mb.unicode);
+		    multiByte=to_unicode_multiByte;
+		}
+		uchars++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    while (len--)
+		result += TQChar(to_unicode[*uchars++]);
+	}
+	return result;
+    }
+
+#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
+    using TQTextCodec::fromUnicode;
+#endif
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) const
+    {
+	if (lenInOut > (int)uc.length())
+	    lenInOut = uc.length();
+	int rlen = lenInOut*max_bytes_per_char;
+	TQCString rstr(rlen+1);
+	char* cursor = rstr.data();
+	char* s=0;
+	int l = lenInOut;
+	int lout = 0;
+	for (int i=0; ito_unicode_multiByte;
+}
+
+TQString TQTextCodecFromIODDecoder::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len)
+{
+    const uchar* uchars = (const uchar*)chars;
+    TQString result;
+    while (len--) {
+	TQMultiByteUnicodeTable& t = mb[*uchars];
+	if ( t.multiByte ) {
+	    // Chained multi-byte
+	    mb = t.multiByte;
+	} else {
+	    if ( t.unicode )
+		result += TQChar(t.unicode);
+	    mb=codec->to_unicode_multiByte;
+	}
+	uchars++;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
+// Cannot use 
 or \code
+/*!
+    Reads a POSIX2 charmap definition from \a iod.
+    The parser recognizes the following lines:
+
+
+  <code_set_name> name

+  <escape_char> character

+  % alias alias

+  CHARMAP

+  <token> /xhexbyte <Uunicode> ...

+  <token> /ddecbyte <Uunicode> ...

+  <token> /octbyte <Uunicode> ...

+  <token> /any/any... <Uunicode> ...

+  END CHARMAP

+
+
+    The resulting TQTextCodec is returned (and also added to the global
+    list of codecs). The name() of the result is taken from the
+    code_set_name.
+
+    Note that a codec constructed in this way uses much more memory
+    and is slower than a hand-written TQTextCodec subclass, since
+    tables in code are kept in memory shared by all TQt applications.
+
+    \sa loadCharmapFile()
+*/
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::loadCharmap(TQIODevice* iod)
+{
+    TQTextCodecFromIOD* r = new TQTextCodecFromIOD(iod);
+    if ( !r->ok() ) {
+	delete r;
+	r = 0;
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    A convenience function for loadCharmap() that loads the charmap
+    definition from the file \a filename.
+*/
+TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::loadCharmapFile(TQString filename)
+{
+    TQFile f(filename);
+    if (f.open(IO_ReadOnly)) {
+	TQTextCodecFromIOD* r = new TQTextCodecFromIOD(&f);
+	if ( !r->ok() )
+	    delete r;
+	else
+	    return r;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif //TQT_NO_CODECS
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string representing the current language and
+    sublanguage, e.g. "pt" for Portuguese, or "pt_br" for Portuguese/Brazil.
+*/
+
+const char* TQTextCodec::locale()
+{
+    return TQLocalePrivate::systemLocaleName();
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
+
+class TQSimpleTextCodec: public TQTextCodec
+{
+public:
+    TQSimpleTextCodec( int );
+    ~TQSimpleTextCodec();
+
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
+#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
+    using TQTextCodec::fromUnicode;
+#endif
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
+    unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
+
+    const char* name() const;
+    const char* mimeName() const;
+    int mibEnum() const;
+
+    int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const;
+
+    int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const;
+#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
+    using TQTextCodec::canEncode;
+#endif
+    bool canEncode( TQChar ch ) const;
+
+    void fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const;
+
+private:
+    void buildReverseMap();
+
+    int forwardIndex;
+#ifndef TQ_WS_QWS
+    TQMemArray *reverseMap;
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
+static const TQSimpleTextCodec * reverseOwner = 0;
+static TQMemArray * reverseMap = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define LAST_MIB 2004
+
+static const struct {
+    const char *mime;
+    const char * cs;
+    int mib;
+    TQ_UINT16 values[128];
+} unicodevalues[] = {
+    // from RFC 1489, ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc1489.txt
+    { "KOI8-R", "KOI8-R", 2084,
+      { 0x2500, 0x2502, 0x250C, 0x2510, 0x2514, 0x2518, 0x251C, 0x2524,
+	0x252C, 0x2534, 0x253C, 0x2580, 0x2584, 0x2588, 0x258C, 0x2590,
+	0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2320, 0x25A0, 0x2219/**/, 0x221A, 0x2248,
+	0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A0, 0x2321, 0x00B0, 0x00B2, 0x00B7, 0x00F7,
+	0x2550, 0x2551, 0x2552, 0x0451, 0x2553, 0x2554, 0x2555, 0x2556,
+	0x2557, 0x2558, 0x2559, 0x255A, 0x255B, 0x255C, 0x255D, 0x255E,
+	0x255F, 0x2560, 0x2561, 0x0401, 0x2562, 0x2563, 0x2564, 0x2565,
+	0x2566, 0x2567, 0x2568, 0x2569, 0x256A, 0x256B, 0x256C, 0x00A9,
+	0x044E, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433,
+	0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E,
+	0x043F, 0x044F, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432,
+	0x044C, 0x044B, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044D, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044A,
+	0x042E, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413,
+	0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E,
+	0x041F, 0x042F, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412,
+	0x042C, 0x042B, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042D, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042A } },
+    // /**/  - The BULLET OPERATOR is confused.  Some people think
+    //          it should be 0x2022 (BULLET).
+
+    // from RFC 2319, ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/rfc2319.txt
+    { "KOI8-U", "KOI8-U", 2088,
+      { 0x2500, 0x2502, 0x250C, 0x2510, 0x2514, 0x2518, 0x251C, 0x2524,
+	0x252C, 0x2534, 0x253C, 0x2580, 0x2584, 0x2588, 0x258C, 0x2590,
+	0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2320, 0x25A0, 0x2219, 0x221A, 0x2248,
+	0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A0, 0x2321, 0x00B0, 0x00B2, 0x00B7, 0x00F7,
+	0x2550, 0x2551, 0x2552, 0x0451, 0x0454, 0x2554, 0x0456, 0x0457,
+	0x2557, 0x2558, 0x2559, 0x255A, 0x255B, 0x0491, 0x255D, 0x255E,
+	0x255F, 0x2560, 0x2561, 0x0401, 0x0404, 0x2563, 0x0406, 0x0407,
+	0x2566, 0x2567, 0x2568, 0x2569, 0x256A, 0x0490, 0x256C, 0x00A9,
+	0x044E, 0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0446, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0444, 0x0433,
+	0x0445, 0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E,
+	0x043F, 0x044F, 0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0436, 0x0432,
+	0x044C, 0x044B, 0x0437, 0x0448, 0x044D, 0x0449, 0x0447, 0x044A,
+	0x042E, 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0426, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0424, 0x0413,
+	0x0425, 0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E,
+	0x041F, 0x042F, 0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0416, 0x0412,
+	0x042C, 0x042B, 0x0417, 0x0428, 0x042D, 0x0429, 0x0427, 0x042A } },
+
+    // next bits generated from tables on the Unicode 2.0 CD.  we can
+    // use these tables since this is part of the transition to using
+    // unicode everywhere in qt.
+
+    // $ for A in 8 9 A B C D E F ; do for B in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F ; do echo 0x${A}${B} 0xFFFD ; done ; done > /tmp/digits ; for a in 8859-* ; do ( awk '/^0x[89ABCDEF]/{ print $1, $2 }' < $a ; cat /tmp/digits ) | sort | uniq -w4 | cut -c6- | paste '-d ' - - - - - - - - | sed -e 's/ /, /g' -e 's/$/,/' -e '$ s/,$/} },/' -e '1 s/^/{ /' > ~/tmp/$a ; done
+
+    // then I inserted the files manually.
+    { "ISO-8859-2", "ISO 8859-2", 5,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x02D8, 0x0141, 0x00A4, 0x013D, 0x015A, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x0160, 0x015E, 0x0164, 0x0179, 0x00AD, 0x017D, 0x017B,
+        0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x02DB, 0x0142, 0x00B4, 0x013E, 0x015B, 0x02C7,
+        0x00B8, 0x0161, 0x015F, 0x0165, 0x017A, 0x02DD, 0x017E, 0x017C,
+        0x0154, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0139, 0x0106, 0x00C7,
+        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x011A, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x010E,
+        0x0110, 0x0143, 0x0147, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x0158, 0x016E, 0x00DA, 0x0170, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0162, 0x00DF,
+        0x0155, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x013A, 0x0107, 0x00E7,
+        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x011B, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x010F,
+        0x0111, 0x0144, 0x0148, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x0159, 0x016F, 0x00FA, 0x0171, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0163, 0x02D9} },
+    { "ISO-8859-3", "ISO 8859-3", 6,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x0126, 0x02D8, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0xFFFD, 0x0124, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x011E, 0x0134, 0x00AD, 0xFFFD, 0x017B,
+        0x00B0, 0x0127, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x0125, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x011F, 0x0135, 0x00BD, 0xFFFD, 0x017C,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0xFFFD, 0x00C4, 0x010A, 0x0108, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0xFFFD, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0120, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x011C, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x016C, 0x015C, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0xFFFD, 0x00E4, 0x010B, 0x0109, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0xFFFD, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0121, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x011D, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x016D, 0x015D, 0x02D9} },
+    { "ISO-8859-4", "ISO 8859-4", 7,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0138, 0x0156, 0x00A4, 0x0128, 0x013B, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x0160, 0x0112, 0x0122, 0x0166, 0x00AD, 0x017D, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x02DB, 0x0157, 0x00B4, 0x0129, 0x013C, 0x02C7,
+        0x00B8, 0x0161, 0x0113, 0x0123, 0x0167, 0x014A, 0x017E, 0x014B,
+        0x0100, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x012E,
+        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x0116, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x012A,
+        0x0110, 0x0145, 0x014C, 0x0136, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x00D8, 0x0172, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0168, 0x016A, 0x00DF,
+        0x0101, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x012F,
+        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x0117, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x012B,
+        0x0111, 0x0146, 0x014D, 0x0137, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x00F8, 0x0173, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0169, 0x016B, 0x02D9} },
+    { "ISO-8859-5", "ISO 8859-5", 8,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x0401, 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x0404, 0x0405, 0x0406, 0x0407,
+        0x0408, 0x0409, 0x040A, 0x040B, 0x040C, 0x00AD, 0x040E, 0x040F,
+        0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417,
+        0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F,
+        0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427,
+        0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F,
+        0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437,
+        0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F,
+        0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447,
+        0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F,
+        0x2116, 0x0451, 0x0452, 0x0453, 0x0454, 0x0455, 0x0456, 0x0457,
+        0x0458, 0x0459, 0x045A, 0x045B, 0x045C, 0x00A7, 0x045E, 0x045F} },
+    { "ISO-8859-6", "ISO 8859-6", 82,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x00A4, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x060C, 0x00AD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x061B, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x061F,
+        0xFFFD, 0x0621, 0x0622, 0x0623, 0x0624, 0x0625, 0x0626, 0x0627,
+        0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062A, 0x062B, 0x062C, 0x062D, 0x062E, 0x062F,
+        0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x0637,
+        0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643, 0x0644, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647,
+        0x0648, 0x0649, 0x064A, 0x064B, 0x064C, 0x064D, 0x064E, 0x064F,
+        0x0650, 0x0651, 0x0652, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD} },
+    { "ISO-8859-7", "ISO 8859-7", 10,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x00A3, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0xFFFD, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0xFFFD, 0x2015,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x0384, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x00B7,
+        0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x00BB, 0x038C, 0x00BD, 0x038E, 0x038F,
+        0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
+        0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,
+        0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0xFFFD, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,
+        0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF,
+        0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,
+        0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,
+        0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,
+        0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0xFFFD} },
+    { "ISO-8859-8-I", "ISO 8859-8-I", 85,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0xFFFD, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00D7, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x203E,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00F7, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x2017,
+        0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7,
+        0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF,
+        0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7,
+        0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD} },
+    { "ISO-8859-9", "ISO 8859-9", 12,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x011E, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x011F, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x00FF} },
+    { "ISO-8859-10", "ISO 8859-10", 13,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0112, 0x0122, 0x012A, 0x0128, 0x0136, 0x00A7,
+        0x013B, 0x0110, 0x0160, 0x0166, 0x017D, 0x00AD, 0x016A, 0x014A,
+        0x00B0, 0x0105, 0x0113, 0x0123, 0x012B, 0x0129, 0x0137, 0x00B7,
+        0x013C, 0x0111, 0x0161, 0x0167, 0x017E, 0x2015, 0x016B, 0x014B,
+        0x0100, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x012E,
+        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x0116, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x00D0, 0x0145, 0x014C, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x0168,
+        0x00D8, 0x0172, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF,
+        0x0101, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x012F,
+        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x0117, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x00F0, 0x0146, 0x014D, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x0169,
+        0x00F8, 0x0173, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x0138} },
+    { "ISO-8859-13", "ISO 8859-13", 109,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x201D, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x201E, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00D8, 0x00A9, 0x0156, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00C6,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x201C, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00F8, 0x00B9, 0x0157, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00E6,
+        0x0104, 0x012E, 0x0100, 0x0106, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x0118, 0x0112,
+        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0179, 0x0116, 0x0122, 0x0136, 0x012A, 0x013B,
+        0x0160, 0x0143, 0x0145, 0x00D3, 0x014C, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x0172, 0x0141, 0x015A, 0x016A, 0x00DC, 0x017B, 0x017D, 0x00DF,
+        0x0105, 0x012F, 0x0101, 0x0107, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x0119, 0x0113,
+        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x017A, 0x0117, 0x0123, 0x0137, 0x012B, 0x013C,
+        0x0161, 0x0144, 0x0146, 0x00F3, 0x014D, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x0173, 0x0142, 0x015B, 0x016B, 0x00FC, 0x017C, 0x017E, 0x2019} },
+    { "ISO-8859-14", "ISO 8859-14", 110,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x1E02, 0x1E03, 0x00A3, 0x010A, 0x010B, 0x1E0A, 0x00A7,
+        0x1E80, 0x00A9, 0x1E82, 0x1E0B, 0x1EF2, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x0178,
+        0x1E1E, 0x1E1F, 0x0120, 0x0121, 0x1E40, 0x1E41, 0x00B6, 0x1E56,
+        0x1E81, 0x1E57, 0x1E83, 0x1E60, 0x1EF3, 0x1E84, 0x1E85, 0x1E61,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x0174, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x1E6A,
+        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0176, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x0175, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x1E6B,
+        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0177, 0x00FF} },
+    { "ISO-8859-16", "ISO 8859-16", 112,
+      { 0x0080, 0x0081, 0x0082, 0x0083, 0x0084, 0x0085, 0x0086, 0x0087,
+        0x0088, 0x0089, 0x008A, 0x008B, 0x008C, 0x008D, 0x008E, 0x008F,
+        0x0090, 0x0091, 0x0092, 0x0093, 0x0094, 0x0095, 0x0096, 0x0097,
+        0x0098, 0x0099, 0x009A, 0x009B, 0x009C, 0x009D, 0x009E, 0x009F,
+        0x00A0, 0x0104, 0x0105, 0x0141, 0x20AC, 0x201E, 0x0160, 0x00A7,
+        0x0161, 0x00A9, 0x0218, 0x00AB, 0x0179, 0x00AD, 0x017A, 0x017B,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x010C, 0x0142, 0x017D, 0x201D, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x017E, 0x010D, 0x0219, 0x00BB, 0x0152, 0x0153, 0x0178, 0x017C,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0106, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x0110, 0x0143, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x015A,
+        0x0170, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0118, 0x021A, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x0107, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x0111, 0x0144, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x015B,
+        0x0171, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0119, 0x021B, 0x00FF} },
+
+    // next bits generated again from tables on the Unicode 3.0 CD.
+
+    // $ for a in CP* ; do ( awk '/^0x[89ABCDEF]/{ print $1, $2 }' < $a ) | sort | sed -e 's/#UNDEF.*$/0xFFFD/' | cut -c6- | paste '-d ' - - - - - - - - | sed -e 's/ /, /g' -e 's/$/,/' -e '$ s/,$/} },/' -e '1 s/^/{ /' > ~/tmp/$a ; done
+
+    { "CP 850", "IBM 850", 2009,
+      { 0x00C7, 0x00FC, 0x00E9, 0x00E2, 0x00E4, 0x00E0, 0x00E5, 0x00E7,
+        0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00E8, 0x00EF, 0x00EE, 0x00EC, 0x00C4, 0x00C5,
+        0x00C9, 0x00E6, 0x00C6, 0x00F4, 0x00F6, 0x00F2, 0x00FB, 0x00F9,
+        0x00FF, 0x00D6, 0x00DC, 0x00F8, 0x00A3, 0x00D8, 0x00D7, 0x0192,
+        0x00E1, 0x00ED, 0x00F3, 0x00FA, 0x00F1, 0x00D1, 0x00AA, 0x00BA,
+        0x00BF, 0x00AE, 0x00AC, 0x00BD, 0x00BC, 0x00A1, 0x00AB, 0x00BB,
+        0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2502, 0x2524, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C0,
+        0x00A9, 0x2563, 0x2551, 0x2557, 0x255D, 0x00A2, 0x00A5, 0x2510,
+        0x2514, 0x2534, 0x252C, 0x251C, 0x2500, 0x253C, 0x00E3, 0x00C3,
+        0x255A, 0x2554, 0x2569, 0x2566, 0x2560, 0x2550, 0x256C, 0x00A4,
+        0x00F0, 0x00D0, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00C8, 0x0131, 0x00CD, 0x00CE,
+        0x00CF, 0x2518, 0x250C, 0x2588, 0x2584, 0x00A6, 0x00CC, 0x2580,
+        0x00D3, 0x00DF, 0x00D4, 0x00D2, 0x00F5, 0x00D5, 0x00B5, 0x00FE,
+        0x00DE, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00D9, 0x00FD, 0x00DD, 0x00AF, 0x00B4,
+        0x00AD, 0x00B1, 0x2017, 0x00BE, 0x00B6, 0x00A7, 0x00F7, 0x00B8,
+        0x00B0, 0x00A8, 0x00B7, 0x00B9, 0x00B3, 0x00B2, 0x25A0, 0x00A0} },
+    { "CP 874", "CP 874", 0, //### what is the mib?
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x2026, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0x00A0, 0x0E01, 0x0E02, 0x0E03, 0x0E04, 0x0E05, 0x0E06, 0x0E07,
+        0x0E08, 0x0E09, 0x0E0A, 0x0E0B, 0x0E0C, 0x0E0D, 0x0E0E, 0x0E0F,
+        0x0E10, 0x0E11, 0x0E12, 0x0E13, 0x0E14, 0x0E15, 0x0E16, 0x0E17,
+        0x0E18, 0x0E19, 0x0E1A, 0x0E1B, 0x0E1C, 0x0E1D, 0x0E1E, 0x0E1F,
+        0x0E20, 0x0E21, 0x0E22, 0x0E23, 0x0E24, 0x0E25, 0x0E26, 0x0E27,
+        0x0E28, 0x0E29, 0x0E2A, 0x0E2B, 0x0E2C, 0x0E2D, 0x0E2E, 0x0E2F,
+        0x0E30, 0x0E31, 0x0E32, 0x0E33, 0x0E34, 0x0E35, 0x0E36, 0x0E37,
+        0x0E38, 0x0E39, 0x0E3A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0E3F,
+        0x0E40, 0x0E41, 0x0E42, 0x0E43, 0x0E44, 0x0E45, 0x0E46, 0x0E47,
+        0x0E48, 0x0E49, 0x0E4A, 0x0E4B, 0x0E4C, 0x0E4D, 0x0E4E, 0x0E4F,
+        0x0E50, 0x0E51, 0x0E52, 0x0E53, 0x0E54, 0x0E55, 0x0E56, 0x0E57,
+        0x0E58, 0x0E59, 0x0E5A, 0x0E5B, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD} },
+    { "IBM 866", "IBM 866", 2086,
+      { 0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417,
+        0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F,
+        0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427,
+        0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F,
+        0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437,
+        0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F,
+        0x2591, 0x2592, 0x2593, 0x2502, 0x2524, 0x2561, 0x2562, 0x2556,
+        0x2555, 0x2563, 0x2551, 0x2557, 0x255D, 0x255C, 0x255B, 0x2510,
+        0x2514, 0x2534, 0x252C, 0x251C, 0x2500, 0x253C, 0x255E, 0x255F,
+        0x255A, 0x2554, 0x2569, 0x2566, 0x2560, 0x2550, 0x256C, 0x2567,
+        0x2568, 0x2564, 0x2565, 0x2559, 0x2558, 0x2552, 0x2553, 0x256B,
+        0x256A, 0x2518, 0x250C, 0x2588, 0x2584, 0x258C, 0x2590, 0x2580,
+        0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447,
+        0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F,
+        0x0401, 0x0451, 0x0404, 0x0454, 0x0407, 0x0457, 0x040E, 0x045E,
+        0x00B0, 0x2219, 0x00B7, 0x221A, 0x2116, 0x00A4, 0x25A0, 0x00A0} },
+
+    { "windows-1250", "CP 1250", 2250,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0xFFFD, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x015A, 0x0164, 0x017D, 0x0179,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x015B, 0x0165, 0x017E, 0x017A,
+        0x00A0, 0x02C7, 0x02D8, 0x0141, 0x00A4, 0x0104, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x015E, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x017B,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x02DB, 0x0142, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x0105, 0x015F, 0x00BB, 0x013D, 0x02DD, 0x013E, 0x017C,
+        0x0154, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x0139, 0x0106, 0x00C7,
+        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0118, 0x00CB, 0x011A, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x010E,
+        0x0110, 0x0143, 0x0147, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x0150, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x0158, 0x016E, 0x00DA, 0x0170, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x0162, 0x00DF,
+        0x0155, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x013A, 0x0107, 0x00E7,
+        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x0119, 0x00EB, 0x011B, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x010F,
+        0x0111, 0x0144, 0x0148, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x0151, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x0159, 0x016F, 0x00FA, 0x0171, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x0163, 0x02D9} },
+    { "windows-1251", "CP 1251", 2251,
+      { 0x0402, 0x0403, 0x201A, 0x0453, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0x20AC, 0x2030, 0x0409, 0x2039, 0x040A, 0x040C, 0x040B, 0x040F,
+        0x0452, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0x0459, 0x203A, 0x045A, 0x045C, 0x045B, 0x045F,
+        0x00A0, 0x040E, 0x045E, 0x0408, 0x00A4, 0x0490, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x0401, 0x00A9, 0x0404, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x0407,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x0406, 0x0456, 0x0491, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x0451, 0x2116, 0x0454, 0x00BB, 0x0458, 0x0405, 0x0455, 0x0457,
+        0x0410, 0x0411, 0x0412, 0x0413, 0x0414, 0x0415, 0x0416, 0x0417,
+        0x0418, 0x0419, 0x041A, 0x041B, 0x041C, 0x041D, 0x041E, 0x041F,
+        0x0420, 0x0421, 0x0422, 0x0423, 0x0424, 0x0425, 0x0426, 0x0427,
+        0x0428, 0x0429, 0x042A, 0x042B, 0x042C, 0x042D, 0x042E, 0x042F,
+        0x0430, 0x0431, 0x0432, 0x0433, 0x0434, 0x0435, 0x0436, 0x0437,
+        0x0438, 0x0439, 0x043A, 0x043B, 0x043C, 0x043D, 0x043E, 0x043F,
+        0x0440, 0x0441, 0x0442, 0x0443, 0x0444, 0x0445, 0x0446, 0x0447,
+        0x0448, 0x0449, 0x044A, 0x044B, 0x044C, 0x044D, 0x044E, 0x044F} },
+    { "windows-1252", "CP 1252", 2252,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0x017D, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0x017E, 0x0178,
+        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF} },
+    { "windows-1253", "CP 1253", 2253,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0x00A0, 0x0385, 0x0386, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0xFFFD, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x2015,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x0384, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x0388, 0x0389, 0x038A, 0x00BB, 0x038C, 0x00BD, 0x038E, 0x038F,
+        0x0390, 0x0391, 0x0392, 0x0393, 0x0394, 0x0395, 0x0396, 0x0397,
+        0x0398, 0x0399, 0x039A, 0x039B, 0x039C, 0x039D, 0x039E, 0x039F,
+        0x03A0, 0x03A1, 0xFFFD, 0x03A3, 0x03A4, 0x03A5, 0x03A6, 0x03A7,
+        0x03A8, 0x03A9, 0x03AA, 0x03AB, 0x03AC, 0x03AD, 0x03AE, 0x03AF,
+        0x03B0, 0x03B1, 0x03B2, 0x03B3, 0x03B4, 0x03B5, 0x03B6, 0x03B7,
+        0x03B8, 0x03B9, 0x03BA, 0x03BB, 0x03BC, 0x03BD, 0x03BE, 0x03BF,
+        0x03C0, 0x03C1, 0x03C2, 0x03C3, 0x03C4, 0x03C5, 0x03C6, 0x03C7,
+        0x03C8, 0x03C9, 0x03CA, 0x03CB, 0x03CC, 0x03CD, 0x03CE, 0xFFFD} },
+    { "windows-1254", "CP 1254", 2254,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0178,
+        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x011E, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x0130, 0x015E, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x011F, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x0131, 0x015F, 0x00FF} },
+    { "windows-1255", "CP 1255", 2255,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x20AA, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00D7, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00F7, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
+        0x05B0, 0x05B1, 0x05B2, 0x05B3, 0x05B4, 0x05B5, 0x05B6, 0x05B7,
+        0x05B8, 0x05B9, 0xFFFD, 0x05BB, 0x05BC, 0x05BD, 0x05BE, 0x05BF,
+        0x05C0, 0x05C1, 0x05C2, 0x05C3, 0x05F0, 0x05F1, 0x05F2, 0x05F3,
+        0x05F4, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0x05D0, 0x05D1, 0x05D2, 0x05D3, 0x05D4, 0x05D5, 0x05D6, 0x05D7,
+        0x05D8, 0x05D9, 0x05DA, 0x05DB, 0x05DC, 0x05DD, 0x05DE, 0x05DF,
+        0x05E0, 0x05E1, 0x05E2, 0x05E3, 0x05E4, 0x05E5, 0x05E6, 0x05E7,
+        0x05E8, 0x05E9, 0x05EA, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x200E, 0x200F, 0xFFFD} },
+    { "windows-1256", "CP 1256", 2256,
+      { 0x20AC, 0x067E, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0x0679, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0x0686, 0x0698, 0x0688,
+        0x06AF, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0x06A9, 0x2122, 0x0691, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0x200C, 0x200D, 0x06BA,
+        0x00A0, 0x060C, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x06BE, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x061B, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x061F,
+        0x06C1, 0x0621, 0x0622, 0x0623, 0x0624, 0x0625, 0x0626, 0x0627,
+        0x0628, 0x0629, 0x062A, 0x062B, 0x062C, 0x062D, 0x062E, 0x062F,
+        0x0630, 0x0631, 0x0632, 0x0633, 0x0634, 0x0635, 0x0636, 0x00D7,
+        0x0637, 0x0638, 0x0639, 0x063A, 0x0640, 0x0641, 0x0642, 0x0643,
+        0x00E0, 0x0644, 0x00E2, 0x0645, 0x0646, 0x0647, 0x0648, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x0649, 0x064A, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x064B, 0x064C, 0x064D, 0x064E, 0x00F4, 0x064F, 0x0650, 0x00F7,
+        0x0651, 0x00F9, 0x0652, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x200E, 0x200F, 0x06D2} },
+    { "windows-1257", "CP 1257", 2257,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0xFFFD, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0xFFFD, 0x00A8, 0x02C7, 0x00B8,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0xFFFD, 0x00AF, 0x02DB, 0xFFFD,
+        0x00A0, 0xFFFD, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0xFFFD, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00D8, 0x00A9, 0x0156, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00C6,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00F8, 0x00B9, 0x0157, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00E6,
+        0x0104, 0x012E, 0x0100, 0x0106, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x0118, 0x0112,
+        0x010C, 0x00C9, 0x0179, 0x0116, 0x0122, 0x0136, 0x012A, 0x013B,
+        0x0160, 0x0143, 0x0145, 0x00D3, 0x014C, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x0172, 0x0141, 0x015A, 0x016A, 0x00DC, 0x017B, 0x017D, 0x00DF,
+        0x0105, 0x012F, 0x0101, 0x0107, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x0119, 0x0113,
+        0x010D, 0x00E9, 0x017A, 0x0117, 0x0123, 0x0137, 0x012B, 0x013C,
+        0x0161, 0x0144, 0x0146, 0x00F3, 0x014D, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x0173, 0x0142, 0x015B, 0x016B, 0x00FC, 0x017C, 0x017E, 0x02D9} },
+    { "windows-1258", "CP 1258", 2258,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x201A, 0x0192, 0x201E, 0x2026, 0x2020, 0x2021,
+        0x02C6, 0x2030, 0xFFFD, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0x02DC, 0x2122, 0xFFFD, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0178,
+        0x00A0, 0x00A1, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x00A5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+        0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x00AA, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x00AF,
+        0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x00B2, 0x00B3, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+        0x00B8, 0x00B9, 0x00BA, 0x00BB, 0x00BC, 0x00BD, 0x00BE, 0x00BF,
+        0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x0102, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+        0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x0300, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+        0x0110, 0x00D1, 0x0309, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x01A0, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+        0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x01AF, 0x0303, 0x00DF,
+        0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x0103, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+        0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x0301, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+        0x0111, 0x00F1, 0x0323, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x01A1, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+        0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x01B0, 0x20AB, 0x00FF} },
+
+    { "Apple Roman", "Apple Roman", 0,
+      { 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C7, 0x00C9, 0x00D1, 0x00D6, 0x00DC, 0x00E1,
+	0x00E0, 0x00E2, 0x00E4, 0x00E3, 0x00E5, 0x00E7, 0x00E9, 0x00E8,
+	0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00ED, 0x00EC, 0x00EE, 0x00EF, 0x00F1, 0x00F3,
+	0x00F2, 0x00F4, 0x00F6, 0x00F5, 0x00FA, 0x00F9, 0x00FB, 0x00FC,
+	0x2020, 0x00B0, 0x00A2, 0x00A3, 0x00A7, 0x2022, 0x00B6, 0x00DF,
+	0x00AE, 0x00A9, 0x2122, 0x00B4, 0x00A8, 0x2260, 0x00C6, 0x00D8,
+	0x221E, 0x00B1, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x00A5, 0x00B5, 0x2202, 0x2211,
+	0x220F, 0x03C0, 0x222B, 0x00AA, 0x00BA, 0x03A9, 0x00E6, 0x00F8,
+	0x00BF, 0x00A1, 0x00AC, 0x221A, 0x0192, 0x2248, 0x2206, 0x00AB,
+	0x00BB, 0x2026, 0x00A0, 0x00C0, 0x00C3, 0x00D5, 0x0152, 0x0153,
+	0x2013, 0x2014, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x00F7, 0x25CA,
+	0x00FF, 0x0178, 0x2044, 0x20AC, 0x2039, 0x203A, 0xFB01, 0xFB02,
+	0x2021, 0x00B7, 0x201A, 0x201E, 0x2030, 0x00C2, 0x00CA, 0x00C1,
+	0x00CB, 0x00C8, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF, 0x00CC, 0x00D3, 0x00D4,
+	0xF8FF, 0x00D2, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00D9, 0x0131, 0x02C6, 0x02DC,
+	0x00AF, 0x02D8, 0x02D9, 0x02DA, 0x00B8, 0x02DD, 0x02DB, 0x02C7} },
+
+
+
+    // This one is based on the charmap file
+    // /usr/share/i18n/charmaps/SAMI-WS2.gz, which is manually adapted
+    // to this format by Børre Gaup 
+    { "WINSAMI2", "WS2", 0,
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0x010C, 0x0192, 0x010D, 0x01B7, 0x0292, 0x01EE,
+ 	0x01EF, 0x0110, 0x0160, 0x2039, 0x0152, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+ 	0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+ 	0x0111, 0x01E6, 0x0161, 0x203A, 0x0153, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0178,
+ 	0x00A0, 0x01E7, 0x01E4, 0x00A3, 0x00A4, 0x01E5, 0x00A6, 0x00A7,
+ 	0x00A8, 0x00A9, 0x021E, 0x00AB, 0x00AC, 0x00AD, 0x00AE, 0x021F,
+ 	0x00B0, 0x00B1, 0x01E8, 0x01E9, 0x00B4, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00B7,
+ 	0x014A, 0x014B, 0x0166, 0x00BB, 0x0167, 0x00BD, 0x017D, 0x017E,
+ 	0x00C0, 0x00C1, 0x00C2, 0x00C3, 0x00C4, 0x00C5, 0x00C6, 0x00C7,
+ 	0x00C8, 0x00C9, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CC, 0x00CD, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+ 	0x00D0, 0x00D1, 0x00D2, 0x00D3, 0x00D4, 0x00D5, 0x00D6, 0x00D7,
+ 	0x00D8, 0x00D9, 0x00DA, 0x00DB, 0x00DC, 0x00DD, 0x00DE, 0x00DF,
+ 	0x00E0, 0x00E1, 0x00E2, 0x00E3, 0x00E4, 0x00E5, 0x00E6, 0x00E7,
+ 	0x00E8, 0x00E9, 0x00EA, 0x00EB, 0x00EC, 0x00ED, 0x00EE, 0x00EF,
+ 	0x00F0, 0x00F1, 0x00F2, 0x00F3, 0x00F4, 0x00F5, 0x00F6, 0x00F7,
+	0x00F8, 0x00F9, 0x00FA, 0x00FB, 0x00FC, 0x00FD, 0x00FE, 0x00FF} },
+
+
+    // this one is generated from the charmap file located in /usr/share/i18n/charmaps
+    // on most Linux distributions. The thai character set tis620 is byte by byte equivalent
+    // to iso8859-11, so we name it 8859-11 here, but recognise the name tis620 too.
+
+    // $ for A in 8 9 A B C D E F ; do for B in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F ; do echo x${A}${B} 0xFFFD ; done ; done > /tmp/digits ; ( cut -c25- < TIS-620 ; cat /tmp/digits ) | awk '/^x[89ABCDEF]/{ print $1, $2 }' | sed -e 's///' | sort | uniq -w4 | cut -c5- | paste '-d ' - - - - - - - - | sed -e 's/ /, /g' -e 's/$/,/' -e '$ s/,$/} },/' -e '1 s/^/{ /' > ~/tmp/tis-620
+    { "TIS-620", "ISO 8859-11", 2259, // Thai character set mib enum taken from tis620 (which is byte by byte equivalent)
+      { 0x20AC, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x2026, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x2018, 0x2019, 0x201C, 0x201D, 0x2022, 0x2013, 0x2014,
+        0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+        0xFFFD, 0x0E01, 0x0E02, 0x0E03, 0x0E04, 0x0E05, 0x0E06, 0x0E07,
+        0x0E08, 0x0E09, 0x0E0A, 0x0E0B, 0x0E0C, 0x0E0D, 0x0E0E, 0x0E0F,
+        0x0E10, 0x0E11, 0x0E12, 0x0E13, 0x0E14, 0x0E15, 0x0E16, 0x0E17,
+        0x0E18, 0x0E19, 0x0E1A, 0x0E1B, 0x0E1C, 0x0E1D, 0x0E1E, 0x0E1F,
+        0x0E20, 0x0E21, 0x0E22, 0x0E23, 0x0E24, 0x0E25, 0x0E26, 0x0E27,
+        0x0E28, 0x0E29, 0x0E2A, 0x0E2B, 0x0E2C, 0x0E2D, 0x0E2E, 0x0E2F,
+        0x0E30, 0x0E31, 0x0E32, 0x0E33, 0x0E34, 0x0E35, 0x0E36, 0x0E37,
+        0x0E38, 0x0E39, 0x0E3A, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0x0E3F,
+        0x0E40, 0x0E41, 0x0E42, 0x0E43, 0x0E44, 0x0E45, 0x0E46, 0x0E47,
+        0x0E48, 0x0E49, 0x0E4A, 0x0E4B, 0x0E4C, 0x0E4D, 0x0E4E, 0x0E4F,
+        0x0E50, 0x0E51, 0x0E52, 0x0E53, 0x0E54, 0x0E55, 0x0E56, 0x0E57,
+        0x0E58, 0x0E59, 0x0E5A, 0x0E5B, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD } },
+
+    /*
+      Name: hp-roman8                                  [HP-PCL5,RFC1345,KXS2]
+      MIBenum: 2004
+      Source: LaserJet IIP Printer User's Manual,
+      HP part no 33471-90901, Hewlet-Packard, June 1989.
+      Alias: roman8
+      Alias: r8
+      Alias: csHPRoman8
+    */
+    { "Roman8", "HP-Roman8", 2004,
+      { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+	0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+	0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+	0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD,
+	0x00A0, 0x00C0, 0x00C2, 0x00C8, 0x00CA, 0x00CB, 0x00CE, 0x00CF,
+	0x00B4, 0x02CB, 0x02C6, 0x00A8, 0x02DC, 0x00D9, 0x00DB, 0x20A4,
+	0x00AF, 0x00DD, 0x00FD, 0x00B0, 0x00C7, 0x00E7, 0x00D1, 0x00F1,
+	0x00A1, 0x00BF, 0x00A4, 0x00A3, 0x00A5, 0x00A7, 0x0192, 0x00A2,
+	0x00E2, 0x00EA, 0x00F4, 0x00FB, 0x00E1, 0x00E9, 0x00F3, 0x00FA,
+	0x00E0, 0x00E8, 0x00F2, 0x00F9, 0x00E4, 0x00EB, 0x00F6, 0x00FC,
+	0x00C5, 0x00EE, 0x00D8, 0x00C6, 0x00E5, 0x00ED, 0x00F8, 0x00E6,
+	0x00C4, 0x00EC, 0x00D6, 0x00DC, 0x00C9, 0x00EF, 0x00DF, 0x00D4,
+	0x00C1, 0x00C3, 0x00E3, 0x00D0, 0x00F0, 0x00CD, 0x00CC, 0x00D3,
+	0x00D2, 0x00D5, 0x00F5, 0x0160, 0x0161, 0x00DA, 0x0178, 0x00FF,
+	0x00DE, 0x00FE, 0x00B7, 0x00B5, 0x00B6, 0x00BE, 0x2014, 0x00BC,
+	0x00BD, 0x00AA, 0x00BA, 0x00AB, 0x25A0, 0x00BB, 0x00B1, 0xFFFD } }
+
+    // if you add more chacater sets at the end, change LAST_MIB above
+};
+
+TQSimpleTextCodec::TQSimpleTextCodec( int i )
+    : TQTextCodec(), forwardIndex( i )
+{
+#ifndef TQ_WS_QWS
+    reverseMap = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+TQSimpleTextCodec::~TQSimpleTextCodec()
+{
+#ifndef TQ_WS_QWS
+    delete reverseMap;
+#else
+    if ( reverseOwner == this ) {
+	delete reverseMap;
+	reverseMap = 0;
+	reverseOwner = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void TQSimpleTextCodec::buildReverseMap()
+{
+#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
+    if ( reverseOwner != this ) {
+	int m = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	while( i < 128 ) {
+	    if ( unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] > m &&
+		 unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] < 0xfffd )
+		m = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i];
+	    i++;
+	}
+	m++;
+	if ( !reverseMap )
+	    reverseMap = new TQMemArray( m );
+	if ( m > (int)(reverseMap->size()) )
+	    reverseMap->resize( m );
+	for( i = 0; i < 128 && i < m; i++ )
+	    (*reverseMap)[i] = (char)i;
+	for( ;i < m; i++ )
+	    (*reverseMap)[i] = 0;
+	for( i=128; i<256; i++ ) {
+	    int u = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i-128];
+	    if ( u < m )
+		(*reverseMap)[u] = (char)(unsigned char)(i);
+	}
+	reverseOwner = this;
+    }
+#else
+    if ( !reverseMap ) {
+	TQMemArray **map = &((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->reverseMap;
+	int m = 0;
+	int i = 0;
+	while( i < 128 ) {
+	    if ( unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] > m &&
+		 unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i] < 0xfffd )
+		m = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i];
+	    i++;
+	}
+	m++;
+	*map = new TQMemArray( m );
+	for( i = 0; i < 128 && i < m; i++ )
+	    (**map)[i] = (char)i;
+	for( ;i < m; i++ )
+	    (**map)[i] = 0;
+	for( i=128; i<256; i++ ) {
+	    int u = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[i-128];
+	    if ( u < m )
+		(**map)[u] = (char)(unsigned char)(i);
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+TQString TQSimpleTextCodec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( len <= 0 || chars == 0 )
+	return TQString::null;
+
+    const unsigned char * c = (const unsigned char *)chars;
+    int i;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	if ( c[i] == '\0' ) {
+	    len = i;
+	    break;
+	}
+
+    TQString r;
+    r.setUnicode(0, len);
+    TQChar* uc = (TQChar*)r.unicode(); // const_cast
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	if ( c[i] > 127 )
+	    uc[i] = unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[c[i]-128];
+        else
+	    uc[i] = c[i];
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+TQCString TQSimpleTextCodec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& len ) const
+{
+#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
+    if ( this != reverseOwner )
+#else
+    if ( !reverseMap )
+#endif
+	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
+
+    if ( len <0 || len > (int)uc.length() )
+	len = uc.length();
+    TQCString r( len+1 );
+    int i = len;
+    int u;
+    const TQChar* ucp = uc.unicode();
+    unsigned char* rp = (unsigned char *)r.data();
+    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
+    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
+    while( i-- )
+    {
+	u = ucp->unicode();
+	*rp = u < 128 ? u : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u)) : '?' );
+	if ( *rp == 0 ) *rp = '?';
+	rp++;
+	ucp++;
+    }
+    r[len] = 0;
+    return r;
+}
+
+void TQSimpleTextCodec::fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const
+{
+#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
+    if ( this != reverseOwner )
+#else
+    if ( !reverseMap )
+#endif
+	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
+
+    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
+    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
+    while ( length-- ) {
+	unsigned short u = in->unicode();
+	*out = u < 128 ? u : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u)) : 0 );
+	++in;
+	++out;
+    }
+}
+
+unsigned short TQSimpleTextCodec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
+{
+#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
+    if ( this != reverseOwner )
+#else
+    if ( !reverseMap )
+#endif
+	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
+
+    unsigned short u = str[pos].unicode();
+    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
+    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
+    return u < 128 ? u : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u)) : 0 );
+}
+
+bool TQSimpleTextCodec::canEncode( TQChar ch ) const
+{
+#ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
+    if ( this != reverseOwner )
+#else
+    if ( !reverseMap )
+#endif
+	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->buildReverseMap();
+
+    unsigned short u = ch.unicode();
+    unsigned char* rmp = reverseMap->data();
+    int rmsize = (int) reverseMap->size();
+    return u < 128 ? TRUE : (( u < rmsize ) ? (*(rmp+u) != 0) : FALSE );
+}
+
+const char* TQSimpleTextCodec::name() const
+{
+    return unicodevalues[forwardIndex].cs;
+}
+
+const char* TQSimpleTextCodec::mimeName() const
+{
+    return unicodevalues[forwardIndex].mime;
+}
+
+
+int TQSimpleTextCodec::mibEnum() const
+{
+    return unicodevalues[forwardIndex].mib;
+}
+
+int TQSimpleTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const
+{
+    if ( tqstricmp( hint, mimeName() ) == 0 )
+	return 10000; // return a large value
+    if ( hint[0]=='k' ) {
+	TQCString lhint = TQCString(hint).lower();
+	// Help people with messy fonts
+	if ( lhint == "koi8-1" )
+	    return TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch("koi8-r")-1;
+	if ( lhint == "koi8-ru" )
+	    return TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch("koi8-r")-1;
+    } else if ( hint[0] == 't' && mibEnum() == 2259 /* iso8859-11 */ ) {
+	// 8859-11 and tis620 are byte by byte equivalent
+	int i = simpleHeuristicNameMatch("tis620-0", hint);
+	if( !i )
+	    i = simpleHeuristicNameMatch("tis-620", hint);
+	if( i ) return i;
+    } else if ( mibEnum() == 82 /* ISO 8859-6 */ ) {
+	int i = simpleHeuristicNameMatch("ISO 8859-6-I", hint);
+	if ( i )
+	    return i;
+    }
+    return TQTextCodec::heuristicNameMatch(hint);
+}
+
+int TQSimpleTextCodec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( len<1 || !chars )
+	return -1;
+    int i = 0;
+    const uchar * c = (const unsigned char *)chars;
+    int r = 0;
+    while( i= 128 ) {
+	    if ( unicodevalues[forwardIndex].values[(*c)-128] == 0xfffd )
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if ( (*c >= ' ' && *c < 127) ||
+	     *c == '\n' || *c == '\t' || *c == '\r' )
+	    r++;
+	i++;
+	c++;
+    }
+    if ( mibEnum()==4 )
+	r+=1;
+    return r;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+class TQLatin1Codec : public TQTextCodec
+{
+public:
+#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
+    using TQTextCodec::fromUnicode;
+    using TQTextCodec::toUnicode;
+#endif
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
+    void fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const;
+    unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
+
+    const char* name() const;
+    const char* mimeName() const;
+    int mibEnum() const;
+
+    int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const;
+
+private:
+    int forwardIndex;
+};
+
+
+TQString TQLatin1Codec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( chars == 0 )
+	return TQString::null;
+
+    return TQString::fromLatin1(chars, len);
+}
+
+
+TQCString TQLatin1Codec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& len ) const
+{
+    if ( len <0 || len > (int)uc.length() )
+	len = uc.length();
+    TQCString r( len+1 );
+    char *d = r.data();
+    int i = 0;
+    const TQChar *ch = uc.unicode();
+    while ( i < len ) {
+	d[i] = ch->row() ? '?' : ch->cell();
+	i++;
+	ch++;
+    }
+    r[len] = 0;
+    return r;
+}
+
+void TQLatin1Codec::fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const
+{
+    while ( length-- ) {
+	*out = in->row() ? 0 : in->cell();
+	++in;
+	++out;
+    }
+}
+
+unsigned short TQLatin1Codec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
+{
+    const TQChar *ch = str.unicode() + pos;
+    if (ch->row())
+        return 0;
+    return (unsigned short) ch->cell();
+}
+
+
+const char* TQLatin1Codec::name() const
+{
+    return "ISO 8859-1";
+}
+
+const char* TQLatin1Codec::mimeName() const
+{
+    return "ISO-8859-1";
+}
+
+
+int TQLatin1Codec::mibEnum() const
+{
+    return 4;
+}
+
+int TQLatin1Codec::heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( len<1 || !chars )
+	return -1;
+    int i = 0;
+    const uchar * c = (const unsigned char *)chars;
+    int r = 0;
+    while( i= 0x80 && *c < 0xa0 )
+	    return -1;
+	if ( (*c >= ' ' && *c < 127) ||
+	     *c == '\n' || *c == '\t' || *c == '\r' )
+	    r++;
+	i++;
+	c++;
+    }
+    if ( this == (const TQTextCodec *)codecForLocale() )
+	r += 5;
+    return r;
+}
+
+class TQLatin15Codec: public TQLatin1Codec
+{
+public:
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
+#if !defined(Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD)
+    using TQLatin1Codec::fromUnicode;
+#endif
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const;
+    void fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const;
+    unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
+
+    const char* name() const;
+    const char* mimeName() const;
+    int mibEnum() const;
+
+private:
+    int forwardIndex;
+};
+
+
+TQString TQLatin15Codec::toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+{
+    if ( chars == 0 )
+	return TQString::null;
+
+    TQString str = TQString::fromLatin1(chars, len);
+    TQChar *uc = (TQChar *)str.unicode();
+    while( len-- ) {
+	switch( uc->unicode() ) {
+	    case 0xa4:
+		*uc = 0x20ac;
+		break;
+	    case 0xa6:
+		*uc = 0x0160;
+		break;
+	    case 0xa8:
+		*uc = 0x0161;
+		break;
+	    case 0xb4:
+		*uc = 0x017d;
+		break;
+	    case 0xb8:
+		*uc = 0x017e;
+		break;
+	    case 0xbc:
+		*uc = 0x0152;
+		break;
+	    case 0xbd:
+		*uc = 0x0153;
+		break;
+	    case 0xbe:
+		*uc = 0x0178;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	}
+	uc++;
+    }
+    return str;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned char
+latin15CharFromUnicode( unsigned short uc, bool replacement = TRUE )
+{
+    uchar c;
+    if ( uc < 0x0100 ) {
+	if ( uc > 0xa3 && uc < 0xbf ) {
+	    switch( uc ) {
+	    case 0xa4:
+	    case 0xa6:
+	    case 0xa8:
+	    case 0xb4:
+	    case 0xb8:
+	    case 0xbc:
+	    case 0xbd:
+	    case 0xbe:
+		c = replacement ? '?' : 0;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		c = (unsigned char) uc;
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    c = (unsigned char) uc;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( uc == 0x20ac )
+	    c = 0xa4;
+	else if ( (uc & 0xff00) == 0x0100 ) {
+	    switch( uc ) {
+	    case 0x0160:
+		c = 0xa6;
+		break;
+	    case 0x0161:
+		c = 0xa8;
+		break;
+	    case 0x017d:
+		c = 0xb4;
+		break;
+	    case 0x017e:
+		c = 0xb8;
+		break;
+	    case 0x0152:
+		c = 0xbc;
+		break;
+	    case 0x0153:
+		c = 0xbd;
+		break;
+	    case 0x0178:
+		c = 0xbe;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		c = replacement ? '?' : 0;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    c = replacement ? '?' : 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return c;
+}
+
+
+void TQLatin15Codec::fromUnicode( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length ) const
+{
+    while ( length-- ) {
+	*out = latin15CharFromUnicode( in->unicode(), FALSE );
+	++in;
+	++out;
+    }
+}
+
+
+TQCString TQLatin15Codec::fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& len ) const
+{
+    if ( len <0 || len > (int)uc.length() )
+	len = uc.length();
+    TQCString r( len+1 );
+    char *d = r.data();
+    int i = 0;
+    const TQChar *ch = uc.unicode();
+    while ( i < len ) {
+	d[i] = latin15CharFromUnicode( ch->unicode() );
+	i++;
+	ch++;
+    }
+    r[len] = 0;
+    return r;
+}
+
+unsigned short TQLatin15Codec::characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const
+{
+    return latin15CharFromUnicode( str.unicode()[pos].unicode(), FALSE );
+}
+
+
+const char* TQLatin15Codec::name() const
+{
+    return "ISO 8859-15";
+}
+
+const char* TQLatin15Codec::mimeName() const
+{
+    return "ISO-8859-15";
+}
+
+
+int TQLatin15Codec::mibEnum() const
+{
+    return 111;
+}
+
+static TQTextCodec *checkForCodec(const char *name) {
+    TQTextCodec *c = TQTextCodec::codecForName(name);
+    if (!c) {
+        const char *at = strchr(name, '@');
+        if (at) {
+            TQCString n(name, at - name + 1);
+            c = TQTextCodec::codecForName(n.data());
+        }
+    }
+    return c;
+}
+
+/* the next function is implicitely thread safe,
+   as they are only called by setup() which uses a mutex.
+*/
+static void setupLocaleMapper()
+{
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+    localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "System" );
+#else
+
+#if defined (_XOPEN_UNIX) && !defined(Q_OS_QNX6) && !defined(Q_OS_OSF) && !defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+    char *charset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+    if ( charset )
+        localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( charset );
+#endif
+
+    if ( !localeMapper ) {
+	// Very poorly defined and followed standards causes lots of code
+	// to try to get all the cases...
+
+	// Try to determine locale codeset from locale name assigned to
+	// LC_CTYPE category.
+
+	// First part is getting that locale name.  First try setlocale() which
+	// definitely knows it, but since we cannot fully trust it, get ready
+	// to fall back to environment variables.
+	char * ctype = tqstrdup( setlocale( LC_CTYPE, 0 ) );
+
+	// Get the first nonempty value from $LC_ALL, $LC_CTYPE, and $LANG
+	// environment variables.
+	char * lang = tqstrdup( getenv("LC_ALL") );
+	if ( !lang || lang[0] == 0 || strcmp( lang, "C" ) == 0 ) {
+	    if ( lang ) delete [] lang;
+	    lang = tqstrdup( getenv("LC_CTYPE") );
+	}
+	if ( !lang || lang[0] == 0 || strcmp( lang, "C" ) == 0 ) {
+	    if ( lang ) delete [] lang;
+	    lang = tqstrdup( getenv("LANG") );
+	}
+
+	// Now try these in order:
+	// 1. CODESET from ctype if it contains a .CODESET part (e.g. en_US.ISO8859-15)
+	// 2. CODESET from lang if it contains a .CODESET part
+	// 3. ctype (maybe the locale is named "ISO-8859-1" or something)
+	// 4. locale (ditto)
+	// 5. check for "@euro"
+	// 6. guess locale from ctype unless ctype is "C"
+	// 7. guess locale from lang
+
+	// 1. CODESET from ctype if it contains a .CODESET part (e.g. en_US.ISO8859-15)
+	char * codeset = ctype ? strchr( ctype, '.' ) : 0;
+	if ( codeset && *codeset == '.' )
+	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( codeset + 1 );
+
+	// 2. CODESET from lang if it contains a .CODESET part
+	codeset = lang ? strchr( lang, '.' ) : 0;
+	if ( !localeMapper && codeset && *codeset == '.' ) 
+	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( codeset + 1 );
+
+	// 3. ctype (maybe the locale is named "ISO-8859-1" or something)
+	if ( !localeMapper && ctype && *ctype != 0 && strcmp (ctype, "C") != 0 )
+	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( ctype );
+
+	// 4. locale (ditto)
+	if ( !localeMapper && lang && *lang != 0 )
+	    localeMapper = checkForCodec( lang );
+
+	// 5. "@euro"
+	if ( ( !localeMapper && ctype && strstr( ctype, "@euro" ) ) || (lang && strstr( lang, "@euro" ) ) )
+	    localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-15" );
+
+	// 6. guess locale from ctype unless ctype is "C"
+	// 7. guess locale from lang
+	char * try_by_name = ctype;
+	if ( ctype && *ctype != 0 && strcmp (ctype, "C") != 0 )
+	    try_by_name = lang;
+
+	// Now do the guessing.
+	if ( lang && *lang && !localeMapper && try_by_name && *try_by_name ) {
+	    if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_15locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-15" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_2locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-2" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_3locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-3" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_4locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-4" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_5locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-5" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_6locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-6" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_7locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-7" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_8locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-8-I" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_9locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-9" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( iso8859_13locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-13" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( tis_620locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-11" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( koi8_ulocales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "KOI8-U" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( cp_1251locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "CP 1251" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( pt_154locales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "PT 154" );
+	    else if ( try_locale_list( probably_koi8_rlocales, lang ) )
+		localeMapper = ru_RU_hack( lang );
+	}
+
+	delete [] ctype;
+	delete [] lang;
+    }
+    if ( localeMapper && localeMapper->mibEnum() == 11 )
+	localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-8-I" );
+
+    // If everything failed, we default to 8859-1
+    // We could perhaps default to 8859-15.
+    if ( !localeMapper )
+	localeMapper = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-1" );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+static void setup()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( codecs_destroyed )
+    {
+	// If codecs have been destroyed, the application is being destroyed.
+	// Do not create new codecs since this could lead to SEGV while trying to
+	// print a message using tqWarning/tqDebug/tqFatal at this stage
+	//
+	// Note: the use of `printf` instead of `tqWarning` is intentional. We should never
+	// get to this line of code. If we do, we are in some strange exception that we
+	// didn't think of. Using `tqWarning` could potentially lead to an infinite loop with
+	// `tqWarning` trying to setup codecs and this method calling `tqWarning` again.
+	// Using `printf` makes sure this never happens, even for exceptions we didn't foresee.
+	printf("TQTextCodec: setup() called when codecs have already been destroyed\n"); fflush(stdout);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( all ) return;
+
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &all ) : 0 );
+#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+    all = new TQValueList;
+
+    (void)new TQLatin1Codec;
+    (void)new TQLatin15Codec;
+    (void)new TQUtf8Codec;
+    (void)new TQUtf16Codec;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
+    int i = 0;
+    do {
+	(void)new TQSimpleTextCodec( i );
+    } while( unicodevalues[i++].mib != LAST_MIB );
+
+    (void)new TQTsciiCodec;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 9; ++i) {
+	(void)new TQIsciiCodec(i);
+    }
+#endif // TQT_NO_CODECS
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODEC_HEBREW
+    (void)new TQHebrewCodec;
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS
+    (void)new TQBig5Codec;
+    (void)new TQBig5hkscsCodec;
+    (void)new TQEucJpCodec;
+    (void)new TQEucKrCodec;
+    (void)new TQGb2312Codec;
+    (void)new TQGbkCodec;
+    (void)new TQGb18030Codec;
+    (void)new TQJisCodec;
+    (void)new TQSjisCodec;
+#endif // TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+    (void) new TQWindowsLocalCodec;
+#endif // Q_OS_WIN32
+
+    if ( !localeMapper )
+	setupLocaleMapper();
+}
+
+void TQTextCodec::fromUnicodeInternal( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out, int length )
+{
+    switch( mibEnum() ) {
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
+    case 2084:
+    case 2088:
+    case 5:
+    case 6:
+    case 7:
+    case 8:
+    case 82:
+    case 10:
+    case 85:
+    case 12:
+    case 13:
+    case 109:
+    case 110:
+    case 2004:
+    case 2009:
+    case 2086:
+    case 2250:
+    case 2251:
+    case 2252:
+    case 2253:
+    case 2254:
+    case 2255:
+    case 2256:
+    case 2257:
+    case 2258:
+    case 2259:
+	((TQSimpleTextCodec *)this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_BIG_CODECS) && defined(TQ_WS_X11)
+	// the TQFont*Codecs are only used on X11
+
+    case 15:
+	((TQFontJis0201Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case 63:
+	((TQFontJis0208Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case 36:
+	((TQFontKsc5601Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case 57:
+	((TQFontGb2312Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case -113:
+	((TQFontGbkCodec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case -114:
+	((TQFontGb18030_0Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case -2026:
+	((TQFontBig5Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case -2101:
+	((TQFontBig5hkscsCodec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case -4242:
+	((TQFontLaoCodec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+#endif
+#endif // TQT_NO_CODECS
+
+    case 4:
+	((TQLatin1Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    case 111:
+	((TQLatin15Codec *) this)->fromUnicode( in, out, length );
+	break;
+
+    default:
+	{
+	    TQConstString string( in, length );
+	    TQString str = string.string();
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < length; i++ )
+		out[i] = characterFromUnicode( str, i );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForTr()
+
+    Returns the codec used by TQObject::tr() on its argument. If this
+    function returns 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1.
+
+    \sa setCodecForTr()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr(TQTextCodec *c)
+    \nonreentrant
+
+    Sets the codec used by TQObject::tr() on its argument to \a c. If
+    \a c is 0 (the default), tr() assumes Latin-1.
+
+    If the literal quoted text in the program is not in the Latin-1
+    encoding, this function can be used to set the appropriate
+    encoding. For example, software developed by Korean programmers
+    might use eucKR for all the text in the program, in which case the
+    main() function might look like this:
+
+    \code
+    int main(int argc, char** argv)
+    {
+	TQApplication app(argc, argv);
+	... install any additional codecs ...
+	TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr( TQTextCodec::codecForName("eucKR") );
+	...
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that this is not the way to select the encoding that the \e
+    user has chosen. For example, to convert an application containing
+    literal English strings to Korean, all that is needed is for the
+    English strings to be passed through tr() and for translation
+    files to be loaded. For details of internationalization, see the
+    \link i18n.html TQt internationalization documentation\endlink.
+
+    \sa codecForTr(), setCodecForTr(), setCodecForCStrings()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings()
+
+    Returns the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const
+    char* and TQCStrings. If this function returns 0 (the default),
+    TQString assumes Latin-1.
+
+    \sa setCodecForCStrings()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(TQTextCodec *c)
+    \nonreentrant
+
+    Sets the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const char*
+    and TQCStrings. If \a c is 0 (the default), TQString assumes Latin-1.
+
+    \warning Some codecs do not preserve the characters in the ascii
+    range (0x00 to 0x7f).  For example, the Japanese Shift-JIS
+    encoding maps the backslash character (0x5a) to the Yen character.
+    This leads to unexpected results when using the backslash
+    character to escape characters in strings used in e.g. regular
+    expressions.  Use TQString::fromLatin1() to preserve characters in
+    the ascii range when needed.
+
+    \sa codecForCStrings(), setCodecForTr(), setCodecForCStrings()
+*/
+
+
+TQTextCodec *TQTextCodec::cftr = 0;
+TQTextCodec *TQTextCodec::cfcs = 0;
+
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodec.h b/src/codecs/tqtextcodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5554d261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQTextCodec class
+**
+** Created : 981015
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1998-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTCODEC_H
+#define TQTEXTCODEC_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+class TQTextCodec;
+class TQIODevice;
+class TQFont;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextEncoder {
+public:
+    virtual ~TQTextEncoder();
+    virtual TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) = 0;
+};
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextDecoder {
+public:
+    virtual ~TQTextDecoder();
+    virtual TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) = 0;
+};
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodec {
+public:
+    virtual ~TQTextCodec();
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CODECS
+    static TQTextCodec* loadCharmap(TQIODevice*);
+    static TQTextCodec* loadCharmapFile(TQString filename);
+#endif //TQT_NO_CODECS
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForMib(int mib);
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForName(const char* hint, int accuracy=0);
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForContent(const char* chars, int len);
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForIndex(int i);
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForLocale();
+    static void setCodecForLocale(TQTextCodec *c);
+
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForTr();
+    static void setCodecForTr(TQTextCodec *c);
+    static TQTextCodec* codecForCStrings();
+    static void setCodecForCStrings(TQTextCodec *c);
+
+    static void deleteAllCodecs();
+
+    static const char* locale();
+
+    virtual const char* name() const = 0;
+    virtual const char* mimeName() const;
+    virtual int mibEnum() const = 0;
+
+    virtual TQTextDecoder* makeDecoder() const;
+    virtual TQTextEncoder* makeEncoder() const;
+
+    virtual TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const;
+    virtual TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut) const;
+
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc) const;
+    TQString toUnicode(const TQByteArray&, int len) const;
+    TQString toUnicode(const TQByteArray&) const;
+    TQString toUnicode(const TQCString&, int len) const;
+    TQString toUnicode(const TQCString&) const;
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars) const;
+    virtual bool canEncode( TQChar ) const;
+    virtual bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const;
+
+    virtual int heuristicContentMatch(const char* chars, int len) const = 0;
+    virtual int heuristicNameMatch(const char* hint) const;
+
+    virtual TQByteArray fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int from, int len) const;
+    virtual unsigned short characterFromUnicode(const TQString &str, int pos) const;
+
+protected:
+    TQTextCodec();
+    static int simpleHeuristicNameMatch(const char* name, const char* hint);
+
+private:
+    friend class TQFont;
+    friend class TQFontEngineXLFD;
+    void fromUnicodeInternal( const TQChar *in, unsigned short *out,  int length );
+
+    static TQTextCodec *cftr;
+    static TQTextCodec *cfcs;
+};
+
+inline TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForTr() { return cftr; }
+inline void TQTextCodec::setCodecForTr(TQTextCodec *c) { cftr = c; }
+inline TQTextCodec* TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings() { return cfcs; }
+inline void TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(TQTextCodec *c) { cfcs = c; }
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+#endif // TQTEXTCODEC_H
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.cpp b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24ac82a09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQTextCodecFactory class
+**
+** Created : 010130
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextcodecfactory.h"
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+#include "ntqapplication.h"
+#include "ntqcleanuphandler.h"
+#include 
+#include "tqtextcodecinterface_p.h"
+
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+#  include 
+#endif // TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+
+#include 
+
+
+static TQPluginManager *manager = 0;
+static TQSingleCleanupHandler< TQPluginManager > cleanup_manager;
+
+static void create_manager()
+{
+    if ( manager ) // already created
+	return;
+
+#ifdef TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT
+    // protect manager creation
+    TQMutexLocker locker( tqt_global_mutexpool ?
+			 tqt_global_mutexpool->get( &manager ) : 0);
+
+    // we check the manager pointer again to make sure that another thread
+    // has not created the manager before us.
+
+    if ( manager ) // already created
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    manager =
+	new TQPluginManager(IID_QTextCodecFactory,
+						       TQApplication::libraryPaths(), "/codecs",
+						       FALSE);
+    TQ_CHECK_PTR( manager );
+    cleanup_manager.set( &manager );
+}
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+
+TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecFactory::createForName(const TQString &name)
+{
+    TQTextCodec *codec = 0;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+    // make sure the manager is created
+    create_manager();
+
+    TQInterfacePtr iface;
+    manager->queryInterface(name, &iface );
+
+    if (iface)
+	codec = iface->createForName(name);
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+    return codec;
+}
+
+
+TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecFactory::createForMib(int mib)
+{
+    TQTextCodec *codec = 0;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+    // make sure the manager is created
+    create_manager();
+
+    TQInterfacePtr iface;
+    manager->queryInterface("MIB-" + TQString::number(mib), &iface );
+
+    if (iface)
+	codec = iface->createForMib(mib);
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+    return codec;
+}
+
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.h b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74cca82ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecfactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQTextCodecFactory class
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTCODECFACTORY_H
+#define TQTEXTCODECFACTORY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+class TQTextCodec;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodecFactory
+{
+public:
+    static TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString & );
+    static TQTextCodec *createForMib( int );
+};
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+#endif // TQTEXTCODECFACTORY_H
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a8baa04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQTextCodecFactoryInterface interface
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTCODECINTERFACE_P_H
+#define TQTEXTCODECINTERFACE_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the TQt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qpsprinter.cpp and qprinter_x11.cpp.
+// This header file may change from version to version without notice,
+// or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include 
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+class TQTextCodec;
+
+
+// {F55BFA60-F695-11D4-823E-009027DC0F37}
+#ifndef IID_QTextCodecFactory
+#define IID_QTextCodecFactory TQUuid( 0xf55bfa60, 0xf695, 0x11d4, 0x82, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x90, 0x27, 0xdc, 0x0f, 0x37)
+#endif
+
+
+struct TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodecFactoryInterface : public TQFeatureListInterface
+{
+    virtual TQTextCodec *createForMib( int mib ) = 0;
+    virtual TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString &name ) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_COMPONENT
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+
+#endif // TQTEXTCODECINTERFACE_P_H
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..046b009f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQTextCodecPlugin class
+**
+** Created : 010920
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextcodecplugin.h"
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
+#include "tqtextcodecinterface_p.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextCodecPlugin tqtextcodecplugin.h
+    \brief The TQTextCodecPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom TQTextCodec plugins.
+    \reentrant
+    \ingroup plugins
+
+    The text codec plugin is a simple plugin interface that makes it
+    easy to create custom text codecs that can be loaded dynamically
+    into applications.
+
+    Writing a text codec plugin is achieved by subclassing this base
+    class, reimplementing the pure virtual functions names(),
+    createForName(), mibEnums() and createForMib(), and exporting the
+    class with the \c TQ_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro. See the \link
+    plugins-howto.html TQt Plugins documentation \endlink for details.
+
+    See the \link http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets IANA
+    character-sets encoding file\endlink for more information on mime
+    names and mib enums.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQStringList TQTextCodecPlugin::names() const
+
+    Returns the list of mime names supported by this plugin.
+
+    \sa createForName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPlugin::createForName( const TQString &name );
+
+    Creates a TQTextCodec object for the codec called \a name.
+
+    \sa names()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQValueList TQTextCodecPlugin::mibEnums() const
+
+    Returns the list of mib enums supported by this plugin.
+
+    \sa createForMib()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPlugin::createForMib( int mib );
+
+    Creates a TQTextCodec object for the mib enum \a mib.
+
+    (See \link
+    ftp://ftp.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/character-sets the
+    IANA character-sets encoding file\endlink for more information)
+
+    \sa mibEnums()
+*/
+
+
+
+class TQTextCodecPluginPrivate : public TQTextCodecFactoryInterface
+{
+public:
+    TQTextCodecPluginPrivate( TQTextCodecPlugin *p )
+	: plugin( p )
+    {
+    }
+    virtual ~TQTextCodecPluginPrivate();
+
+    TQRESULT queryInterface( const TQUuid &iid, TQUnknownInterface **iface );
+    TQ_REFCOUNT;
+
+    TQStringList featureList() const;
+    TQTextCodec *createForMib( int mib );
+    TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString &name );
+
+private:
+    TQTextCodecPlugin *plugin;
+};
+
+TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::~TQTextCodecPluginPrivate()
+{
+    delete plugin;
+}
+
+TQRESULT TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::queryInterface( const TQUuid &iid, TQUnknownInterface **iface )
+{
+    *iface = 0;
+
+    if ( iid == IID_QUnknown )
+	*iface = this;
+    else if ( iid == IID_QFeatureList )
+	*iface = this;
+    else if ( iid == IID_QTextCodecFactory )
+	*iface = this;
+    else
+	return TQE_NOINTERFACE;
+
+    (*iface)->addRef();
+    return TQS_OK;
+}
+
+TQStringList TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::featureList() const
+{
+    TQStringList keys = plugin->names();
+    TQValueList mibs = plugin->mibEnums();
+    for ( TQValueList::Iterator it = mibs.begin(); it != mibs.end(); ++it )
+	keys += TQString("MIB-%1").arg( *it );
+    return keys;
+}
+
+TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::createForMib( int mib )
+{
+    return plugin->createForMib( mib );
+}
+
+TQTextCodec *TQTextCodecPluginPrivate::createForName( const TQString &name )
+{
+    return plugin->createForName( name );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a text codec plugin. This is invoked automatically by
+    the \c TQ_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro.
+*/
+TQTextCodecPlugin::TQTextCodecPlugin()
+    : TQGPlugin( d = new TQTextCodecPluginPrivate( this ) )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the text codec plugin.
+
+    You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
+    automatically when it is no longer used.
+*/
+TQTextCodecPlugin::~TQTextCodecPlugin()
+{
+}
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
diff --git a/src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.h b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..13a83733d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/codecs/tqtextcodecplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQTextCodecPlugin class
+**
+** Created : 010920
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTCODECPLUGIN_H
+#define TQTEXTCODECPLUGIN_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "ntqgplugin.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
+class TQTextCodec;
+class TQTextCodecPluginPrivate;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextCodecPlugin : public TQGPlugin
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+    TQTextCodecPlugin();
+    ~TQTextCodecPlugin();
+
+    virtual TQStringList names() const = 0;
+    virtual TQTextCodec *createForName( const TQString &name ) = 0;
+    
+    virtual TQValueList mibEnums() const = 0;
+    virtual TQTextCodec *createForMib( int mib ) = 0;
+
+private:
+    TQTextCodecPluginPrivate *d;
+};
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
+#endif // TQTEXTCODECPLUGIN_H
diff --git a/src/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp b/src/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
index 9d27e023a..e2b302e55 100644
--- a/src/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
+++ b/src/dialogs/qerrormessage.cpp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 #include "ntqpushbutton.h"
 #include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "ntqstylesheet.h"
-#include "ntqtextview.h"
+#include "tqtextview.h"
 
 #include 
 #include 
diff --git a/src/dialogs/qprintdialog.cpp b/src/dialogs/qprintdialog.cpp
index 0e37e8615..2402de7d3 100644
--- a/src/dialogs/qprintdialog.cpp
+++ b/src/dialogs/qprintdialog.cpp
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 #include "ntqfiledialog.h"
 #include "ntqfile.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqcombobox.h"
 #include "ntqframe.h"
 #include "ntqlabel.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/ntqnamespace.h b/src/kernel/ntqnamespace.h
index 8bdc0a374..03c58309c 100644
--- a/src/kernel/ntqnamespace.h
+++ b/src/kernel/ntqnamespace.h
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ public:
 	LogText
     };
 
-    // Documented in qtextedit.cpp
+    // Documented in tqtextedit.cpp
     enum AnchorAttribute {
 	AnchorName,
 	AnchorHref
diff --git a/src/kernel/ntqt.h b/src/kernel/ntqt.h
index 876d07c1f..3e62736f3 100644
--- a/src/kernel/ntqt.h
+++ b/src/kernel/ntqt.h
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 #include "tqpair.h"
 #include "ntqpoint.h"
 #include 
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqfontinfo.h"
 #include "ntqsizepolicy.h"
 #include "ntqtl.h"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 #include "ntqpalette.h"
 #include "tqwidget.h"
 #include "ntqjpunicode.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqpixmap.h"
 #include 
 #include "ntqiconset.h"
@@ -224,18 +224,18 @@
 #include 
 #include 
 #include 
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
 #include 
 #include 
 #include "tqsqleditorfactory.h"
 #include 
-#include 
+#include 
 #include 
-#include 
-#include 
+#include 
+#include 
 #include 
 #include "ntqtoolbar.h"
-#include 
+#include 
 #include "ntqwaitcondition.h"
 #include 
 #include 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
 #include "private/qrichtext_p.h"
 #include "private/qsvgdevice_p.h"
 #include "private/qfontcodecs_p.h"
-#include "private/qtextcodecinterface_p.h"
+#include "private/tqtextcodecinterface_p.h"
 #include "private/qpsprinter_p.h"
 #include "private/qtitlebar_p.h"
 #include "private/qucom_p.h"
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifdef TQ_WS_QWS
-#include 
+#include 
 #include "qfontmanager_qws.h"
 #include 
 #include 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp b/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp
index e5b28642b..baf5ba495 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qapplication.cpp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 #include "ntqcleanuphandler.h"
 
 #include "ntqtranslator.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqsessionmanager.h"
 #include "ntqdragobject.h"
 #include "ntqclipboard.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
index 57c55feba..0cfd812c2 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qapplication_x11.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 #include "ntqpainter.h"
 #include "ntqpixmapcache.h"
 #include "ntqdatetime.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqdatastream.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
 #include "ntqsocketnotifier.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp
index 51fbc63ab..7776cf606 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qclipboard_x11.cpp
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 #include "ntqdatetime.h"
 #include "ntqdragobject.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
 #include "qt_x11_p.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp b/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp
index 5e6a0dab9..9854c33a3 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qdragobject.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
 
 #include "ntqdragobject.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqapplication.h"
 #include "ntqpoint.h"
 #include "tqwidget.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfont.cpp b/src/kernel/qfont.cpp
index b442a3253..387f75dfe 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qfont.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qfont.cpp
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 #include "qfontdata_p.h"
 #include "qfontengine_p.h"
 #include "qpainter_p.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 
 // #define TQFONTCACHE_DEBUG
 #ifdef TQFONTCACHE_DEBUG
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp
index 3cd207c65..07c3fe2c6 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qfont_x11.cpp
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@
 #include "ntqfontmetrics.h"
 #include "ntqpaintdevice.h"
 #include "ntqpaintdevicemetrics.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 
 #include 
 #include 
 #include "qfontdata_p.h"
 #include "qfontengine_p.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 
 #include "qt_x11_p.h"
 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h
index 17aa618b6..9e3c31261 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontengine_p.h
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #include "tqptrdict.h"
 #endif
 
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 
 class TQPaintDevice;
 
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ class TQTextEngine;
 #ifndef TQT_NO_XFTFREETYPE
 
 #include "qscriptengine_p.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 #include 
 #include FT_FREETYPE_H
 #include "ftxopen.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp
index 5cf756265..54bedb33e 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qfontengine_x11.cpp
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 #include 
 #include 
-#include 
+#include 
 
 #include "ntqbitmap.h"
 #include "ntqfontdatabase.h"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 #include "qt_x11_p.h"
 
 #include "ntqfont.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 
 #include 
 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp b/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp
index 3f91a8023..82840cc27 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qpainter.cpp
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 #endif
 #include 
 
-#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "tqtextlayout_p.h"
 #include "qfontengine_p.h"
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_TRANSFORMATIONS
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp
index a4f71fc00..0e72d64da 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qpainter_x11.cpp
@@ -45,15 +45,15 @@
 #include "tqwidget.h"
 #include "ntqbitmap.h"
 #include "ntqpixmapcache.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqpaintdevicemetrics.h"
 
 #include "qt_x11_p.h"
 
-#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "tqtextlayout_p.h"
 #include "qfontdata_p.h"
 #include "qfontengine_p.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 
 #include 
 
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ static void init_gc_cache()
 
 // #define GC_CACHE_STAT
 #if defined(GC_CACHE_STAT)
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
 
 static int g_numhits    = 0;
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp b/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp
index 6974fdf6c..22acd9832 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qpsprinter.cpp
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 #include "ntqfile.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
 #include "ntqintdict.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqsettings.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
 #include "ntqfontdatabase.h"
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@
 #if defined( TQ_WS_X11 ) || defined (TQ_WS_QWS)
 #include "qfontdata_p.h"
 #include "qfontengine_p.h"
-#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 extern bool tqt_has_xft;
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h b/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h
index 6b96a965d..47939b1db 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h
+++ b/src/kernel/qpsprinter_p.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqprinter.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_PRINTER
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp b/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp
index 484553d3e..cd4c31055 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qrichtext.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 
 #include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "ntqfont.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqfile.h"
 #include "ntqapplication.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 #include "tqptrdict.h"
 #include "ntqstyle.h"
 #include "ntqcleanuphandler.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 #include 
 
 #include 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h b/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h
index 52762c6b4..58fed9826 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h
+++ b/src/kernel/qrichtext_p.h
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
     enum Type { Regular=0, Custom=1, Anchor=2, CustomAnchor=3 };
 
     TQChar c;
-    // this is the same struct as in qtextengine_p.h. Don't change!
+    // this is the same struct as in tqtextengine_p.h. Don't change!
     uchar softBreak      :1;     // Potential linebreak point
     uchar whiteSpace     :1;     // A unicode whitespace character, except NBSP, ZWNBSP
     uchar charStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for left/right arrow)
diff --git a/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp b/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp
index 08cac102f..5e18dad56 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qscriptengine.cpp
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 #include "ntqrect.h"
 #include "ntqfont.h"
 #include 
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 #include "qfontengine_p.h"
 #include 
 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h
index 1c5d55370..77dd87b96 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h
+++ b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_p.h
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 // We mean it.
 //
 
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
 
 class TQString;
 struct TQCharAttributes;
diff --git a/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp
index 97ae6828b..6c1190fb3 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/qscriptengine_x11.cpp
@@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ static void indic_attributes(int script, const TQString &text, int from, int len
 //
 // --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#include 
+#include 
 #include 
 
 
diff --git a/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri b/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri
index cf370058b..5f20c7111 100644
--- a/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri
+++ b/src/kernel/qt_kernel.pri
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ kernel {
 		  $$KERNEL_H/ntqgplugin.h \
 		  $$KERNEL_H/ntqsimplerichtext.h \
 		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qscriptengine_p.h \
-		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextengine_p.h \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/tqtextengine_p.h \
 		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qfontengine_p.h \
-		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextlayout_p.h
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/tqtextlayout_p.h
 
 	inputmethod {
 		unix:x11 {
@@ -264,8 +264,8 @@ kernel {
 		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qgplugin.cpp \
 		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qsimplerichtext.cpp \
 		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qscriptengine.cpp \
-		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextlayout.cpp \
-		  $$KERNEL_CPP/qtextengine.cpp
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/tqtextlayout.cpp \
+		  $$KERNEL_CPP/tqtextengine.cpp
 
 	unix:HEADERS   += $$KERNEL_P/qpsprinter_p.h \
 			  $$KERNEL_H/ntqfontdatabase.h
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp b/src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index e1a806f52..000000000
--- a/src/kernel/qtextengine.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1180 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Text engine classes
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
-
-#include "qscriptengine_p.h"
-#include 
-#include "qfontdata_p.h"
-#include "qfontengine_p.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// The BiDi algorithm
-//
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-#define BIDI_DEBUG 0//2
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
-#include 
-using namespace std;
-
-static const char *directions[] = {
-    "DirL", "DirR", "DirEN", "DirES", "DirET", "DirAN", "DirCS", "DirB", "DirS", "DirWS", "DirON",
-    "DirLRE", "DirLRO", "DirAL", "DirRLE", "DirRLO", "DirPDF", "DirNSM", "DirBN"
-};
-
-#endif
-
-struct BidiStatus {
-    BidiStatus() {
-	eor = TQChar::DirON;
-	lastStrong = TQChar::DirON;
-	last = TQChar:: DirON;
-	dir = TQChar::DirON;
-    }
-    TQChar::Direction eor;
-    TQChar::Direction lastStrong;
-    TQChar::Direction last;
-    TQChar::Direction dir;
-};
-
-struct BidiControl {
-    struct Context {
-	unsigned char level : 6;
-	unsigned char override : 1;
-	unsigned char unused : 1;
-    };
-
-    inline BidiControl( bool rtl )
-	: cCtx( 0 ), singleLine( FALSE ) {
-	ctx[0].level = (rtl ? 1 : 0);
-	ctx[0].override = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    inline void embed( int level, bool override = FALSE ) {
-	if ( ctx[cCtx].level < 61 && cCtx < 61 ) {
-	    (void) ++cCtx;
-	    ctx[cCtx].level = level;
-	    ctx[cCtx].override = override;
-	}
-    }
-    inline void pdf() {
-	if ( cCtx ) (void) --cCtx;
-    }
-
-    inline uchar level() const {
-	return ctx[cCtx].level;
-    }
-    inline bool override() const {
-	return ctx[cCtx].override;
-    }
-    inline TQChar::Direction basicDirection() {
-	return (ctx[0].level ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar:: DirL );
-    }
-    inline uchar baseLevel() {
-	return ctx[0].level;
-    }
-    inline TQChar::Direction direction() {
-	return ((ctx[cCtx].level%2) ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar:: DirL );
-    }
-
-    Context ctx[63];
-    unsigned int cCtx : 8;
-    bool singleLine : 8;
-};
-
-static TQChar::Direction basicDirection( const TQString &str )
-{
-    int len = str.length();
-    int pos = 0;
-    const TQChar *uc = str.unicode() + pos;
-    while( pos < len ) {
-	switch( direction( *uc ) )
-	{
-	case TQChar::DirL:
-	case TQChar::DirLRO:
-	case TQChar::DirLRE:
-	    return TQChar::DirL;
-	case TQChar::DirR:
-	case TQChar::DirAL:
-	case TQChar::DirRLO:
-	case TQChar::DirRLE:
-	    return TQChar::DirR;
-	default:
-	    break;
-	}
-	++pos;
-	++uc;
-    }
-    return TQChar::DirL;
-}
-
-
-static void tqAppendItems(TQTextEngine *engine, int &start, int &stop, BidiControl &control, TQChar::Direction dir )
-{
-    TQScriptItemArray &items = engine->items;
-    const TQChar *text = engine->string.unicode();
-
-    if ( start > stop ) {
-	// #### the algorithm is currently not really safe against this. Still needs fixing.
-// 	tqWarning( "Bidi: appendItems() internal error" );
-	return;
-    }
-
-    int level = control.level();
-
-    if(dir != TQChar::DirON && !control.override()) {
-	// add level of run (cases I1 & I2)
-	if( level % 2 ) {
-	    if(dir == TQChar::DirL || dir == TQChar::DirAN || dir == TQChar::DirEN )
-		level++;
-	} else {
-	    if( dir == TQChar::DirR )
-		level++;
-	    else if( dir == TQChar::DirAN || dir == TQChar::DirEN )
-		level += 2;
-	}
-    }
-
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
-    tqDebug("new run: dir=%s from %d, to %d level = %d\n", directions[dir], start, stop, level);
-#endif
-    TQFont::Script script = TQFont::NoScript;
-    TQScriptItem item;
-    item.position = start;
-    item.analysis.script = script;
-    item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
-    item.analysis.override = control.override();
-    item.analysis.reserved = 0;
-
-    if ( control.singleLine ) {
-	for ( int i = start; i <= stop; i++ ) {
-
-	    unsigned short uc = text[i].unicode();
-	    TQFont::Script s = (TQFont::Script)scriptForChar( uc );
-	    if (s == TQFont::UnknownScript || s == TQFont::CombiningMarks)
-		s = script;
-
-	    if (s != script) {
-		item.analysis.script = s;
-		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
-		item.position = i;
-		items.append( item );
-		script = s;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	for ( int i = start; i <= stop; i++ ) {
-
-	    unsigned short uc = text[i].unicode();
-	    TQFont::Script s = (TQFont::Script)scriptForChar( uc );
-	    if (s == TQFont::UnknownScript || s == TQFont::CombiningMarks)
-		s = script;
-
-	    TQChar::Category category = ::category( uc );
-	    if ( uc == 0xfffcU || uc == 0x2028U ) {
-		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level % 2 ? level-1 : level;
-		item.analysis.script = TQFont::Latin;
-		item.isObject = TRUE;
-		s = TQFont::NoScript;
-	    } else if ((uc >= 9 && uc <=13) ||
-		       (category >= TQChar::Separator_Space && category <= TQChar::Separator_Paragraph)) {
-		item.analysis.script = TQFont::Latin;
-		item.isSpace = TRUE;
-		item.isTab = ( uc == '\t' );
-		item.analysis.bidiLevel = item.isTab ? control.baseLevel() : level;
-		s = TQFont::NoScript;
-	    } else if ( s != script && (category != TQChar::Mark_NonSpacing || script == TQFont::NoScript)) {
-		item.analysis.script = s;
-		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
-	    } else {
-                if (i - start < 32000)
-                    continue;
-                start = i;
-	    }
-
-	    item.position = i;
-	    items.append( item );
-	    script = s;
-	    item.isSpace = item.isTab = item.isObject = FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-    ++stop;
-    start = stop;
-}
-
-typedef void (* fAppendItems)(TQTextEngine *, int &start, int &stop, BidiControl &control, TQChar::Direction dir);
-static fAppendItems appendItems = tqAppendItems;
-
-// creates the next TQScript items.
-static void bidiItemize( TQTextEngine *engine, bool rightToLeft, int mode )
-{
-    BidiControl control( rightToLeft );
-    if ( mode & TQTextEngine::SingleLine )
-	control.singleLine = TRUE;
-
-    int sor = 0;
-    int eor = -1;
-
-    // ### should get rid of this!
-    bool first = TRUE;
-
-    int length = engine->string.length();
-
-    if ( !length )
-	return;
-
-    const TQChar *unicode = engine->string.unicode();
-    int current = 0;
-
-    TQChar::Direction dir = rightToLeft ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar::DirL;
-    BidiStatus status;
-    TQChar::Direction sdir = direction( *unicode );
-    if ( sdir != TQChar::DirL && sdir != TQChar::DirR && sdir != TQChar::DirAL && sdir != TQChar::DirEN && sdir != TQChar::DirAN )
-	sdir = TQChar::DirON;
-    else
-        dir = TQChar::DirON;
-    status.eor = sdir;
-    status.lastStrong = rightToLeft ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar::DirL;
-    status.last = status.lastStrong;
-    status.dir = sdir;
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 2)
-    tqDebug("---- bidiReorder --- '%s'", engine->string.utf8().data());
-    tqDebug("rightToLeft = %d", rightToLeft);
-#endif
-
-
-    while ( current <= length ) {
-
-	TQChar::Direction dirCurrent;
-	if ( current == (int)length )
-	    dirCurrent = control.basicDirection();
-	else
-	    dirCurrent = direction( unicode[current] );
-
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 2)
-	cout << "pos=" << current << " dir=" << directions[dir]
-	     << " current=" << directions[dirCurrent] << " last=" << directions[status.last]
-	     << " eor=" << eor << "/" << directions[status.eor]
-	     << " sor=" << sor << " lastStrong="
-	     << directions[status.lastStrong]
-	     << " level=" << (int)control.level() << endl;
-#endif
-
-	switch(dirCurrent) {
-
-	    // embedding and overrides (X1-X9 in the BiDi specs)
-	case TQChar::DirRLE:
-	case TQChar::DirRLO:
-	case TQChar::DirLRE:
-	case TQChar::DirLRO:
-	    {
-		bool rtl = (dirCurrent == TQChar::DirRLE || dirCurrent == TQChar::DirRLO );
-		bool override = (dirCurrent == TQChar::DirLRO || dirCurrent == TQChar::DirRLO );
-
-		uchar level = control.level();
-		if( (level%2 != 0) == rtl  )
-		    level += 2;
-		else
-		    level++;
-		if(level < 61) {
-		    eor = current-1;
-		    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-		    eor = current;
-		    control.embed( level, override );
-		    TQChar::Direction edir = (rtl ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar::DirL );
-		    dir = status.eor = edir;
-		    status.lastStrong = edir;
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-	case TQChar::DirPDF:
-	    {
-		if (dir != control.direction()) {
-		    eor = current-1;
-		    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-		    dir = control.direction();
-		}
-		eor = current;
-		appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-		dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-		status.last = control.direction();
-		control.pdf();
-		if ( control.override() )
-		    dir = control.direction();
-		else
-		    dir = TQChar::DirON;
-		status.lastStrong = control.direction();
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    // strong types
-	case TQChar::DirL:
-	    if(dir == TQChar::DirON)
-		dir = TQChar::DirL;
-	    switch(status.last)
-		{
-		case TQChar::DirL:
-		    eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirL; break;
-		case TQChar::DirR:
-		case TQChar::DirAL:
-		case TQChar::DirEN:
-		case TQChar::DirAN:
-		    if ( !first ) {
-			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			dir = eor < length ? direction( unicode[eor] ) : control.basicDirection();
-			status.eor = dir;
-		    } else {
-                        eor = current; status.eor = dir;
-                    }
-		    break;
-		case TQChar::DirES:
-		case TQChar::DirET:
-		case TQChar::DirCS:
-		case TQChar::DirBN:
-		case TQChar::DirB:
-		case TQChar::DirS:
-		case TQChar::DirWS:
-		case TQChar::DirON:
-		    if(dir != TQChar::DirL) {
-			//last stuff takes embedding dir
-			if( control.direction() == TQChar::DirR ) {
-			    if(status.eor != TQChar::DirR) {
-				// AN or EN
-				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-				status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-				dir = TQChar::DirR;
-			    }
-			    eor = current - 1;
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    dir = eor < length ? direction( unicode[eor] ) : control.basicDirection();
-			    status.eor = dir;
-			} else {
-			    if(status.eor != TQChar::DirL) {
-				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-				status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-				dir = TQChar::DirL;
-			    } else {
-				eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirL; break;
-			    }
-			}
-		    } else {
-			eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirL;
-		    }
-		default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	    status.lastStrong = TQChar::DirL;
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirAL:
-	case TQChar::DirR:
-	    if(dir == TQChar::DirON) dir = TQChar::DirR;
-	    switch(status.last)
-		{
-		case TQChar::DirL:
-		case TQChar::DirEN:
-		case TQChar::DirAN:
-		    if ( !first ) {
-			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-			break;
-		    }
-		case TQChar::DirR:
-		case TQChar::DirAL:
-		    eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirR; break;
-		case TQChar::DirES:
-		case TQChar::DirET:
-		case TQChar::DirCS:
-		case TQChar::DirBN:
-		case TQChar::DirB:
-		case TQChar::DirS:
-		case TQChar::DirWS:
-		case TQChar::DirON:
-		    if( status.eor != TQChar::DirR && status.eor != TQChar::DirAL ) {
-			//last stuff takes embedding dir
-			if(control.direction() == TQChar::DirR
-                           || status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirR || status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirAL) {
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-			    dir = TQChar::DirR;
-			    eor = current;
-			} else {
-			    eor = current - 1;
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-			    dir = TQChar::DirR;
-			}
-		    } else {
-			eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirR;
-		    }
-		default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	    status.lastStrong = dirCurrent;
-	    break;
-
-	    // weak types:
-
-	case TQChar::DirNSM:
-	    if (eor == current-1)
-		eor = current;
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirEN:
-	    // if last strong was AL change EN to AN
-	    if(status.lastStrong != TQChar::DirAL) {
-		if(dir == TQChar::DirON) {
-		    if(status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirL)
-			dir = TQChar::DirL;
-		    else
-			dir = TQChar::DirEN;
-		}
-		switch(status.last)
-		    {
-		    case TQChar::DirET:
-			if ( status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirR || status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirAL ) {
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-			    dir = TQChar::DirAN;
-			}
-			// fall through
-		    case TQChar::DirEN:
-		    case TQChar::DirL:
-			eor = current;
-			status.eor = dirCurrent;
-			break;
-		    case TQChar::DirR:
-		    case TQChar::DirAL:
-		    case TQChar::DirAN:
-			if ( !first )
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			status.eor = TQChar::DirEN;
-			dir = TQChar::DirAN; break;
-		    case TQChar::DirES:
-		    case TQChar::DirCS:
-			if(status.eor == TQChar::DirEN || dir == TQChar::DirAN) {
-			    eor = current; break;
-			}
-		    case TQChar::DirBN:
-		    case TQChar::DirB:
-		    case TQChar::DirS:
-		    case TQChar::DirWS:
-		    case TQChar::DirON:
-			if(status.eor == TQChar::DirR) {
-			    // neutrals go to R
-			    eor = current - 1;
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirEN;
-			    dir = TQChar::DirAN;
-			}
-			else if( status.eor == TQChar::DirL ||
-				 (status.eor == TQChar::DirEN && status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirL)) {
-			    eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
-			} else {
-			    // numbers on both sides, neutrals get right to left direction
-			    if(dir != TQChar::DirL) {
-				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-				dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-				eor = current - 1;
-				dir = TQChar::DirR;
-				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-				dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-				dir = TQChar::DirAN;
-			    } else {
-				eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
-			    }
-			}
-		    default:
-			break;
-		    }
-		break;
-	    }
-	case TQChar::DirAN:
-	    dirCurrent = TQChar::DirAN;
-	    if(dir == TQChar::DirON) dir = TQChar::DirAN;
-	    switch(status.last)
-		{
-		case TQChar::DirL:
-		case TQChar::DirAN:
-		    eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirAN; break;
-		case TQChar::DirR:
-		case TQChar::DirAL:
-		case TQChar::DirEN:
-		    if ( !first )
-			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-		    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirAN;
-		    break;
-		case TQChar::DirCS:
-		    if(status.eor == TQChar::DirAN) {
-			eor = current; break;
-		    }
-		case TQChar::DirES:
-		case TQChar::DirET:
-		case TQChar::DirBN:
-		case TQChar::DirB:
-		case TQChar::DirS:
-		case TQChar::DirWS:
-		case TQChar::DirON:
-		    if(status.eor == TQChar::DirR) {
-			// neutrals go to R
-			eor = current - 1;
-			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			status.eor = TQChar::DirAN;
-			dir = TQChar::DirAN;
-		    } else if( status.eor == TQChar::DirL ||
-			       (status.eor == TQChar::DirEN && status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirL)) {
-			eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
-		    } else {
-			// numbers on both sides, neutrals get right to left direction
-			if(dir != TQChar::DirL) {
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
-			    eor = current - 1;
-			    dir = TQChar::DirR;
-			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-			    status.eor = TQChar::DirAN;
-			    dir = TQChar::DirAN;
-			} else {
-			    eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
-			}
-		    }
-		default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirES:
-	case TQChar::DirCS:
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirET:
-	    if(status.last == TQChar::DirEN) {
-		dirCurrent = TQChar::DirEN;
-		eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	    // boundary neutrals should be ignored
-	case TQChar::DirBN:
-	    break;
-	    // neutrals
-	case TQChar::DirB:
-	    // ### what do we do with newline and paragraph separators that come to here?
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirS:
-	    // ### implement rule L1
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirWS:
-	case TQChar::DirON:
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	//cout << "     after: dir=" << //        dir << " current=" << dirCurrent << " last=" << status.last << " eor=" << status.eor << " lastStrong=" << status.lastStrong << " embedding=" << control.direction() << endl;
-
-	if(current >= (int)length) break;
-
-	// set status.last as needed.
-	switch(dirCurrent) {
-	case TQChar::DirET:
-	case TQChar::DirES:
-	case TQChar::DirCS:
-	case TQChar::DirS:
-	case TQChar::DirWS:
-	case TQChar::DirON:
-	    switch(status.last)
-	    {
-	    case TQChar::DirL:
-	    case TQChar::DirR:
-	    case TQChar::DirAL:
-	    case TQChar::DirEN:
-	    case TQChar::DirAN:
-		status.last = dirCurrent;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		status.last = TQChar::DirON;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirNSM:
-	case TQChar::DirBN:
-	    // ignore these
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirLRO:
-	case TQChar::DirLRE:
-	    status.last = TQChar::DirL;
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirRLO:
-	case TQChar::DirRLE:
-	    status.last = TQChar::DirR;
-	    break;
-	case TQChar::DirEN:
-	    if ( status.last == TQChar::DirL ) {
-		status.last = TQChar::DirL;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    // fall through
-	default:
-	    status.last = dirCurrent;
-	}
-
-	first = FALSE;
-	++current;
-    }
-
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
-    cout << "reached end of line current=" << current << ", eor=" << eor << endl;
-#endif
-    eor = current - 1; // remove dummy char
-
-    if ( sor <= eor )
-	appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
-
-
-}
-
-void TQTextEngine::bidiReorder( int numItems, const TQ_UINT8 *levels, int *visualOrder )
-{
-
-    // first find highest and lowest levels
-    uchar levelLow = 128;
-    uchar levelHigh = 0;
-    int i = 0;
-    while ( i < numItems ) {
-	//printf("level = %d\n", r->level);
-	if ( levels[i] > levelHigh )
-	    levelHigh = levels[i];
-	if ( levels[i] < levelLow )
-	    levelLow = levels[i];
-	i++;
-    }
-
-    // implements reordering of the line (L2 according to BiDi spec):
-    // L2. From the highest level found in the text to the lowest odd level on each line,
-    // reverse any contiguous sequence of characters that are at that level or higher.
-
-    // reversing is only done up to the lowest odd level
-    if(!(levelLow%2)) levelLow++;
-
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
-    cout << "reorderLine: lineLow = " << (uint)levelLow << ", lineHigh = " << (uint)levelHigh << endl;
-#endif
-
-    int count = numItems - 1;
-    for ( i = 0; i < numItems; i++ )
-	visualOrder[i] = i;
-
-    while(levelHigh >= levelLow) {
-	int i = 0;
-	while ( i < count ) {
-	    while(i < count && levels[i] < levelHigh) i++;
-	    int start = i;
-	    while(i <= count && levels[i] >= levelHigh) i++;
-	    int end = i-1;
-
-	    if(start != end) {
-		//cout << "reversing from " << start << " to " << end << endl;
-		for(int j = 0; j < (end-start+1)/2; j++) {
-		    int tmp = visualOrder[start+j];
-		    visualOrder[start+j] = visualOrder[end-j];
-		    visualOrder[end-j] = tmp;
-		}
-	    }
-	    i++;
-	}
-	levelHigh--;
-    }
-
-#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
-    cout << "visual order is:" << endl;
-    for ( i = 0; i < numItems; i++ )
-	cout << visualOrder[i] << endl;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// The line break algorithm. See http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr14/tr14-13.html
-//
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* The Unicode algorithm does in our opinion allow line breaks at some
-   places they shouldn't be allowed. The following changes were thus
-   made in comparison to the Unicode reference:
-
-   CL->AL from Dbk to Ibk
-   CL->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   EX->AL from Dbk to Ibk
-   IS->AL from Dbk to Ibk
-   PO->AL from Dbk to Ibk
-   SY->AL from Dbk to Ibk
-   SY->PO from Dbk to Ibk
-   SY->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   SY->OP from Dbk to Ibk
-   Al->OP from Dbk to Ibk
-   AL->HY from Dbk to Ibk
-   AL->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   AL->PO from Dbk to Ibk
-   PR->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   PO->PO from Dbk to Ibk
-   PR->PO from Dbk to Ibk
-   PO->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   HY->PO from Dbk to Ibk
-   HY->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   HY->OP from Dbk to Ibk
-   PO->OP from Dbk to Ibk
-   NU->EX from Dbk to Ibk
-   NU->PR from Dbk to Ibk
-   PO->NU from Dbk to Ibk
-   EX->PO from Dbk to Ibk
-*/
-
-enum break_action {
-    Dbk, // Direct break
-    Ibk, // Indirect break; only allowed if space between the two chars
-    Pbk // Prohibited break; no break allowed even if space between chars
-};
-
-// The following line break classes are not treated by the table:
-// SA, BK, CR, LF, SG, CB, SP
-static const TQ_UINT8 breakTable[TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM+1][TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM+1] =
-{
-    // OP,  CL,  QU,  GL, NS,  EX,  SY,  IS,  PR,  PO,  NU,  AL,  ID,  IN,  HY,  BA,  BB,  B2,  ZW,  CM
-    { Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // OP
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // CL
-    { Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk }, // QU
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk }, // GL
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // NS
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // EX
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // SY
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // IS
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // PR
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // PO
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // NU
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // AL
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // ID
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // IN
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // HY
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // BA
-    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk }, // BB
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // B2
-    { Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // ZW
-    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }  // CM
-};
-
-// set the soft break flag at every possible line breaking point. This needs correct clustering information.
-static void calcLineBreaks(const TQString &str, TQCharAttributes *charAttributes)
-{
-    int len = str.length();
-    if (!len)
-        return;
-
-    const TQChar *uc = str.unicode();
-    int cls = lineBreakClass(*uc);
-    if (cls >= TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM)
-        cls = TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
-
-    charAttributes[0].softBreak = FALSE;
-    charAttributes[0].whiteSpace = (cls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP);
-    charAttributes[0].charStop = TRUE;
-
-    for (int i = 1; i < len; ++i) {
-        int ncls = ::lineBreakClass(uc[i]);
-        int category = ::category(uc[i]);
-        if (category == TQChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
-            goto nsm;
-        
-        if (category == TQChar::Other_Surrogate) {
-            // char stop only on first pair
-            if (uc[i].unicode() >= 0xd800 && uc[i].unicode() < 0xdc00 && i < len-1
-                && uc[i+1].unicode() >= 0xdc00 && uc[i+1].unicode() < 0xe000)
-                goto nsm;
-            // ### correctly handle second surrogate
-        }
-
-        if (ncls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP) {
-            charAttributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
-            charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = TRUE;
-            charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
-            cls = ncls;
-            continue;
-        }
-
-
-	if (cls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA && ncls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA) {
-            // two complex chars (thai or lao), thai_attributes might override, but here
-            // we do a best guess
-            charAttributes[i].softBreak = TRUE;
-            charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
-            charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
-            cls = ncls;
-            continue;
-        }
-        {
-	    int tcls = ncls;
-	    if (tcls >= TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA)
-		tcls = TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
-	    if (cls >= TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA)
-		cls = TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
-
-	    bool softBreak;
-	    int brk = breakTable[cls][tcls];
-	    if (brk == Ibk)
-		softBreak = (cls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP);
-	    else
-		softBreak = (brk == Dbk);
-//        tqDebug("char = %c %04x, cls=%d, ncls=%d, brk=%d soft=%d", uc[i].cell(), uc[i].unicode(), cls, ncls, brk, charAttributes[i].softBreak);
-	    charAttributes[i].softBreak = softBreak;
-	    charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
-	    charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
-	    cls = ncls;
-	}
-        continue;
-    nsm:
-        charAttributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
-        charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
-        charAttributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-#if defined( TQ_WS_X11 ) || defined ( TQ_WS_QWS )
-# include "qtextengine_unix.cpp"
-#elif defined( TQ_WS_WIN )
-# include "qtextengine_win.cpp"
-#elif defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
-# include "qtextengine_mac.cpp"
-#endif
-
-
-
-TQTextEngine::TQTextEngine( const TQString &str, TQFontPrivate *f )
-    : string( str ), fnt( f ), direction( TQChar::DirON ), haveCharAttributes( FALSE ), widthOnly( FALSE )
-{
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-    if ( !resolvedUsp10 )
-	resolveUsp10();
-#endif
-    if ( fnt ) fnt->ref();
-
-    num_glyphs = TQMAX( 16, str.length()*3/2 );
-    int space_charAttributes = (sizeof(TQCharAttributes)*str.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_logClusters = (sizeof(unsigned short)*str.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_glyphs = (sizeof(glyph_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_advances = (sizeof(advance_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_offsets = (sizeof(qoffset_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_glyphAttributes = (sizeof(GlyphAttributes)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-
-    allocated = space_charAttributes + space_glyphs + space_advances +
-		space_offsets + space_logClusters + space_glyphAttributes;
-    memory = (void **)::malloc( allocated*sizeof( void * ) );
-    memset( memory, 0, allocated*sizeof( void * ) );
-
-    void **m = memory;
-    m += space_charAttributes;
-    logClustersPtr = (unsigned short *) m;
-    m += space_logClusters;
-    glyphPtr = (glyph_t *) m;
-    m += space_glyphs;
-    advancePtr = (advance_t *) m;
-    m += space_advances;
-    offsetsPtr = (qoffset_t *) m;
-    m += space_offsets;
-    glyphAttributesPtr = (GlyphAttributes *) m;
-
-    used = 0;
-}
-
-TQTextEngine::~TQTextEngine()
-{
-    if ( fnt && fnt->deref())
-	delete fnt;
-    free( memory );
-    allocated = 0;
-}
-
-void TQTextEngine::reallocate( int totalGlyphs )
-{
-    int new_num_glyphs = totalGlyphs;
-    int space_charAttributes = (sizeof(TQCharAttributes)*string.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_logClusters = (sizeof(unsigned short)*string.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_glyphs = (sizeof(glyph_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_advances = (sizeof(advance_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_offsets = (sizeof(qoffset_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-    int space_glyphAttributes = (sizeof(GlyphAttributes)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
-
-    int newAllocated = space_charAttributes + space_glyphs + space_advances +
-		space_offsets + space_logClusters + space_glyphAttributes;
-    void ** newMemory = (void **)::malloc( newAllocated*sizeof( void * ) );
-
-    void **nm = newMemory;
-    memcpy( nm, memory, string.length()*sizeof(TQCharAttributes) );
-    nm += space_charAttributes;
-    memcpy( nm, logClustersPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(unsigned short) );
-    logClustersPtr = (unsigned short *) nm;
-    nm += space_logClusters;
-    memcpy( nm, glyphPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(glyph_t) );
-    glyphPtr = (glyph_t *) nm;
-    nm += space_glyphs;
-    memcpy( nm, advancePtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(advance_t) );
-    advancePtr = (advance_t *) nm;
-    nm += space_advances;
-    memcpy( nm, offsetsPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(qoffset_t) );
-    offsetsPtr = (qoffset_t *) nm;
-    nm += space_offsets;
-    memcpy( nm, glyphAttributesPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(GlyphAttributes) );
-    glyphAttributesPtr = (GlyphAttributes *) nm;
-
-    free( memory );
-    memory = newMemory;
-    allocated = newAllocated;
-    num_glyphs = new_num_glyphs;
-}
-
-const TQCharAttributes *TQTextEngine::attributes()
-{
-    TQCharAttributes *charAttributes = (TQCharAttributes *) memory;
-    if ( haveCharAttributes )
-	return charAttributes;
-
-    if ( !items.d )
-	itemize();
-
-    ensureSpace(string.length());
-    charAttributes = (TQCharAttributes *) memory;
-    calcLineBreaks(string, charAttributes);
-    
-    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
-	TQScriptItem &si = items[i];
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-        int script = uspScriptForItem(this, i);
-#else
-        int script = si.analysis.script;
-#endif
-	Q_ASSERT( script < TQFont::NScripts );
-        AttributeFunction attributes = scriptEngines[script].charAttributes;
-        if (!attributes)
-            continue;
-	int from = si.position;
-	int len = length( i );
-	attributes( script, string, from, len, charAttributes );
-    }
-
-    haveCharAttributes = TRUE;
-    return charAttributes;
-}
-
-void TQTextEngine::splitItem( int item, int pos )
-{
-    if ( pos <= 0 )
-	return;
-
-    // we have to ensure we get correct shaping for arabic and other
-    // complex languages so we have to call shape _before_ we split the item.
-    shape(item);
-
-    if ( items.d->size == items.d->alloc )
-	items.resize( items.d->size + 1 );
-
-    int numMove = items.d->size - item-1;
-    if ( numMove > 0 )
-	memmove( items.d->items + item+2, items.d->items +item+1, numMove*sizeof( TQScriptItem ) );
-    items.d->size++;
-    TQScriptItem &newItem = items.d->items[item+1];
-    TQScriptItem &oldItem = items.d->items[item];
-    newItem = oldItem;
-    items.d->items[item+1].position += pos;
-    if ( newItem.fontEngine )
-	newItem.fontEngine->ref();
-
-    if (oldItem.num_glyphs) {
-	// already shaped, break glyphs aswell
-	int breakGlyph = logClusters(&oldItem)[pos];
-
-	newItem.num_glyphs = oldItem.num_glyphs - breakGlyph;
-	oldItem.num_glyphs = breakGlyph;
-	newItem.glyph_data_offset = oldItem.glyph_data_offset + breakGlyph;
-
-	for (int i = 0; i < newItem.num_glyphs; i++)
-	    logClusters(&newItem)[i] -= breakGlyph;
-
-	int w = 0;
-	const advance_t *a = advances(&oldItem);
-	for(int j = 0; j < breakGlyph; ++j)
-	    w += *(a++);
-
-	newItem.width = oldItem.width - w;
-	oldItem.width = w;
-    }
-
-//     tqDebug("split at position %d itempos=%d", pos, item );
-}
-
-
-int TQTextEngine::width( int from, int len ) const
-{
-    int w = 0;
-
-//     tqDebug("TQTextEngine::width( from = %d, len = %d ), numItems=%d, strleng=%d", from,  len, items.size(), string.length() );
-    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
-	TQScriptItem *si = &items[i];
-	int pos = si->position;
-	int ilen = length( i );
-//  	tqDebug("item %d: from %d len %d", i, pos, ilen );
-	if ( pos >= from + len )
-	    break;
-	if ( pos + ilen > from ) {
-	    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
-		shape( i );
-
-	    advance_t *advances = this->advances( si );
-	    unsigned short *logClusters = this->logClusters( si );
-
-// 	    fprintf( stderr, "  logclusters:" );
-// 	    for ( int k = 0; k < ilen; k++ )
-// 		fprintf( stderr, " %d", logClusters[k] );
-// 	    fprintf( stderr, "\n" );
-	    // do the simple thing for now and give the first glyph in a cluster the full width, all other ones 0.
-	    int charFrom = from - pos;
-	    if ( charFrom < 0 )
-		charFrom = 0;
-	    int glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
-	    if ( charFrom > 0 && logClusters[charFrom-1] == glyphStart )
-		while ( charFrom < ilen && logClusters[charFrom] == glyphStart )
-		    charFrom++;
-	    if ( charFrom < ilen ) {
-		glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
-		int charEnd = from + len - 1 - pos;
-		if ( charEnd >= ilen )
-		    charEnd = ilen-1;
-		int glyphEnd = logClusters[charEnd];
-		while ( charEnd < ilen && logClusters[charEnd] == glyphEnd )
-		    charEnd++;
-		glyphEnd = (charEnd == ilen) ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[charEnd];
-
-// 		tqDebug("char: start=%d end=%d / glyph: start = %d, end = %d", charFrom, charEnd, glyphStart, glyphEnd );
-		for ( int i = glyphStart; i < glyphEnd; i++ )
-		    w += advances[i];
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-//     tqDebug("   --> w= %d ", w );
-    return w;
-}
-
-void TQTextEngine::itemize( int mode )
-{
-    if ( !items.d ) {
-	int size = 8;
-	items.d = (TQScriptItemArrayPrivate *)malloc( sizeof( TQScriptItemArrayPrivate ) +
-						    sizeof( TQScriptItem ) * size );
-	items.d->alloc = size;
-    }
-    items.d->size = 0;
-    if ( string.length() == 0 )
-	return;
-
-    if ( !(mode & NoBidi) ) {
-	if ( direction == TQChar::DirON )
-	    direction = basicDirection( string );
-	bidiItemize( this, direction == TQChar::DirR, mode );
-    } else {
-	BidiControl control( FALSE );
-	if ( mode & TQTextEngine::SingleLine )
-	    control.singleLine = TRUE;
-	int start = 0;
-	int stop = string.length() - 1;
-	appendItems(this, start, stop, control, TQChar::DirL);
-    }
-    if ( (mode & WidthOnly) == WidthOnly )
-	widthOnly = TRUE;
-}
-
-glyph_metrics_t TQTextEngine::boundingBox( int from,  int len ) const
-{
-    glyph_metrics_t gm;
-
-    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
-	TQScriptItem *si = &items[i];
-	int pos = si->position;
-	int ilen = length( i );
-	if ( pos > from + len )
-	    break;
-	if ( pos + len > from ) {
-	    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
-		shape( i );
-	    advance_t *advances = this->advances( si );
-	    unsigned short *logClusters = this->logClusters( si );
-	    glyph_t *glyphs = this->glyphs( si );
-	    qoffset_t *offsets = this->offsets( si );
-
-	    // do the simple thing for now and give the first glyph in a cluster the full width, all other ones 0.
-	    int charFrom = from - pos;
-	    if ( charFrom < 0 )
-		charFrom = 0;
-	    int glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
-	    if ( charFrom > 0 && logClusters[charFrom-1] == glyphStart )
-		while ( charFrom < ilen && logClusters[charFrom] == glyphStart )
-		    charFrom++;
-	    if ( charFrom < ilen ) {
-		glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
-		int charEnd = from + len - 1 - pos;
-		if ( charEnd >= ilen )
-		    charEnd = ilen-1;
-		int glyphEnd = logClusters[charEnd];
-		while ( charEnd < ilen && logClusters[charEnd] == glyphEnd )
-		    charEnd++;
-		glyphEnd = (charEnd == ilen) ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[charEnd];
-		if ( glyphStart <= glyphEnd  ) {
-		    TQFontEngine *fe = si->fontEngine;
-		    glyph_metrics_t m = fe->boundingBox( glyphs+glyphStart, advances+glyphStart,
-						       offsets+glyphStart, glyphEnd-glyphStart );
-		    gm.x = TQMIN( gm.x, m.x + gm.xoff );
-		    gm.y = TQMIN( gm.y, m.y + gm.yoff );
-		    gm.width = TQMAX( gm.width, m.width+gm.xoff );
-		    gm.height = TQMAX( gm.height, m.height+gm.yoff );
-		    gm.xoff += m.xoff;
-		    gm.yoff += m.yoff;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return gm;
-}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h b/src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 774302a07..000000000
--- a/src/kernel/qtextengine_p.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** ???
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** Licensees holding valid TQt Commercial licenses may use this file in
-** accordance with the TQt Commercial License Agreement provided with
-** the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTENGINE_P_H
-#define TQTEXTENGINE_P_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqglobal.h"
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#include "ntqnamespace.h"
-#include 
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#include 
-#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
-#include 
-#endif // Q_OS_TEMP
-
-class TQFontPrivate;
-class TQString;
-
-class TQOpenType;
-class TQPainter;
-
-// this uses the same coordinate system as TQt, but a different one to freetype and Xft.
-// * y is usually negative, and is equal to the ascent.
-// * negative yoff means the following stuff is drawn higher up.
-// the characters bounding rect is given by TQRect( x,y,width,height), it's advance by
-// xoo and yoff
-struct glyph_metrics_t
-{
-    inline glyph_metrics_t() {
-	x = 100000;
-	y = 100000;
-	width = 0;
-	height = 0;
-	xoff = 0;
-	yoff = 0;
-    }
-    inline glyph_metrics_t( int _x, int _y, int _width, int _height, int _xoff, int _yoff ) {
-	x = _x;
-	y = _y;
-	width = _width;
-	height = _height;
-	xoff = _xoff;
-	yoff = _yoff;
-    }
-    int x;
-    int y;
-    int width;
-    int height;
-    int xoff;
-    int yoff;
-};
-
-#if defined( TQ_WS_X11 ) || defined ( TQ_WS_QWS )
-typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
-
-struct qoffset_t {
-    short x;
-    short y;
-};
-
-typedef int advance_t;
-
-struct TQScriptAnalysis
-{
-    unsigned short script    : 7;
-    unsigned short bidiLevel : 6;  // Unicode Bidi algorithm embedding level (0-61)
-    unsigned short override  : 1;  // Set when in LRO/RLO embedding
-    unsigned short reserved  : 2;
-    bool operator == ( const TQScriptAnalysis &other ) {
-	return
-	    script == other.script &&
-	    bidiLevel == other.bidiLevel;
-	// ###
-// 	    && override == other.override;
-    }
-
-};
-
-#elif defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
-
-typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
-
-struct qoffset_t {
-    short x;
-    short y;
-};
-
-typedef int advance_t;
-
-struct TQScriptAnalysis
-{
-    unsigned short script    : 7;
-    unsigned short bidiLevel : 6;  // Unicode Bidi algorithm embedding level (0-61)
-    unsigned short override  : 1;  // Set when in LRO/RLO embedding
-    unsigned short reserved  : 2;
-    bool operator == ( const TQScriptAnalysis &other ) {
-	return
-	    script == other.script &&
-	    bidiLevel == other.bidiLevel;
-	// ###
-// 	    && override == other.override;
-    }
-
-};
-
-#elif defined( TQ_WS_WIN )
-
-// do not change the definitions below unless you know what you are doing!
-// it is designed to be compatible with the types found in uniscribe.
-
-typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
-
-struct qoffset_t {
-    int x;
-    int y;
-};
-
-typedef int advance_t;
-
-struct TQScriptAnalysis {
-    unsigned short script         :10;
-    unsigned short rtl            :1;
-    unsigned short layoutRTL      :1;
-    unsigned short linkBefore     :1;
-    unsigned short linkAfter      :1;
-    unsigned short logicalOrder   :1;
-    unsigned short noGlyphIndex   :1;
-    unsigned short bidiLevel         :5;
-    unsigned short override          :1;
-    unsigned short inhibitSymSwap    :1;
-    unsigned short charShape         :1;
-    unsigned short digitSubstitute   :1;
-    unsigned short inhibitLigate     :1;
-    unsigned short fDisplayZWG        :1;
-    unsigned short arabicNumContext  :1;
-    unsigned short gcpClusters       :1;
-    unsigned short reserved          :1;
-    unsigned short engineReserved    :2;
-};
-
-inline bool operator == ( const TQScriptAnalysis &sa1, const TQScriptAnalysis &sa2 )
-{
-    return
-	sa1.script == sa2.script &&
-	sa1.bidiLevel == sa2.bidiLevel;
-	// ###
-// 	    && override == other.override;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-// enum and struct are  made to be compatible with Uniscribe, dont change unless you know what you're doing.
-struct GlyphAttributes {
-    // highest value means highest priority for justification. Justification is done by first inserting kashidas
-    // starting with the highest priority positions, then stretching spaces, afterwards extending inter char
-    // spacing, and last spacing between arabic words.
-    // NoJustification is for example set for arabic where no Kashida can be inserted or for diacritics.
-    enum Justification {
-        NoJustification= 0,   // Justification can't be applied after this glyph
-        Arabic_Space   = 1,   // This glyph represents a space inside arabic text
-        Character      = 2,   // Inter-character justification point follows this glyph
-        Space          = 4,   // This glyph represents a blank outside an Arabic run
-        Arabic_Normal  = 7,   // Normal Middle-Of-Word glyph that connects to the right (begin)
-        Arabic_Waw     = 8,    // Next character is final form of Waw/Ain/Qaf/Fa
-        Arabic_BaRa    = 9,   // Next two chars are Ba + Ra/Ya/AlefMaksura
-        Arabic_Alef    = 10,  // Next character is final form of Alef/Tah/Lam/Kaf/Gaf
-        Arabic_HaaDal  = 11,  // Next character is final form of Haa/Dal/Taa Marbutah
-        Arabic_Seen    = 12,  // Initial or Medial form Of Seen/Sad
-        Arabic_Kashida = 13   // Kashida(U+640) in middle of word
-    };
-    unsigned short justification   :4;  // Justification class
-    unsigned short clusterStart    :1;  // First glyph of representation of cluster
-    unsigned short mark            :1;  // needs to be positioned around base char
-    unsigned short zeroWidth       :1;  // ZWJ, ZWNJ etc, with no width, currently used as "Don't print" for ZWSP
-    unsigned short reserved        :1;
-    unsigned short combiningClass  :8;
-};
-
-// also this is compatible to uniscribe. Do not change.
-struct TQCharAttributes {
-    uchar softBreak      :1;     // Potential linebreak point _before_ this character
-    uchar whiteSpace     :1;     // A unicode whitespace character, except NBSP, ZWNBSP
-    uchar charStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for left/right arrow)
-    uchar wordStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for ctrl + left/right arrow)
-    uchar invalid        :1;
-    uchar reserved       :3;
-};
-
-inline bool qIsZeroWidthChar(ushort uc)
-{
-    return (uc >= 0x200b && uc <= 0x200f /* ZW Space, ZWNJ, ZWJ, LRM and RLM */)
-            || (uc >= 0x2028 && uc <= 0x202f /* LS, PS, LRE, RLE, PDF, LRO, RLO, NNBSP */)
-            || (uc >= 0x206a && uc <= 0x206f /* ISS, ASS, IAFS, AFS, NADS, NODS */);
-}
-
-class TQFontEngine;
-
-struct TQScriptItem
-{
-    inline TQScriptItem() : position( 0 ), isSpace( FALSE ), isTab( FALSE ),
-			   isObject( FALSE ), hasPositioning( FALSE ),
-			   descent( -1 ), ascent( -1 ), width( -1 ),
-			   x( 0 ), y( 0 ), num_glyphs( 0 ), glyph_data_offset( 0 ),
-			   fontEngine( 0 ) { }
-    int position;
-    TQScriptAnalysis analysis;
-    unsigned short isSpace  : 1;
-    unsigned short isTab    : 1;
-    unsigned short isObject : 1;
-    unsigned short hasPositioning : 1;
-    unsigned short complex : 1; // Windows only
-    unsigned short private_use : 1; // Windows only
-    unsigned short reserved : 10;
-    short descent;
-    int ascent;
-    int width;
-    int x;
-    int y;
-    int num_glyphs;
-    int glyph_data_offset;
-    TQFontEngine *fontEngine;
-};
-
-struct TQScriptItemArrayPrivate
-{
-    unsigned int alloc;
-    unsigned int size;
-    TQScriptItem items[1];
-};
-
-class TQScriptItemArray
-{
-public:
-    TQScriptItemArray() : d( 0 ) {}
-    ~TQScriptItemArray();
-
-    inline TQScriptItem &operator[] (int i) const {return d->items[i];   }
-    inline void append( const TQScriptItem &item ) {
-	if ( d->size == d->alloc )
-	    resize( d->size + 1 );
-	d->items[d->size] = item;
-	d->size++;
-    }
-    inline int size() const { return d ? d->size : 0; }
-
-    void resize( int s );
-    void clear();
-
-    TQScriptItemArrayPrivate *d;
-private:
-#ifdef TQ_DISABLE_COPY
-    TQScriptItemArray( const TQScriptItemArray & );
-    TQScriptItemArray &operator = ( const TQScriptItemArray & );
-#endif
-};
-
-class TQFontPrivate;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextEngine {
-public:
-    TQTextEngine( const TQString &str, TQFontPrivate *f );
-    ~TQTextEngine();
-
-    enum Mode {
-	Full = 0x00,
-	NoBidi = 0x01,
-	SingleLine = 0x02,
-	WidthOnly = 0x07
-    };
-
-    void itemize( int mode = Full );
-
-    static void bidiReorder( int numRuns, const TQ_UINT8 *levels, int *visualOrder );
-
-    const TQCharAttributes *attributes();
-    void shape( int item ) const;
-
-    // ### we need something for justification
-
-    enum Edge {
-	Leading,
-	Trailing
-    };
-    enum ShaperFlag {
-        RightToLeft = 0x0001,
-        Mirrored = 0x0001
-    };
-
-    int width( int charFrom, int numChars ) const;
-    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( int from,  int len ) const;
-
-    TQScriptItemArray items;
-    TQString string;
-    TQFontPrivate *fnt;
-    int lineWidth;
-    int widthUsed;
-    int firstItemInLine;
-    int currentItem;
-    TQChar::Direction direction : 5;
-    unsigned int haveCharAttributes : 1;
-    unsigned int widthOnly : 1;
-    unsigned int reserved : 25;
-
-    int length( int item ) const {
-	const TQScriptItem &si = items[item];
-	int from = si.position;
-	item++;
-	return ( item < items.size() ? items[item].position : string.length() ) - from;
-    }
-    void splitItem( int item, int pos );
-
-    unsigned short *logClustersPtr;
-    glyph_t *glyphPtr;
-    advance_t *advancePtr;
-    qoffset_t *offsetsPtr;
-    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributesPtr;
-
-    inline unsigned short *logClusters( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
-	{ return logClustersPtr+si->position; }
-    inline glyph_t *glyphs( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
-	{ return glyphPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
-    inline advance_t *advances( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
-	{ return advancePtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
-    inline qoffset_t *offsets( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
-	{ return offsetsPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
-    inline GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
-	{ return glyphAttributesPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
-
-    void reallocate( int totalGlyphs );
-    inline void ensureSpace( int nGlyphs ) const {
-	if ( num_glyphs - used < nGlyphs )
-	    ((TQTextEngine *)this)->reallocate( ( (used + nGlyphs + 16) >> 4 ) << 4 );
-    }
-
-    int allocated;
-    void **memory;
-    int num_glyphs;
-    int used;
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d5e3b920..000000000
--- a/src/kernel/qtextengine_unix.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Text engine classes
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include 
-
-
-TQScriptItemArray::~TQScriptItemArray()
-{
-    clear();
-    free( d );
-}
-
-void TQScriptItemArray::clear()
-{
-    if ( d ) {
-	for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < d->size; i++ ) {
-	    TQScriptItem &si = d->items[i];
-	    if ( si.fontEngine )
-		si.fontEngine->deref();
-	}
-	d->size = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-void TQScriptItemArray::resize( int s )
-{
-    int alloc = (s + 8) >> 3 << 3;
-    d = (TQScriptItemArrayPrivate *)realloc( d, sizeof( TQScriptItemArrayPrivate ) +
-		 sizeof( TQScriptItem ) * alloc );
-    d->alloc = alloc;
-}
-
-void TQTextEngine::shape( int item ) const
-{
-    assert( item < items.size() );
-    TQScriptItem &si = items[item];
-
-    if ( si.num_glyphs )
-	return;
-
-    TQFont::Script script = (TQFont::Script)si.analysis.script;
-    si.glyph_data_offset = used;
-
-    if ( !si.fontEngine )
-	si.fontEngine = fnt->engineForScript( script );
-    si.fontEngine->ref();
-
-	si.ascent = si.fontEngine->ascent();
-	si.descent = si.fontEngine->descent();
-    si.num_glyphs = 0;
-
-    if ( si.fontEngine && si.fontEngine != (TQFontEngine*)-1 ) {
-        TQShaperItem shaper_item;
-        shaper_item.script = si.analysis.script;
-        shaper_item.string = &string;
-        shaper_item.from = si.position;
-        shaper_item.length = length(item);
-        shaper_item.font = si.fontEngine;
-        shaper_item.num_glyphs = TQMAX(int(num_glyphs - used), shaper_item.length);
-        shaper_item.flags = si.analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ? RightToLeft : 0;
-        shaper_item.has_positioning = FALSE;
-
-        while (1) {
-//         tqDebug("    . num_glyphs=%d, used=%d, item.num_glyphs=%d", num_glyphs, used, shaper_item.num_glyphs);
-            ensureSpace(shaper_item.num_glyphs);
-            shaper_item.num_glyphs = num_glyphs - used;
-//          tqDebug("    .. num_glyphs=%d, used=%d, item.num_glyphs=%d", num_glyphs, used, shaper_item.num_glyphs);
-            shaper_item.glyphs = glyphs(&si);
-            shaper_item.advances = advances(&si);
-            shaper_item.offsets = offsets(&si);
-            shaper_item.attributes = glyphAttributes(&si);
-            shaper_item.log_clusters = logClusters(&si);
-            if (scriptEngines[shaper_item.script].shape(&shaper_item))
-                break;
-        }
-
-        si.num_glyphs = shaper_item.num_glyphs;
-        si.hasPositioning = shaper_item.has_positioning;
-    }
-    ((TQTextEngine *)this)->used += si.num_glyphs;
-
-    si.width = 0;
-    advance_t *advances = this->advances( &si );
-    advance_t *end = advances + si.num_glyphs;
-    while ( advances < end ) {
-//         tqDebug("advances[%d] = %d", advances - this->advances(&si), *advances);
-	si.width += *(advances++);
-    }
-
-    return;
-}
-
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp b/src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 777e61ad7..000000000
--- a/src/kernel/qtextlayout.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,643 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** ???
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "qtextlayout_p.h"
-#include "qtextengine_p.h"
-
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-
-
-TQRect TQTextItem::rect() const
-{
-    TQScriptItem& si = engine->items[item];
-    return TQRect( si.x, si.y, si.width, si.ascent+si.descent );
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::x() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].x;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::y() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].y;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::width() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].width;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::ascent() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].ascent;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::descent() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].descent;
-}
-
-void TQTextItem::setWidth( int w )
-{
-    engine->items[item].width = w;
-}
-
-void TQTextItem::setAscent( int a )
-{
-    engine->items[item].ascent = a;
-}
-
-void TQTextItem::setDescent( int d )
-{
-    engine->items[item].descent = d;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::from() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].position;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::length() const
-{
-    return engine->length(item);
-}
-
-
-int TQTextItem::cursorToX( int *cPos, Edge edge ) const
-{
-    int pos = *cPos;
-    TQScriptItem *si = &engine->items[item];
-
-    engine->shape( item );
-    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
-    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes = engine->glyphAttributes( si );
-    unsigned short *logClusters = engine->logClusters( si );
-
-    int l = engine->length( item );
-    if ( pos > l )
-	pos = l;
-    if ( pos < 0 )
-	pos = 0;
-
-    int glyph_pos = pos == l ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[pos];
-    if ( edge == Trailing ) {
-	// trailing edge is leading edge of next cluster
-	while ( glyph_pos < si->num_glyphs && !glyphAttributes[glyph_pos].clusterStart )
-	    glyph_pos++;
-    }
-
-    int x = 0;
-    bool reverse = engine->items[item].analysis.bidiLevel % 2;
-
-    if ( reverse ) {
-	for ( int i = si->num_glyphs-1; i >= glyph_pos; i-- )
-	    x += advances[i];
-    } else {
-	for ( int i = 0; i < glyph_pos; i++ )
-	    x += advances[i];
-    }
-//     tqDebug("cursorToX: pos=%d, gpos=%d x=%d", pos, glyph_pos, x );
-    *cPos = pos;
-    return x;
-}
-
-int TQTextItem::xToCursor( int x, CursorPosition cpos ) const
-{
-    TQScriptItem *si = &engine->items[item];
-    engine->shape( item );
-    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
-    unsigned short *logClusters = engine->logClusters( si );
-
-    int l = engine->length( item );
-    bool reverse = si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2;
-    if ( x < 0 )
-	return reverse ? l : 0;
-
-
-    if ( reverse ) {
-	int width = 0;
-	for ( int i = 0; i < si->num_glyphs; i++ ) {
-	    width += advances[i];
-	}
-	x = -x + width;
-    }
-    int cp_before = 0;
-    int cp_after = 0;
-    int x_before = 0;
-    int x_after = 0;
-
-    int lastCluster = 0;
-    for ( int i = 1; i <= l; i++ ) {
-	int newCluster = i < l ? logClusters[i] : si->num_glyphs;
-	if ( newCluster != lastCluster ) {
-	    // calculate cluster width
-	    cp_before = cp_after;
-	    x_before = x_after;
-	    cp_after = i;
-	    for ( int j = lastCluster; j < newCluster; j++ )
-		x_after += advances[j];
-	    // 		tqDebug("cluster boundary: lastCluster=%d, newCluster=%d, x_before=%d, x_after=%d",
-	    // 		       lastCluster, newCluster, x_before, x_after );
-	    if ( x_after > x )
-		break;
-	    lastCluster = newCluster;
-	}
-    }
-
-    bool before = ( cpos == OnCharacters || (x - x_before) < (x_after - x) );
-
-//     tqDebug("got cursor position for %d: %d/%d, x_ba=%d/%d using %d",
-// 	   x, cp_before,cp_after,  x_before, x_after,  before ? cp_before : cp_after );
-
-    return before ? cp_before : cp_after;
-
-}
-
-
-bool TQTextItem::isRightToLeft() const
-{
-    return (engine->items[item].analysis.bidiLevel % 2);
-}
-
-bool TQTextItem::isObject() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].isObject;
-}
-
-bool TQTextItem::isSpace() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].isSpace;
-}
-
-bool TQTextItem::isTab() const
-{
-    return engine->items[item].isTab;
-}
-
-
-TQTextLayout::TQTextLayout()
-    :d(0) {}
-
-TQTextLayout::TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, TQPainter *p )
-{
-    TQFontPrivate *f = p ? ( p->pfont ? p->pfont->d : p->cfont.d ) : TQApplication::font().d;
-    d = new TQTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const TQString&)TQString::fromLatin1("") : string), f );
-}
-
-TQTextLayout::TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt )
-{
-    d = new TQTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const TQString&)TQString::fromLatin1("") : string), fnt.d );
-}
-
-TQTextLayout::~TQTextLayout()
-{
-    delete d;
-}
-
-void TQTextLayout::setText( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt )
-{
-    delete d;
-    d = new TQTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const TQString&)TQString::fromLatin1("") : string), fnt.d );
-}
-
-/* add an additional item boundary eg. for style change */
-void TQTextLayout::setBoundary( int strPos )
-{
-    if ( strPos <= 0 || strPos >= (int)d->string.length() )
-	return;
-
-    int itemToSplit = 0;
-    while ( itemToSplit < d->items.size() && d->items[itemToSplit].position <= strPos )
-	itemToSplit++;
-    itemToSplit--;
-    if ( d->items[itemToSplit].position == strPos ) {
-	// already a split at the requested position
-	return;
-    }
-    d->splitItem( itemToSplit, strPos - d->items[itemToSplit].position );
-}
-
-
-int TQTextLayout::numItems() const
-{
-    return d->items.size();
-}
-
-TQTextItem TQTextLayout::itemAt( int i ) const
-{
-    return TQTextItem( i, d );
-}
-
-
-TQTextItem TQTextLayout::findItem( int strPos ) const
-{
-    if ( strPos == 0 && d->items.size() )
-	return TQTextItem( 0, d );
-    // ## TODO use bsearch
-    for ( int i = d->items.size()-1; i >= 0; --i ) {
-	if ( d->items[i].position < strPos )
-	    return TQTextItem( i, d );
-    }
-    return TQTextItem();
-}
-
-
-void TQTextLayout::beginLayout( TQTextLayout::LayoutMode m )
-{
-    d->items.clear();
-    TQTextEngine::Mode mode = TQTextEngine::Full;
-    if (m == NoBidi)
-	mode = TQTextEngine::NoBidi;
-    else if (m == SingleLine)
-	mode = TQTextEngine::SingleLine;
-    d->itemize( mode );
-    d->currentItem = 0;
-    d->firstItemInLine = -1;
-}
-
-void TQTextLayout::beginLine( int width )
-{
-    d->lineWidth = width;
-    d->widthUsed = 0;
-    d->firstItemInLine = -1;
-}
-
-bool TQTextLayout::atEnd() const
-{
-    return d->currentItem >= d->items.size();
-}
-
-TQTextItem TQTextLayout::nextItem()
-{
-    d->currentItem++;
-
-    if ( d->currentItem >= d->items.size() )
-	return TQTextItem();
-
-    d->shape( d->currentItem );
-    return TQTextItem( d->currentItem, d );
-}
-
-TQTextItem TQTextLayout::currentItem()
-{
-    if ( d->currentItem >= d->items.size() )
-	return TQTextItem();
-
-    d->shape( d->currentItem );
-    return TQTextItem( d->currentItem, d );
-}
-
-/* ## maybe also currentItem() */
-void TQTextLayout::setLineWidth( int newWidth )
-{
-    d->lineWidth = newWidth;
-}
-
-int TQTextLayout::lineWidth() const
-{
-    return d->lineWidth;
-}
-
-int TQTextLayout::widthUsed() const
-{
-    return d->widthUsed;
-}
-
-int TQTextLayout::availableWidth() const
-{
-    return d->lineWidth - d->widthUsed;
-}
-
-
-/* returns true if completely added */
-TQTextLayout::Result TQTextLayout::addCurrentItem()
-{
-    if ( d->firstItemInLine == -1 )
-	d->firstItemInLine = d->currentItem;
-    TQScriptItem ¤t = d->items[d->currentItem];
-    d->shape( d->currentItem );
-    d->widthUsed += current.width;
-//     tqDebug("trying to add item %d with width %d, remaining %d", d->currentItem, current.width, d->lineWidth-d->widthUsed );
-
-    d->currentItem++;
-
-    return (d->widthUsed <= d->lineWidth
-	    || (d->currentItem < d->items.size() && d->items[d->currentItem].isSpace)) ? Ok : LineFull;
-}
-
-TQTextLayout::Result TQTextLayout::endLine( int x, int y, int alignment,
-					  int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineLeft, int *lineRight )
-{
-    int available = d->lineWidth;
-    int numRuns = 0;
-    int numSpaceItems = 0;
-    TQ_UINT8 _levels[128];
-    int _visual[128];
-    TQ_UINT8 *levels = _levels;
-    int *visual = _visual;
-    int i;
-    TQTextLayout::Result result = LineEmpty;
-
-//    tqDebug("endLine x=%d, y=%d, first=%d, current=%d lw=%d wu=%d", x,  y, d->firstItemInLine, d->currentItem, d->lineWidth, d->widthUsed );
-    int width_nobreak_found = d->widthUsed;
-    if ( d->firstItemInLine == -1 )
-	goto end;
-
-    if ( !(alignment & (TQt::SingleLine|TQt::IncludeTrailingSpaces))
-	&& d->currentItem > d->firstItemInLine && d->items[d->currentItem-1].isSpace ) {
-	int i = d->currentItem-1;
-	while ( i > d->firstItemInLine && d->items[i].isSpace ) {
-	    numSpaceItems++;
-	    d->widthUsed -= d->items[i--].width;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( (alignment & (TQt::WordBreak|TQt::BreakAnywhere)) &&
-	 d->widthUsed > d->lineWidth ) {
-	// find linebreak
-
-	// even though we removed trailing spaces the line was too wide. We'll have to break at an earlier
-	// position. To not confuse the layouting below, reset the number of space items
-	numSpaceItems = 0;
-
-
-	bool breakany = alignment & TQt::BreakAnywhere;
-
-	const TQCharAttributes *attrs = d->attributes();
-	int w = 0;
-	int itemWidth = 0;
-	int breakItem = d->firstItemInLine;
-	int breakPosition = -1;
-#if 0
-	// we iterate backwards or forward depending on what we guess is closer
-	if ( d->widthUsed - d->lineWidth < d->lineWidth ) {
-	    // backwards search should be faster
-
-	} else
-#endif
-	{
-	    int tmpWidth = 0;
-	    int swidth = 0;
-	    // forward search is probably faster
-	    for ( int i = d->firstItemInLine; i < d->currentItem; i++ ) {
-		const TQScriptItem *si = &d->items[i];
-		int length = d->length( i );
-		const TQCharAttributes *itemAttrs = attrs + si->position;
-
-		advance_t *advances = d->advances( si );
-		unsigned short *logClusters = d->logClusters( si );
-
-		int lastGlyph = 0;
-		int tmpItemWidth = 0;
-
-//     		tqDebug("looking for break in item %d, isSpace=%d", i, si->isSpace );
-		if(si->isSpace && !(alignment & (TQt::SingleLine|TQt::IncludeTrailingSpaces))) {
-		    swidth += si->width;
-		} else {
-		    tmpWidth += swidth;
-		    swidth = 0;
-		    for ( int pos = 0; pos < length; pos++ ) {
-//  			tqDebug("advance=%d, w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, softbreak=%d, whitespace=%d",
-//                                *advances, w, tmpWidth, itemAttrs->softBreak, itemAttrs->whiteSpace );
-			int glyph = logClusters[pos];
-			if ( lastGlyph != glyph ) {
-			    while ( lastGlyph < glyph )
-				tmpItemWidth += advances[lastGlyph++];
-			    if ( breakPosition != -1 && w + tmpWidth + tmpItemWidth > d->lineWidth ) {
-// 				tqDebug("found break at w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, tmpItemWidth=%d", w, tmpWidth, tmpItemWidth);
-				d->widthUsed = w;
-				goto found;
-			    }
-			}
-			if ( (itemAttrs->softBreak ||
-			      ( breakany && itemAttrs->charStop ) ) &&
-			     (i != d->firstItemInLine || pos != 0) ) {
-			    if ( breakItem != i )
-				itemWidth = 0;
-			    if (itemAttrs->softBreak)
-				breakany = FALSE;
-			    breakItem = i;
-			    breakPosition = pos;
-//     			    tqDebug("found possible break at item %d, position %d (absolute=%d), w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, tmpItemWidth=%d", breakItem, breakPosition, d->items[breakItem].position+breakPosition, w, tmpWidth, tmpItemWidth);
-			    w += tmpWidth + tmpItemWidth;
-			    itemWidth += tmpItemWidth;
-			    tmpWidth = 0;
-			    tmpItemWidth = 0;
-			}
-			itemAttrs++;
-		    }
-		    while ( lastGlyph < si->num_glyphs )
-			tmpItemWidth += advances[lastGlyph++];
-		    tmpWidth += tmpItemWidth;
-		    if ( w + tmpWidth > d->lineWidth ) {
-			d->widthUsed = w;
-			goto found;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-    found:
-	// no valid break point found
-	if ( breakPosition == -1 ) {
-            d->widthUsed = width_nobreak_found;
-	    goto nobreak;
-        }
-
-//   	tqDebug("linebreak at item %d, position %d, wu=%d", breakItem, breakPosition, d->widthUsed );
-	// split the line
-	if ( breakPosition > 0 ) {
-// 	    int length = d->length( breakItem );
-
-//   	    tqDebug("splitting item, itemWidth=%d", itemWidth);
-	    // not a full item, need to break
-	    d->splitItem( breakItem, breakPosition );
-	    d->currentItem = breakItem+1;
-	} else {
-	    d->currentItem = breakItem;
-	}
-    }
-
-    result = Ok;
-
- nobreak:
-    // position the objects in the line
-    available -= d->widthUsed;
-
-    numRuns = d->currentItem - d->firstItemInLine - numSpaceItems;
-    if ( numRuns > 127 ) {
-	levels = new TQ_UINT8[numRuns];
-	visual = new int[numRuns];
-    }
-
-//     tqDebug("reordering %d runs, numSpaceItems=%d", numRuns, numSpaceItems );
-    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
-	levels[i] = d->items[i+d->firstItemInLine].analysis.bidiLevel;
-// 	tqDebug("    level = %d", d->items[i+d->firstItemInLine].analysis.bidiLevel );
-    }
-    d->bidiReorder( numRuns, levels, visual );
-
- end:
-    // ### FIXME
-    if ( alignment & TQt::AlignJustify ) {
-	// #### justify items
-	alignment = TQt::AlignAuto;
-    }
-    if ( (alignment & TQt::AlignHorizontal_Mask) == TQt::AlignAuto )
-	alignment = TQt::AlignLeft;
-    if ( alignment & TQt::AlignRight )
-	x += available;
-    else if ( alignment & TQt::AlignHCenter )
-	x += available/2;
-
-
-    int asc = ascent ? *ascent : 0;
-    int desc = descent ? *descent : 0;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
-	TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]];
-	asc = TQMAX( asc, si.ascent );
-	desc = TQMAX( desc, si.descent );
-    }
-
-    int left = x;
-    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
-	TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]];
-//  	tqDebug("positioning item %d with width %d (from=%d/length=%d) at %d", d->firstItemInLine+visual[i], si.width, si.position,
-// 	       d->length(d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]), x );
-	si.x = x;
-	si.y = y + asc;
-	x += si.width;
-    }
-    int right = x;
-
-    if ( numSpaceItems ) {
-	if ( d->items[d->firstItemInLine+numRuns].analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
-	    x = left;
-	    for ( i = 0; i < numSpaceItems; i++ ) {
-		TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine + numRuns + i];
-		x -= si.width;
-		si.x = x;
-		si.y = y + asc;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    for ( i = 0; i < numSpaceItems; i++ ) {
-		TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine + numRuns + i];
-		si.x = x;
-		si.y = y + asc;
-		x += si.width;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( lineLeft )
-	*lineLeft = left;
-    if ( lineRight )
-	*lineRight = right;
-    if ( ascent )
-	*ascent = asc;
-    if ( descent )
-	*descent = desc;
-
-    if (levels != _levels)
-	delete []levels;
-    if (visual != _visual)
-	delete []visual;
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-void TQTextLayout::endLayout()
-{
-    // nothing to do currently
-}
-
-
-int TQTextLayout::nextCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode ) const
-{
-//     tqDebug("looking for next cursor pos for %d", oldPos );
-    const TQCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
-    int len = d->string.length();
-    if ( oldPos >= len )
-	return oldPos;
-    oldPos++;
-    if ( mode == SkipCharacters ) {
-	while ( oldPos < len && !attributes[oldPos].charStop )
-	    oldPos++;
-    } else {
-	while ( oldPos < len && !attributes[oldPos].wordStop && !attributes[oldPos-1].whiteSpace )
-	    oldPos++;
-    }
-//     tqDebug("  -> %d",  oldPos );
-    return oldPos;
-}
-
-int TQTextLayout::previousCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode ) const
-{
-//     tqDebug("looking for previous cursor pos for %d", oldPos );
-    const TQCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
-    if ( oldPos <= 0 )
-	return 0;
-    oldPos--;
-    if ( mode == SkipCharacters ) {
-	while ( oldPos && !attributes[oldPos].charStop )
-	    oldPos--;
-    } else {
-	while ( oldPos && !attributes[oldPos].wordStop && !attributes[oldPos-1].whiteSpace )
-	    oldPos--;
-    }
-//     tqDebug("  -> %d",  oldPos );
-    return oldPos;
-}
-
-
-bool TQTextLayout::validCursorPosition( int pos ) const
-{
-    const TQCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
-    if ( pos < 0 || pos > (int)d->string.length() )
-	return FALSE;
-    return attributes[pos].charStop;
-}
-
-void TQTextLayout::setDirection(TQChar::Direction dir)
-{
-    d->direction = dir;
-}
diff --git a/src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h b/src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 64c7f64db..000000000
--- a/src/kernel/qtextlayout_p.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** ???
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** Licensees holding valid TQt Commercial licenses may use this file in
-** accordance with the TQt Commercial License Agreement provided with
-** the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTLAYOUT_P_H
-#define TQTEXTLAYOUT_P_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#include "ntqnamespace.h"
-#include "ntqrect.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-class TQTextEngine;
-class TQFont;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextItem
-{
-public:
-    inline TQTextItem() : item(0), engine(0) {}
-    inline bool isValid() const { return (bool)engine; }
-
-    TQRect rect() const;
-    int x() const;
-    int y() const;
-    int width() const;
-    int ascent() const;
-    int descent() const;
-
-    enum Edge {
-	Leading,
-	Trailing
-    };
-    enum CursorPosition {
-	BetweenCharacters,
-	OnCharacters
-    };
-
-    /* cPos gets set to the valid position */
-    int cursorToX( int *cPos, Edge edge = Leading ) const;
-    inline int cursorToX( int cPos, Edge edge = Leading ) const { return cursorToX( &cPos, edge ); }
-    int xToCursor( int x, CursorPosition = BetweenCharacters ) const;
-
-    bool isRightToLeft() const;
-    bool isObject() const;
-    bool isSpace() const;
-    bool isTab() const;
-
-    void setWidth( int w );
-    void setAscent( int a );
-    void setDescent( int d );
-
-    int from() const;
-    int length() const;
-
-private:
-    friend class TQTextLayout;
-    friend class TQPainter;
-    friend class TQPSPrinter;
-    TQTextItem( int i, TQTextEngine *e ) : item( i ), engine( e ) {}
-    int item;
-    TQTextEngine *engine;
-};
-
-
-class TQPainter;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextLayout
-{
-public:
-    // does itemization
-    TQTextLayout();
-    TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, TQPainter * = 0 );
-    TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt );
-    ~TQTextLayout();
-
-    void setText( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt );
-
-    enum LineBreakStrategy {
-	AtWordBoundaries,
-	AtCharBoundaries
-    };
-
-    /* add an additional item boundary eg. for style change */
-    void setBoundary( int strPos );
-
-    int numItems() const;
-    TQTextItem itemAt( int i ) const;
-    TQTextItem findItem( int strPos ) const;
-
-    enum LayoutMode {
-	NoBidi,
-	SingleLine,
-	MultiLine
-    };
-    void beginLayout( LayoutMode m = MultiLine );
-    void beginLine( int width );
-
-    bool atEnd() const;
-    TQTextItem nextItem();
-    TQTextItem currentItem();
-    /* ## maybe also currentItem() */
-    void setLineWidth( int newWidth );
-    int lineWidth() const;
-    int widthUsed() const;
-    int availableWidth() const;
-
-    enum Result {
-	Ok,
-	LineFull,
-	LineEmpty,
-	Error
-    };
-    /* returns true if completely added */
-    Result addCurrentItem();
-
-    /* Note: if ascent and descent are used they must be initialized to the minimum ascent/descent
-       acceptable for the line. TQFontMetrics::ascent/descent() is usually the right choice */
-    Result endLine( int x = 0, int y = 0, int alignment = TQt::AlignLeft,
-		    int *ascent = 0, int *descent = 0, int *left = 0, int *right = 0 );
-    void endLayout();
-
-    enum CursorMode {
-	SkipCharacters,
-	SkipWords
-    };
-    bool validCursorPosition( int pos ) const;
-    int nextCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode = SkipCharacters ) const;
-    int previousCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode = SkipCharacters ) const;
-
-    void setDirection(TQChar::Direction);
-private:
-    TQTextLayout( TQTextEngine *e ) : d( e ) {}
-    /* disable copy and assignment */
-    TQTextLayout( const TQTextLayout & ) {}
-    void operator = ( const TQTextLayout & ) {}
-
-    friend class TQTextItem;
-    friend class TQPainter;
-    friend class TQPSPrinter;
-    TQTextEngine *d;
-};
-
-
-/*
-  class TQPainter {
-      .....
-      void drawTextItem( int x, int y, TQTextItem *item );
-  };
-*/
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqimage.cpp b/src/kernel/tqimage.cpp
index 7a454818e..d31168c70 100644
--- a/src/kernel/tqimage.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/tqimage.cpp
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 #include "ntqregexp.h"
 #include "ntqfile.h"
 #include "ntqdatastream.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
 #include "tqptrlist.h"
 #include "ntqasyncimageio.h"
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqtextengine.cpp b/src/kernel/tqtextengine.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b66fb7d95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/tqtextengine.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1180 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Text engine classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include "qscriptengine_p.h"
+#include 
+#include "qfontdata_p.h"
+#include "qfontengine_p.h"
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// The BiDi algorithm
+//
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#define BIDI_DEBUG 0//2
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+#include 
+using namespace std;
+
+static const char *directions[] = {
+    "DirL", "DirR", "DirEN", "DirES", "DirET", "DirAN", "DirCS", "DirB", "DirS", "DirWS", "DirON",
+    "DirLRE", "DirLRO", "DirAL", "DirRLE", "DirRLO", "DirPDF", "DirNSM", "DirBN"
+};
+
+#endif
+
+struct BidiStatus {
+    BidiStatus() {
+	eor = TQChar::DirON;
+	lastStrong = TQChar::DirON;
+	last = TQChar:: DirON;
+	dir = TQChar::DirON;
+    }
+    TQChar::Direction eor;
+    TQChar::Direction lastStrong;
+    TQChar::Direction last;
+    TQChar::Direction dir;
+};
+
+struct BidiControl {
+    struct Context {
+	unsigned char level : 6;
+	unsigned char override : 1;
+	unsigned char unused : 1;
+    };
+
+    inline BidiControl( bool rtl )
+	: cCtx( 0 ), singleLine( FALSE ) {
+	ctx[0].level = (rtl ? 1 : 0);
+	ctx[0].override = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    inline void embed( int level, bool override = FALSE ) {
+	if ( ctx[cCtx].level < 61 && cCtx < 61 ) {
+	    (void) ++cCtx;
+	    ctx[cCtx].level = level;
+	    ctx[cCtx].override = override;
+	}
+    }
+    inline void pdf() {
+	if ( cCtx ) (void) --cCtx;
+    }
+
+    inline uchar level() const {
+	return ctx[cCtx].level;
+    }
+    inline bool override() const {
+	return ctx[cCtx].override;
+    }
+    inline TQChar::Direction basicDirection() {
+	return (ctx[0].level ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar:: DirL );
+    }
+    inline uchar baseLevel() {
+	return ctx[0].level;
+    }
+    inline TQChar::Direction direction() {
+	return ((ctx[cCtx].level%2) ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar:: DirL );
+    }
+
+    Context ctx[63];
+    unsigned int cCtx : 8;
+    bool singleLine : 8;
+};
+
+static TQChar::Direction basicDirection( const TQString &str )
+{
+    int len = str.length();
+    int pos = 0;
+    const TQChar *uc = str.unicode() + pos;
+    while( pos < len ) {
+	switch( direction( *uc ) )
+	{
+	case TQChar::DirL:
+	case TQChar::DirLRO:
+	case TQChar::DirLRE:
+	    return TQChar::DirL;
+	case TQChar::DirR:
+	case TQChar::DirAL:
+	case TQChar::DirRLO:
+	case TQChar::DirRLE:
+	    return TQChar::DirR;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+	++pos;
+	++uc;
+    }
+    return TQChar::DirL;
+}
+
+
+static void tqAppendItems(TQTextEngine *engine, int &start, int &stop, BidiControl &control, TQChar::Direction dir )
+{
+    TQScriptItemArray &items = engine->items;
+    const TQChar *text = engine->string.unicode();
+
+    if ( start > stop ) {
+	// #### the algorithm is currently not really safe against this. Still needs fixing.
+// 	tqWarning( "Bidi: appendItems() internal error" );
+	return;
+    }
+
+    int level = control.level();
+
+    if(dir != TQChar::DirON && !control.override()) {
+	// add level of run (cases I1 & I2)
+	if( level % 2 ) {
+	    if(dir == TQChar::DirL || dir == TQChar::DirAN || dir == TQChar::DirEN )
+		level++;
+	} else {
+	    if( dir == TQChar::DirR )
+		level++;
+	    else if( dir == TQChar::DirAN || dir == TQChar::DirEN )
+		level += 2;
+	}
+    }
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    tqDebug("new run: dir=%s from %d, to %d level = %d\n", directions[dir], start, stop, level);
+#endif
+    TQFont::Script script = TQFont::NoScript;
+    TQScriptItem item;
+    item.position = start;
+    item.analysis.script = script;
+    item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+    item.analysis.override = control.override();
+    item.analysis.reserved = 0;
+
+    if ( control.singleLine ) {
+	for ( int i = start; i <= stop; i++ ) {
+
+	    unsigned short uc = text[i].unicode();
+	    TQFont::Script s = (TQFont::Script)scriptForChar( uc );
+	    if (s == TQFont::UnknownScript || s == TQFont::CombiningMarks)
+		s = script;
+
+	    if (s != script) {
+		item.analysis.script = s;
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+		item.position = i;
+		items.append( item );
+		script = s;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = start; i <= stop; i++ ) {
+
+	    unsigned short uc = text[i].unicode();
+	    TQFont::Script s = (TQFont::Script)scriptForChar( uc );
+	    if (s == TQFont::UnknownScript || s == TQFont::CombiningMarks)
+		s = script;
+
+	    TQChar::Category category = ::category( uc );
+	    if ( uc == 0xfffcU || uc == 0x2028U ) {
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level % 2 ? level-1 : level;
+		item.analysis.script = TQFont::Latin;
+		item.isObject = TRUE;
+		s = TQFont::NoScript;
+	    } else if ((uc >= 9 && uc <=13) ||
+		       (category >= TQChar::Separator_Space && category <= TQChar::Separator_Paragraph)) {
+		item.analysis.script = TQFont::Latin;
+		item.isSpace = TRUE;
+		item.isTab = ( uc == '\t' );
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = item.isTab ? control.baseLevel() : level;
+		s = TQFont::NoScript;
+	    } else if ( s != script && (category != TQChar::Mark_NonSpacing || script == TQFont::NoScript)) {
+		item.analysis.script = s;
+		item.analysis.bidiLevel = level;
+	    } else {
+                if (i - start < 32000)
+                    continue;
+                start = i;
+	    }
+
+	    item.position = i;
+	    items.append( item );
+	    script = s;
+	    item.isSpace = item.isTab = item.isObject = FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    ++stop;
+    start = stop;
+}
+
+typedef void (* fAppendItems)(TQTextEngine *, int &start, int &stop, BidiControl &control, TQChar::Direction dir);
+static fAppendItems appendItems = tqAppendItems;
+
+// creates the next TQScript items.
+static void bidiItemize( TQTextEngine *engine, bool rightToLeft, int mode )
+{
+    BidiControl control( rightToLeft );
+    if ( mode & TQTextEngine::SingleLine )
+	control.singleLine = TRUE;
+
+    int sor = 0;
+    int eor = -1;
+
+    // ### should get rid of this!
+    bool first = TRUE;
+
+    int length = engine->string.length();
+
+    if ( !length )
+	return;
+
+    const TQChar *unicode = engine->string.unicode();
+    int current = 0;
+
+    TQChar::Direction dir = rightToLeft ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar::DirL;
+    BidiStatus status;
+    TQChar::Direction sdir = direction( *unicode );
+    if ( sdir != TQChar::DirL && sdir != TQChar::DirR && sdir != TQChar::DirAL && sdir != TQChar::DirEN && sdir != TQChar::DirAN )
+	sdir = TQChar::DirON;
+    else
+        dir = TQChar::DirON;
+    status.eor = sdir;
+    status.lastStrong = rightToLeft ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar::DirL;
+    status.last = status.lastStrong;
+    status.dir = sdir;
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 2)
+    tqDebug("---- bidiReorder --- '%s'", engine->string.utf8().data());
+    tqDebug("rightToLeft = %d", rightToLeft);
+#endif
+
+
+    while ( current <= length ) {
+
+	TQChar::Direction dirCurrent;
+	if ( current == (int)length )
+	    dirCurrent = control.basicDirection();
+	else
+	    dirCurrent = direction( unicode[current] );
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 2)
+	cout << "pos=" << current << " dir=" << directions[dir]
+	     << " current=" << directions[dirCurrent] << " last=" << directions[status.last]
+	     << " eor=" << eor << "/" << directions[status.eor]
+	     << " sor=" << sor << " lastStrong="
+	     << directions[status.lastStrong]
+	     << " level=" << (int)control.level() << endl;
+#endif
+
+	switch(dirCurrent) {
+
+	    // embedding and overrides (X1-X9 in the BiDi specs)
+	case TQChar::DirRLE:
+	case TQChar::DirRLO:
+	case TQChar::DirLRE:
+	case TQChar::DirLRO:
+	    {
+		bool rtl = (dirCurrent == TQChar::DirRLE || dirCurrent == TQChar::DirRLO );
+		bool override = (dirCurrent == TQChar::DirLRO || dirCurrent == TQChar::DirRLO );
+
+		uchar level = control.level();
+		if( (level%2 != 0) == rtl  )
+		    level += 2;
+		else
+		    level++;
+		if(level < 61) {
+		    eor = current-1;
+		    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		    eor = current;
+		    control.embed( level, override );
+		    TQChar::Direction edir = (rtl ? TQChar::DirR : TQChar::DirL );
+		    dir = status.eor = edir;
+		    status.lastStrong = edir;
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	case TQChar::DirPDF:
+	    {
+		if (dir != control.direction()) {
+		    eor = current-1;
+		    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		    dir = control.direction();
+		}
+		eor = current;
+		appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+		status.last = control.direction();
+		control.pdf();
+		if ( control.override() )
+		    dir = control.direction();
+		else
+		    dir = TQChar::DirON;
+		status.lastStrong = control.direction();
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	    // strong types
+	case TQChar::DirL:
+	    if(dir == TQChar::DirON)
+		dir = TQChar::DirL;
+	    switch(status.last)
+		{
+		case TQChar::DirL:
+		    eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirL; break;
+		case TQChar::DirR:
+		case TQChar::DirAL:
+		case TQChar::DirEN:
+		case TQChar::DirAN:
+		    if ( !first ) {
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			dir = eor < length ? direction( unicode[eor] ) : control.basicDirection();
+			status.eor = dir;
+		    } else {
+                        eor = current; status.eor = dir;
+                    }
+		    break;
+		case TQChar::DirES:
+		case TQChar::DirET:
+		case TQChar::DirCS:
+		case TQChar::DirBN:
+		case TQChar::DirB:
+		case TQChar::DirS:
+		case TQChar::DirWS:
+		case TQChar::DirON:
+		    if(dir != TQChar::DirL) {
+			//last stuff takes embedding dir
+			if( control.direction() == TQChar::DirR ) {
+			    if(status.eor != TQChar::DirR) {
+				// AN or EN
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+				dir = TQChar::DirR;
+			    }
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = eor < length ? direction( unicode[eor] ) : control.basicDirection();
+			    status.eor = dir;
+			} else {
+			    if(status.eor != TQChar::DirL) {
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+				dir = TQChar::DirL;
+			    } else {
+				eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirL; break;
+			    }
+			}
+		    } else {
+			eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirL;
+		    }
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    status.lastStrong = TQChar::DirL;
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirAL:
+	case TQChar::DirR:
+	    if(dir == TQChar::DirON) dir = TQChar::DirR;
+	    switch(status.last)
+		{
+		case TQChar::DirL:
+		case TQChar::DirEN:
+		case TQChar::DirAN:
+		    if ( !first ) {
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+			break;
+		    }
+		case TQChar::DirR:
+		case TQChar::DirAL:
+		    eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirR; break;
+		case TQChar::DirES:
+		case TQChar::DirET:
+		case TQChar::DirCS:
+		case TQChar::DirBN:
+		case TQChar::DirB:
+		case TQChar::DirS:
+		case TQChar::DirWS:
+		case TQChar::DirON:
+		    if( status.eor != TQChar::DirR && status.eor != TQChar::DirAL ) {
+			//last stuff takes embedding dir
+			if(control.direction() == TQChar::DirR
+                           || status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirR || status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirAL) {
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+			    dir = TQChar::DirR;
+			    eor = current;
+			} else {
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+			    dir = TQChar::DirR;
+			}
+		    } else {
+			eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirR;
+		    }
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    status.lastStrong = dirCurrent;
+	    break;
+
+	    // weak types:
+
+	case TQChar::DirNSM:
+	    if (eor == current-1)
+		eor = current;
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirEN:
+	    // if last strong was AL change EN to AN
+	    if(status.lastStrong != TQChar::DirAL) {
+		if(dir == TQChar::DirON) {
+		    if(status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirL)
+			dir = TQChar::DirL;
+		    else
+			dir = TQChar::DirEN;
+		}
+		switch(status.last)
+		    {
+		    case TQChar::DirET:
+			if ( status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirR || status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirAL ) {
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+			    dir = TQChar::DirAN;
+			}
+			// fall through
+		    case TQChar::DirEN:
+		    case TQChar::DirL:
+			eor = current;
+			status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			break;
+		    case TQChar::DirR:
+		    case TQChar::DirAL:
+		    case TQChar::DirAN:
+			if ( !first )
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			status.eor = TQChar::DirEN;
+			dir = TQChar::DirAN; break;
+		    case TQChar::DirES:
+		    case TQChar::DirCS:
+			if(status.eor == TQChar::DirEN || dir == TQChar::DirAN) {
+			    eor = current; break;
+			}
+		    case TQChar::DirBN:
+		    case TQChar::DirB:
+		    case TQChar::DirS:
+		    case TQChar::DirWS:
+		    case TQChar::DirON:
+			if(status.eor == TQChar::DirR) {
+			    // neutrals go to R
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirEN;
+			    dir = TQChar::DirAN;
+			}
+			else if( status.eor == TQChar::DirL ||
+				 (status.eor == TQChar::DirEN && status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirL)) {
+			    eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			} else {
+			    // numbers on both sides, neutrals get right to left direction
+			    if(dir != TQChar::DirL) {
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+				eor = current - 1;
+				dir = TQChar::DirR;
+				appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+				dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+				dir = TQChar::DirAN;
+			    } else {
+				eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			    }
+			}
+		    default:
+			break;
+		    }
+		break;
+	    }
+	case TQChar::DirAN:
+	    dirCurrent = TQChar::DirAN;
+	    if(dir == TQChar::DirON) dir = TQChar::DirAN;
+	    switch(status.last)
+		{
+		case TQChar::DirL:
+		case TQChar::DirAN:
+		    eor = current; status.eor = TQChar::DirAN; break;
+		case TQChar::DirR:
+		case TQChar::DirAL:
+		case TQChar::DirEN:
+		    if ( !first )
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+		    dir = TQChar::DirON; status.eor = TQChar::DirAN;
+		    break;
+		case TQChar::DirCS:
+		    if(status.eor == TQChar::DirAN) {
+			eor = current; break;
+		    }
+		case TQChar::DirES:
+		case TQChar::DirET:
+		case TQChar::DirBN:
+		case TQChar::DirB:
+		case TQChar::DirS:
+		case TQChar::DirWS:
+		case TQChar::DirON:
+		    if(status.eor == TQChar::DirR) {
+			// neutrals go to R
+			eor = current - 1;
+			appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			status.eor = TQChar::DirAN;
+			dir = TQChar::DirAN;
+		    } else if( status.eor == TQChar::DirL ||
+			       (status.eor == TQChar::DirEN && status.lastStrong == TQChar::DirL)) {
+			eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+		    } else {
+			// numbers on both sides, neutrals get right to left direction
+			if(dir != TQChar::DirL) {
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    status.eor = TQChar::DirON;
+			    eor = current - 1;
+			    dir = TQChar::DirR;
+			    appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+			    status.eor = TQChar::DirAN;
+			    dir = TQChar::DirAN;
+			} else {
+			    eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+			}
+		    }
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirES:
+	case TQChar::DirCS:
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirET:
+	    if(status.last == TQChar::DirEN) {
+		dirCurrent = TQChar::DirEN;
+		eor = current; status.eor = dirCurrent;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	    // boundary neutrals should be ignored
+	case TQChar::DirBN:
+	    break;
+	    // neutrals
+	case TQChar::DirB:
+	    // ### what do we do with newline and paragraph separators that come to here?
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirS:
+	    // ### implement rule L1
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirWS:
+	case TQChar::DirON:
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	//cout << "     after: dir=" << //        dir << " current=" << dirCurrent << " last=" << status.last << " eor=" << status.eor << " lastStrong=" << status.lastStrong << " embedding=" << control.direction() << endl;
+
+	if(current >= (int)length) break;
+
+	// set status.last as needed.
+	switch(dirCurrent) {
+	case TQChar::DirET:
+	case TQChar::DirES:
+	case TQChar::DirCS:
+	case TQChar::DirS:
+	case TQChar::DirWS:
+	case TQChar::DirON:
+	    switch(status.last)
+	    {
+	    case TQChar::DirL:
+	    case TQChar::DirR:
+	    case TQChar::DirAL:
+	    case TQChar::DirEN:
+	    case TQChar::DirAN:
+		status.last = dirCurrent;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		status.last = TQChar::DirON;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirNSM:
+	case TQChar::DirBN:
+	    // ignore these
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirLRO:
+	case TQChar::DirLRE:
+	    status.last = TQChar::DirL;
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirRLO:
+	case TQChar::DirRLE:
+	    status.last = TQChar::DirR;
+	    break;
+	case TQChar::DirEN:
+	    if ( status.last == TQChar::DirL ) {
+		status.last = TQChar::DirL;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    // fall through
+	default:
+	    status.last = dirCurrent;
+	}
+
+	first = FALSE;
+	++current;
+    }
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    cout << "reached end of line current=" << current << ", eor=" << eor << endl;
+#endif
+    eor = current - 1; // remove dummy char
+
+    if ( sor <= eor )
+	appendItems(engine, sor, eor, control, dir);
+
+
+}
+
+void TQTextEngine::bidiReorder( int numItems, const TQ_UINT8 *levels, int *visualOrder )
+{
+
+    // first find highest and lowest levels
+    uchar levelLow = 128;
+    uchar levelHigh = 0;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( i < numItems ) {
+	//printf("level = %d\n", r->level);
+	if ( levels[i] > levelHigh )
+	    levelHigh = levels[i];
+	if ( levels[i] < levelLow )
+	    levelLow = levels[i];
+	i++;
+    }
+
+    // implements reordering of the line (L2 according to BiDi spec):
+    // L2. From the highest level found in the text to the lowest odd level on each line,
+    // reverse any contiguous sequence of characters that are at that level or higher.
+
+    // reversing is only done up to the lowest odd level
+    if(!(levelLow%2)) levelLow++;
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    cout << "reorderLine: lineLow = " << (uint)levelLow << ", lineHigh = " << (uint)levelHigh << endl;
+#endif
+
+    int count = numItems - 1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numItems; i++ )
+	visualOrder[i] = i;
+
+    while(levelHigh >= levelLow) {
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( i < count ) {
+	    while(i < count && levels[i] < levelHigh) i++;
+	    int start = i;
+	    while(i <= count && levels[i] >= levelHigh) i++;
+	    int end = i-1;
+
+	    if(start != end) {
+		//cout << "reversing from " << start << " to " << end << endl;
+		for(int j = 0; j < (end-start+1)/2; j++) {
+		    int tmp = visualOrder[start+j];
+		    visualOrder[start+j] = visualOrder[end-j];
+		    visualOrder[end-j] = tmp;
+		}
+	    }
+	    i++;
+	}
+	levelHigh--;
+    }
+
+#if (BIDI_DEBUG >= 1)
+    cout << "visual order is:" << endl;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numItems; i++ )
+	cout << visualOrder[i] << endl;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// The line break algorithm. See http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr14/tr14-13.html
+//
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* The Unicode algorithm does in our opinion allow line breaks at some
+   places they shouldn't be allowed. The following changes were thus
+   made in comparison to the Unicode reference:
+
+   CL->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   CL->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   EX->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   IS->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->AL from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   SY->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   Al->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   AL->HY from Dbk to Ibk
+   AL->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   AL->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   PR->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   PR->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   HY->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+   HY->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   HY->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->OP from Dbk to Ibk
+   NU->EX from Dbk to Ibk
+   NU->PR from Dbk to Ibk
+   PO->NU from Dbk to Ibk
+   EX->PO from Dbk to Ibk
+*/
+
+enum break_action {
+    Dbk, // Direct break
+    Ibk, // Indirect break; only allowed if space between the two chars
+    Pbk // Prohibited break; no break allowed even if space between chars
+};
+
+// The following line break classes are not treated by the table:
+// SA, BK, CR, LF, SG, CB, SP
+static const TQ_UINT8 breakTable[TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM+1][TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM+1] =
+{
+    // OP,  CL,  QU,  GL, NS,  EX,  SY,  IS,  PR,  PO,  NU,  AL,  ID,  IN,  HY,  BA,  BB,  B2,  ZW,  CM
+    { Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // OP
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // CL
+    { Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk }, // QU
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk }, // GL
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // NS
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // EX
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // SY
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // IS
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // PR
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // PO
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // NU
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }, // AL
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // ID
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // IN
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // HY
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // BA
+    { Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk }, // BB
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // B2
+    { Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Ibk }, // ZW
+    { Dbk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Ibk, Pbk, Pbk, Pbk, Dbk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Dbk, Ibk, Ibk, Ibk, Dbk, Dbk, Pbk, Pbk }  // CM
+};
+
+// set the soft break flag at every possible line breaking point. This needs correct clustering information.
+static void calcLineBreaks(const TQString &str, TQCharAttributes *charAttributes)
+{
+    int len = str.length();
+    if (!len)
+        return;
+
+    const TQChar *uc = str.unicode();
+    int cls = lineBreakClass(*uc);
+    if (cls >= TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_CM)
+        cls = TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
+
+    charAttributes[0].softBreak = FALSE;
+    charAttributes[0].whiteSpace = (cls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP);
+    charAttributes[0].charStop = TRUE;
+
+    for (int i = 1; i < len; ++i) {
+        int ncls = ::lineBreakClass(uc[i]);
+        int category = ::category(uc[i]);
+        if (category == TQChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+            goto nsm;
+        
+        if (category == TQChar::Other_Surrogate) {
+            // char stop only on first pair
+            if (uc[i].unicode() >= 0xd800 && uc[i].unicode() < 0xdc00 && i < len-1
+                && uc[i+1].unicode() >= 0xdc00 && uc[i+1].unicode() < 0xe000)
+                goto nsm;
+            // ### correctly handle second surrogate
+        }
+
+        if (ncls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP) {
+            charAttributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
+            charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = TRUE;
+            charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+            cls = ncls;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+
+	if (cls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA && ncls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA) {
+            // two complex chars (thai or lao), thai_attributes might override, but here
+            // we do a best guess
+            charAttributes[i].softBreak = TRUE;
+            charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
+            charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+            cls = ncls;
+            continue;
+        }
+        {
+	    int tcls = ncls;
+	    if (tcls >= TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA)
+		tcls = TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
+	    if (cls >= TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SA)
+		cls = TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_ID;
+
+	    bool softBreak;
+	    int brk = breakTable[cls][tcls];
+	    if (brk == Ibk)
+		softBreak = (cls == TQUnicodeTables::LineBreak_SP);
+	    else
+		softBreak = (brk == Dbk);
+//        tqDebug("char = %c %04x, cls=%d, ncls=%d, brk=%d soft=%d", uc[i].cell(), uc[i].unicode(), cls, ncls, brk, charAttributes[i].softBreak);
+	    charAttributes[i].softBreak = softBreak;
+	    charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
+	    charAttributes[i].charStop = TRUE;
+	    cls = ncls;
+	}
+        continue;
+    nsm:
+        charAttributes[i].softBreak = FALSE;
+        charAttributes[i].whiteSpace = FALSE;
+        charAttributes[i].charStop = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+#if defined( TQ_WS_X11 ) || defined ( TQ_WS_QWS )
+# include "tqtextengine_unix.cpp"
+#elif defined( TQ_WS_WIN )
+# include "tqtextengine_win.cpp"
+#elif defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
+# include "tqtextengine_mac.cpp"
+#endif
+
+
+
+TQTextEngine::TQTextEngine( const TQString &str, TQFontPrivate *f )
+    : string( str ), fnt( f ), direction( TQChar::DirON ), haveCharAttributes( FALSE ), widthOnly( FALSE )
+{
+#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
+    if ( !resolvedUsp10 )
+	resolveUsp10();
+#endif
+    if ( fnt ) fnt->ref();
+
+    num_glyphs = TQMAX( 16, str.length()*3/2 );
+    int space_charAttributes = (sizeof(TQCharAttributes)*str.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_logClusters = (sizeof(unsigned short)*str.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphs = (sizeof(glyph_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_advances = (sizeof(advance_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_offsets = (sizeof(qoffset_t)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphAttributes = (sizeof(GlyphAttributes)*num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+
+    allocated = space_charAttributes + space_glyphs + space_advances +
+		space_offsets + space_logClusters + space_glyphAttributes;
+    memory = (void **)::malloc( allocated*sizeof( void * ) );
+    memset( memory, 0, allocated*sizeof( void * ) );
+
+    void **m = memory;
+    m += space_charAttributes;
+    logClustersPtr = (unsigned short *) m;
+    m += space_logClusters;
+    glyphPtr = (glyph_t *) m;
+    m += space_glyphs;
+    advancePtr = (advance_t *) m;
+    m += space_advances;
+    offsetsPtr = (qoffset_t *) m;
+    m += space_offsets;
+    glyphAttributesPtr = (GlyphAttributes *) m;
+
+    used = 0;
+}
+
+TQTextEngine::~TQTextEngine()
+{
+    if ( fnt && fnt->deref())
+	delete fnt;
+    free( memory );
+    allocated = 0;
+}
+
+void TQTextEngine::reallocate( int totalGlyphs )
+{
+    int new_num_glyphs = totalGlyphs;
+    int space_charAttributes = (sizeof(TQCharAttributes)*string.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_logClusters = (sizeof(unsigned short)*string.length()+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphs = (sizeof(glyph_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_advances = (sizeof(advance_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_offsets = (sizeof(qoffset_t)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+    int space_glyphAttributes = (sizeof(GlyphAttributes)*new_num_glyphs+sizeof(void*)-1)/sizeof(void*);
+
+    int newAllocated = space_charAttributes + space_glyphs + space_advances +
+		space_offsets + space_logClusters + space_glyphAttributes;
+    void ** newMemory = (void **)::malloc( newAllocated*sizeof( void * ) );
+
+    void **nm = newMemory;
+    memcpy( nm, memory, string.length()*sizeof(TQCharAttributes) );
+    nm += space_charAttributes;
+    memcpy( nm, logClustersPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(unsigned short) );
+    logClustersPtr = (unsigned short *) nm;
+    nm += space_logClusters;
+    memcpy( nm, glyphPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(glyph_t) );
+    glyphPtr = (glyph_t *) nm;
+    nm += space_glyphs;
+    memcpy( nm, advancePtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(advance_t) );
+    advancePtr = (advance_t *) nm;
+    nm += space_advances;
+    memcpy( nm, offsetsPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(qoffset_t) );
+    offsetsPtr = (qoffset_t *) nm;
+    nm += space_offsets;
+    memcpy( nm, glyphAttributesPtr, num_glyphs*sizeof(GlyphAttributes) );
+    glyphAttributesPtr = (GlyphAttributes *) nm;
+
+    free( memory );
+    memory = newMemory;
+    allocated = newAllocated;
+    num_glyphs = new_num_glyphs;
+}
+
+const TQCharAttributes *TQTextEngine::attributes()
+{
+    TQCharAttributes *charAttributes = (TQCharAttributes *) memory;
+    if ( haveCharAttributes )
+	return charAttributes;
+
+    if ( !items.d )
+	itemize();
+
+    ensureSpace(string.length());
+    charAttributes = (TQCharAttributes *) memory;
+    calcLineBreaks(string, charAttributes);
+    
+    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
+	TQScriptItem &si = items[i];
+#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
+        int script = uspScriptForItem(this, i);
+#else
+        int script = si.analysis.script;
+#endif
+	Q_ASSERT( script < TQFont::NScripts );
+        AttributeFunction attributes = scriptEngines[script].charAttributes;
+        if (!attributes)
+            continue;
+	int from = si.position;
+	int len = length( i );
+	attributes( script, string, from, len, charAttributes );
+    }
+
+    haveCharAttributes = TRUE;
+    return charAttributes;
+}
+
+void TQTextEngine::splitItem( int item, int pos )
+{
+    if ( pos <= 0 )
+	return;
+
+    // we have to ensure we get correct shaping for arabic and other
+    // complex languages so we have to call shape _before_ we split the item.
+    shape(item);
+
+    if ( items.d->size == items.d->alloc )
+	items.resize( items.d->size + 1 );
+
+    int numMove = items.d->size - item-1;
+    if ( numMove > 0 )
+	memmove( items.d->items + item+2, items.d->items +item+1, numMove*sizeof( TQScriptItem ) );
+    items.d->size++;
+    TQScriptItem &newItem = items.d->items[item+1];
+    TQScriptItem &oldItem = items.d->items[item];
+    newItem = oldItem;
+    items.d->items[item+1].position += pos;
+    if ( newItem.fontEngine )
+	newItem.fontEngine->ref();
+
+    if (oldItem.num_glyphs) {
+	// already shaped, break glyphs aswell
+	int breakGlyph = logClusters(&oldItem)[pos];
+
+	newItem.num_glyphs = oldItem.num_glyphs - breakGlyph;
+	oldItem.num_glyphs = breakGlyph;
+	newItem.glyph_data_offset = oldItem.glyph_data_offset + breakGlyph;
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < newItem.num_glyphs; i++)
+	    logClusters(&newItem)[i] -= breakGlyph;
+
+	int w = 0;
+	const advance_t *a = advances(&oldItem);
+	for(int j = 0; j < breakGlyph; ++j)
+	    w += *(a++);
+
+	newItem.width = oldItem.width - w;
+	oldItem.width = w;
+    }
+
+//     tqDebug("split at position %d itempos=%d", pos, item );
+}
+
+
+int TQTextEngine::width( int from, int len ) const
+{
+    int w = 0;
+
+//     tqDebug("TQTextEngine::width( from = %d, len = %d ), numItems=%d, strleng=%d", from,  len, items.size(), string.length() );
+    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
+	TQScriptItem *si = &items[i];
+	int pos = si->position;
+	int ilen = length( i );
+//  	tqDebug("item %d: from %d len %d", i, pos, ilen );
+	if ( pos >= from + len )
+	    break;
+	if ( pos + ilen > from ) {
+	    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
+		shape( i );
+
+	    advance_t *advances = this->advances( si );
+	    unsigned short *logClusters = this->logClusters( si );
+
+// 	    fprintf( stderr, "  logclusters:" );
+// 	    for ( int k = 0; k < ilen; k++ )
+// 		fprintf( stderr, " %d", logClusters[k] );
+// 	    fprintf( stderr, "\n" );
+	    // do the simple thing for now and give the first glyph in a cluster the full width, all other ones 0.
+	    int charFrom = from - pos;
+	    if ( charFrom < 0 )
+		charFrom = 0;
+	    int glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+	    if ( charFrom > 0 && logClusters[charFrom-1] == glyphStart )
+		while ( charFrom < ilen && logClusters[charFrom] == glyphStart )
+		    charFrom++;
+	    if ( charFrom < ilen ) {
+		glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+		int charEnd = from + len - 1 - pos;
+		if ( charEnd >= ilen )
+		    charEnd = ilen-1;
+		int glyphEnd = logClusters[charEnd];
+		while ( charEnd < ilen && logClusters[charEnd] == glyphEnd )
+		    charEnd++;
+		glyphEnd = (charEnd == ilen) ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[charEnd];
+
+// 		tqDebug("char: start=%d end=%d / glyph: start = %d, end = %d", charFrom, charEnd, glyphStart, glyphEnd );
+		for ( int i = glyphStart; i < glyphEnd; i++ )
+		    w += advances[i];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+//     tqDebug("   --> w= %d ", w );
+    return w;
+}
+
+void TQTextEngine::itemize( int mode )
+{
+    if ( !items.d ) {
+	int size = 8;
+	items.d = (TQScriptItemArrayPrivate *)malloc( sizeof( TQScriptItemArrayPrivate ) +
+						    sizeof( TQScriptItem ) * size );
+	items.d->alloc = size;
+    }
+    items.d->size = 0;
+    if ( string.length() == 0 )
+	return;
+
+    if ( !(mode & NoBidi) ) {
+	if ( direction == TQChar::DirON )
+	    direction = basicDirection( string );
+	bidiItemize( this, direction == TQChar::DirR, mode );
+    } else {
+	BidiControl control( FALSE );
+	if ( mode & TQTextEngine::SingleLine )
+	    control.singleLine = TRUE;
+	int start = 0;
+	int stop = string.length() - 1;
+	appendItems(this, start, stop, control, TQChar::DirL);
+    }
+    if ( (mode & WidthOnly) == WidthOnly )
+	widthOnly = TRUE;
+}
+
+glyph_metrics_t TQTextEngine::boundingBox( int from,  int len ) const
+{
+    glyph_metrics_t gm;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < items.size(); i++ ) {
+	TQScriptItem *si = &items[i];
+	int pos = si->position;
+	int ilen = length( i );
+	if ( pos > from + len )
+	    break;
+	if ( pos + len > from ) {
+	    if ( !si->num_glyphs )
+		shape( i );
+	    advance_t *advances = this->advances( si );
+	    unsigned short *logClusters = this->logClusters( si );
+	    glyph_t *glyphs = this->glyphs( si );
+	    qoffset_t *offsets = this->offsets( si );
+
+	    // do the simple thing for now and give the first glyph in a cluster the full width, all other ones 0.
+	    int charFrom = from - pos;
+	    if ( charFrom < 0 )
+		charFrom = 0;
+	    int glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+	    if ( charFrom > 0 && logClusters[charFrom-1] == glyphStart )
+		while ( charFrom < ilen && logClusters[charFrom] == glyphStart )
+		    charFrom++;
+	    if ( charFrom < ilen ) {
+		glyphStart = logClusters[charFrom];
+		int charEnd = from + len - 1 - pos;
+		if ( charEnd >= ilen )
+		    charEnd = ilen-1;
+		int glyphEnd = logClusters[charEnd];
+		while ( charEnd < ilen && logClusters[charEnd] == glyphEnd )
+		    charEnd++;
+		glyphEnd = (charEnd == ilen) ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[charEnd];
+		if ( glyphStart <= glyphEnd  ) {
+		    TQFontEngine *fe = si->fontEngine;
+		    glyph_metrics_t m = fe->boundingBox( glyphs+glyphStart, advances+glyphStart,
+						       offsets+glyphStart, glyphEnd-glyphStart );
+		    gm.x = TQMIN( gm.x, m.x + gm.xoff );
+		    gm.y = TQMIN( gm.y, m.y + gm.yoff );
+		    gm.width = TQMAX( gm.width, m.width+gm.xoff );
+		    gm.height = TQMAX( gm.height, m.height+gm.yoff );
+		    gm.xoff += m.xoff;
+		    gm.yoff += m.yoff;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return gm;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqtextengine_p.h b/src/kernel/tqtextengine_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..774302a07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/tqtextengine_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid TQt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the TQt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTENGINE_P_H
+#define TQTEXTENGINE_P_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "ntqglobal.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "ntqnamespace.h"
+#include 
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#include 
+#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
+#include 
+#endif // Q_OS_TEMP
+
+class TQFontPrivate;
+class TQString;
+
+class TQOpenType;
+class TQPainter;
+
+// this uses the same coordinate system as TQt, but a different one to freetype and Xft.
+// * y is usually negative, and is equal to the ascent.
+// * negative yoff means the following stuff is drawn higher up.
+// the characters bounding rect is given by TQRect( x,y,width,height), it's advance by
+// xoo and yoff
+struct glyph_metrics_t
+{
+    inline glyph_metrics_t() {
+	x = 100000;
+	y = 100000;
+	width = 0;
+	height = 0;
+	xoff = 0;
+	yoff = 0;
+    }
+    inline glyph_metrics_t( int _x, int _y, int _width, int _height, int _xoff, int _yoff ) {
+	x = _x;
+	y = _y;
+	width = _width;
+	height = _height;
+	xoff = _xoff;
+	yoff = _yoff;
+    }
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int width;
+    int height;
+    int xoff;
+    int yoff;
+};
+
+#if defined( TQ_WS_X11 ) || defined ( TQ_WS_QWS )
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+
+struct qoffset_t {
+    short x;
+    short y;
+};
+
+typedef int advance_t;
+
+struct TQScriptAnalysis
+{
+    unsigned short script    : 7;
+    unsigned short bidiLevel : 6;  // Unicode Bidi algorithm embedding level (0-61)
+    unsigned short override  : 1;  // Set when in LRO/RLO embedding
+    unsigned short reserved  : 2;
+    bool operator == ( const TQScriptAnalysis &other ) {
+	return
+	    script == other.script &&
+	    bidiLevel == other.bidiLevel;
+	// ###
+// 	    && override == other.override;
+    }
+
+};
+
+#elif defined( TQ_WS_MAC )
+
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+
+struct qoffset_t {
+    short x;
+    short y;
+};
+
+typedef int advance_t;
+
+struct TQScriptAnalysis
+{
+    unsigned short script    : 7;
+    unsigned short bidiLevel : 6;  // Unicode Bidi algorithm embedding level (0-61)
+    unsigned short override  : 1;  // Set when in LRO/RLO embedding
+    unsigned short reserved  : 2;
+    bool operator == ( const TQScriptAnalysis &other ) {
+	return
+	    script == other.script &&
+	    bidiLevel == other.bidiLevel;
+	// ###
+// 	    && override == other.override;
+    }
+
+};
+
+#elif defined( TQ_WS_WIN )
+
+// do not change the definitions below unless you know what you are doing!
+// it is designed to be compatible with the types found in uniscribe.
+
+typedef unsigned short glyph_t;
+
+struct qoffset_t {
+    int x;
+    int y;
+};
+
+typedef int advance_t;
+
+struct TQScriptAnalysis {
+    unsigned short script         :10;
+    unsigned short rtl            :1;
+    unsigned short layoutRTL      :1;
+    unsigned short linkBefore     :1;
+    unsigned short linkAfter      :1;
+    unsigned short logicalOrder   :1;
+    unsigned short noGlyphIndex   :1;
+    unsigned short bidiLevel         :5;
+    unsigned short override          :1;
+    unsigned short inhibitSymSwap    :1;
+    unsigned short charShape         :1;
+    unsigned short digitSubstitute   :1;
+    unsigned short inhibitLigate     :1;
+    unsigned short fDisplayZWG        :1;
+    unsigned short arabicNumContext  :1;
+    unsigned short gcpClusters       :1;
+    unsigned short reserved          :1;
+    unsigned short engineReserved    :2;
+};
+
+inline bool operator == ( const TQScriptAnalysis &sa1, const TQScriptAnalysis &sa2 )
+{
+    return
+	sa1.script == sa2.script &&
+	sa1.bidiLevel == sa2.bidiLevel;
+	// ###
+// 	    && override == other.override;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// enum and struct are  made to be compatible with Uniscribe, dont change unless you know what you're doing.
+struct GlyphAttributes {
+    // highest value means highest priority for justification. Justification is done by first inserting kashidas
+    // starting with the highest priority positions, then stretching spaces, afterwards extending inter char
+    // spacing, and last spacing between arabic words.
+    // NoJustification is for example set for arabic where no Kashida can be inserted or for diacritics.
+    enum Justification {
+        NoJustification= 0,   // Justification can't be applied after this glyph
+        Arabic_Space   = 1,   // This glyph represents a space inside arabic text
+        Character      = 2,   // Inter-character justification point follows this glyph
+        Space          = 4,   // This glyph represents a blank outside an Arabic run
+        Arabic_Normal  = 7,   // Normal Middle-Of-Word glyph that connects to the right (begin)
+        Arabic_Waw     = 8,    // Next character is final form of Waw/Ain/Qaf/Fa
+        Arabic_BaRa    = 9,   // Next two chars are Ba + Ra/Ya/AlefMaksura
+        Arabic_Alef    = 10,  // Next character is final form of Alef/Tah/Lam/Kaf/Gaf
+        Arabic_HaaDal  = 11,  // Next character is final form of Haa/Dal/Taa Marbutah
+        Arabic_Seen    = 12,  // Initial or Medial form Of Seen/Sad
+        Arabic_Kashida = 13   // Kashida(U+640) in middle of word
+    };
+    unsigned short justification   :4;  // Justification class
+    unsigned short clusterStart    :1;  // First glyph of representation of cluster
+    unsigned short mark            :1;  // needs to be positioned around base char
+    unsigned short zeroWidth       :1;  // ZWJ, ZWNJ etc, with no width, currently used as "Don't print" for ZWSP
+    unsigned short reserved        :1;
+    unsigned short combiningClass  :8;
+};
+
+// also this is compatible to uniscribe. Do not change.
+struct TQCharAttributes {
+    uchar softBreak      :1;     // Potential linebreak point _before_ this character
+    uchar whiteSpace     :1;     // A unicode whitespace character, except NBSP, ZWNBSP
+    uchar charStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for left/right arrow)
+    uchar wordStop       :1;     // Valid cursor position (for ctrl + left/right arrow)
+    uchar invalid        :1;
+    uchar reserved       :3;
+};
+
+inline bool qIsZeroWidthChar(ushort uc)
+{
+    return (uc >= 0x200b && uc <= 0x200f /* ZW Space, ZWNJ, ZWJ, LRM and RLM */)
+            || (uc >= 0x2028 && uc <= 0x202f /* LS, PS, LRE, RLE, PDF, LRO, RLO, NNBSP */)
+            || (uc >= 0x206a && uc <= 0x206f /* ISS, ASS, IAFS, AFS, NADS, NODS */);
+}
+
+class TQFontEngine;
+
+struct TQScriptItem
+{
+    inline TQScriptItem() : position( 0 ), isSpace( FALSE ), isTab( FALSE ),
+			   isObject( FALSE ), hasPositioning( FALSE ),
+			   descent( -1 ), ascent( -1 ), width( -1 ),
+			   x( 0 ), y( 0 ), num_glyphs( 0 ), glyph_data_offset( 0 ),
+			   fontEngine( 0 ) { }
+    int position;
+    TQScriptAnalysis analysis;
+    unsigned short isSpace  : 1;
+    unsigned short isTab    : 1;
+    unsigned short isObject : 1;
+    unsigned short hasPositioning : 1;
+    unsigned short complex : 1; // Windows only
+    unsigned short private_use : 1; // Windows only
+    unsigned short reserved : 10;
+    short descent;
+    int ascent;
+    int width;
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int num_glyphs;
+    int glyph_data_offset;
+    TQFontEngine *fontEngine;
+};
+
+struct TQScriptItemArrayPrivate
+{
+    unsigned int alloc;
+    unsigned int size;
+    TQScriptItem items[1];
+};
+
+class TQScriptItemArray
+{
+public:
+    TQScriptItemArray() : d( 0 ) {}
+    ~TQScriptItemArray();
+
+    inline TQScriptItem &operator[] (int i) const {return d->items[i];   }
+    inline void append( const TQScriptItem &item ) {
+	if ( d->size == d->alloc )
+	    resize( d->size + 1 );
+	d->items[d->size] = item;
+	d->size++;
+    }
+    inline int size() const { return d ? d->size : 0; }
+
+    void resize( int s );
+    void clear();
+
+    TQScriptItemArrayPrivate *d;
+private:
+#ifdef TQ_DISABLE_COPY
+    TQScriptItemArray( const TQScriptItemArray & );
+    TQScriptItemArray &operator = ( const TQScriptItemArray & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class TQFontPrivate;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextEngine {
+public:
+    TQTextEngine( const TQString &str, TQFontPrivate *f );
+    ~TQTextEngine();
+
+    enum Mode {
+	Full = 0x00,
+	NoBidi = 0x01,
+	SingleLine = 0x02,
+	WidthOnly = 0x07
+    };
+
+    void itemize( int mode = Full );
+
+    static void bidiReorder( int numRuns, const TQ_UINT8 *levels, int *visualOrder );
+
+    const TQCharAttributes *attributes();
+    void shape( int item ) const;
+
+    // ### we need something for justification
+
+    enum Edge {
+	Leading,
+	Trailing
+    };
+    enum ShaperFlag {
+        RightToLeft = 0x0001,
+        Mirrored = 0x0001
+    };
+
+    int width( int charFrom, int numChars ) const;
+    glyph_metrics_t boundingBox( int from,  int len ) const;
+
+    TQScriptItemArray items;
+    TQString string;
+    TQFontPrivate *fnt;
+    int lineWidth;
+    int widthUsed;
+    int firstItemInLine;
+    int currentItem;
+    TQChar::Direction direction : 5;
+    unsigned int haveCharAttributes : 1;
+    unsigned int widthOnly : 1;
+    unsigned int reserved : 25;
+
+    int length( int item ) const {
+	const TQScriptItem &si = items[item];
+	int from = si.position;
+	item++;
+	return ( item < items.size() ? items[item].position : string.length() ) - from;
+    }
+    void splitItem( int item, int pos );
+
+    unsigned short *logClustersPtr;
+    glyph_t *glyphPtr;
+    advance_t *advancePtr;
+    qoffset_t *offsetsPtr;
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributesPtr;
+
+    inline unsigned short *logClusters( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return logClustersPtr+si->position; }
+    inline glyph_t *glyphs( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return glyphPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+    inline advance_t *advances( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return advancePtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+    inline qoffset_t *offsets( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return offsetsPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+    inline GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes( const TQScriptItem *si ) const
+	{ return glyphAttributesPtr+si->glyph_data_offset; }
+
+    void reallocate( int totalGlyphs );
+    inline void ensureSpace( int nGlyphs ) const {
+	if ( num_glyphs - used < nGlyphs )
+	    ((TQTextEngine *)this)->reallocate( ( (used + nGlyphs + 16) >> 4 ) << 4 );
+    }
+
+    int allocated;
+    void **memory;
+    int num_glyphs;
+    int used;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqtextengine_unix.cpp b/src/kernel/tqtextengine_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d5e3b920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/tqtextengine_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Text engine classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include 
+
+
+TQScriptItemArray::~TQScriptItemArray()
+{
+    clear();
+    free( d );
+}
+
+void TQScriptItemArray::clear()
+{
+    if ( d ) {
+	for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < d->size; i++ ) {
+	    TQScriptItem &si = d->items[i];
+	    if ( si.fontEngine )
+		si.fontEngine->deref();
+	}
+	d->size = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void TQScriptItemArray::resize( int s )
+{
+    int alloc = (s + 8) >> 3 << 3;
+    d = (TQScriptItemArrayPrivate *)realloc( d, sizeof( TQScriptItemArrayPrivate ) +
+		 sizeof( TQScriptItem ) * alloc );
+    d->alloc = alloc;
+}
+
+void TQTextEngine::shape( int item ) const
+{
+    assert( item < items.size() );
+    TQScriptItem &si = items[item];
+
+    if ( si.num_glyphs )
+	return;
+
+    TQFont::Script script = (TQFont::Script)si.analysis.script;
+    si.glyph_data_offset = used;
+
+    if ( !si.fontEngine )
+	si.fontEngine = fnt->engineForScript( script );
+    si.fontEngine->ref();
+
+	si.ascent = si.fontEngine->ascent();
+	si.descent = si.fontEngine->descent();
+    si.num_glyphs = 0;
+
+    if ( si.fontEngine && si.fontEngine != (TQFontEngine*)-1 ) {
+        TQShaperItem shaper_item;
+        shaper_item.script = si.analysis.script;
+        shaper_item.string = &string;
+        shaper_item.from = si.position;
+        shaper_item.length = length(item);
+        shaper_item.font = si.fontEngine;
+        shaper_item.num_glyphs = TQMAX(int(num_glyphs - used), shaper_item.length);
+        shaper_item.flags = si.analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ? RightToLeft : 0;
+        shaper_item.has_positioning = FALSE;
+
+        while (1) {
+//         tqDebug("    . num_glyphs=%d, used=%d, item.num_glyphs=%d", num_glyphs, used, shaper_item.num_glyphs);
+            ensureSpace(shaper_item.num_glyphs);
+            shaper_item.num_glyphs = num_glyphs - used;
+//          tqDebug("    .. num_glyphs=%d, used=%d, item.num_glyphs=%d", num_glyphs, used, shaper_item.num_glyphs);
+            shaper_item.glyphs = glyphs(&si);
+            shaper_item.advances = advances(&si);
+            shaper_item.offsets = offsets(&si);
+            shaper_item.attributes = glyphAttributes(&si);
+            shaper_item.log_clusters = logClusters(&si);
+            if (scriptEngines[shaper_item.script].shape(&shaper_item))
+                break;
+        }
+
+        si.num_glyphs = shaper_item.num_glyphs;
+        si.hasPositioning = shaper_item.has_positioning;
+    }
+    ((TQTextEngine *)this)->used += si.num_glyphs;
+
+    si.width = 0;
+    advance_t *advances = this->advances( &si );
+    advance_t *end = advances + si.num_glyphs;
+    while ( advances < end ) {
+//         tqDebug("advances[%d] = %d", advances - this->advances(&si), *advances);
+	si.width += *(advances++);
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqtextlayout.cpp b/src/kernel/tqtextlayout.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41be6076a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/tqtextlayout.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "tqtextengine_p.h"
+
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+
+
+TQRect TQTextItem::rect() const
+{
+    TQScriptItem& si = engine->items[item];
+    return TQRect( si.x, si.y, si.width, si.ascent+si.descent );
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::x() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].x;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::y() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].y;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::width() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].width;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::ascent() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].ascent;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::descent() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].descent;
+}
+
+void TQTextItem::setWidth( int w )
+{
+    engine->items[item].width = w;
+}
+
+void TQTextItem::setAscent( int a )
+{
+    engine->items[item].ascent = a;
+}
+
+void TQTextItem::setDescent( int d )
+{
+    engine->items[item].descent = d;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::from() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].position;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::length() const
+{
+    return engine->length(item);
+}
+
+
+int TQTextItem::cursorToX( int *cPos, Edge edge ) const
+{
+    int pos = *cPos;
+    TQScriptItem *si = &engine->items[item];
+
+    engine->shape( item );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    GlyphAttributes *glyphAttributes = engine->glyphAttributes( si );
+    unsigned short *logClusters = engine->logClusters( si );
+
+    int l = engine->length( item );
+    if ( pos > l )
+	pos = l;
+    if ( pos < 0 )
+	pos = 0;
+
+    int glyph_pos = pos == l ? si->num_glyphs : logClusters[pos];
+    if ( edge == Trailing ) {
+	// trailing edge is leading edge of next cluster
+	while ( glyph_pos < si->num_glyphs && !glyphAttributes[glyph_pos].clusterStart )
+	    glyph_pos++;
+    }
+
+    int x = 0;
+    bool reverse = engine->items[item].analysis.bidiLevel % 2;
+
+    if ( reverse ) {
+	for ( int i = si->num_glyphs-1; i >= glyph_pos; i-- )
+	    x += advances[i];
+    } else {
+	for ( int i = 0; i < glyph_pos; i++ )
+	    x += advances[i];
+    }
+//     tqDebug("cursorToX: pos=%d, gpos=%d x=%d", pos, glyph_pos, x );
+    *cPos = pos;
+    return x;
+}
+
+int TQTextItem::xToCursor( int x, CursorPosition cpos ) const
+{
+    TQScriptItem *si = &engine->items[item];
+    engine->shape( item );
+    advance_t *advances = engine->advances( si );
+    unsigned short *logClusters = engine->logClusters( si );
+
+    int l = engine->length( item );
+    bool reverse = si->analysis.bidiLevel % 2;
+    if ( x < 0 )
+	return reverse ? l : 0;
+
+
+    if ( reverse ) {
+	int width = 0;
+	for ( int i = 0; i < si->num_glyphs; i++ ) {
+	    width += advances[i];
+	}
+	x = -x + width;
+    }
+    int cp_before = 0;
+    int cp_after = 0;
+    int x_before = 0;
+    int x_after = 0;
+
+    int lastCluster = 0;
+    for ( int i = 1; i <= l; i++ ) {
+	int newCluster = i < l ? logClusters[i] : si->num_glyphs;
+	if ( newCluster != lastCluster ) {
+	    // calculate cluster width
+	    cp_before = cp_after;
+	    x_before = x_after;
+	    cp_after = i;
+	    for ( int j = lastCluster; j < newCluster; j++ )
+		x_after += advances[j];
+	    // 		tqDebug("cluster boundary: lastCluster=%d, newCluster=%d, x_before=%d, x_after=%d",
+	    // 		       lastCluster, newCluster, x_before, x_after );
+	    if ( x_after > x )
+		break;
+	    lastCluster = newCluster;
+	}
+    }
+
+    bool before = ( cpos == OnCharacters || (x - x_before) < (x_after - x) );
+
+//     tqDebug("got cursor position for %d: %d/%d, x_ba=%d/%d using %d",
+// 	   x, cp_before,cp_after,  x_before, x_after,  before ? cp_before : cp_after );
+
+    return before ? cp_before : cp_after;
+
+}
+
+
+bool TQTextItem::isRightToLeft() const
+{
+    return (engine->items[item].analysis.bidiLevel % 2);
+}
+
+bool TQTextItem::isObject() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].isObject;
+}
+
+bool TQTextItem::isSpace() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].isSpace;
+}
+
+bool TQTextItem::isTab() const
+{
+    return engine->items[item].isTab;
+}
+
+
+TQTextLayout::TQTextLayout()
+    :d(0) {}
+
+TQTextLayout::TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, TQPainter *p )
+{
+    TQFontPrivate *f = p ? ( p->pfont ? p->pfont->d : p->cfont.d ) : TQApplication::font().d;
+    d = new TQTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const TQString&)TQString::fromLatin1("") : string), f );
+}
+
+TQTextLayout::TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt )
+{
+    d = new TQTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const TQString&)TQString::fromLatin1("") : string), fnt.d );
+}
+
+TQTextLayout::~TQTextLayout()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+void TQTextLayout::setText( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt )
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = new TQTextEngine( (string.isNull() ? (const TQString&)TQString::fromLatin1("") : string), fnt.d );
+}
+
+/* add an additional item boundary eg. for style change */
+void TQTextLayout::setBoundary( int strPos )
+{
+    if ( strPos <= 0 || strPos >= (int)d->string.length() )
+	return;
+
+    int itemToSplit = 0;
+    while ( itemToSplit < d->items.size() && d->items[itemToSplit].position <= strPos )
+	itemToSplit++;
+    itemToSplit--;
+    if ( d->items[itemToSplit].position == strPos ) {
+	// already a split at the requested position
+	return;
+    }
+    d->splitItem( itemToSplit, strPos - d->items[itemToSplit].position );
+}
+
+
+int TQTextLayout::numItems() const
+{
+    return d->items.size();
+}
+
+TQTextItem TQTextLayout::itemAt( int i ) const
+{
+    return TQTextItem( i, d );
+}
+
+
+TQTextItem TQTextLayout::findItem( int strPos ) const
+{
+    if ( strPos == 0 && d->items.size() )
+	return TQTextItem( 0, d );
+    // ## TODO use bsearch
+    for ( int i = d->items.size()-1; i >= 0; --i ) {
+	if ( d->items[i].position < strPos )
+	    return TQTextItem( i, d );
+    }
+    return TQTextItem();
+}
+
+
+void TQTextLayout::beginLayout( TQTextLayout::LayoutMode m )
+{
+    d->items.clear();
+    TQTextEngine::Mode mode = TQTextEngine::Full;
+    if (m == NoBidi)
+	mode = TQTextEngine::NoBidi;
+    else if (m == SingleLine)
+	mode = TQTextEngine::SingleLine;
+    d->itemize( mode );
+    d->currentItem = 0;
+    d->firstItemInLine = -1;
+}
+
+void TQTextLayout::beginLine( int width )
+{
+    d->lineWidth = width;
+    d->widthUsed = 0;
+    d->firstItemInLine = -1;
+}
+
+bool TQTextLayout::atEnd() const
+{
+    return d->currentItem >= d->items.size();
+}
+
+TQTextItem TQTextLayout::nextItem()
+{
+    d->currentItem++;
+
+    if ( d->currentItem >= d->items.size() )
+	return TQTextItem();
+
+    d->shape( d->currentItem );
+    return TQTextItem( d->currentItem, d );
+}
+
+TQTextItem TQTextLayout::currentItem()
+{
+    if ( d->currentItem >= d->items.size() )
+	return TQTextItem();
+
+    d->shape( d->currentItem );
+    return TQTextItem( d->currentItem, d );
+}
+
+/* ## maybe also currentItem() */
+void TQTextLayout::setLineWidth( int newWidth )
+{
+    d->lineWidth = newWidth;
+}
+
+int TQTextLayout::lineWidth() const
+{
+    return d->lineWidth;
+}
+
+int TQTextLayout::widthUsed() const
+{
+    return d->widthUsed;
+}
+
+int TQTextLayout::availableWidth() const
+{
+    return d->lineWidth - d->widthUsed;
+}
+
+
+/* returns true if completely added */
+TQTextLayout::Result TQTextLayout::addCurrentItem()
+{
+    if ( d->firstItemInLine == -1 )
+	d->firstItemInLine = d->currentItem;
+    TQScriptItem ¤t = d->items[d->currentItem];
+    d->shape( d->currentItem );
+    d->widthUsed += current.width;
+//     tqDebug("trying to add item %d with width %d, remaining %d", d->currentItem, current.width, d->lineWidth-d->widthUsed );
+
+    d->currentItem++;
+
+    return (d->widthUsed <= d->lineWidth
+	    || (d->currentItem < d->items.size() && d->items[d->currentItem].isSpace)) ? Ok : LineFull;
+}
+
+TQTextLayout::Result TQTextLayout::endLine( int x, int y, int alignment,
+					  int *ascent, int *descent, int *lineLeft, int *lineRight )
+{
+    int available = d->lineWidth;
+    int numRuns = 0;
+    int numSpaceItems = 0;
+    TQ_UINT8 _levels[128];
+    int _visual[128];
+    TQ_UINT8 *levels = _levels;
+    int *visual = _visual;
+    int i;
+    TQTextLayout::Result result = LineEmpty;
+
+//    tqDebug("endLine x=%d, y=%d, first=%d, current=%d lw=%d wu=%d", x,  y, d->firstItemInLine, d->currentItem, d->lineWidth, d->widthUsed );
+    int width_nobreak_found = d->widthUsed;
+    if ( d->firstItemInLine == -1 )
+	goto end;
+
+    if ( !(alignment & (TQt::SingleLine|TQt::IncludeTrailingSpaces))
+	&& d->currentItem > d->firstItemInLine && d->items[d->currentItem-1].isSpace ) {
+	int i = d->currentItem-1;
+	while ( i > d->firstItemInLine && d->items[i].isSpace ) {
+	    numSpaceItems++;
+	    d->widthUsed -= d->items[i--].width;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( (alignment & (TQt::WordBreak|TQt::BreakAnywhere)) &&
+	 d->widthUsed > d->lineWidth ) {
+	// find linebreak
+
+	// even though we removed trailing spaces the line was too wide. We'll have to break at an earlier
+	// position. To not confuse the layouting below, reset the number of space items
+	numSpaceItems = 0;
+
+
+	bool breakany = alignment & TQt::BreakAnywhere;
+
+	const TQCharAttributes *attrs = d->attributes();
+	int w = 0;
+	int itemWidth = 0;
+	int breakItem = d->firstItemInLine;
+	int breakPosition = -1;
+#if 0
+	// we iterate backwards or forward depending on what we guess is closer
+	if ( d->widthUsed - d->lineWidth < d->lineWidth ) {
+	    // backwards search should be faster
+
+	} else
+#endif
+	{
+	    int tmpWidth = 0;
+	    int swidth = 0;
+	    // forward search is probably faster
+	    for ( int i = d->firstItemInLine; i < d->currentItem; i++ ) {
+		const TQScriptItem *si = &d->items[i];
+		int length = d->length( i );
+		const TQCharAttributes *itemAttrs = attrs + si->position;
+
+		advance_t *advances = d->advances( si );
+		unsigned short *logClusters = d->logClusters( si );
+
+		int lastGlyph = 0;
+		int tmpItemWidth = 0;
+
+//     		tqDebug("looking for break in item %d, isSpace=%d", i, si->isSpace );
+		if(si->isSpace && !(alignment & (TQt::SingleLine|TQt::IncludeTrailingSpaces))) {
+		    swidth += si->width;
+		} else {
+		    tmpWidth += swidth;
+		    swidth = 0;
+		    for ( int pos = 0; pos < length; pos++ ) {
+//  			tqDebug("advance=%d, w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, softbreak=%d, whitespace=%d",
+//                                *advances, w, tmpWidth, itemAttrs->softBreak, itemAttrs->whiteSpace );
+			int glyph = logClusters[pos];
+			if ( lastGlyph != glyph ) {
+			    while ( lastGlyph < glyph )
+				tmpItemWidth += advances[lastGlyph++];
+			    if ( breakPosition != -1 && w + tmpWidth + tmpItemWidth > d->lineWidth ) {
+// 				tqDebug("found break at w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, tmpItemWidth=%d", w, tmpWidth, tmpItemWidth);
+				d->widthUsed = w;
+				goto found;
+			    }
+			}
+			if ( (itemAttrs->softBreak ||
+			      ( breakany && itemAttrs->charStop ) ) &&
+			     (i != d->firstItemInLine || pos != 0) ) {
+			    if ( breakItem != i )
+				itemWidth = 0;
+			    if (itemAttrs->softBreak)
+				breakany = FALSE;
+			    breakItem = i;
+			    breakPosition = pos;
+//     			    tqDebug("found possible break at item %d, position %d (absolute=%d), w=%d, tmpWidth=%d, tmpItemWidth=%d", breakItem, breakPosition, d->items[breakItem].position+breakPosition, w, tmpWidth, tmpItemWidth);
+			    w += tmpWidth + tmpItemWidth;
+			    itemWidth += tmpItemWidth;
+			    tmpWidth = 0;
+			    tmpItemWidth = 0;
+			}
+			itemAttrs++;
+		    }
+		    while ( lastGlyph < si->num_glyphs )
+			tmpItemWidth += advances[lastGlyph++];
+		    tmpWidth += tmpItemWidth;
+		    if ( w + tmpWidth > d->lineWidth ) {
+			d->widthUsed = w;
+			goto found;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+    found:
+	// no valid break point found
+	if ( breakPosition == -1 ) {
+            d->widthUsed = width_nobreak_found;
+	    goto nobreak;
+        }
+
+//   	tqDebug("linebreak at item %d, position %d, wu=%d", breakItem, breakPosition, d->widthUsed );
+	// split the line
+	if ( breakPosition > 0 ) {
+// 	    int length = d->length( breakItem );
+
+//   	    tqDebug("splitting item, itemWidth=%d", itemWidth);
+	    // not a full item, need to break
+	    d->splitItem( breakItem, breakPosition );
+	    d->currentItem = breakItem+1;
+	} else {
+	    d->currentItem = breakItem;
+	}
+    }
+
+    result = Ok;
+
+ nobreak:
+    // position the objects in the line
+    available -= d->widthUsed;
+
+    numRuns = d->currentItem - d->firstItemInLine - numSpaceItems;
+    if ( numRuns > 127 ) {
+	levels = new TQ_UINT8[numRuns];
+	visual = new int[numRuns];
+    }
+
+//     tqDebug("reordering %d runs, numSpaceItems=%d", numRuns, numSpaceItems );
+    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
+	levels[i] = d->items[i+d->firstItemInLine].analysis.bidiLevel;
+// 	tqDebug("    level = %d", d->items[i+d->firstItemInLine].analysis.bidiLevel );
+    }
+    d->bidiReorder( numRuns, levels, visual );
+
+ end:
+    // ### FIXME
+    if ( alignment & TQt::AlignJustify ) {
+	// #### justify items
+	alignment = TQt::AlignAuto;
+    }
+    if ( (alignment & TQt::AlignHorizontal_Mask) == TQt::AlignAuto )
+	alignment = TQt::AlignLeft;
+    if ( alignment & TQt::AlignRight )
+	x += available;
+    else if ( alignment & TQt::AlignHCenter )
+	x += available/2;
+
+
+    int asc = ascent ? *ascent : 0;
+    int desc = descent ? *descent : 0;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
+	TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]];
+	asc = TQMAX( asc, si.ascent );
+	desc = TQMAX( desc, si.descent );
+    }
+
+    int left = x;
+    for ( i = 0; i < numRuns; i++ ) {
+	TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]];
+//  	tqDebug("positioning item %d with width %d (from=%d/length=%d) at %d", d->firstItemInLine+visual[i], si.width, si.position,
+// 	       d->length(d->firstItemInLine+visual[i]), x );
+	si.x = x;
+	si.y = y + asc;
+	x += si.width;
+    }
+    int right = x;
+
+    if ( numSpaceItems ) {
+	if ( d->items[d->firstItemInLine+numRuns].analysis.bidiLevel % 2 ) {
+	    x = left;
+	    for ( i = 0; i < numSpaceItems; i++ ) {
+		TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine + numRuns + i];
+		x -= si.width;
+		si.x = x;
+		si.y = y + asc;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    for ( i = 0; i < numSpaceItems; i++ ) {
+		TQScriptItem &si = d->items[d->firstItemInLine + numRuns + i];
+		si.x = x;
+		si.y = y + asc;
+		x += si.width;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( lineLeft )
+	*lineLeft = left;
+    if ( lineRight )
+	*lineRight = right;
+    if ( ascent )
+	*ascent = asc;
+    if ( descent )
+	*descent = desc;
+
+    if (levels != _levels)
+	delete []levels;
+    if (visual != _visual)
+	delete []visual;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+void TQTextLayout::endLayout()
+{
+    // nothing to do currently
+}
+
+
+int TQTextLayout::nextCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode ) const
+{
+//     tqDebug("looking for next cursor pos for %d", oldPos );
+    const TQCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
+    int len = d->string.length();
+    if ( oldPos >= len )
+	return oldPos;
+    oldPos++;
+    if ( mode == SkipCharacters ) {
+	while ( oldPos < len && !attributes[oldPos].charStop )
+	    oldPos++;
+    } else {
+	while ( oldPos < len && !attributes[oldPos].wordStop && !attributes[oldPos-1].whiteSpace )
+	    oldPos++;
+    }
+//     tqDebug("  -> %d",  oldPos );
+    return oldPos;
+}
+
+int TQTextLayout::previousCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode ) const
+{
+//     tqDebug("looking for previous cursor pos for %d", oldPos );
+    const TQCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
+    if ( oldPos <= 0 )
+	return 0;
+    oldPos--;
+    if ( mode == SkipCharacters ) {
+	while ( oldPos && !attributes[oldPos].charStop )
+	    oldPos--;
+    } else {
+	while ( oldPos && !attributes[oldPos].wordStop && !attributes[oldPos-1].whiteSpace )
+	    oldPos--;
+    }
+//     tqDebug("  -> %d",  oldPos );
+    return oldPos;
+}
+
+
+bool TQTextLayout::validCursorPosition( int pos ) const
+{
+    const TQCharAttributes *attributes = d->attributes();
+    if ( pos < 0 || pos > (int)d->string.length() )
+	return FALSE;
+    return attributes[pos].charStop;
+}
+
+void TQTextLayout::setDirection(TQChar::Direction dir)
+{
+    d->direction = dir;
+}
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqtextlayout_p.h b/src/kernel/tqtextlayout_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..64c7f64db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/kernel/tqtextlayout_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** ???
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** Licensees holding valid TQt Commercial licenses may use this file in
+** accordance with the TQt Commercial License Agreement provided with
+** the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTLAYOUT_P_H
+#define TQTEXTLAYOUT_P_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "ntqnamespace.h"
+#include "ntqrect.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+class TQTextEngine;
+class TQFont;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextItem
+{
+public:
+    inline TQTextItem() : item(0), engine(0) {}
+    inline bool isValid() const { return (bool)engine; }
+
+    TQRect rect() const;
+    int x() const;
+    int y() const;
+    int width() const;
+    int ascent() const;
+    int descent() const;
+
+    enum Edge {
+	Leading,
+	Trailing
+    };
+    enum CursorPosition {
+	BetweenCharacters,
+	OnCharacters
+    };
+
+    /* cPos gets set to the valid position */
+    int cursorToX( int *cPos, Edge edge = Leading ) const;
+    inline int cursorToX( int cPos, Edge edge = Leading ) const { return cursorToX( &cPos, edge ); }
+    int xToCursor( int x, CursorPosition = BetweenCharacters ) const;
+
+    bool isRightToLeft() const;
+    bool isObject() const;
+    bool isSpace() const;
+    bool isTab() const;
+
+    void setWidth( int w );
+    void setAscent( int a );
+    void setDescent( int d );
+
+    int from() const;
+    int length() const;
+
+private:
+    friend class TQTextLayout;
+    friend class TQPainter;
+    friend class TQPSPrinter;
+    TQTextItem( int i, TQTextEngine *e ) : item( i ), engine( e ) {}
+    int item;
+    TQTextEngine *engine;
+};
+
+
+class TQPainter;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextLayout
+{
+public:
+    // does itemization
+    TQTextLayout();
+    TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, TQPainter * = 0 );
+    TQTextLayout( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt );
+    ~TQTextLayout();
+
+    void setText( const TQString& string, const TQFont& fnt );
+
+    enum LineBreakStrategy {
+	AtWordBoundaries,
+	AtCharBoundaries
+    };
+
+    /* add an additional item boundary eg. for style change */
+    void setBoundary( int strPos );
+
+    int numItems() const;
+    TQTextItem itemAt( int i ) const;
+    TQTextItem findItem( int strPos ) const;
+
+    enum LayoutMode {
+	NoBidi,
+	SingleLine,
+	MultiLine
+    };
+    void beginLayout( LayoutMode m = MultiLine );
+    void beginLine( int width );
+
+    bool atEnd() const;
+    TQTextItem nextItem();
+    TQTextItem currentItem();
+    /* ## maybe also currentItem() */
+    void setLineWidth( int newWidth );
+    int lineWidth() const;
+    int widthUsed() const;
+    int availableWidth() const;
+
+    enum Result {
+	Ok,
+	LineFull,
+	LineEmpty,
+	Error
+    };
+    /* returns true if completely added */
+    Result addCurrentItem();
+
+    /* Note: if ascent and descent are used they must be initialized to the minimum ascent/descent
+       acceptable for the line. TQFontMetrics::ascent/descent() is usually the right choice */
+    Result endLine( int x = 0, int y = 0, int alignment = TQt::AlignLeft,
+		    int *ascent = 0, int *descent = 0, int *left = 0, int *right = 0 );
+    void endLayout();
+
+    enum CursorMode {
+	SkipCharacters,
+	SkipWords
+    };
+    bool validCursorPosition( int pos ) const;
+    int nextCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode = SkipCharacters ) const;
+    int previousCursorPosition( int oldPos, CursorMode mode = SkipCharacters ) const;
+
+    void setDirection(TQChar::Direction);
+private:
+    TQTextLayout( TQTextEngine *e ) : d( e ) {}
+    /* disable copy and assignment */
+    TQTextLayout( const TQTextLayout & ) {}
+    void operator = ( const TQTextLayout & ) {}
+
+    friend class TQTextItem;
+    friend class TQPainter;
+    friend class TQPSPrinter;
+    TQTextEngine *d;
+};
+
+
+/*
+  class TQPainter {
+      .....
+      void drawTextItem( int x, int y, TQTextItem *item );
+  };
+*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/kernel/tqwidget_x11.cpp b/src/kernel/tqwidget_x11.cpp
index ff33dddbf..78d1e850e 100644
--- a/src/kernel/tqwidget_x11.cpp
+++ b/src/kernel/tqwidget_x11.cpp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 #include "tqimage.h"
 #include "tqobjectlist.h"
 #include "ntqlayout.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqdatetime.h"
 #include "ntqcursor.h"
 #include "qt_x11_p.h"
@@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ void TQWidget::destroyInputContext()
 
 /*!
     This function is called when text widgets need to be neutral state to
-    execute text operations properly. See qlineedit.cpp and qtextedit.cpp as
+    execute text operations properly. See qlineedit.cpp and tqtextedit.cpp as
     example.
 
     Ordinary reset that along with changing focus to another widget,
diff --git a/src/moc/moc.pro b/src/moc/moc.pro
index e2f92ef17..566a8589f 100644
--- a/src/moc/moc.pro
+++ b/src/moc/moc.pro
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ SOURCES		= ../tools/qbuffer.cpp	    \
 		  ../tools/qlocale.cpp	    \
                   ../tools/qunicodetables.cpp \
 		  ../tools/tqstringlist.cpp  \
-		  ../tools/qtextstream.cpp  \
+		  ../tools/tqtextstream.cpp  \
 		  ../tools/qbitarray.cpp    \
 		  ../tools/tqmap.cpp         \
 		  ../tools/qgcache.cpp      \
-		  ../codecs/qtextcodec.cpp \
+		  ../codecs/tqtextcodec.cpp \
 		  ../codecs/qutfcodec.cpp
 
 isEmpty(QT_PRODUCT)|contains(QT_PRODUCT, qt-internal) {
diff --git a/src/network/qdns.cpp b/src/network/qdns.cpp
index 4be302d5a..dc641569a 100644
--- a/src/network/qdns.cpp
+++ b/src/network/qdns.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 #include "tqstrlist.h"
 #include "tqptrdict.h"
 #include "ntqfile.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqsocketdevice.h"
 #include "ntqcleanuphandler.h"
 #include 
diff --git a/src/network/qftp.cpp b/src/network/qftp.cpp
index ac4d442e0..b5da887d6 100644
--- a/src/network/qftp.cpp
+++ b/src/network/qftp.cpp
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 #include "tqptrdict.h" // binary compatibility
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #endif
 
 //#define TQFTPPI_DEBUG
diff --git a/src/network/qhttp.cpp b/src/network/qhttp.cpp
index 8f88e0340..b37d4789d 100644
--- a/src/network/qhttp.cpp
+++ b/src/network/qhttp.cpp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 #ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL_HTTP
 
 #include "ntqsocket.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
 #include "tqstring.h"
 #include "tqstringlist.h"
diff --git a/src/qt.pro b/src/qt.pro
index e66adeef5..e359ea36c 100644
--- a/src/qt.pro
+++ b/src/qt.pro
@@ -182,14 +182,14 @@ wince-* {
 		   $$KERNEL_CPP/ntqgplugin.h \
 		   $$KERNEL_CPP/tqimageformatplugin.h \
 		   $$STYLES_CPP/ntqstyleplugin.h \
-		   $$CODECS_CPP/ntqtextcodecplugin.h \
+		   $$CODECS_CPP/tqtextcodecplugin.h \
 		   $$WIDGETS_CPP/tqwidgetplugin.h
 
 	SOURCES -= $$TOOLS_CPP/qcomlibrary.cpp \
 		   $$KERNEL_CPP/qgplugin.cpp \
 		   $$KERNEL_CPP/tqimageformatplugin.cpp \
 		   $$STYLES_CPP/qstyleplugin.cpp \
-		   $$CODECS_CPP/qtextcodecplugin.cpp \
+		   $$CODECS_CPP/tqtextcodecplugin.cpp \
 		   $$WIDGETS_CPP/tqwidgetplugin.cpp 
 }
 
diff --git a/src/styles/qsgistyle.cpp b/src/styles/qsgistyle.cpp
index 54b9bfc8c..8fd36f70e 100644
--- a/src/styles/qsgistyle.cpp
+++ b/src/styles/qsgistyle.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 #include "ntqscrollbar.h"
 #include "ntqcombobox.h"
 #include "ntqslider.h"
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
 #include "ntqtoolbar.h"
 #include "ntqlineedit.h"
 #include "ntqmenubar.h"
diff --git a/src/tools/ntqtextstream.h b/src/tools/ntqtextstream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ab2366b39..000000000
--- a/src/tools/ntqtextstream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of TQTextStream class
-**
-** Created : 940922
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTSTREAM_H
-#define TQTEXTSTREAM_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqiodevice.h"
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#include 
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
-class TQTextCodec;
-class TQTextDecoder;
-
-class TQTextStreamPrivate;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream				// text stream class
-{
-public:
-    enum Encoding { Locale, Latin1, Unicode, UnicodeNetworkOrder,
-		    UnicodeReverse, RawUnicode, UnicodeUTF8 };
-
-    void	setEncoding( Encoding );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    void	setCodec( TQTextCodec* );
-    TQTextCodec *codec();
-#endif
-
-    TQTextStream();
-    TQTextStream( TQIODevice * );
-    TQTextStream( TQString*, int mode );
-    TQTextStream( TQString&, int mode );		// obsolete
-    TQTextStream( TQByteArray, int mode );
-    TQTextStream( FILE *, int mode );
-    virtual ~TQTextStream();
-
-    TQIODevice	*device() const;
-    void	 setDevice( TQIODevice * );
-    void	 unsetDevice();
-
-    bool	 atEnd() const;
-    bool	 eof() const;
-
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( TQChar & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( char & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( signed short & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( unsigned short & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( signed int & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( unsigned int & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( signed long & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( unsigned long & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( float & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( double & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( char * );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( TQString & );
-    TQTextStream &operator>>( TQCString & );
-
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( TQChar );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( char );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed short );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned short );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed int );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned int );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed long );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned long );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed long long );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned long long );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( float );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( double );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( const char* );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( const TQString & );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( const TQCString & );
-    TQTextStream &operator<<( void * );		// any pointer
-
-    TQTextStream &readRawBytes( char *, uint len );
-    TQTextStream &writeRawBytes( const char* , uint len );
-
-    TQString	readLine();
-    TQString	read();
-    void	skipWhiteSpace();
-
-    enum {
-	skipws	  = 0x0001,			// skip whitespace on input
-	left	  = 0x0002,			// left-adjust output
-	right	  = 0x0004,			// right-adjust output
-	internal  = 0x0008,			// pad after sign
-	bin	  = 0x0010,			// binary format integer
-	oct	  = 0x0020,			// octal format integer
-	dec	  = 0x0040,			// decimal format integer
-	hex	  = 0x0080,			// hex format integer
-	showbase  = 0x0100,			// show base indicator
-	showpoint = 0x0200,			// force decimal point (float)
-	uppercase = 0x0400,			// upper-case hex output
-	showpos	  = 0x0800,			// add '+' to positive integers
-	scientific= 0x1000,			// scientific float output
-	fixed	  = 0x2000			// fixed float output
-    };
-
-    static const int basefield;			// bin | oct | dec | hex
-    static const int adjustfield;		// left | right | internal
-    static const int floatfield;		// scientific | fixed
-
-    int	  flags() const;
-    int	  flags( int f );
-    int	  setf( int bits );
-    int	  setf( int bits, int mask );
-    int	  unsetf( int bits );
-
-    void  reset();
-
-    int	  width()	const;
-    int	  width( int );
-    int	  fill()	const;
-    int	  fill( int );
-    int	  precision()	const;
-    int	  precision( int );
-
-private:
-    long	input_int();
-    void	init();
-    TQTextStream &output_int( int, unsigned long long, bool );
- 
-    TQIODevice	*dev;
-
-    int		fflags;
-    int		fwidth;
-    int		fillchar;
-    int		fprec;
-    bool	doUnicodeHeader;
-    bool	owndev;
-    TQTextCodec 	*mapper;
-    TQTextStreamPrivate * d;
-    TQChar	unused1; // ### remove in TQt 4.0
-    bool	latin1;
-    bool 	internalOrder;
-    bool	networkOrder;
-    void	*unused2; // ### remove in TQt 4.0
-
-    TQChar	eat_ws();
-    uint 	ts_getline( TQChar* );
-    void	ts_ungetc( TQChar );
-    TQChar	ts_getc();
-    uint	ts_getbuf( TQChar*, uint );
-    void	ts_putc(int);
-    void	ts_putc(TQChar);
-    bool	ts_isspace(TQChar);
-    bool	ts_isdigit(TQChar);
-    ulong	input_bin();
-    ulong	input_oct();
-    ulong	input_dec();
-    ulong	input_hex();
-    double	input_double();
-    TQTextStream &writeBlock( const char* p, uint len );
-    TQTextStream &writeBlock( const TQChar* p, uint len );
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQTextStream( const TQTextStream & );
-    TQTextStream &operator=( const TQTextStream & );
-#endif
-};
-
-typedef TQTextStream TQTS;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextIStream : public TQTextStream {
-public:
-    TQTextIStream( const TQString* s ) :
-	TQTextStream((TQString*)s,IO_ReadOnly) { }
-    TQTextIStream( TQByteArray ba ) :
-	TQTextStream(ba,IO_ReadOnly) { }
-    TQTextIStream( FILE *f ) :
-	TQTextStream(f,IO_ReadOnly) { }
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQTextIStream( const TQTextIStream & );
-    TQTextIStream &operator=( const TQTextIStream & );
-#endif
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextOStream : public TQTextStream {
-public:
-    TQTextOStream( TQString* s ) :
-	TQTextStream(s,IO_WriteOnly) { }
-    TQTextOStream( TQByteArray ba ) :
-	TQTextStream(ba,IO_WriteOnly) { }
-    TQTextOStream( FILE *f ) :
-	TQTextStream(f,IO_WriteOnly) { }
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQTextOStream( const TQTextOStream & );
-    TQTextOStream &operator=( const TQTextOStream & );
-#endif
-};
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQTextStream inline functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-inline TQIODevice *TQTextStream::device() const
-{ return dev; }
-
-inline bool TQTextStream::atEnd() const
-{ return dev ? dev->atEnd() : FALSE; }
-
-inline bool TQTextStream::eof() const
-{ return atEnd(); }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::flags() const
-{ return fflags; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::flags( int f )
-{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags = f;  return oldf; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::setf( int bits )
-{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags |= bits;  return oldf; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::setf( int bits, int mask )
-{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags = (fflags & ~mask) | (bits & mask); return oldf; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::unsetf( int bits )
-{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags &= ~bits;	return oldf; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::width() const
-{ return fwidth; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::width( int w )
-{ int oldw = fwidth;  fwidth = w;  return oldw;	 }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::fill() const
-{ return fillchar; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::fill( int f )
-{ int oldc = fillchar;	fillchar = f;  return oldc;  }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::precision() const
-{ return fprec; }
-
-inline int TQTextStream::precision( int p )
-{ int oldp = fprec;  fprec = p;	 return oldp;  }
-
-/*!
-  Returns one character from the stream, or EOF.
-*/
-inline TQChar TQTextStream::ts_getc()
-{ TQChar r; return ( ts_getbuf( &r,1 ) == 1 ? r : TQChar((ushort)0xffff) ); }
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQTextStream manipulators
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-typedef TQTextStream & (*TQTSFUNC)(TQTextStream &);// manipulator function
-typedef int (TQTextStream::*TQTSMFI)(int);	// manipulator w/int argument
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTSManip {			// text stream manipulator
-public:
-    TQTSManip( TQTSMFI m, int a ) { mf=m; arg=a; }
-    void exec( TQTextStream &s ) { (s.*mf)(arg); }
-private:
-    TQTSMFI mf;					// TQTextStream member function
-    int	   arg;					// member function argument
-};
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline TQTextStream &operator>>( TQTextStream &s, TQTSFUNC f )
-{ return (*f)( s ); }
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline TQTextStream &operator<<( TQTextStream &s, TQTSFUNC f )
-{ return (*f)( s ); }
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline TQTextStream &operator<<( TQTextStream &s, TQTSManip m )
-{ m.exec(s); return s; }
-
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &bin( TQTextStream &s );	// set bin notation
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &oct( TQTextStream &s );	// set oct notation
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &dec( TQTextStream &s );	// set dec notation
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &hex( TQTextStream &s );	// set hex notation
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &endl( TQTextStream &s );	// insert EOL ('\n')
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &flush( TQTextStream &s );	// flush output
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &ws( TQTextStream &s );	// eat whitespace on input
-TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &reset( TQTextStream &s );	// set default flags
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline TQTSManip qSetW( int w )
-{
-    TQTSMFI func = &TQTextStream::width;
-    return TQTSManip(func,w);
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline TQTSManip qSetFill( int f )
-{
-    TQTSMFI func = &TQTextStream::fill;
-    return TQTSManip(func,f);
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline TQTSManip qSetPrecision( int p )
-{
-    TQTSMFI func = &TQTextStream::precision;
-    return TQTSManip(func,p);
-}
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
-#endif // TQTEXTSTREAM_H
diff --git a/src/tools/ntqtl.h b/src/tools/ntqtl.h
index 8b8724f9e..712129746 100644
--- a/src/tools/ntqtl.h
+++ b/src/tools/ntqtl.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqglobal.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/src/tools/qfeatures.txt b/src/tools/qfeatures.txt
index 3c14ef270..fd6cb62cb 100644
--- a/src/tools/qfeatures.txt
+++ b/src/tools/qfeatures.txt
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: TEXTSTREAM
 Section: File I/O
 Requires:
-Name: QTextStream
+Name: TQTextStream
 SeeAlso: ???
 
 Feature: DATASTREAM
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: TEXTVIEW
 Section: Widgets
 Requires: TEXTEDIT
-Name: QTextView
+Name: TQTextView
 SeeAlso: ???
 
 Feature: TEXTEDIT
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: TEXTBROWSER
 Section: Widgets
 Requires: TEXTVIEW MIME
-Name: QTextBrowser
+Name: TQTextBrowser
 SeeAlso: ???
 
 Feature: LISTBOX
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ SeeAlso: ???
 Feature: TEXTCODECPLUGIN
 Section: Internationalization
 Requires: COMPONENT TEXTCODEC
-Name: QTextCodecPlugin
+Name: TQTextCodecPlugin
 SeeAlso: ???
 
 
diff --git a/src/tools/qsettings.cpp b/src/tools/qsettings.cpp
index ecaa3f7d6..ebec81889 100644
--- a/src/tools/qsettings.cpp
+++ b/src/tools/qsettings.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ static inline int qt_open( const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode )
 #include "ntqfile.h"
 #include "ntqfileinfo.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqregexp.h"
 #include 
 #ifndef NO_ERRNO_H
diff --git a/src/tools/qt_tools.pri b/src/tools/qt_tools.pri
index 283d7c5ed..54cfd4414 100644
--- a/src/tools/qt_tools.pri
+++ b/src/tools/qt_tools.pri
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ tools {
 		  $$TOOLS_H/tqstringlist.h \
 		  $$TOOLS_H/tqstrlist.h \
 		  $$TOOLS_H/tqstrvec.h \
-		  $$TOOLS_H/ntqtextstream.h \
+		  $$TOOLS_H/tqtextstream.h \
 		  $$TOOLS_P/qthreadinstance_p.h \
 		  $$TOOLS_H/ntqthreadstorage.h\
 		  $$TOOLS_P/qunicodetables_p.h \
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ tools {
 		  $$TOOLS_CPP/qsemaphore.cpp \
 		  $$TOOLS_CPP/qsettings.cpp \
 		  $$TOOLS_CPP/tqstringlist.cpp \
-		  $$TOOLS_CPP/qtextstream.cpp \
+		  $$TOOLS_CPP/tqtextstream.cpp \
 		  $$TOOLS_CPP/qunicodetables.cpp \
 		  $$TOOLS_CPP/qucom.cpp \
 		  $$TOOLS_CPP/quuid.cpp
diff --git a/src/tools/qtextstream.cpp b/src/tools/qtextstream.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 85059dafc..000000000
--- a/src/tools/qtextstream.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2632 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of TQTextStream class
-**
-** Created : 940922
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
-#include "ntqregexp.h"
-#include "ntqbuffer.h"
-#include "ntqfile.h"
-#include 
-#include 
-#include 
-#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
-#include 
-#endif
-
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
-#include "qt_windows.h"
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    \class TQTextStream ntqtextstream.h
-    \reentrant
-    \brief The TQTextStream class provides basic functions for reading
-    and writing text using a TQIODevice.
-
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
-
-    The text stream class has a functional interface that is very
-    similar to that of the standard C++ iostream class.
-
-    TQt provides several global functions similar to the ones in iostream:
-    \table
-    \header \i Function \i Meaning
-    \row \i bin \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write binary numbers
-    \row \i oct \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write octal numbers
-    \row \i dec \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write decimal numbers
-    \row \i hex \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write hexadecimal numbers
-    \row \i endl \i forces a line break
-    \row \i flush \i forces the TQIODevice to flush any buffered data
-    \row \i ws \i eats any available whitespace (on input)
-    \row \i reset \i resets the TQTextStream to its default mode (see reset())
-    \row \i qSetW(int) \i sets the \link width() field width \endlink
-    to the given argument
-    \row \i qSetFill(int) \i sets the \link fill() fill character
-    \endlink to the given argument
-    \row \i qSetPrecision(int) \i sets the \link precision() precision
-    \endlink to the given argument
-    \endtable
-
-    \warning By default TQTextStream will automatically detect whether
-    integers in the stream are in decimal, octal, hexadecimal or
-    binary format when reading from the stream. In particular, a
-    leading '0' signifies octal, i.e. the sequence "0100" will be
-    interpreted as 64.
-
-    The TQTextStream class reads and writes text; it is not appropriate
-    for dealing with binary data (but TQDataStream is).
-
-    By default, output of Unicode text (i.e. TQString) is done using
-    the local 8-bit encoding. This can be changed using the
-    setEncoding() method. For input, the TQTextStream will auto-detect
-    standard Unicode "byte order marked" text files; otherwise the
-    local 8-bit encoding is used.
-
-    The TQIODevice is set in the constructor, or later using
-    setDevice(). If the end of the input is reached atEnd() returns
-    TRUE. Data can be read into variables of the appropriate type
-    using the operator>>() overloads, or read in its entirety into a
-    single string using read(), or read a line at a time using
-    readLine(). Whitespace can be skipped over using skipWhiteSpace().
-    You can set flags for the stream using flags() or setf(). The
-    stream also supports width(), precision() and fill(); use reset()
-    to reset the defaults.
-
-    \sa TQDataStream
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextStream::Encoding
-
-    \value Locale
-    \value Latin1
-    \value Unicode
-    \value UnicodeNetworkOrder
-    \value UnicodeReverse
-    \value RawUnicode
-    \value UnicodeUTF8
-
-    See setEncoding() for an explanation of the encodings.
-*/
-
-/*
-  \class TQTSManip
-
-  \brief The TQTSManip class is an internal helper class for the
-  TQTextStream.
-
-  It is generally a very bad idea to use this class directly in
-  application programs.
-
-  \internal
-
-  This class makes it possible to give the TQTextStream function objects
-  with arguments, like this:
-  \code
-    TQTextStream cout( stdout, IO_WriteOnly );
-    cout << setprecision( 8 );		// TQTSManip used here!
-    cout << 3.14159265358979323846;
-  \endcode
-
-  The setprecision() function returns a TQTSManip object.
-  The TQTSManip object contains a pointer to a member function in
-  TQTextStream and an integer argument.
-  When serializing a TQTSManip into a TQTextStream, the function
-  is executed with the argument.
-*/
-
-/*! \fn TQTSManip::TQTSManip( TQTSMFI m, int a )
-
-  Constructs a TQTSManip object which will call \a m (a member function
-  in TQTextStream which accepts a single int) with argument \a a when
-  TQTSManip::exec() is called. Used internally in e.g. endl:
-
-  \code
-    s << "some text" << endl << "more text";
-  \endcode
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void TQTSManip::exec( TQTextStream& s )
-
-  Calls the member function specified in the constructor, for object
-  \a s. Used internally in e.g. endl:
-
-  \code
-    s << "some text" << endl << "more text";
-  \endcode
-*/
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQTextStream member functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-#undef  CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-#define CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND  if ( !dev ) {				\
-				tqWarning( "TQTextStream: No device" );	\
-				return *this; }
-#else
-#define CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-#endif
-
-
-#define I_SHORT		0x0010
-#define I_INT		0x0020
-#define I_LONG		0x0030
-#define I_LONGLONG	0x0040
-#define I_TYPE_MASK	0x00f0
-
-#define I_BASE_2	TQTS::bin
-#define I_BASE_8	TQTS::oct
-#define I_BASE_10	TQTS::dec
-#define I_BASE_16	TQTS::hex
-#define I_BASE_MASK	(TQTS::bin | TQTS::oct | TQTS::dec | TQTS::hex)
-
-#define I_SIGNED	0x0100
-#define I_UNSIGNED	0x0200
-#define I_SIGN_MASK	0x0f00
-
-
-static const TQChar TQEOF = TQChar((ushort)0xffff); //guaranteed not to be a character.
-static const uint getline_buf_size = 256; // bufsize used by ts_getline()
-
-const int TQTextStream::basefield   = I_BASE_MASK;
-const int TQTextStream::adjustfield = ( TQTextStream::left |
-				       TQTextStream::right |
-				       TQTextStream::internal );
-const int TQTextStream::floatfield  = ( TQTextStream::scientific |
-				       TQTextStream::fixed );
-
-
-class TQTextStreamPrivate {
-public:
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    TQTextStreamPrivate()
-	: decoder( 0 ), encoder( 0 ), sourceType( NotSet ) { }
-    ~TQTextStreamPrivate() {
-	delete decoder;
-	delete encoder;
-    }
-    TQTextDecoder *decoder;
-    TQTextEncoder *encoder;
-#else
-    TQTextStreamPrivate() : sourceType( NotSet ) { }
-    ~TQTextStreamPrivate() { }
-#endif
-    TQString ungetcBuf;
-
-    enum SourceType { NotSet, IODevice, String, ByteArray, File };
-    SourceType sourceType;
-};
-
-
-// skips whitespace and returns the first non-whitespace character
-TQChar TQTextStream::eat_ws()
-{
-    TQChar c;
-    do { c = ts_getc(); } while ( c != TQEOF && ts_isspace(c) );
-    return c;
-}
-
-void TQTextStream::init()
-{
-    // ### ungetcBuf = TQEOF;
-    dev = 0;
-    owndev = FALSE;
-    mapper = 0;
-    d = new TQTextStreamPrivate;
-    doUnicodeHeader = TRUE; // autodetect
-    latin1 = TRUE; // should use locale?
-    internalOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
-    networkOrder = TRUE;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a data stream that has no IO device.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::TQTextStream()
-{
-    init();
-    setEncoding( Locale );
-    reset();
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::NotSet;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a text stream that uses the IO device \a iod.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQIODevice *iod )
-{
-    init();
-    setEncoding( Locale );
-    dev = iod;
-    reset();
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::IODevice;
-}
-
-// TODO: use special-case handling of this case in TQTextStream, and
-//	 simplify this class to only deal with TQChar or TQString data.
-class TQStringBuffer : public TQIODevice {
-public:
-    TQStringBuffer( TQString* str );
-    ~TQStringBuffer();
-    bool  open( int m );
-    void  close();
-    void  flush();
-    Offset  size() const;
-    Offset  at()   const;
-    bool  at( Offset pos );
-    TQ_LONG readBlock( char *p, TQ_ULONG len );
-    TQ_LONG writeBlock( const char *p, TQ_ULONG len );
-    int   getch();
-    int   putch( int ch );
-    int   ungetch( int ch );
-protected:
-    TQString* s;
-
-private:
-    TQStringBuffer( const TQStringBuffer & );
-    TQStringBuffer &operator=( const TQStringBuffer & );
-};
-
-
-TQStringBuffer::TQStringBuffer( TQString* str )
-{
-    s = str;
-}
-
-TQStringBuffer::~TQStringBuffer()
-{
-}
-
-
-bool TQStringBuffer::open( int m )
-{
-    if ( !s ) {
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::open: No string" );
-#endif
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    if ( isOpen() ) {
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::open: Buffer already open" );
-#endif
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    setMode( m );
-    if ( m & IO_Truncate )
-	s->truncate( 0 );
-
-    if ( m & IO_Append ) {
-	ioIndex = s->length()*sizeof(TQChar);
-    } else {
-	ioIndex = 0;
-    }
-    setState( IO_Open );
-    resetStatus();
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-void TQStringBuffer::close()
-{
-    if ( isOpen() ) {
-	setFlags( IO_Direct );
-	ioIndex = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-void TQStringBuffer::flush()
-{
-}
-
-TQIODevice::Offset TQStringBuffer::size() const
-{
-    return s ? s->length()*sizeof(TQChar) : 0;
-}
-
-TQIODevice::Offset  TQStringBuffer::at()   const
-{
-    return ioIndex;
-}
-
-bool TQStringBuffer::at( Offset pos )
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isOpen() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::at: Buffer is not open" );
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( pos >= s->length()*2 ) {
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::at: Index %lu out of range", pos );
-#endif
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    ioIndex = pos;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-TQ_LONG TQStringBuffer::readBlock( char *p, TQ_ULONG len )
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    TQ_CHECK_PTR( p );
-    if ( !isOpen() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::readBlock: Buffer not open" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if ( !isReadable() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::readBlock: Read operation not permitted" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( ioIndex + len > s->length()*sizeof(TQChar) ) {
-	// overflow
-	if ( (uint)ioIndex >= s->length()*sizeof(TQChar) ) {
-	    setStatus( IO_ReadError );
-	    return -1;
-	} else {
-	    len = s->length()*2 - (uint)ioIndex;
-	}
-    }
-    memcpy( p, ((const char*)(s->unicode()))+ioIndex, len );
-    ioIndex += len;
-    return len;
-}
-
-TQ_LONG TQStringBuffer::writeBlock( const char *p, TQ_ULONG len )
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
-    if ( p == 0 && len != 0 )
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: Null pointer error" );
-#endif
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isOpen() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: Buffer not open" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if ( !isWritable() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: Write operation not permitted" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if ( ioIndex&1 ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: non-even index - non Unicode" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if ( len&1 ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: non-even length - non Unicode" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-#endif
-    s->replace(ioIndex/2, len/2, (TQChar*)p, len/2);
-    ioIndex += len;
-    return len;
-}
-
-int TQStringBuffer::getch()
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isOpen() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::getch: Buffer not open" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if ( !isReadable() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::getch: Read operation not permitted" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( (uint)ioIndex >= s->length()*2 ) {           // overflow
-	setStatus( IO_ReadError );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    return (int)((const uchar *)s->unicode())[ioIndex++];
-}
-
-int TQStringBuffer::putch( int ch )
-{
-    char c = ch;
-    if ( writeBlock(&c,1) < 0 )
-	return -1;
-    else
-	return ch;
-}
-
-int TQStringBuffer::ungetch( int ch )
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !isOpen() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::ungetch: Buffer not open" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-    if ( !isReadable() ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::ungetch: Read operation not permitted" );
-	return -1;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( ch != -1 ) { // something to do with eof
-	if ( ioIndex )
-	    ioIndex--;
-	else
-	    ch = -1;
-    }
-    return ch;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a text stream that operates on the Unicode TQString, \a
-    str, through an internal device. The \a filemode argument is
-    passed to the device's open() function; see \l{TQIODevice::mode()}.
-
-    If you set an encoding or codec with setEncoding() or setCodec(),
-    this setting is ignored for text streams that operate on TQString.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-    TQString str;
-    TQTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly );
-    ts << "pi = " << 3.14; // str == "pi = 3.14"
-    \endcode
-
-    Writing data to the text stream will modify the contents of the
-    string. The string will be expanded when data is written beyond
-    the end of the string. Note that the string will not be truncated:
-    \code
-    TQString str = "pi = 3.14";
-    TQTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly );
-    ts <<  "2+2 = " << 2+2; // str == "2+2 = 414"
-    \endcode
-
-    Note that because TQString is Unicode, you should not use
-    readRawBytes() or writeRawBytes() on such a stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQString* str, int filemode )
-{
-    // TODO: optimize for this case as it becomes more common
-    //        (see TQStringBuffer above)
-    init();
-    dev = new TQStringBuffer( str );
-    ((TQStringBuffer *)dev)->open( filemode );
-    owndev = TRUE;
-    setEncoding(RawUnicode);
-    reset();
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::String;
-}
-
-/*! \obsolete
-
-  This constructor is equivalent to the constructor taking a TQString*
-  parameter.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQString& str, int filemode )
-{
-    init();
-    dev = new TQStringBuffer( &str );
-    ((TQStringBuffer *)dev)->open( filemode );
-    owndev = TRUE;
-    setEncoding(RawUnicode);
-    reset();
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::String;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a text stream that operates on the byte array, \a a,
-    through an internal TQBuffer device. The \a mode argument is passed
-    to the device's open() function; see \l{TQIODevice::mode()}.
-
-    Example:
-    \code
-    TQByteArray array;
-    TQTextStream ts( array, IO_WriteOnly );
-    ts << "pi = " << 3.14 << '\0'; // array == "pi = 3.14"
-    \endcode
-
-    Writing data to the text stream will modify the contents of the
-    array. The array will be expanded when data is written beyond the
-    end of the string.
-
-    Same example, using a TQBuffer:
-    \code
-    TQByteArray array;
-    TQBuffer buf( array );
-    buf.open( IO_WriteOnly );
-    TQTextStream ts( &buf );
-    ts << "pi = " << 3.14 << '\0'; // array == "pi = 3.14"
-    buf.close();
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQByteArray a, int mode )
-{
-    init();
-    dev = new TQBuffer( a );
-    ((TQBuffer *)dev)->open( mode );
-    owndev = TRUE;
-    setEncoding( Latin1 ); //### Locale???
-    reset();
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::ByteArray;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a text stream that operates on an existing file handle
-    \a fh through an internal TQFile device. The \a mode argument is
-    passed to the device's open() function; see \l{TQIODevice::mode()}.
-
-    Note that if you create a TQTextStream \c cout or another name that
-    is also used for another variable of a different type, some
-    linkers may confuse the two variables, which will often cause
-    crashes.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::TQTextStream( FILE *fh, int mode )
-{
-    init();
-    setEncoding( Locale ); //###
-    dev = new TQFile;
-    ((TQFile *)dev)->open( mode, fh );
-    owndev = TRUE;
-    reset();
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::File;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Destroys the text stream.
-
-    The destructor does not affect the current IO device.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream::~TQTextStream()
-{
-    if ( owndev )
-	delete dev;
-    delete d;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Positions the read pointer at the first non-whitespace character.
-*/
-void TQTextStream::skipWhiteSpace()
-{
-    ts_ungetc( eat_ws() );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Tries to read \a len characters from the stream and stores them in
-    \a buf. Returns the number of characters really read.
-
-    \warning There will no TQEOF appended if the read reaches the end
-    of the file. EOF is reached when the return value does not equal
-    \a len.
-*/
-uint TQTextStream::ts_getbuf( TQChar* buf, uint len )
-{
-    if ( len < 1 )
-	return 0;
-
-    uint rnum = 0;   // the number of TQChars really read
-
-    if ( d && d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
-	while ( rnum < len && rnum < d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
-	    *buf = d->ungetcBuf.constref( rnum );
-	    buf++;
-	    rnum++;
-	}
-	d->ungetcBuf = d->ungetcBuf.mid( rnum );
-	if ( rnum >= len )
-	    return rnum;
-    }
-
-    // we use dev->ungetch() for one of the bytes of the unicode
-    // byte-order mark, but a local unget hack for the other byte:
-    int ungetHack = EOF;
-
-    if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
-	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE; // only at the top
-	int c1 = dev->getch();
-	if ( c1 == EOF )
-	    return rnum;
-	int c2 = dev->getch();
-	if ( c1 == 0xfe && c2 == 0xff ) {
-	    mapper = 0;
-	    latin1 = FALSE;
-	    internalOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
-	    networkOrder = TRUE;
-	} else if ( c1 == 0xff && c2 == 0xfe ) {
-	    mapper = 0;
-	    latin1 = FALSE;
-	    internalOrder = !TQChar::networkOrdered();
-	    networkOrder = FALSE;
-	} else {
-	    if ( c2 != EOF ) {
-	 	dev->ungetch( c2 );
-		ungetHack = c1;
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		  A small bug might hide here. If only the first byte
-		  of a file has made it so far, and that first byte
-		  is half of the byte-order mark, then the utfness
-		  will not be detected.
-		*/
-	 	dev->ungetch( c1 );
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    if ( mapper ) {
-	bool shortRead = FALSE;
-	if ( !d->decoder )
-	    d->decoder = mapper->makeDecoder();
-	while( rnum < len ) {
-	    TQString s;
-	    bool readBlock = !( len == 1+rnum );
-	    for (;;) {
-		// for efficiency: normally read a whole block
-		if ( readBlock ) {
-		    // guess buffersize; this may be wrong (too small or too
-		    // big). But we can handle this (either iterate reading
-		    // or use ungetcBuf).
-		    // Note that this might cause problems for codecs where
-		    // one byte can result in >1 Unicode Characters if bytes
-		    // are written to the stream in the meantime (loss of
-		    // synchronicity).
-		    uint rlen = len - rnum;
-		    char *cbuf = new char[ rlen ];
-		    if ( ungetHack != EOF ) {
-			rlen = 1+dev->readBlock( cbuf+1, rlen-1 );
-			cbuf[0] = (char)ungetHack;
-			ungetHack = EOF;
-		    } else {
-			rlen = dev->readBlock( cbuf, rlen );
-		    }
-		    s  += d->decoder->toUnicode( cbuf, rlen );
-		    delete[] cbuf;
-		    // use buffered reading only for the first time, because we
-		    // have to get the stream synchronous again (this is easier
-		    // with single character reading)
-		    readBlock = FALSE;
-		}
-		// get stream (and codec) in sync
-		int c;
-		if ( ungetHack == EOF ) {
-		    c = dev->getch();
-		} else {
-		    c = ungetHack;
-		    ungetHack = EOF;
-		}
-		if ( c == EOF ) {
-		    shortRead = TRUE;
-		    break;
-		}
-		char b = c;
-		uint lengthBefore = s.length();
-		s += d->decoder->toUnicode( &b, 1 );
-		if ( s.length() > lengthBefore )
-		    break; // it seems we are in sync now
-	    }
-	    uint i = 0;
-	    uint end = TQMIN( len-rnum, s.length() );
-	    while( i < end ) {
-		*buf = s.constref(i++);
-		buf++;
-	    }
-	    rnum += end;
-	    if ( s.length() > i ) {
-		// could be = but append is clearer
-		d->ungetcBuf.append( s.mid( i ) );
-	    }
-	    if ( shortRead )
-		return rnum;
-	}
-    } else
-#endif
-    if ( latin1 ) {
-	if ( len == 1+rnum ) {
-	    // use this method for one character because it is more efficient
-	    // (arnt doubts whether it makes a difference, but lets it stand)
-	    int c = (ungetHack == EOF) ? dev->getch() : ungetHack;
-	    if ( c != EOF ) {
-		*buf = (char)c;
-		buf++;
-		rnum++;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if ( ungetHack != EOF ) {
-		*buf = (char)ungetHack;
-		buf++;
-		rnum++;
-		ungetHack = EOF;
-	    }
-	    char *cbuf = new char[len - rnum];
-	    while ( !dev->atEnd() && rnum < len ) {
-		uint rlen = len - rnum;
-		rlen = dev->readBlock( cbuf, rlen );
-		char *it = cbuf;
-		char *end = cbuf + rlen;
-		while ( it < end ) {
-		    *buf = *it;
-		    buf++;
-		    it++;
-		}
-		rnum += rlen;
-	    }
-	    delete[] cbuf;
-	}
-    } else { // UCS-2 or UTF-16
-	if ( len == 1+rnum ) {
-	    int c1 = (ungetHack == EOF) ? dev->getch() : ungetHack;
-	    if ( c1 == EOF )
-		return rnum;
-	    int c2 = dev->getch();
-	    if ( c2 == EOF )
-		return rnum;
-
-	    if ( networkOrder ) {
-		*buf = TQChar( c2, c1 );
-	    } else {
-		*buf = TQChar( c1, c2 );
-	    }
-	    buf++;
-	    rnum++;
-	} else {
-	    char *cbuf = new char[ 2*( len - rnum ) ]; // for paranoids: overflow possible
-	    while ( !dev->atEnd() && rnum < len ) {
-		uint rlen = 2 * ( len-rnum );
-		if ( ungetHack != EOF ) {
-		    rlen = 1+dev->readBlock( cbuf+1, rlen-1 );
-		    cbuf[0] = (char)ungetHack;
-		    ungetHack = EOF;
-		} else {
-		    rlen = dev->readBlock( cbuf, rlen );
-		}
-		// We can't use an odd number of bytes, so put it back. But
-		// do it only if we are capable of reading more -- normally
-		// there should not be an odd number, but the file might be
-		// truncated or not in UTF-16...
-		if ( (rlen & 1) == 1 )
-		    if ( !dev->atEnd() )
-			dev->ungetch( cbuf[--rlen] );
-		uint i = 0;
-		if ( networkOrder ) {
-		    while( i < rlen ) {
-			*buf = TQChar( cbuf[i+1], cbuf[i] );
-			buf++;
-			i+=2;
-		    }
-		} else {
-		    while( i < rlen ) {
-			*buf = TQChar( cbuf[i], cbuf[i+1] );
-			buf++;
-			i+=2;
-		    }
-		}
-		rnum += i/2;
-	    }
-	    delete[] cbuf;
-	}
-    }
-    return rnum;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Tries to read one line, but at most len characters from the stream
-    and stores them in \a buf.
-
-    Returns the number of characters really read. Newlines are not
-    stripped.
-
-    There will be a TQEOF appended if the read reaches the end of file;
-    this is different to ts_getbuf().
-
-    This function works only if a newline (as byte) is also a newline
-    (as resulting character) since it uses TQIODevice::readLine(). So
-    use it only for such codecs where this is true!
-
-    This function is (almost) a no-op for UTF 16. Don't use it if
-    doUnicodeHeader is TRUE!
-*/
-uint TQTextStream::ts_getline( TQChar* buf )
-{
-    uint rnum=0;   // the number of TQChars really read
-    char cbuf[ getline_buf_size+1 ];
-
-    if ( d && d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
-	while( rnum < getline_buf_size && rnum < d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
-	    buf[rnum] = d->ungetcBuf.constref(rnum);
-	    rnum++;
-	}
-	d->ungetcBuf = d->ungetcBuf.mid( rnum );
-	if ( rnum >= getline_buf_size )
-	    return rnum;
-    }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    if ( mapper ) {
-	if ( !d->decoder )
-	    d->decoder = mapper->makeDecoder();
-	TQString s;
-	bool readBlock = TRUE;
-	for (;;) {
-	    // for efficiency: try to read a line
-	    if ( readBlock ) {
-		int rlen = getline_buf_size - rnum;
-		rlen = dev->readLine( cbuf, rlen+1 );
-		if ( rlen == -1 )
-		    rlen = 0;
-		s  += d->decoder->toUnicode( cbuf, rlen );
-		readBlock = FALSE;
-	    }
-	    if ( dev->atEnd()
-		    || s.at( s.length()-1 ) == '\n'
-		    || s.at( s.length()-1 ) == '\r'
-	       ) {
-		break;
-	    } else {
-		// get stream (and codec) in sync
-		int c;
-		c = dev->getch();
-		if ( c == EOF ) {
-		    break;
-		}
-		char b = c;
-		uint lengthBefore = s.length();
-		s  += d->decoder->toUnicode( &b, 1 );
-		if ( s.length() > lengthBefore )
-		    break; // it seems we are in sync now
-	    }
-	}
-	uint i = 0;
-	while( rnum < getline_buf_size && i < s.length() )
-	    buf[rnum++] = s.constref(i++);
-	if ( s.length() > i )
-	    // could be = but append is clearer
-	    d->ungetcBuf.append( s.mid( i ) );
-	if ( rnum < getline_buf_size && dev->atEnd() )
-	    buf[rnum++] = TQEOF;
-    } else
-#endif
-    if ( latin1 ) {
-	int rlen = getline_buf_size - rnum;
-	rlen = dev->readLine( cbuf, rlen+1 );
-	if ( rlen == -1 )
-	    rlen = 0;
-	char *end = cbuf+rlen;
-	char *it = cbuf;
-	buf +=rnum;
-	while ( it != end ) {
-	    buf->setCell( *(it++) );
-	    buf->setRow( 0 );
-	    buf++;
-	}
-	rnum += rlen;
-	if ( rnum < getline_buf_size && dev->atEnd() )
-	    buf[1] = TQEOF;
-    }
-    return rnum;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Puts one character into the stream.
-*/
-void TQTextStream::ts_putc( TQChar c )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    if ( mapper ) {
-	if ( !d->encoder )
-	    d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
-	int len = 1;
-	TQString s = c;
-	TQCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode( s, len );
-	dev->writeBlock( block, len );
-    } else
-#endif
-    if ( latin1 ) {
-	if ( c.row() )
-	    dev->putch( '?' ); // unknown character
-	else
-	    dev->putch( c.cell() );
-    } else {
-	if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
-	    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
-	    ts_putc( TQChar::byteOrderMark );
-	}
-	if ( internalOrder ) {
-	    // this case is needed by TQStringBuffer
-	    dev->writeBlock( (char*)&c, sizeof(TQChar) );
-	} else if ( networkOrder ) {
-	    dev->putch( c.row() );
-	    dev->putch( c.cell() );
-	} else {
-	    dev->putch( c.cell() );
-	    dev->putch( c.row() );
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    Puts one character into the stream.
-*/
-void TQTextStream::ts_putc( int ch )
-{
-    ts_putc( TQChar((ushort)ch) );
-}
-
-bool TQTextStream::ts_isdigit( TQChar c )
-{
-    return c.isDigit();
-}
-
-bool TQTextStream::ts_isspace( TQChar c )
-{
-    return c.isSpace();
-}
-
-void TQTextStream::ts_ungetc( TQChar c )
-{
-    if ( c.unicode() == 0xffff )
-	return;
-
-    d->ungetcBuf.prepend( c );
-}
-
-
-
-/*!
-    Reads \a len bytes from the stream into \a s and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    The buffer \a s must be preallocated.
-
-    Note that no encoding is done by this function.
-
-    \warning The behavior of this function is undefined unless the
-    stream's encoding is set to Unicode or Latin1.
-
-    \sa TQIODevice::readBlock()
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::readRawBytes( char *s, uint len )
-{
-    dev->readBlock( s, len );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Writes the \a len bytes from \a s to the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-
-    Note that no encoding is done by this function.
-
-    \sa TQIODevice::writeBlock()
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::writeRawBytes( const char* s, uint len )
-{
-    dev->writeBlock( s, len );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::writeBlock( const char* p, uint len )
-{
-    if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
-	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
-	if ( !mapper && !latin1 )
-	    ts_putc( TQChar::byteOrderMark );
-    }
-    // TQCString and const char * are treated as Latin-1
-    if ( !mapper && latin1 ) {
-	dev->writeBlock( p, len );
-    } else if ( !mapper && internalOrder ) {
-	TQChar *u = new TQChar[len];
-	for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
-	    u[i] = p[i];
-	dev->writeBlock( (char*)u, len * sizeof(TQChar) );
-	delete [] u;
-    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    else if (mapper) {
-        if (!d->encoder)
-            d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
-        TQString s = TQString::fromLatin1(p, len);
-        int l = len;
-        TQCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode(s, l);
-        dev->writeBlock(block, l);
-    }
-#endif
-    else {
-	for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
-	    ts_putc( (uchar)p[i] );
-    }
-    return *this;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::writeBlock( const TQChar* p, uint len )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-    if ( mapper ) {
-	if ( !d->encoder )
-	    d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
-	TQConstString s( p, len );
-	int l = len;
-	TQCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode( s.string(), l );
-	dev->writeBlock( block, l );
-    } else
-#endif
-    if ( latin1 ) {
-	char *str = TQString::unicodeToLatin1( p, len );
-	dev->writeBlock( str, len );
-	delete [] str;
-    } else if ( internalOrder ) {
-	if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
-	    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
-	    ts_putc( TQChar::byteOrderMark );
-	}
-	dev->writeBlock( (char*)p, sizeof(TQChar)*len );
-    } else {
-	for (uint i=0; isourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::IODevice;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Unsets the IO device. Equivalent to setDevice( 0 ).
-
-    \sa device(), setDevice()
-*/
-
-void TQTextStream::unsetDevice()
-{
-    setDevice( 0 );
-    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::NotSet;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn bool TQTextStream::atEnd() const
-
-    Returns TRUE if the IO device has reached the end position (end of
-    the stream or file) or if there is no IO device set; otherwise
-    returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa TQIODevice::atEnd()
-*/
-
-/*!\fn bool TQTextStream::eof() const
-
-  \obsolete
-
-  This function has been renamed to atEnd().
-
-  \sa TQIODevice::atEnd()
-*/
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQTextStream read functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a char \a c from the stream and returns a reference to the
-    stream. Note that whitespace is skipped.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( char &c )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    c = eat_ws();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Reads a char \a c from the stream and returns a reference to the
-    stream. Note that whitespace is \e not skipped.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( TQChar &c )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    c = ts_getc();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-ulong TQTextStream::input_bin()
-{
-    ulong val = 0;
-    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
-    int dv = ch.digitValue();
-    while (  dv == 0 || dv == 1 ) {
-	val = ( val << 1 ) + dv;
-	ch = ts_getc();
-	dv = ch.digitValue();
-    }
-    if ( ch != TQEOF )
-	ts_ungetc( ch );
-    return val;
-}
-
-ulong TQTextStream::input_oct()
-{
-    ulong val = 0;
-    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
-    int dv = ch.digitValue();
-    while ( dv >= 0 && dv <= 7 ) {
-	val = ( val << 3 ) + dv;
-	ch = ts_getc();
-	dv = ch.digitValue();
-    }
-    if ( dv == 8 || dv == 9 ) {
-	while ( ts_isdigit(ch) )
-	    ch = ts_getc();
-    }
-    if ( ch != TQEOF )
-	ts_ungetc( ch );
-    return val;
-}
-
-ulong TQTextStream::input_dec()
-{
-    ulong val = 0;
-    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
-    int dv = ch.digitValue();
-    while ( ts_isdigit(ch) ) {
-	val = val * 10 + dv;
-	ch = ts_getc();
-	dv = ch.digitValue();
-    }
-    if ( ch != TQEOF )
-	ts_ungetc( ch );
-    return val;
-}
-
-ulong TQTextStream::input_hex()
-{
-    ulong val = 0;
-    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
-    char c = ch;
-    while ( isxdigit((uchar) c) ) {
-	val <<= 4;
-	if ( ts_isdigit(c) )
-	    val += c - '0';
-	else
-	    val += 10 + tolower( (uchar) c ) - 'a';
-	c = ch = ts_getc();
-    }
-    if ( ch != TQEOF )
-	ts_ungetc( ch );
-    return val;
-}
-
-long TQTextStream::input_int()
-{
-    long val;
-    TQChar ch;
-    char c;
-    switch ( flags() & basefield ) {
-    case bin:
-	val = (long)input_bin();
-	break;
-    case oct:
-	val = (long)input_oct();
-	break;
-    case dec:
-	c = ch = eat_ws();
-	if ( ch == TQEOF ) {
-	    val = 0;
-	} else {
-	    if ( !(c == '-' || c == '+') )
-		ts_ungetc( ch );
-	    if ( c == '-' ) {
-		ulong v = input_dec();
-		if ( v ) {		// ensure that LONG_MIN can be read
-		    v--;
-		    val = -((long)v) - 1;
-		} else {
-		    val = 0;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		val = (long)input_dec();
-	    }
-	}
-	break;
-    case hex:
-	val = (long)input_hex();
-	break;
-    default:
-	val = 0;
-	c = ch = eat_ws();
-	if ( c == '0' ) {		// bin, oct or hex
-	    c = ch = ts_getc();
-	    if ( tolower((uchar) c) == 'x' )
-		val = (long)input_hex();
-	    else if ( tolower((uchar) c) == 'b' )
-		val = (long)input_bin();
-	    else {			// octal
-		ts_ungetc( ch );
-		if ( c >= '0' && c <= '7' ) {
-		    val = (long)input_oct();
-		} else {
-		    val = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-	} else if ( ts_isdigit(ch) ) {
-	    ts_ungetc( ch );
-	    val = (long)input_dec();
-	} else if ( c == '-' || c == '+' ) {
-	    ulong v = input_dec();
-	    if ( c == '-' ) {
-		if ( v ) {		// ensure that LONG_MIN can be read
-		    v--;
-		    val = -((long)v) - 1;
-		} else {
-		    val = 0;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		val = (long)v;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return val;
-}
-
-//
-// We use a table-driven FSM to parse floating point numbers
-// strtod() cannot be used directly since we're reading from a TQIODevice
-//
-
-double TQTextStream::input_double()
-{
-    const int Init	 = 0;			// states
-    const int Sign	 = 1;
-    const int Mantissa	 = 2;
-    const int Dot	 = 3;
-    const int Abscissa	 = 4;
-    const int ExpMark	 = 5;
-    const int ExpSign	 = 6;
-    const int Exponent	 = 7;
-    const int Done	 = 8;
-
-    const int InputSign	 = 1;			// input tokens
-    const int InputDigit = 2;
-    const int InputDot	 = 3;
-    const int InputExp	 = 4;
-
-    static const uchar table[8][5] = {
-     /* None	 InputSign   InputDigit InputDot InputExp */
-	{ 0,	    Sign,     Mantissa,	 Dot,	   0,	   }, // Init
-	{ 0,	    0,	      Mantissa,	 Dot,	   0,	   }, // Sign
-	{ Done,	    Done,     Mantissa,	 Dot,	   ExpMark,}, // Mantissa
-	{ 0,	    0,	      Abscissa,	 0,	   0,	   }, // Dot
-	{ Done,	    Done,     Abscissa,	 Done,	   ExpMark,}, // Abscissa
-	{ 0,	    ExpSign,  Exponent,	 0,	   0,	   }, // ExpMark
-	{ 0,	    0,	      Exponent,	 0,	   0,	   }, // ExpSign
-	{ Done,	    Done,     Exponent,	 Done,	   Done	   }  // Exponent
-    };
-
-    int state = Init;				// parse state
-    int input;					// input token
-
-    char buf[256];
-    int i = 0;
-    TQChar c = eat_ws();
-
-    for (;;) {
-
-	switch ( c ) {
-	    case '+':
-	    case '-':
-		input = InputSign;
-		break;
-	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-		input = InputDigit;
-		break;
-	    case '.':
-		input = InputDot;
-		break;
-	    case 'e':
-	    case 'E':
-		input = InputExp;
-		break;
-	    default:
-		input = 0;
-		break;
-	}
-
-	state = table[state][input];
-
-	if  ( state == 0 || state == Done || i > 250 ) {
-	    if ( i > 250 ) {			// ignore rest of digits
-		do { c = ts_getc(); } while ( c != TQEOF && ts_isdigit(c) );
-	    }
-	    if ( c != TQEOF )
-		ts_ungetc( c );
-	    buf[i] = '\0';
-	    char *end;
-	    return strtod( buf, &end );
-	}
-
-	buf[i++] = c;
-	c = ts_getc();
-    }
-
-#if !defined(Q_CC_EDG)
-    return 0.0;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a signed \c short integer \a i from the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
-    expected input format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( signed short &i )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    i = (signed short)input_int();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads an unsigned \c short integer \a i from the stream and
-    returns a reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation
-    of the expected input format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( unsigned short &i )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    i = (unsigned short)input_int();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a signed \c int \a i from the stream and returns a reference
-    to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the expected
-    input format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( signed int &i )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    i = (signed int)input_int();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads an unsigned \c int \a i from the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
-    expected input format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( unsigned int &i )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    i = (unsigned int)input_int();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a signed \c long int \a i from the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
-    expected input format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( signed long &i )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    i = (signed long)input_int();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads an unsigned \c long int \a i from the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
-    expected input format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( unsigned long &i )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    i = (unsigned long)input_int();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a \c float \a f from the stream and returns a reference to
-    the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the expected input
-    format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( float &f )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    f = (float)input_double();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a \c double \a f from the stream and returns a reference to
-    the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the expected input
-    format.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( double &f )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    f = input_double();
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a "word" from the stream into \a s and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( char *s )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    int maxlen = width( 0 );
-    TQChar c = eat_ws();
-    if ( !maxlen )
-	maxlen = -1;
-    while ( c != TQEOF ) {
-	if ( ts_isspace(c) || maxlen-- == 0 ) {
-	    ts_ungetc( c );
-	    break;
-	}
-	*s++ = c;
-	c = ts_getc();
-    }
-
-    *s = '\0';
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a "word" from the stream into \a str and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( TQString &str )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    str=TQString::fromLatin1("");
-    TQChar	c = eat_ws();
-
-    while ( c != TQEOF ) {
-	if ( ts_isspace(c) ) {
-	    ts_ungetc( c );
-	    break;
-	}
-	str += c;
-	c = ts_getc();
-    }
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Reads a "word" from the stream into \a str and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-
-    A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( TQCString &str )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    TQCString  *dynbuf = 0;
-    const int buflen = 256;
-    char      buffer[buflen];
-    char     *s = buffer;
-    int	      i = 0;
-    TQChar	      c = eat_ws();
-
-    while ( c != TQEOF ) {
-	if ( ts_isspace(c) ) {
-	    ts_ungetc( c );
-	    break;
-	}
-	if ( i >= buflen-1 ) {
-	    if ( !dynbuf )  {			// create dynamic buffer
-		dynbuf = new TQCString(buflen*2);
-		memcpy( dynbuf->data(), s, i );	// copy old data
-	    } else if ( i >= (int)dynbuf->size()-1 ) {
-		dynbuf->resize( dynbuf->size()*2 );
-	    }
-	    s = dynbuf->data();
-	}
-	s[i++] = c;
-	c = ts_getc();
-    }
-    str.resize( i+1 );
-    memcpy( str.data(), s, i );
-    delete dynbuf;
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Reads a line from the stream and returns a string containing the
-    text.
-
-    The returned string does not contain any trailing newline or
-    carriage return. Note that this is different from
-    TQIODevice::readLine(), which does not strip the newline at the end
-    of the line.
-
-    On EOF you will get a TQString that is null. On reading an empty
-    line the returned TQString is empty but not null.
-
-    \sa TQIODevice::readLine()
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextStream::readLine()
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !dev ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQTextStream::readLine: No device" );
-	return TQString::null;
-    }
-#endif
-    bool readCharByChar = TRUE;
-    TQString result;
-#if 0
-    if ( !doUnicodeHeader && (
-	    (latin1) ||
-	    (mapper != 0 && mapper->mibEnum() == 106 ) // UTF 8
-       ) ) {
-	readCharByChar = FALSE;
-	// use optimized read line
-	TQChar c[getline_buf_size];
-	int pos = 0;
-	bool eof = FALSE;
-
-	for (;;) {
-	    pos = ts_getline( c );
-	    if ( pos == 0 ) {
-		// something went wrong; try fallback
-		readCharByChar = TRUE;
-		//dev->resetStatus();
-		break;
-	    }
-	    if ( c[pos-1] == TQEOF || c[pos-1] == '\n' ) {
-		if ( pos>2 && c[pos-1]==TQEOF && c[pos-2]=='\n' ) {
-		    result += TQString( c, pos-2 );
-		} else if ( pos > 1 ) {
-		    result += TQString( c, pos-1 );
-		}
-		if ( pos == 1 && c[pos-1] == TQEOF )
-		    eof = TRUE;
-		break;
-	    } else {
-		result += TQString( c, pos );
-	    }
-	}
-	if ( eof && result.isEmpty() )
-	    return TQString::null;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( readCharByChar ) {
-	const int buf_size = 256;
-	TQChar c[buf_size];
-	int pos = 0;
-
-	c[pos] = ts_getc();
-	if ( c[pos] == TQEOF )
-	    return TQString::null;
-
-	while ( c[pos] != TQEOF && c[pos] != '\n' ) {
-	    if ( c[pos] == '\r' ) { // ( handle mac and dos )
-		TQChar nextc = ts_getc();
-		if ( nextc != '\n' )
-		    ts_ungetc( nextc );
-		break;
-	    }
-	    pos++;
-	    if ( pos >= buf_size ) {
-		result += TQString( c, pos );
-		pos = 0;
-	    }
-	    c[pos] = ts_getc();
-	}
-	result += TQString( c, pos );
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Reads the entire stream from the current position, and returns a string
-    containing the text.
-
-    \sa TQIODevice::readLine()
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextStream::read()
-{
-#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
-    if ( !dev ) {
-	tqWarning( "TQTextStream::read: No device" );
-	return TQString::null;
-    }
-#endif
-    TQString    result;
-    const uint bufsize = 512;
-    TQChar      buf[bufsize];
-    uint       i, num, start;
-    bool       skipped_cr = FALSE;
-
-    for (;;) {
-	num = ts_getbuf(buf,bufsize);
-	// convert dos (\r\n) and mac (\r) style eol to unix style (\n)
-	start = 0;
-	for ( i=0; i>= 1;
-		if ( !n )
-		    break;
-	    }
-	    if ( flags() & showbase ) {		// show base
-		*--p = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'B' : 'b';
-		*--p = '0';
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case I_BASE_8:				// output octal number
-	    p = &buf[74];
-	    *p = '\0';
-	    do {
-		*--p = (char)(n&7) + '0';
-		n >>= 3;
-	    } while ( n );
-	    if ( flags() & showbase )
-		*--p = '0';
-	    break;
-
-	case I_BASE_16:				// output hexadecimal number
-	    p = &buf[74];
-	    *p = '\0';
-	    hexdigits = (flags() & uppercase) ?
-		hexdigits_upper : hexdigits_lower;
-	    do {
-		*--p = hexdigits[(int)n&0xf];
-		n >>= 4;
-	    } while ( n );
-	    if ( flags() & showbase ) {
-		*--p = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'X' : 'x';
-		*--p = '0';
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	default:				// decimal base is default
-	    p = &buf[74];
-	    *p = '\0';
-	    if ( neg )
-		n = (unsigned long long)(-(long long)n);
-	    do {
-		*--p = ((int)(n%10)) + '0';
-		n /= 10;
-	    } while ( n );
-	    if ( neg )
-		*--p = '-';
-	    else if ( flags() & showpos )
-		*--p = '+';
-	    if ( (flags() & internal) && fwidth && !ts_isdigit(*p) ) {
-		ts_putc( *p );			// special case for internal
-		++p;				//   padding
-		fwidth--;
-		return *this << (const char*)p;
-	    }
-    }
-    if ( fwidth ) {				// adjustment required
-	if ( !(flags() & left) ) {		// but NOT left adjustment
-	    len = tqstrlen(p);
-	    int padlen = fwidth - len;
-	    if ( padlen <= 0 ) {		// no padding required
-		writeBlock( p, len );
-	    } else if ( padlen < (int)(p-buf) ) { // speeds up padding
-		memset( p-padlen, (char)fillchar, padlen );
-		writeBlock( p-padlen, padlen+len );
-	    }
-	    else				// standard padding
-		*this << (const char*)p;
-	}
-	else
-	    *this << (const char*)p;
-	fwidth = 0;				// reset field width
-    }
-    else
-	writeBlock( p, tqstrlen(p) );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a \c short integer \a i to the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed short i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_SHORT | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes an \c unsigned \c short integer \a i to the stream and
-    returns a reference to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned short i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_SHORT | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes an \c int \a i to the stream and returns a reference to the
-    stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed int i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_INT | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes an \c unsigned \c int \a i to the stream and returns a
-    reference to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned int i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_INT | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a \c long \c int \a i to the stream and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed long i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_LONG | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes an \c unsigned \c long \c int \a i to the stream and
-    returns a reference to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned long i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_LONG | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a \c long long \c int \a i to the stream and returns a reference
-    to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed long long i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_LONGLONG | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes an \c unsigned \c long \c int \a i to the stream and
-    returns a reference to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned long long i )
-{
-    return output_int( I_LONGLONG | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a \c float \a f to the stream and returns a reference to
-    the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( float f )
-{
-    return *this << (double)f;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a \c double \a f to the stream and returns a reference to
-    the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( double f )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    char f_char;
-    char format[16];
-    if ( (flags()&floatfield) == fixed )
-	f_char = 'f';
-    else if ( (flags()&floatfield) == scientific )
-	f_char = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'E' : 'e';
-    else
-	f_char = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'G' : 'g';
-    char *fs = format;			// generate format string
-    *fs++ = '%';				//   "%.l"
-    *fs++ = '.';
-    int prec = precision();
-    if ( prec > 99 )
-	prec = 99;
-    if ( prec >= 10 ) {
-	*fs++ = prec / 10 + '0';
-	*fs++ = prec % 10 + '0';
-    } else {
-	*fs++ = prec + '0';
-    }
-    *fs++ = 'l';
-    *fs++ = f_char;
-    *fs = '\0';
-    TQString num;
-    num.sprintf(format, f);			// convert to text
-    if ( fwidth )				// padding
-	*this << num.latin1();
-    else					// just write it
-	writeBlock(num.latin1(), num.length());
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a string to the stream and returns a reference to the
-    stream.
-
-    The string \a s is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the
-    Encoding set for the TQTextStream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( const char* s )
-{
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    char padbuf[48];
-    uint len = tqstrlen( s );			// don't write null terminator
-    if ( fwidth ) {				// field width set
-	int padlen = fwidth - len;
-	fwidth = 0;				// reset width
-	if ( padlen > 0 ) {
-	    char *ppad;
-	    if ( padlen > 46 ) {		// create extra big fill buffer
-		ppad = new char[padlen];
-		TQ_CHECK_PTR( ppad );
-	    } else {
-		ppad = padbuf;
-	    }
-	    memset( ppad, (char)fillchar, padlen );	// fill with fillchar
-	    if ( !(flags() & left) ) {
-		writeBlock( ppad, padlen );
-		padlen = 0;
-	    }
-	    writeBlock( s, len );
-	    if ( padlen )
-		writeBlock( ppad, padlen );
-	    if ( ppad != padbuf )		// delete extra big fill buf
-		delete[] ppad;
-	    return *this;
-	}
-    }
-    writeBlock( s, len );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes \a s to the stream and returns a reference to the stream.
-
-    The string \a s is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the
-    Encoding set for the TQTextStream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( const TQCString & s )
-{
-    return operator<<(s.data());
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes \a s to the stream and returns a reference to the stream.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( const TQString& s )
-{
-    if ( !mapper && latin1 )
-	return operator<<(s.latin1());
-    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
-    TQString s1 = s;
-    if ( fwidth ) {				// field width set
-	if ( !(flags() & left) ) {
-	    s1 = s.rightJustify(fwidth, (char)fillchar);
-	} else {
-	    s1 = s.leftJustify(fwidth, (char)fillchar);
-	}
-	fwidth = 0;				// reset width
-    }
-    writeBlock( s1.unicode(), s1.length() );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Writes a pointer to the stream and returns a reference to the
-    stream.
-
-    The \a ptr is output as an unsigned long hexadecimal integer.
-*/
-
-TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( void *ptr )
-{
-    int f = flags();
-    setf( hex, basefield );
-    setf( showbase );
-    unsetf( uppercase );
-    output_int( I_LONG | I_UNSIGNED, (ulong)ptr, FALSE );
-    flags( f );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::flags() const
-
-    Returns the current stream flags. The default value is 0.
-
-    \table
-    \header \i Flag \i Meaning
-    \row \i \c skipws \i Not currently used; whitespace always skipped
-    \row \i \c left \i Numeric fields are left-aligned
-    \row \i \c right
-	 \i Not currently used (by default, numerics are right-aligned)
-    \row \i \c internal \i Puts any padding spaces between +/- and value
-    \row \i \c bin \i Output \e and input only in binary
-    \row \i \c oct \i Output \e and input only in octal
-    \row \i \c dec \i Output \e and input only in decimal
-    \row \i \c hex \i Output \e and input only in hexadecimal
-    \row \i \c showbase
-	 \i Annotates numeric outputs with 0b, 0, or 0x if in \c bin,
-	 \c oct, or \c hex format
-    \row \i \c showpoint \i Not currently used
-    \row \i \c uppercase \i Uses 0B and 0X rather than 0b and 0x
-    \row \i \c showpos \i Shows + for positive numeric values
-    \row \i \c scientific \i Uses scientific notation for floating point values
-    \row \i \c fixed \i Uses fixed-point notation for floating point values
-    \endtable
-
-    Note that unless \c bin, \c oct, \c dec, or \c hex is set, the
-    input base is octal if the value starts with 0, hexadecimal if it
-    starts with 0x, binary if it starts with 0b, and decimal
-    otherwise.
-
-    \sa setf(), unsetf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::flags( int f )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the stream flags to \a f. Returns the previous stream flags.
-
-    \sa setf(), unsetf(), flags()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::setf( int bits )
-
-    Sets the stream flag bits \a bits. Returns the previous stream
-    flags.
-
-    Equivalent to \c{flags( flags() | bits )}.
-
-    \sa setf(), unsetf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::setf( int bits, int mask )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the stream flag bits \a bits with a bit mask \a mask. Returns
-    the previous stream flags.
-
-    Equivalent to \c{flags( (flags() & ~mask) | (bits & mask) )}.
-
-    \sa setf(), unsetf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::unsetf( int bits )
-
-    Clears the stream flag bits \a bits. Returns the previous stream
-    flags.
-
-    Equivalent to \c{flags( flags() & ~mask )}.
-
-    \sa setf()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::width() const
-
-    Returns the field width. The default value is 0.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::width( int w )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the field width to \a w. Returns the previous field width.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::fill() const
-
-    Returns the fill character. The default value is ' ' (space).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \overload int TQTextStream::fill( int f )
-
-    Sets the fill character to \a f. Returns the previous fill character.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::precision() const
-
-    Returns the precision. The default value is 6.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn int TQTextStream::precision( int p )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the precision to \a p. Returns the previous precision setting.
-*/
-
-
- /*****************************************************************************
-  TQTextStream manipulators
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-TQTextStream &bin( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    s.setf(TQTS::bin,TQTS::basefield);
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &oct( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    s.setf(TQTS::oct,TQTS::basefield);
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &dec( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    s.setf(TQTS::dec,TQTS::basefield);
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &hex( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    s.setf(TQTS::hex,TQTS::basefield);
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &endl( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    return s << '\n';
-}
-
-TQTextStream &flush( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    if ( s.device() )
-	s.device()->flush();
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &ws( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    s.skipWhiteSpace();
-    return s;
-}
-
-TQTextStream &reset( TQTextStream &s )
-{
-    s.reset();
-    return s;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \class TQTextIStream ntqtextstream.h
-    \reentrant
-    \brief The TQTextIStream class is a convenience class for input streams.
-
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup text
-
-    This class provides a shorthand for creating simple input
-    \l{TQTextStream}s without having to pass a \e mode argument to the
-    constructor.
-
-    This class makes it easy, for example, to write things like this:
-    \code
-    TQString data = "123 456";
-    int a, b;
-    TQTextIStream(&data) >> a >> b;
-    \endcode
-
-    \sa TQTextOStream
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream( const TQString *s )
-
-    Constructs a stream to read from the string \a s.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream( TQByteArray ba )
-
-    Constructs a stream to read from the array \a ba.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream( FILE *f )
-
-    Constructs a stream to read from the file \a f.
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \class TQTextOStream
-    \reentrant
-    \brief The TQTextOStream class is a convenience class for output streams.
-
-    \ingroup io
-    \ingroup text
-
-    This class provides a shorthand for creating simple output
-    \l{TQTextStream}s without having to pass a \e mode argument to the
-    constructor.
-
-    This makes it easy for example, to write things like this:
-    \code
-    TQString result;
-    TQTextOStream(&result) << "pi = " << 3.14;
-    \endcode
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream( TQString *s )
-
-    Constructs a stream to write to string \a s.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream( TQByteArray ba )
-
-    Constructs a stream to write to the array \a ba.
-*/
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream( FILE *f )
-
-    Constructs a stream to write to the file \a f.
-*/
-
-
-
-/*!
-  Sets the encoding of this stream to \a e, where \a e is one of the
-  following values:
-  \table
-  \header \i Encoding \i Meaning
-  \row \i Locale
-       \i Uses local file format (Latin1 if locale is not set), but
-       autodetecting Unicode(utf16) on input.
-  \row \i Unicode
-       \i Uses Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Output will be
-       written in the order most efficient for the current platform
-       (i.e. the order used internally in TQString).
-  \row \i UnicodeUTF8
-       \i Using Unicode(utf8) for input and output. If you use it for
-       input it will autodetect utf16 and use it instead of utf8.
-  \row \i Latin1
-       \i ISO-8859-1. Will not autodetect utf16.
-  \row \i UnicodeNetworkOrder
-       \i Uses network order Unicode(utf16) for input and output.
-       Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start with the
-       byte order marker.
-  \row \i UnicodeReverse
-       \i Uses reverse network order Unicode(utf16) for input and
-       output. Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start
-       with the byte order marker or when writing data that should be
-       read by buggy Windows applications.
-  \row \i RawUnicode
-       \i Like Unicode, but does not write the byte order marker nor
-       does it auto-detect the byte order. Useful only when writing to
-       non-persistent storage used by a single process.
-  \endtable
-
-  \c Locale and all Unicode encodings, except \c RawUnicode, will look
-  at the first two bytes in an input stream to determine the byte
-  order. The initial byte order marker will be stripped off before
-  data is read.
-
-  Note that this function should be called before any data is read to
-  or written from the stream.
-
-  \sa setCodec()
-*/
-
-void TQTextStream::setEncoding( Encoding e )
-{
-    if ( d->sourceType == TQTextStreamPrivate::String )
-	return;
-
-    switch ( e ) {
-    case Unicode:
-	mapper = 0;
-	latin1 = FALSE;
-	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
-	internalOrder = TRUE;
-	networkOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
-	break;
-    case UnicodeUTF8:
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-	mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForMib( 106 );
-	latin1 = FALSE;
-	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
-	internalOrder = TRUE;
-	networkOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
-#else
-	mapper = 0;
-	latin1 = TRUE;
-	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
-#endif
-	break;
-    case UnicodeNetworkOrder:
-	mapper = 0;
-	latin1 = FALSE;
-	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
-	internalOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
-	networkOrder = TRUE;
-	break;
-    case UnicodeReverse:
-	mapper = 0;
-	latin1 = FALSE;
-	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
-	internalOrder = !TQChar::networkOrdered();
-	networkOrder = FALSE;
-	break;
-    case RawUnicode:
-	mapper = 0;
-	latin1 = FALSE;
-	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
-	internalOrder = TRUE;
-	networkOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
-	break;
-    case Locale:
-	latin1 = TRUE; // fallback to Latin-1
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-	mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
-	// optimized Latin-1 processing
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
-	if ( GetACP() == 1252 )
-	    mapper = 0;
-#endif
-	if ( mapper && mapper->mibEnum() == 4 )
-#endif
-	    mapper = 0;
-
-	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE; // If it reads as Unicode, accept it
-	break;
-    case Latin1:
-	mapper = 0;
-	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
-	latin1 = TRUE;
-	break;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-/*!
-    Sets the codec for this stream to \a codec. Will not try to
-    autodetect Unicode.
-
-    Note that this function should be called before any data is read
-    to/written from the stream.
-
-    \sa setEncoding(), codec()
-*/
-
-void TQTextStream::setCodec( TQTextCodec *codec )
-{
-    if ( d->sourceType == TQTextStreamPrivate::String )
-	return; // TQString does not need any codec
-    mapper = codec;
-    latin1 = ( codec->mibEnum() == 4 );
-    if ( latin1 )
-	mapper = 0;
-    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
-}
-
-/*!
-  Returns the codec actually used for this stream.
-
-  If Unicode is automatically detected in input, a codec with \link
-  TQTextCodec::name() name() \endlink "ISO-10646-UCS-2" is returned.
-
-  \sa setCodec()
-*/
-
-TQTextCodec *TQTextStream::codec()
-{
-    if ( mapper ) {
-	return mapper;
-    } else {
-	// 4 is "ISO 8859-1", 1000 is "ISO-10646-UCS-2"
-	return TQTextCodec::codecForMib( latin1 ? 4 : 1000 );
-    }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
diff --git a/src/tools/tqstring.cpp b/src/tools/tqstring.cpp
index a48af12fc..fff59c613 100644
--- a/src/tools/tqstring.cpp
+++ b/src/tools/tqstring.cpp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 #include "ntqregexp.h"
 #include "ntqdatastream.h"
 #ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #endif
 #include "ntqlocale.h"
 #include "qlocale_p.h"
diff --git a/src/tools/tqtextstream.cpp b/src/tools/tqtextstream.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..218c9b106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tools/tqtextstream.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2632 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQTextStream class
+**
+** Created : 940922
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
+#include "ntqregexp.h"
+#include "ntqbuffer.h"
+#include "ntqfile.h"
+#include 
+#include 
+#include 
+#ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
+#include 
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextStream tqtextstream.h
+    \reentrant
+    \brief The TQTextStream class provides basic functions for reading
+    and writing text using a TQIODevice.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup text
+    \mainclass
+
+    The text stream class has a functional interface that is very
+    similar to that of the standard C++ iostream class.
+
+    TQt provides several global functions similar to the ones in iostream:
+    \table
+    \header \i Function \i Meaning
+    \row \i bin \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write binary numbers
+    \row \i oct \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write octal numbers
+    \row \i dec \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write decimal numbers
+    \row \i hex \i sets the TQTextStream to read/write hexadecimal numbers
+    \row \i endl \i forces a line break
+    \row \i flush \i forces the TQIODevice to flush any buffered data
+    \row \i ws \i eats any available whitespace (on input)
+    \row \i reset \i resets the TQTextStream to its default mode (see reset())
+    \row \i qSetW(int) \i sets the \link width() field width \endlink
+    to the given argument
+    \row \i qSetFill(int) \i sets the \link fill() fill character
+    \endlink to the given argument
+    \row \i qSetPrecision(int) \i sets the \link precision() precision
+    \endlink to the given argument
+    \endtable
+
+    \warning By default TQTextStream will automatically detect whether
+    integers in the stream are in decimal, octal, hexadecimal or
+    binary format when reading from the stream. In particular, a
+    leading '0' signifies octal, i.e. the sequence "0100" will be
+    interpreted as 64.
+
+    The TQTextStream class reads and writes text; it is not appropriate
+    for dealing with binary data (but TQDataStream is).
+
+    By default, output of Unicode text (i.e. TQString) is done using
+    the local 8-bit encoding. This can be changed using the
+    setEncoding() method. For input, the TQTextStream will auto-detect
+    standard Unicode "byte order marked" text files; otherwise the
+    local 8-bit encoding is used.
+
+    The TQIODevice is set in the constructor, or later using
+    setDevice(). If the end of the input is reached atEnd() returns
+    TRUE. Data can be read into variables of the appropriate type
+    using the operator>>() overloads, or read in its entirety into a
+    single string using read(), or read a line at a time using
+    readLine(). Whitespace can be skipped over using skipWhiteSpace().
+    You can set flags for the stream using flags() or setf(). The
+    stream also supports width(), precision() and fill(); use reset()
+    to reset the defaults.
+
+    \sa TQDataStream
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextStream::Encoding
+
+    \value Locale
+    \value Latin1
+    \value Unicode
+    \value UnicodeNetworkOrder
+    \value UnicodeReverse
+    \value RawUnicode
+    \value UnicodeUTF8
+
+    See setEncoding() for an explanation of the encodings.
+*/
+
+/*
+  \class TQTSManip
+
+  \brief The TQTSManip class is an internal helper class for the
+  TQTextStream.
+
+  It is generally a very bad idea to use this class directly in
+  application programs.
+
+  \internal
+
+  This class makes it possible to give the TQTextStream function objects
+  with arguments, like this:
+  \code
+    TQTextStream cout( stdout, IO_WriteOnly );
+    cout << setprecision( 8 );		// TQTSManip used here!
+    cout << 3.14159265358979323846;
+  \endcode
+
+  The setprecision() function returns a TQTSManip object.
+  The TQTSManip object contains a pointer to a member function in
+  TQTextStream and an integer argument.
+  When serializing a TQTSManip into a TQTextStream, the function
+  is executed with the argument.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQTSManip::TQTSManip( TQTSMFI m, int a )
+
+  Constructs a TQTSManip object which will call \a m (a member function
+  in TQTextStream which accepts a single int) with argument \a a when
+  TQTSManip::exec() is called. Used internally in e.g. endl:
+
+  \code
+    s << "some text" << endl << "more text";
+  \endcode
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQTSManip::exec( TQTextStream& s )
+
+  Calls the member function specified in the constructor, for object
+  \a s. Used internally in e.g. endl:
+
+  \code
+    s << "some text" << endl << "more text";
+  \endcode
+*/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQTextStream member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+#undef  CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+#define CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND  if ( !dev ) {				\
+				tqWarning( "TQTextStream: No device" );	\
+				return *this; }
+#else
+#define CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+#endif
+
+
+#define I_SHORT		0x0010
+#define I_INT		0x0020
+#define I_LONG		0x0030
+#define I_LONGLONG	0x0040
+#define I_TYPE_MASK	0x00f0
+
+#define I_BASE_2	TQTS::bin
+#define I_BASE_8	TQTS::oct
+#define I_BASE_10	TQTS::dec
+#define I_BASE_16	TQTS::hex
+#define I_BASE_MASK	(TQTS::bin | TQTS::oct | TQTS::dec | TQTS::hex)
+
+#define I_SIGNED	0x0100
+#define I_UNSIGNED	0x0200
+#define I_SIGN_MASK	0x0f00
+
+
+static const TQChar TQEOF = TQChar((ushort)0xffff); //guaranteed not to be a character.
+static const uint getline_buf_size = 256; // bufsize used by ts_getline()
+
+const int TQTextStream::basefield   = I_BASE_MASK;
+const int TQTextStream::adjustfield = ( TQTextStream::left |
+				       TQTextStream::right |
+				       TQTextStream::internal );
+const int TQTextStream::floatfield  = ( TQTextStream::scientific |
+				       TQTextStream::fixed );
+
+
+class TQTextStreamPrivate {
+public:
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    TQTextStreamPrivate()
+	: decoder( 0 ), encoder( 0 ), sourceType( NotSet ) { }
+    ~TQTextStreamPrivate() {
+	delete decoder;
+	delete encoder;
+    }
+    TQTextDecoder *decoder;
+    TQTextEncoder *encoder;
+#else
+    TQTextStreamPrivate() : sourceType( NotSet ) { }
+    ~TQTextStreamPrivate() { }
+#endif
+    TQString ungetcBuf;
+
+    enum SourceType { NotSet, IODevice, String, ByteArray, File };
+    SourceType sourceType;
+};
+
+
+// skips whitespace and returns the first non-whitespace character
+TQChar TQTextStream::eat_ws()
+{
+    TQChar c;
+    do { c = ts_getc(); } while ( c != TQEOF && ts_isspace(c) );
+    return c;
+}
+
+void TQTextStream::init()
+{
+    // ### ungetcBuf = TQEOF;
+    dev = 0;
+    owndev = FALSE;
+    mapper = 0;
+    d = new TQTextStreamPrivate;
+    doUnicodeHeader = TRUE; // autodetect
+    latin1 = TRUE; // should use locale?
+    internalOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
+    networkOrder = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a data stream that has no IO device.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::TQTextStream()
+{
+    init();
+    setEncoding( Locale );
+    reset();
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::NotSet;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a text stream that uses the IO device \a iod.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQIODevice *iod )
+{
+    init();
+    setEncoding( Locale );
+    dev = iod;
+    reset();
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::IODevice;
+}
+
+// TODO: use special-case handling of this case in TQTextStream, and
+//	 simplify this class to only deal with TQChar or TQString data.
+class TQStringBuffer : public TQIODevice {
+public:
+    TQStringBuffer( TQString* str );
+    ~TQStringBuffer();
+    bool  open( int m );
+    void  close();
+    void  flush();
+    Offset  size() const;
+    Offset  at()   const;
+    bool  at( Offset pos );
+    TQ_LONG readBlock( char *p, TQ_ULONG len );
+    TQ_LONG writeBlock( const char *p, TQ_ULONG len );
+    int   getch();
+    int   putch( int ch );
+    int   ungetch( int ch );
+protected:
+    TQString* s;
+
+private:
+    TQStringBuffer( const TQStringBuffer & );
+    TQStringBuffer &operator=( const TQStringBuffer & );
+};
+
+
+TQStringBuffer::TQStringBuffer( TQString* str )
+{
+    s = str;
+}
+
+TQStringBuffer::~TQStringBuffer()
+{
+}
+
+
+bool TQStringBuffer::open( int m )
+{
+    if ( !s ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::open: No string" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( isOpen() ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::open: Buffer already open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    setMode( m );
+    if ( m & IO_Truncate )
+	s->truncate( 0 );
+
+    if ( m & IO_Append ) {
+	ioIndex = s->length()*sizeof(TQChar);
+    } else {
+	ioIndex = 0;
+    }
+    setState( IO_Open );
+    resetStatus();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQStringBuffer::close()
+{
+    if ( isOpen() ) {
+	setFlags( IO_Direct );
+	ioIndex = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void TQStringBuffer::flush()
+{
+}
+
+TQIODevice::Offset TQStringBuffer::size() const
+{
+    return s ? s->length()*sizeof(TQChar) : 0;
+}
+
+TQIODevice::Offset  TQStringBuffer::at()   const
+{
+    return ioIndex;
+}
+
+bool TQStringBuffer::at( Offset pos )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::at: Buffer is not open" );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( pos >= s->length()*2 ) {
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::at: Index %lu out of range", pos );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    ioIndex = pos;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+TQ_LONG TQStringBuffer::readBlock( char *p, TQ_ULONG len )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    TQ_CHECK_PTR( p );
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::readBlock: Buffer not open" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    if ( !isReadable() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::readBlock: Read operation not permitted" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( ioIndex + len > s->length()*sizeof(TQChar) ) {
+	// overflow
+	if ( (uint)ioIndex >= s->length()*sizeof(TQChar) ) {
+	    setStatus( IO_ReadError );
+	    return -1;
+	} else {
+	    len = s->length()*2 - (uint)ioIndex;
+	}
+    }
+    memcpy( p, ((const char*)(s->unicode()))+ioIndex, len );
+    ioIndex += len;
+    return len;
+}
+
+TQ_LONG TQStringBuffer::writeBlock( const char *p, TQ_ULONG len )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_NULL)
+    if ( p == 0 && len != 0 )
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: Null pointer error" );
+#endif
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: Buffer not open" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    if ( !isWritable() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: Write operation not permitted" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    if ( ioIndex&1 ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: non-even index - non Unicode" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    if ( len&1 ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::writeBlock: non-even length - non Unicode" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    s->replace(ioIndex/2, len/2, (TQChar*)p, len/2);
+    ioIndex += len;
+    return len;
+}
+
+int TQStringBuffer::getch()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::getch: Buffer not open" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    if ( !isReadable() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::getch: Read operation not permitted" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( (uint)ioIndex >= s->length()*2 ) {           // overflow
+	setStatus( IO_ReadError );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    return (int)((const uchar *)s->unicode())[ioIndex++];
+}
+
+int TQStringBuffer::putch( int ch )
+{
+    char c = ch;
+    if ( writeBlock(&c,1) < 0 )
+	return -1;
+    else
+	return ch;
+}
+
+int TQStringBuffer::ungetch( int ch )
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::ungetch: Buffer not open" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+    if ( !isReadable() ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQStringBuffer::ungetch: Read operation not permitted" );
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( ch != -1 ) { // something to do with eof
+	if ( ioIndex )
+	    ioIndex--;
+	else
+	    ch = -1;
+    }
+    return ch;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a text stream that operates on the Unicode TQString, \a
+    str, through an internal device. The \a filemode argument is
+    passed to the device's open() function; see \l{TQIODevice::mode()}.
+
+    If you set an encoding or codec with setEncoding() or setCodec(),
+    this setting is ignored for text streams that operate on TQString.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    TQString str;
+    TQTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly );
+    ts << "pi = " << 3.14; // str == "pi = 3.14"
+    \endcode
+
+    Writing data to the text stream will modify the contents of the
+    string. The string will be expanded when data is written beyond
+    the end of the string. Note that the string will not be truncated:
+    \code
+    TQString str = "pi = 3.14";
+    TQTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly );
+    ts <<  "2+2 = " << 2+2; // str == "2+2 = 414"
+    \endcode
+
+    Note that because TQString is Unicode, you should not use
+    readRawBytes() or writeRawBytes() on such a stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQString* str, int filemode )
+{
+    // TODO: optimize for this case as it becomes more common
+    //        (see TQStringBuffer above)
+    init();
+    dev = new TQStringBuffer( str );
+    ((TQStringBuffer *)dev)->open( filemode );
+    owndev = TRUE;
+    setEncoding(RawUnicode);
+    reset();
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::String;
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+  This constructor is equivalent to the constructor taking a TQString*
+  parameter.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQString& str, int filemode )
+{
+    init();
+    dev = new TQStringBuffer( &str );
+    ((TQStringBuffer *)dev)->open( filemode );
+    owndev = TRUE;
+    setEncoding(RawUnicode);
+    reset();
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::String;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a text stream that operates on the byte array, \a a,
+    through an internal TQBuffer device. The \a mode argument is passed
+    to the device's open() function; see \l{TQIODevice::mode()}.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    TQByteArray array;
+    TQTextStream ts( array, IO_WriteOnly );
+    ts << "pi = " << 3.14 << '\0'; // array == "pi = 3.14"
+    \endcode
+
+    Writing data to the text stream will modify the contents of the
+    array. The array will be expanded when data is written beyond the
+    end of the string.
+
+    Same example, using a TQBuffer:
+    \code
+    TQByteArray array;
+    TQBuffer buf( array );
+    buf.open( IO_WriteOnly );
+    TQTextStream ts( &buf );
+    ts << "pi = " << 3.14 << '\0'; // array == "pi = 3.14"
+    buf.close();
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQByteArray a, int mode )
+{
+    init();
+    dev = new TQBuffer( a );
+    ((TQBuffer *)dev)->open( mode );
+    owndev = TRUE;
+    setEncoding( Latin1 ); //### Locale???
+    reset();
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::ByteArray;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a text stream that operates on an existing file handle
+    \a fh through an internal TQFile device. The \a mode argument is
+    passed to the device's open() function; see \l{TQIODevice::mode()}.
+
+    Note that if you create a TQTextStream \c cout or another name that
+    is also used for another variable of a different type, some
+    linkers may confuse the two variables, which will often cause
+    crashes.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::TQTextStream( FILE *fh, int mode )
+{
+    init();
+    setEncoding( Locale ); //###
+    dev = new TQFile;
+    ((TQFile *)dev)->open( mode, fh );
+    owndev = TRUE;
+    reset();
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::File;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the text stream.
+
+    The destructor does not affect the current IO device.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream::~TQTextStream()
+{
+    if ( owndev )
+	delete dev;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Positions the read pointer at the first non-whitespace character.
+*/
+void TQTextStream::skipWhiteSpace()
+{
+    ts_ungetc( eat_ws() );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Tries to read \a len characters from the stream and stores them in
+    \a buf. Returns the number of characters really read.
+
+    \warning There will no TQEOF appended if the read reaches the end
+    of the file. EOF is reached when the return value does not equal
+    \a len.
+*/
+uint TQTextStream::ts_getbuf( TQChar* buf, uint len )
+{
+    if ( len < 1 )
+	return 0;
+
+    uint rnum = 0;   // the number of TQChars really read
+
+    if ( d && d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
+	while ( rnum < len && rnum < d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
+	    *buf = d->ungetcBuf.constref( rnum );
+	    buf++;
+	    rnum++;
+	}
+	d->ungetcBuf = d->ungetcBuf.mid( rnum );
+	if ( rnum >= len )
+	    return rnum;
+    }
+
+    // we use dev->ungetch() for one of the bytes of the unicode
+    // byte-order mark, but a local unget hack for the other byte:
+    int ungetHack = EOF;
+
+    if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
+	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE; // only at the top
+	int c1 = dev->getch();
+	if ( c1 == EOF )
+	    return rnum;
+	int c2 = dev->getch();
+	if ( c1 == 0xfe && c2 == 0xff ) {
+	    mapper = 0;
+	    latin1 = FALSE;
+	    internalOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
+	    networkOrder = TRUE;
+	} else if ( c1 == 0xff && c2 == 0xfe ) {
+	    mapper = 0;
+	    latin1 = FALSE;
+	    internalOrder = !TQChar::networkOrdered();
+	    networkOrder = FALSE;
+	} else {
+	    if ( c2 != EOF ) {
+	 	dev->ungetch( c2 );
+		ungetHack = c1;
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		  A small bug might hide here. If only the first byte
+		  of a file has made it so far, and that first byte
+		  is half of the byte-order mark, then the utfness
+		  will not be detected.
+		*/
+	 	dev->ungetch( c1 );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	bool shortRead = FALSE;
+	if ( !d->decoder )
+	    d->decoder = mapper->makeDecoder();
+	while( rnum < len ) {
+	    TQString s;
+	    bool readBlock = !( len == 1+rnum );
+	    for (;;) {
+		// for efficiency: normally read a whole block
+		if ( readBlock ) {
+		    // guess buffersize; this may be wrong (too small or too
+		    // big). But we can handle this (either iterate reading
+		    // or use ungetcBuf).
+		    // Note that this might cause problems for codecs where
+		    // one byte can result in >1 Unicode Characters if bytes
+		    // are written to the stream in the meantime (loss of
+		    // synchronicity).
+		    uint rlen = len - rnum;
+		    char *cbuf = new char[ rlen ];
+		    if ( ungetHack != EOF ) {
+			rlen = 1+dev->readBlock( cbuf+1, rlen-1 );
+			cbuf[0] = (char)ungetHack;
+			ungetHack = EOF;
+		    } else {
+			rlen = dev->readBlock( cbuf, rlen );
+		    }
+		    s  += d->decoder->toUnicode( cbuf, rlen );
+		    delete[] cbuf;
+		    // use buffered reading only for the first time, because we
+		    // have to get the stream synchronous again (this is easier
+		    // with single character reading)
+		    readBlock = FALSE;
+		}
+		// get stream (and codec) in sync
+		int c;
+		if ( ungetHack == EOF ) {
+		    c = dev->getch();
+		} else {
+		    c = ungetHack;
+		    ungetHack = EOF;
+		}
+		if ( c == EOF ) {
+		    shortRead = TRUE;
+		    break;
+		}
+		char b = c;
+		uint lengthBefore = s.length();
+		s += d->decoder->toUnicode( &b, 1 );
+		if ( s.length() > lengthBefore )
+		    break; // it seems we are in sync now
+	    }
+	    uint i = 0;
+	    uint end = TQMIN( len-rnum, s.length() );
+	    while( i < end ) {
+		*buf = s.constref(i++);
+		buf++;
+	    }
+	    rnum += end;
+	    if ( s.length() > i ) {
+		// could be = but append is clearer
+		d->ungetcBuf.append( s.mid( i ) );
+	    }
+	    if ( shortRead )
+		return rnum;
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+    if ( latin1 ) {
+	if ( len == 1+rnum ) {
+	    // use this method for one character because it is more efficient
+	    // (arnt doubts whether it makes a difference, but lets it stand)
+	    int c = (ungetHack == EOF) ? dev->getch() : ungetHack;
+	    if ( c != EOF ) {
+		*buf = (char)c;
+		buf++;
+		rnum++;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( ungetHack != EOF ) {
+		*buf = (char)ungetHack;
+		buf++;
+		rnum++;
+		ungetHack = EOF;
+	    }
+	    char *cbuf = new char[len - rnum];
+	    while ( !dev->atEnd() && rnum < len ) {
+		uint rlen = len - rnum;
+		rlen = dev->readBlock( cbuf, rlen );
+		char *it = cbuf;
+		char *end = cbuf + rlen;
+		while ( it < end ) {
+		    *buf = *it;
+		    buf++;
+		    it++;
+		}
+		rnum += rlen;
+	    }
+	    delete[] cbuf;
+	}
+    } else { // UCS-2 or UTF-16
+	if ( len == 1+rnum ) {
+	    int c1 = (ungetHack == EOF) ? dev->getch() : ungetHack;
+	    if ( c1 == EOF )
+		return rnum;
+	    int c2 = dev->getch();
+	    if ( c2 == EOF )
+		return rnum;
+
+	    if ( networkOrder ) {
+		*buf = TQChar( c2, c1 );
+	    } else {
+		*buf = TQChar( c1, c2 );
+	    }
+	    buf++;
+	    rnum++;
+	} else {
+	    char *cbuf = new char[ 2*( len - rnum ) ]; // for paranoids: overflow possible
+	    while ( !dev->atEnd() && rnum < len ) {
+		uint rlen = 2 * ( len-rnum );
+		if ( ungetHack != EOF ) {
+		    rlen = 1+dev->readBlock( cbuf+1, rlen-1 );
+		    cbuf[0] = (char)ungetHack;
+		    ungetHack = EOF;
+		} else {
+		    rlen = dev->readBlock( cbuf, rlen );
+		}
+		// We can't use an odd number of bytes, so put it back. But
+		// do it only if we are capable of reading more -- normally
+		// there should not be an odd number, but the file might be
+		// truncated or not in UTF-16...
+		if ( (rlen & 1) == 1 )
+		    if ( !dev->atEnd() )
+			dev->ungetch( cbuf[--rlen] );
+		uint i = 0;
+		if ( networkOrder ) {
+		    while( i < rlen ) {
+			*buf = TQChar( cbuf[i+1], cbuf[i] );
+			buf++;
+			i+=2;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    while( i < rlen ) {
+			*buf = TQChar( cbuf[i], cbuf[i+1] );
+			buf++;
+			i+=2;
+		    }
+		}
+		rnum += i/2;
+	    }
+	    delete[] cbuf;
+	}
+    }
+    return rnum;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tries to read one line, but at most len characters from the stream
+    and stores them in \a buf.
+
+    Returns the number of characters really read. Newlines are not
+    stripped.
+
+    There will be a TQEOF appended if the read reaches the end of file;
+    this is different to ts_getbuf().
+
+    This function works only if a newline (as byte) is also a newline
+    (as resulting character) since it uses TQIODevice::readLine(). So
+    use it only for such codecs where this is true!
+
+    This function is (almost) a no-op for UTF 16. Don't use it if
+    doUnicodeHeader is TRUE!
+*/
+uint TQTextStream::ts_getline( TQChar* buf )
+{
+    uint rnum=0;   // the number of TQChars really read
+    char cbuf[ getline_buf_size+1 ];
+
+    if ( d && d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
+	while( rnum < getline_buf_size && rnum < d->ungetcBuf.length() ) {
+	    buf[rnum] = d->ungetcBuf.constref(rnum);
+	    rnum++;
+	}
+	d->ungetcBuf = d->ungetcBuf.mid( rnum );
+	if ( rnum >= getline_buf_size )
+	    return rnum;
+    }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	if ( !d->decoder )
+	    d->decoder = mapper->makeDecoder();
+	TQString s;
+	bool readBlock = TRUE;
+	for (;;) {
+	    // for efficiency: try to read a line
+	    if ( readBlock ) {
+		int rlen = getline_buf_size - rnum;
+		rlen = dev->readLine( cbuf, rlen+1 );
+		if ( rlen == -1 )
+		    rlen = 0;
+		s  += d->decoder->toUnicode( cbuf, rlen );
+		readBlock = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    if ( dev->atEnd()
+		    || s.at( s.length()-1 ) == '\n'
+		    || s.at( s.length()-1 ) == '\r'
+	       ) {
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		// get stream (and codec) in sync
+		int c;
+		c = dev->getch();
+		if ( c == EOF ) {
+		    break;
+		}
+		char b = c;
+		uint lengthBefore = s.length();
+		s  += d->decoder->toUnicode( &b, 1 );
+		if ( s.length() > lengthBefore )
+		    break; // it seems we are in sync now
+	    }
+	}
+	uint i = 0;
+	while( rnum < getline_buf_size && i < s.length() )
+	    buf[rnum++] = s.constref(i++);
+	if ( s.length() > i )
+	    // could be = but append is clearer
+	    d->ungetcBuf.append( s.mid( i ) );
+	if ( rnum < getline_buf_size && dev->atEnd() )
+	    buf[rnum++] = TQEOF;
+    } else
+#endif
+    if ( latin1 ) {
+	int rlen = getline_buf_size - rnum;
+	rlen = dev->readLine( cbuf, rlen+1 );
+	if ( rlen == -1 )
+	    rlen = 0;
+	char *end = cbuf+rlen;
+	char *it = cbuf;
+	buf +=rnum;
+	while ( it != end ) {
+	    buf->setCell( *(it++) );
+	    buf->setRow( 0 );
+	    buf++;
+	}
+	rnum += rlen;
+	if ( rnum < getline_buf_size && dev->atEnd() )
+	    buf[1] = TQEOF;
+    }
+    return rnum;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Puts one character into the stream.
+*/
+void TQTextStream::ts_putc( TQChar c )
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	if ( !d->encoder )
+	    d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
+	int len = 1;
+	TQString s = c;
+	TQCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode( s, len );
+	dev->writeBlock( block, len );
+    } else
+#endif
+    if ( latin1 ) {
+	if ( c.row() )
+	    dev->putch( '?' ); // unknown character
+	else
+	    dev->putch( c.cell() );
+    } else {
+	if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
+	    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
+	    ts_putc( TQChar::byteOrderMark );
+	}
+	if ( internalOrder ) {
+	    // this case is needed by TQStringBuffer
+	    dev->writeBlock( (char*)&c, sizeof(TQChar) );
+	} else if ( networkOrder ) {
+	    dev->putch( c.row() );
+	    dev->putch( c.cell() );
+	} else {
+	    dev->putch( c.cell() );
+	    dev->putch( c.row() );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Puts one character into the stream.
+*/
+void TQTextStream::ts_putc( int ch )
+{
+    ts_putc( TQChar((ushort)ch) );
+}
+
+bool TQTextStream::ts_isdigit( TQChar c )
+{
+    return c.isDigit();
+}
+
+bool TQTextStream::ts_isspace( TQChar c )
+{
+    return c.isSpace();
+}
+
+void TQTextStream::ts_ungetc( TQChar c )
+{
+    if ( c.unicode() == 0xffff )
+	return;
+
+    d->ungetcBuf.prepend( c );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads \a len bytes from the stream into \a s and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    The buffer \a s must be preallocated.
+
+    Note that no encoding is done by this function.
+
+    \warning The behavior of this function is undefined unless the
+    stream's encoding is set to Unicode or Latin1.
+
+    \sa TQIODevice::readBlock()
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::readRawBytes( char *s, uint len )
+{
+    dev->readBlock( s, len );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes the \a len bytes from \a s to the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+
+    Note that no encoding is done by this function.
+
+    \sa TQIODevice::writeBlock()
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::writeRawBytes( const char* s, uint len )
+{
+    dev->writeBlock( s, len );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::writeBlock( const char* p, uint len )
+{
+    if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
+	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
+	if ( !mapper && !latin1 )
+	    ts_putc( TQChar::byteOrderMark );
+    }
+    // TQCString and const char * are treated as Latin-1
+    if ( !mapper && latin1 ) {
+	dev->writeBlock( p, len );
+    } else if ( !mapper && internalOrder ) {
+	TQChar *u = new TQChar[len];
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	    u[i] = p[i];
+	dev->writeBlock( (char*)u, len * sizeof(TQChar) );
+	delete [] u;
+    }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    else if (mapper) {
+        if (!d->encoder)
+            d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
+        TQString s = TQString::fromLatin1(p, len);
+        int l = len;
+        TQCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode(s, l);
+        dev->writeBlock(block, l);
+    }
+#endif
+    else {
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < len; i++ )
+	    ts_putc( (uchar)p[i] );
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::writeBlock( const TQChar* p, uint len )
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	if ( !d->encoder )
+	    d->encoder = mapper->makeEncoder();
+	TQConstString s( p, len );
+	int l = len;
+	TQCString block = d->encoder->fromUnicode( s.string(), l );
+	dev->writeBlock( block, l );
+    } else
+#endif
+    if ( latin1 ) {
+	char *str = TQString::unicodeToLatin1( p, len );
+	dev->writeBlock( str, len );
+	delete [] str;
+    } else if ( internalOrder ) {
+	if ( doUnicodeHeader ) {
+	    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
+	    ts_putc( TQChar::byteOrderMark );
+	}
+	dev->writeBlock( (char*)p, sizeof(TQChar)*len );
+    } else {
+	for (uint i=0; isourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::IODevice;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Unsets the IO device. Equivalent to setDevice( 0 ).
+
+    \sa device(), setDevice()
+*/
+
+void TQTextStream::unsetDevice()
+{
+    setDevice( 0 );
+    d->sourceType = TQTextStreamPrivate::NotSet;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQTextStream::atEnd() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the IO device has reached the end position (end of
+    the stream or file) or if there is no IO device set; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa TQIODevice::atEnd()
+*/
+
+/*!\fn bool TQTextStream::eof() const
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  This function has been renamed to atEnd().
+
+  \sa TQIODevice::atEnd()
+*/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQTextStream read functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a char \a c from the stream and returns a reference to the
+    stream. Note that whitespace is skipped.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( char &c )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    c = eat_ws();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads a char \a c from the stream and returns a reference to the
+    stream. Note that whitespace is \e not skipped.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( TQChar &c )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    c = ts_getc();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+ulong TQTextStream::input_bin()
+{
+    ulong val = 0;
+    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
+    int dv = ch.digitValue();
+    while (  dv == 0 || dv == 1 ) {
+	val = ( val << 1 ) + dv;
+	ch = ts_getc();
+	dv = ch.digitValue();
+    }
+    if ( ch != TQEOF )
+	ts_ungetc( ch );
+    return val;
+}
+
+ulong TQTextStream::input_oct()
+{
+    ulong val = 0;
+    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
+    int dv = ch.digitValue();
+    while ( dv >= 0 && dv <= 7 ) {
+	val = ( val << 3 ) + dv;
+	ch = ts_getc();
+	dv = ch.digitValue();
+    }
+    if ( dv == 8 || dv == 9 ) {
+	while ( ts_isdigit(ch) )
+	    ch = ts_getc();
+    }
+    if ( ch != TQEOF )
+	ts_ungetc( ch );
+    return val;
+}
+
+ulong TQTextStream::input_dec()
+{
+    ulong val = 0;
+    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
+    int dv = ch.digitValue();
+    while ( ts_isdigit(ch) ) {
+	val = val * 10 + dv;
+	ch = ts_getc();
+	dv = ch.digitValue();
+    }
+    if ( ch != TQEOF )
+	ts_ungetc( ch );
+    return val;
+}
+
+ulong TQTextStream::input_hex()
+{
+    ulong val = 0;
+    TQChar ch = eat_ws();
+    char c = ch;
+    while ( isxdigit((uchar) c) ) {
+	val <<= 4;
+	if ( ts_isdigit(c) )
+	    val += c - '0';
+	else
+	    val += 10 + tolower( (uchar) c ) - 'a';
+	c = ch = ts_getc();
+    }
+    if ( ch != TQEOF )
+	ts_ungetc( ch );
+    return val;
+}
+
+long TQTextStream::input_int()
+{
+    long val;
+    TQChar ch;
+    char c;
+    switch ( flags() & basefield ) {
+    case bin:
+	val = (long)input_bin();
+	break;
+    case oct:
+	val = (long)input_oct();
+	break;
+    case dec:
+	c = ch = eat_ws();
+	if ( ch == TQEOF ) {
+	    val = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if ( !(c == '-' || c == '+') )
+		ts_ungetc( ch );
+	    if ( c == '-' ) {
+		ulong v = input_dec();
+		if ( v ) {		// ensure that LONG_MIN can be read
+		    v--;
+		    val = -((long)v) - 1;
+		} else {
+		    val = 0;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		val = (long)input_dec();
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+    case hex:
+	val = (long)input_hex();
+	break;
+    default:
+	val = 0;
+	c = ch = eat_ws();
+	if ( c == '0' ) {		// bin, oct or hex
+	    c = ch = ts_getc();
+	    if ( tolower((uchar) c) == 'x' )
+		val = (long)input_hex();
+	    else if ( tolower((uchar) c) == 'b' )
+		val = (long)input_bin();
+	    else {			// octal
+		ts_ungetc( ch );
+		if ( c >= '0' && c <= '7' ) {
+		    val = (long)input_oct();
+		} else {
+		    val = 0;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else if ( ts_isdigit(ch) ) {
+	    ts_ungetc( ch );
+	    val = (long)input_dec();
+	} else if ( c == '-' || c == '+' ) {
+	    ulong v = input_dec();
+	    if ( c == '-' ) {
+		if ( v ) {		// ensure that LONG_MIN can be read
+		    v--;
+		    val = -((long)v) - 1;
+		} else {
+		    val = 0;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		val = (long)v;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return val;
+}
+
+//
+// We use a table-driven FSM to parse floating point numbers
+// strtod() cannot be used directly since we're reading from a TQIODevice
+//
+
+double TQTextStream::input_double()
+{
+    const int Init	 = 0;			// states
+    const int Sign	 = 1;
+    const int Mantissa	 = 2;
+    const int Dot	 = 3;
+    const int Abscissa	 = 4;
+    const int ExpMark	 = 5;
+    const int ExpSign	 = 6;
+    const int Exponent	 = 7;
+    const int Done	 = 8;
+
+    const int InputSign	 = 1;			// input tokens
+    const int InputDigit = 2;
+    const int InputDot	 = 3;
+    const int InputExp	 = 4;
+
+    static const uchar table[8][5] = {
+     /* None	 InputSign   InputDigit InputDot InputExp */
+	{ 0,	    Sign,     Mantissa,	 Dot,	   0,	   }, // Init
+	{ 0,	    0,	      Mantissa,	 Dot,	   0,	   }, // Sign
+	{ Done,	    Done,     Mantissa,	 Dot,	   ExpMark,}, // Mantissa
+	{ 0,	    0,	      Abscissa,	 0,	   0,	   }, // Dot
+	{ Done,	    Done,     Abscissa,	 Done,	   ExpMark,}, // Abscissa
+	{ 0,	    ExpSign,  Exponent,	 0,	   0,	   }, // ExpMark
+	{ 0,	    0,	      Exponent,	 0,	   0,	   }, // ExpSign
+	{ Done,	    Done,     Exponent,	 Done,	   Done	   }  // Exponent
+    };
+
+    int state = Init;				// parse state
+    int input;					// input token
+
+    char buf[256];
+    int i = 0;
+    TQChar c = eat_ws();
+
+    for (;;) {
+
+	switch ( c ) {
+	    case '+':
+	    case '-':
+		input = InputSign;
+		break;
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+		input = InputDigit;
+		break;
+	    case '.':
+		input = InputDot;
+		break;
+	    case 'e':
+	    case 'E':
+		input = InputExp;
+		break;
+	    default:
+		input = 0;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	state = table[state][input];
+
+	if  ( state == 0 || state == Done || i > 250 ) {
+	    if ( i > 250 ) {			// ignore rest of digits
+		do { c = ts_getc(); } while ( c != TQEOF && ts_isdigit(c) );
+	    }
+	    if ( c != TQEOF )
+		ts_ungetc( c );
+	    buf[i] = '\0';
+	    char *end;
+	    return strtod( buf, &end );
+	}
+
+	buf[i++] = c;
+	c = ts_getc();
+    }
+
+#if !defined(Q_CC_EDG)
+    return 0.0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a signed \c short integer \a i from the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
+    expected input format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( signed short &i )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    i = (signed short)input_int();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads an unsigned \c short integer \a i from the stream and
+    returns a reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation
+    of the expected input format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( unsigned short &i )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    i = (unsigned short)input_int();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a signed \c int \a i from the stream and returns a reference
+    to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the expected
+    input format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( signed int &i )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    i = (signed int)input_int();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads an unsigned \c int \a i from the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
+    expected input format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( unsigned int &i )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    i = (unsigned int)input_int();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a signed \c long int \a i from the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
+    expected input format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( signed long &i )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    i = (signed long)input_int();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads an unsigned \c long int \a i from the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the
+    expected input format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( unsigned long &i )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    i = (unsigned long)input_int();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a \c float \a f from the stream and returns a reference to
+    the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the expected input
+    format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( float &f )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    f = (float)input_double();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a \c double \a f from the stream and returns a reference to
+    the stream. See flags() for an explanation of the expected input
+    format.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( double &f )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    f = input_double();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a "word" from the stream into \a s and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( char *s )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    int maxlen = width( 0 );
+    TQChar c = eat_ws();
+    if ( !maxlen )
+	maxlen = -1;
+    while ( c != TQEOF ) {
+	if ( ts_isspace(c) || maxlen-- == 0 ) {
+	    ts_ungetc( c );
+	    break;
+	}
+	*s++ = c;
+	c = ts_getc();
+    }
+
+    *s = '\0';
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a "word" from the stream into \a str and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( TQString &str )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    str=TQString::fromLatin1("");
+    TQChar	c = eat_ws();
+
+    while ( c != TQEOF ) {
+	if ( ts_isspace(c) ) {
+	    ts_ungetc( c );
+	    break;
+	}
+	str += c;
+	c = ts_getc();
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Reads a "word" from the stream into \a str and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+
+    A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator>>( TQCString &str )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    TQCString  *dynbuf = 0;
+    const int buflen = 256;
+    char      buffer[buflen];
+    char     *s = buffer;
+    int	      i = 0;
+    TQChar	      c = eat_ws();
+
+    while ( c != TQEOF ) {
+	if ( ts_isspace(c) ) {
+	    ts_ungetc( c );
+	    break;
+	}
+	if ( i >= buflen-1 ) {
+	    if ( !dynbuf )  {			// create dynamic buffer
+		dynbuf = new TQCString(buflen*2);
+		memcpy( dynbuf->data(), s, i );	// copy old data
+	    } else if ( i >= (int)dynbuf->size()-1 ) {
+		dynbuf->resize( dynbuf->size()*2 );
+	    }
+	    s = dynbuf->data();
+	}
+	s[i++] = c;
+	c = ts_getc();
+    }
+    str.resize( i+1 );
+    memcpy( str.data(), s, i );
+    delete dynbuf;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads a line from the stream and returns a string containing the
+    text.
+
+    The returned string does not contain any trailing newline or
+    carriage return. Note that this is different from
+    TQIODevice::readLine(), which does not strip the newline at the end
+    of the line.
+
+    On EOF you will get a TQString that is null. On reading an empty
+    line the returned TQString is empty but not null.
+
+    \sa TQIODevice::readLine()
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextStream::readLine()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !dev ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQTextStream::readLine: No device" );
+	return TQString::null;
+    }
+#endif
+    bool readCharByChar = TRUE;
+    TQString result;
+#if 0
+    if ( !doUnicodeHeader && (
+	    (latin1) ||
+	    (mapper != 0 && mapper->mibEnum() == 106 ) // UTF 8
+       ) ) {
+	readCharByChar = FALSE;
+	// use optimized read line
+	TQChar c[getline_buf_size];
+	int pos = 0;
+	bool eof = FALSE;
+
+	for (;;) {
+	    pos = ts_getline( c );
+	    if ( pos == 0 ) {
+		// something went wrong; try fallback
+		readCharByChar = TRUE;
+		//dev->resetStatus();
+		break;
+	    }
+	    if ( c[pos-1] == TQEOF || c[pos-1] == '\n' ) {
+		if ( pos>2 && c[pos-1]==TQEOF && c[pos-2]=='\n' ) {
+		    result += TQString( c, pos-2 );
+		} else if ( pos > 1 ) {
+		    result += TQString( c, pos-1 );
+		}
+		if ( pos == 1 && c[pos-1] == TQEOF )
+		    eof = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		result += TQString( c, pos );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( eof && result.isEmpty() )
+	    return TQString::null;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( readCharByChar ) {
+	const int buf_size = 256;
+	TQChar c[buf_size];
+	int pos = 0;
+
+	c[pos] = ts_getc();
+	if ( c[pos] == TQEOF )
+	    return TQString::null;
+
+	while ( c[pos] != TQEOF && c[pos] != '\n' ) {
+	    if ( c[pos] == '\r' ) { // ( handle mac and dos )
+		TQChar nextc = ts_getc();
+		if ( nextc != '\n' )
+		    ts_ungetc( nextc );
+		break;
+	    }
+	    pos++;
+	    if ( pos >= buf_size ) {
+		result += TQString( c, pos );
+		pos = 0;
+	    }
+	    c[pos] = ts_getc();
+	}
+	result += TQString( c, pos );
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads the entire stream from the current position, and returns a string
+    containing the text.
+
+    \sa TQIODevice::readLine()
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextStream::read()
+{
+#if defined(QT_CHECK_STATE)
+    if ( !dev ) {
+	tqWarning( "TQTextStream::read: No device" );
+	return TQString::null;
+    }
+#endif
+    TQString    result;
+    const uint bufsize = 512;
+    TQChar      buf[bufsize];
+    uint       i, num, start;
+    bool       skipped_cr = FALSE;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	num = ts_getbuf(buf,bufsize);
+	// convert dos (\r\n) and mac (\r) style eol to unix style (\n)
+	start = 0;
+	for ( i=0; i>= 1;
+		if ( !n )
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    if ( flags() & showbase ) {		// show base
+		*--p = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'B' : 'b';
+		*--p = '0';
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case I_BASE_8:				// output octal number
+	    p = &buf[74];
+	    *p = '\0';
+	    do {
+		*--p = (char)(n&7) + '0';
+		n >>= 3;
+	    } while ( n );
+	    if ( flags() & showbase )
+		*--p = '0';
+	    break;
+
+	case I_BASE_16:				// output hexadecimal number
+	    p = &buf[74];
+	    *p = '\0';
+	    hexdigits = (flags() & uppercase) ?
+		hexdigits_upper : hexdigits_lower;
+	    do {
+		*--p = hexdigits[(int)n&0xf];
+		n >>= 4;
+	    } while ( n );
+	    if ( flags() & showbase ) {
+		*--p = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'X' : 'x';
+		*--p = '0';
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	default:				// decimal base is default
+	    p = &buf[74];
+	    *p = '\0';
+	    if ( neg )
+		n = (unsigned long long)(-(long long)n);
+	    do {
+		*--p = ((int)(n%10)) + '0';
+		n /= 10;
+	    } while ( n );
+	    if ( neg )
+		*--p = '-';
+	    else if ( flags() & showpos )
+		*--p = '+';
+	    if ( (flags() & internal) && fwidth && !ts_isdigit(*p) ) {
+		ts_putc( *p );			// special case for internal
+		++p;				//   padding
+		fwidth--;
+		return *this << (const char*)p;
+	    }
+    }
+    if ( fwidth ) {				// adjustment required
+	if ( !(flags() & left) ) {		// but NOT left adjustment
+	    len = tqstrlen(p);
+	    int padlen = fwidth - len;
+	    if ( padlen <= 0 ) {		// no padding required
+		writeBlock( p, len );
+	    } else if ( padlen < (int)(p-buf) ) { // speeds up padding
+		memset( p-padlen, (char)fillchar, padlen );
+		writeBlock( p-padlen, padlen+len );
+	    }
+	    else				// standard padding
+		*this << (const char*)p;
+	}
+	else
+	    *this << (const char*)p;
+	fwidth = 0;				// reset field width
+    }
+    else
+	writeBlock( p, tqstrlen(p) );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a \c short integer \a i to the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed short i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_SHORT | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes an \c unsigned \c short integer \a i to the stream and
+    returns a reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned short i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_SHORT | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes an \c int \a i to the stream and returns a reference to the
+    stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed int i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_INT | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes an \c unsigned \c int \a i to the stream and returns a
+    reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned int i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_INT | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a \c long \c int \a i to the stream and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed long i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_LONG | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes an \c unsigned \c long \c int \a i to the stream and
+    returns a reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned long i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_LONG | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a \c long long \c int \a i to the stream and returns a reference
+    to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( signed long long i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_LONGLONG | I_SIGNED, i, i < 0 );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes an \c unsigned \c long \c int \a i to the stream and
+    returns a reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( unsigned long long i )
+{
+    return output_int( I_LONGLONG | I_UNSIGNED, i, FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a \c float \a f to the stream and returns a reference to
+    the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( float f )
+{
+    return *this << (double)f;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a \c double \a f to the stream and returns a reference to
+    the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( double f )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    char f_char;
+    char format[16];
+    if ( (flags()&floatfield) == fixed )
+	f_char = 'f';
+    else if ( (flags()&floatfield) == scientific )
+	f_char = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'E' : 'e';
+    else
+	f_char = (flags() & uppercase) ? 'G' : 'g';
+    char *fs = format;			// generate format string
+    *fs++ = '%';				//   "%.l"
+    *fs++ = '.';
+    int prec = precision();
+    if ( prec > 99 )
+	prec = 99;
+    if ( prec >= 10 ) {
+	*fs++ = prec / 10 + '0';
+	*fs++ = prec % 10 + '0';
+    } else {
+	*fs++ = prec + '0';
+    }
+    *fs++ = 'l';
+    *fs++ = f_char;
+    *fs = '\0';
+    TQString num;
+    num.sprintf(format, f);			// convert to text
+    if ( fwidth )				// padding
+	*this << num.latin1();
+    else					// just write it
+	writeBlock(num.latin1(), num.length());
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a string to the stream and returns a reference to the
+    stream.
+
+    The string \a s is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the
+    Encoding set for the TQTextStream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( const char* s )
+{
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    char padbuf[48];
+    uint len = tqstrlen( s );			// don't write null terminator
+    if ( fwidth ) {				// field width set
+	int padlen = fwidth - len;
+	fwidth = 0;				// reset width
+	if ( padlen > 0 ) {
+	    char *ppad;
+	    if ( padlen > 46 ) {		// create extra big fill buffer
+		ppad = new char[padlen];
+		TQ_CHECK_PTR( ppad );
+	    } else {
+		ppad = padbuf;
+	    }
+	    memset( ppad, (char)fillchar, padlen );	// fill with fillchar
+	    if ( !(flags() & left) ) {
+		writeBlock( ppad, padlen );
+		padlen = 0;
+	    }
+	    writeBlock( s, len );
+	    if ( padlen )
+		writeBlock( ppad, padlen );
+	    if ( ppad != padbuf )		// delete extra big fill buf
+		delete[] ppad;
+	    return *this;
+	}
+    }
+    writeBlock( s, len );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes \a s to the stream and returns a reference to the stream.
+
+    The string \a s is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the
+    Encoding set for the TQTextStream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( const TQCString & s )
+{
+    return operator<<(s.data());
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes \a s to the stream and returns a reference to the stream.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( const TQString& s )
+{
+    if ( !mapper && latin1 )
+	return operator<<(s.latin1());
+    CHECK_STREAM_PRECOND
+    TQString s1 = s;
+    if ( fwidth ) {				// field width set
+	if ( !(flags() & left) ) {
+	    s1 = s.rightJustify(fwidth, (char)fillchar);
+	} else {
+	    s1 = s.leftJustify(fwidth, (char)fillchar);
+	}
+	fwidth = 0;				// reset width
+    }
+    writeBlock( s1.unicode(), s1.length() );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Writes a pointer to the stream and returns a reference to the
+    stream.
+
+    The \a ptr is output as an unsigned long hexadecimal integer.
+*/
+
+TQTextStream &TQTextStream::operator<<( void *ptr )
+{
+    int f = flags();
+    setf( hex, basefield );
+    setf( showbase );
+    unsetf( uppercase );
+    output_int( I_LONG | I_UNSIGNED, (ulong)ptr, FALSE );
+    flags( f );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::flags() const
+
+    Returns the current stream flags. The default value is 0.
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Flag \i Meaning
+    \row \i \c skipws \i Not currently used; whitespace always skipped
+    \row \i \c left \i Numeric fields are left-aligned
+    \row \i \c right
+	 \i Not currently used (by default, numerics are right-aligned)
+    \row \i \c internal \i Puts any padding spaces between +/- and value
+    \row \i \c bin \i Output \e and input only in binary
+    \row \i \c oct \i Output \e and input only in octal
+    \row \i \c dec \i Output \e and input only in decimal
+    \row \i \c hex \i Output \e and input only in hexadecimal
+    \row \i \c showbase
+	 \i Annotates numeric outputs with 0b, 0, or 0x if in \c bin,
+	 \c oct, or \c hex format
+    \row \i \c showpoint \i Not currently used
+    \row \i \c uppercase \i Uses 0B and 0X rather than 0b and 0x
+    \row \i \c showpos \i Shows + for positive numeric values
+    \row \i \c scientific \i Uses scientific notation for floating point values
+    \row \i \c fixed \i Uses fixed-point notation for floating point values
+    \endtable
+
+    Note that unless \c bin, \c oct, \c dec, or \c hex is set, the
+    input base is octal if the value starts with 0, hexadecimal if it
+    starts with 0x, binary if it starts with 0b, and decimal
+    otherwise.
+
+    \sa setf(), unsetf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::flags( int f )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the stream flags to \a f. Returns the previous stream flags.
+
+    \sa setf(), unsetf(), flags()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::setf( int bits )
+
+    Sets the stream flag bits \a bits. Returns the previous stream
+    flags.
+
+    Equivalent to \c{flags( flags() | bits )}.
+
+    \sa setf(), unsetf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::setf( int bits, int mask )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the stream flag bits \a bits with a bit mask \a mask. Returns
+    the previous stream flags.
+
+    Equivalent to \c{flags( (flags() & ~mask) | (bits & mask) )}.
+
+    \sa setf(), unsetf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::unsetf( int bits )
+
+    Clears the stream flag bits \a bits. Returns the previous stream
+    flags.
+
+    Equivalent to \c{flags( flags() & ~mask )}.
+
+    \sa setf()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::width() const
+
+    Returns the field width. The default value is 0.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::width( int w )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the field width to \a w. Returns the previous field width.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::fill() const
+
+    Returns the fill character. The default value is ' ' (space).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \overload int TQTextStream::fill( int f )
+
+    Sets the fill character to \a f. Returns the previous fill character.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::precision() const
+
+    Returns the precision. The default value is 6.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQTextStream::precision( int p )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the precision to \a p. Returns the previous precision setting.
+*/
+
+
+ /*****************************************************************************
+  TQTextStream manipulators
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+TQTextStream &bin( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    s.setf(TQTS::bin,TQTS::basefield);
+    return s;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &oct( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    s.setf(TQTS::oct,TQTS::basefield);
+    return s;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &dec( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    s.setf(TQTS::dec,TQTS::basefield);
+    return s;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &hex( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    s.setf(TQTS::hex,TQTS::basefield);
+    return s;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &endl( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    return s << '\n';
+}
+
+TQTextStream &flush( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    if ( s.device() )
+	s.device()->flush();
+    return s;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &ws( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    s.skipWhiteSpace();
+    return s;
+}
+
+TQTextStream &reset( TQTextStream &s )
+{
+    s.reset();
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextIStream tqtextstream.h
+    \reentrant
+    \brief The TQTextIStream class is a convenience class for input streams.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup text
+
+    This class provides a shorthand for creating simple input
+    \l{TQTextStream}s without having to pass a \e mode argument to the
+    constructor.
+
+    This class makes it easy, for example, to write things like this:
+    \code
+    TQString data = "123 456";
+    int a, b;
+    TQTextIStream(&data) >> a >> b;
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa TQTextOStream
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream( const TQString *s )
+
+    Constructs a stream to read from the string \a s.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream( TQByteArray ba )
+
+    Constructs a stream to read from the array \a ba.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream( FILE *f )
+
+    Constructs a stream to read from the file \a f.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextOStream
+    \reentrant
+    \brief The TQTextOStream class is a convenience class for output streams.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \ingroup text
+
+    This class provides a shorthand for creating simple output
+    \l{TQTextStream}s without having to pass a \e mode argument to the
+    constructor.
+
+    This makes it easy for example, to write things like this:
+    \code
+    TQString result;
+    TQTextOStream(&result) << "pi = " << 3.14;
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream( TQString *s )
+
+    Constructs a stream to write to string \a s.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream( TQByteArray ba )
+
+    Constructs a stream to write to the array \a ba.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream( FILE *f )
+
+    Constructs a stream to write to the file \a f.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+  Sets the encoding of this stream to \a e, where \a e is one of the
+  following values:
+  \table
+  \header \i Encoding \i Meaning
+  \row \i Locale
+       \i Uses local file format (Latin1 if locale is not set), but
+       autodetecting Unicode(utf16) on input.
+  \row \i Unicode
+       \i Uses Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Output will be
+       written in the order most efficient for the current platform
+       (i.e. the order used internally in TQString).
+  \row \i UnicodeUTF8
+       \i Using Unicode(utf8) for input and output. If you use it for
+       input it will autodetect utf16 and use it instead of utf8.
+  \row \i Latin1
+       \i ISO-8859-1. Will not autodetect utf16.
+  \row \i UnicodeNetworkOrder
+       \i Uses network order Unicode(utf16) for input and output.
+       Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start with the
+       byte order marker.
+  \row \i UnicodeReverse
+       \i Uses reverse network order Unicode(utf16) for input and
+       output. Useful when reading Unicode data that does not start
+       with the byte order marker or when writing data that should be
+       read by buggy Windows applications.
+  \row \i RawUnicode
+       \i Like Unicode, but does not write the byte order marker nor
+       does it auto-detect the byte order. Useful only when writing to
+       non-persistent storage used by a single process.
+  \endtable
+
+  \c Locale and all Unicode encodings, except \c RawUnicode, will look
+  at the first two bytes in an input stream to determine the byte
+  order. The initial byte order marker will be stripped off before
+  data is read.
+
+  Note that this function should be called before any data is read to
+  or written from the stream.
+
+  \sa setCodec()
+*/
+
+void TQTextStream::setEncoding( Encoding e )
+{
+    if ( d->sourceType == TQTextStreamPrivate::String )
+	return;
+
+    switch ( e ) {
+    case Unicode:
+	mapper = 0;
+	latin1 = FALSE;
+	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
+	internalOrder = TRUE;
+	networkOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
+	break;
+    case UnicodeUTF8:
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+	mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForMib( 106 );
+	latin1 = FALSE;
+	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
+	internalOrder = TRUE;
+	networkOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
+#else
+	mapper = 0;
+	latin1 = TRUE;
+	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
+#endif
+	break;
+    case UnicodeNetworkOrder:
+	mapper = 0;
+	latin1 = FALSE;
+	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
+	internalOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
+	networkOrder = TRUE;
+	break;
+    case UnicodeReverse:
+	mapper = 0;
+	latin1 = FALSE;
+	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE;
+	internalOrder = !TQChar::networkOrdered();
+	networkOrder = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case RawUnicode:
+	mapper = 0;
+	latin1 = FALSE;
+	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
+	internalOrder = TRUE;
+	networkOrder = TQChar::networkOrdered();
+	break;
+    case Locale:
+	latin1 = TRUE; // fallback to Latin-1
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+	mapper = TQTextCodec::codecForLocale();
+	// optimized Latin-1 processing
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+	if ( GetACP() == 1252 )
+	    mapper = 0;
+#endif
+	if ( mapper && mapper->mibEnum() == 4 )
+#endif
+	    mapper = 0;
+
+	doUnicodeHeader = TRUE; // If it reads as Unicode, accept it
+	break;
+    case Latin1:
+	mapper = 0;
+	doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
+	latin1 = TRUE;
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+/*!
+    Sets the codec for this stream to \a codec. Will not try to
+    autodetect Unicode.
+
+    Note that this function should be called before any data is read
+    to/written from the stream.
+
+    \sa setEncoding(), codec()
+*/
+
+void TQTextStream::setCodec( TQTextCodec *codec )
+{
+    if ( d->sourceType == TQTextStreamPrivate::String )
+	return; // TQString does not need any codec
+    mapper = codec;
+    latin1 = ( codec->mibEnum() == 4 );
+    if ( latin1 )
+	mapper = 0;
+    doUnicodeHeader = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the codec actually used for this stream.
+
+  If Unicode is automatically detected in input, a codec with \link
+  TQTextCodec::name() name() \endlink "ISO-10646-UCS-2" is returned.
+
+  \sa setCodec()
+*/
+
+TQTextCodec *TQTextStream::codec()
+{
+    if ( mapper ) {
+	return mapper;
+    } else {
+	// 4 is "ISO 8859-1", 1000 is "ISO-10646-UCS-2"
+	return TQTextCodec::codecForMib( latin1 ? 4 : 1000 );
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
diff --git a/src/tools/tqtextstream.h b/src/tools/tqtextstream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab2366b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tools/tqtextstream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQTextStream class
+**
+** Created : 940922
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTSTREAM_H
+#define TQTEXTSTREAM_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "ntqiodevice.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include 
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
+class TQTextCodec;
+class TQTextDecoder;
+
+class TQTextStreamPrivate;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream				// text stream class
+{
+public:
+    enum Encoding { Locale, Latin1, Unicode, UnicodeNetworkOrder,
+		    UnicodeReverse, RawUnicode, UnicodeUTF8 };
+
+    void	setEncoding( Encoding );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    void	setCodec( TQTextCodec* );
+    TQTextCodec *codec();
+#endif
+
+    TQTextStream();
+    TQTextStream( TQIODevice * );
+    TQTextStream( TQString*, int mode );
+    TQTextStream( TQString&, int mode );		// obsolete
+    TQTextStream( TQByteArray, int mode );
+    TQTextStream( FILE *, int mode );
+    virtual ~TQTextStream();
+
+    TQIODevice	*device() const;
+    void	 setDevice( TQIODevice * );
+    void	 unsetDevice();
+
+    bool	 atEnd() const;
+    bool	 eof() const;
+
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( TQChar & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( char & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( signed short & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( unsigned short & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( signed int & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( unsigned int & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( signed long & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( unsigned long & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( float & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( double & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( char * );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( TQString & );
+    TQTextStream &operator>>( TQCString & );
+
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( TQChar );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( char );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed short );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned short );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed int );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned int );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed long );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned long );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( signed long long );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( unsigned long long );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( float );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( double );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( const char* );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( const TQString & );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( const TQCString & );
+    TQTextStream &operator<<( void * );		// any pointer
+
+    TQTextStream &readRawBytes( char *, uint len );
+    TQTextStream &writeRawBytes( const char* , uint len );
+
+    TQString	readLine();
+    TQString	read();
+    void	skipWhiteSpace();
+
+    enum {
+	skipws	  = 0x0001,			// skip whitespace on input
+	left	  = 0x0002,			// left-adjust output
+	right	  = 0x0004,			// right-adjust output
+	internal  = 0x0008,			// pad after sign
+	bin	  = 0x0010,			// binary format integer
+	oct	  = 0x0020,			// octal format integer
+	dec	  = 0x0040,			// decimal format integer
+	hex	  = 0x0080,			// hex format integer
+	showbase  = 0x0100,			// show base indicator
+	showpoint = 0x0200,			// force decimal point (float)
+	uppercase = 0x0400,			// upper-case hex output
+	showpos	  = 0x0800,			// add '+' to positive integers
+	scientific= 0x1000,			// scientific float output
+	fixed	  = 0x2000			// fixed float output
+    };
+
+    static const int basefield;			// bin | oct | dec | hex
+    static const int adjustfield;		// left | right | internal
+    static const int floatfield;		// scientific | fixed
+
+    int	  flags() const;
+    int	  flags( int f );
+    int	  setf( int bits );
+    int	  setf( int bits, int mask );
+    int	  unsetf( int bits );
+
+    void  reset();
+
+    int	  width()	const;
+    int	  width( int );
+    int	  fill()	const;
+    int	  fill( int );
+    int	  precision()	const;
+    int	  precision( int );
+
+private:
+    long	input_int();
+    void	init();
+    TQTextStream &output_int( int, unsigned long long, bool );
+ 
+    TQIODevice	*dev;
+
+    int		fflags;
+    int		fwidth;
+    int		fillchar;
+    int		fprec;
+    bool	doUnicodeHeader;
+    bool	owndev;
+    TQTextCodec 	*mapper;
+    TQTextStreamPrivate * d;
+    TQChar	unused1; // ### remove in TQt 4.0
+    bool	latin1;
+    bool 	internalOrder;
+    bool	networkOrder;
+    void	*unused2; // ### remove in TQt 4.0
+
+    TQChar	eat_ws();
+    uint 	ts_getline( TQChar* );
+    void	ts_ungetc( TQChar );
+    TQChar	ts_getc();
+    uint	ts_getbuf( TQChar*, uint );
+    void	ts_putc(int);
+    void	ts_putc(TQChar);
+    bool	ts_isspace(TQChar);
+    bool	ts_isdigit(TQChar);
+    ulong	input_bin();
+    ulong	input_oct();
+    ulong	input_dec();
+    ulong	input_hex();
+    double	input_double();
+    TQTextStream &writeBlock( const char* p, uint len );
+    TQTextStream &writeBlock( const TQChar* p, uint len );
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQTextStream( const TQTextStream & );
+    TQTextStream &operator=( const TQTextStream & );
+#endif
+};
+
+typedef TQTextStream TQTS;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextIStream : public TQTextStream {
+public:
+    TQTextIStream( const TQString* s ) :
+	TQTextStream((TQString*)s,IO_ReadOnly) { }
+    TQTextIStream( TQByteArray ba ) :
+	TQTextStream(ba,IO_ReadOnly) { }
+    TQTextIStream( FILE *f ) :
+	TQTextStream(f,IO_ReadOnly) { }
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQTextIStream( const TQTextIStream & );
+    TQTextIStream &operator=( const TQTextIStream & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextOStream : public TQTextStream {
+public:
+    TQTextOStream( TQString* s ) :
+	TQTextStream(s,IO_WriteOnly) { }
+    TQTextOStream( TQByteArray ba ) :
+	TQTextStream(ba,IO_WriteOnly) { }
+    TQTextOStream( FILE *f ) :
+	TQTextStream(f,IO_WriteOnly) { }
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQTextOStream( const TQTextOStream & );
+    TQTextOStream &operator=( const TQTextOStream & );
+#endif
+};
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQTextStream inline functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+inline TQIODevice *TQTextStream::device() const
+{ return dev; }
+
+inline bool TQTextStream::atEnd() const
+{ return dev ? dev->atEnd() : FALSE; }
+
+inline bool TQTextStream::eof() const
+{ return atEnd(); }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::flags() const
+{ return fflags; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::flags( int f )
+{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags = f;  return oldf; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::setf( int bits )
+{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags |= bits;  return oldf; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::setf( int bits, int mask )
+{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags = (fflags & ~mask) | (bits & mask); return oldf; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::unsetf( int bits )
+{ int oldf = fflags;  fflags &= ~bits;	return oldf; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::width() const
+{ return fwidth; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::width( int w )
+{ int oldw = fwidth;  fwidth = w;  return oldw;	 }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::fill() const
+{ return fillchar; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::fill( int f )
+{ int oldc = fillchar;	fillchar = f;  return oldc;  }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::precision() const
+{ return fprec; }
+
+inline int TQTextStream::precision( int p )
+{ int oldp = fprec;  fprec = p;	 return oldp;  }
+
+/*!
+  Returns one character from the stream, or EOF.
+*/
+inline TQChar TQTextStream::ts_getc()
+{ TQChar r; return ( ts_getbuf( &r,1 ) == 1 ? r : TQChar((ushort)0xffff) ); }
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQTextStream manipulators
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+typedef TQTextStream & (*TQTSFUNC)(TQTextStream &);// manipulator function
+typedef int (TQTextStream::*TQTSMFI)(int);	// manipulator w/int argument
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTSManip {			// text stream manipulator
+public:
+    TQTSManip( TQTSMFI m, int a ) { mf=m; arg=a; }
+    void exec( TQTextStream &s ) { (s.*mf)(arg); }
+private:
+    TQTSMFI mf;					// TQTextStream member function
+    int	   arg;					// member function argument
+};
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline TQTextStream &operator>>( TQTextStream &s, TQTSFUNC f )
+{ return (*f)( s ); }
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline TQTextStream &operator<<( TQTextStream &s, TQTSFUNC f )
+{ return (*f)( s ); }
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline TQTextStream &operator<<( TQTextStream &s, TQTSManip m )
+{ m.exec(s); return s; }
+
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &bin( TQTextStream &s );	// set bin notation
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &oct( TQTextStream &s );	// set oct notation
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &dec( TQTextStream &s );	// set dec notation
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &hex( TQTextStream &s );	// set hex notation
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &endl( TQTextStream &s );	// insert EOL ('\n')
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &flush( TQTextStream &s );	// flush output
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &ws( TQTextStream &s );	// eat whitespace on input
+TQ_EXPORT TQTextStream &reset( TQTextStream &s );	// set default flags
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline TQTSManip qSetW( int w )
+{
+    TQTSMFI func = &TQTextStream::width;
+    return TQTSManip(func,w);
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline TQTSManip qSetFill( int f )
+{
+    TQTSMFI func = &TQTextStream::fill;
+    return TQTSManip(func,f);
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline TQTSManip qSetPrecision( int p )
+{
+    TQTSMFI func = &TQTextStream::precision;
+    return TQTSManip(func,p);
+}
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTSTREAM
+#endif // TQTEXTSTREAM_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/ntqdockarea.h b/src/widgets/ntqdockarea.h
index 441f4b828..f70f61fe5 100644
--- a/src/widgets/ntqdockarea.h
+++ b/src/widgets/ntqdockarea.h
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 #include "ntqlayout.h"
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
 #include "ntqguardedptr.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_MAINWINDOW
diff --git a/src/widgets/ntqmainwindow.h b/src/widgets/ntqmainwindow.h
index 73265436a..548bbae88 100644
--- a/src/widgets/ntqmainwindow.h
+++ b/src/widgets/ntqmainwindow.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 #include "tqwidget.h"
 #include "ntqtoolbar.h"
 #include "tqptrlist.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_MAINWINDOW
diff --git a/src/widgets/ntqmultilineedit.h b/src/widgets/ntqmultilineedit.h
index bbf22d8bd..1f53dc38f 100644
--- a/src/widgets/ntqmultilineedit.h
+++ b/src/widgets/ntqmultilineedit.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 #define TQMULTILINEEDIT_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_MULTILINEEDIT
diff --git a/src/widgets/ntqtextbrowser.h b/src/widgets/ntqtextbrowser.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c9ac4ae9e..000000000
--- a/src/widgets/ntqtextbrowser.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of the TQTextBrowser class
-**
-** Created : 990101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTBROWSER_H
-#define TQTEXTBROWSER_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "tqptrlist.h"
-#include "ntqpixmap.h"
-#include "ntqcolor.h"
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
-
-class TQTextBrowserData;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextBrowser : public TQTextEdit
-{
-    TQ_OBJECT
-    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString source READ source WRITE setSource )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( int undoDepth DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool overwriteMode DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool modified SCRIPTABLE false)
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool readOnly DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool undoRedoEnabled DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-
-public:
-    TQTextBrowser( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
-    ~TQTextBrowser();
-
-    TQString source() const;
-
-public slots:
-    virtual void setSource(const TQString& name);
-    virtual void backward();
-    virtual void forward();
-    virtual void home();
-    virtual void reload();
-    void setText( const TQString &txt ) { setText( txt, TQString::null ); }
-    virtual void setText( const TQString &txt, const TQString &context );
-
-signals:
-    void backwardAvailable( bool );
-    void forwardAvailable( bool );
-    void sourceChanged( const TQString& );
-    void highlighted( const TQString& );
-    void linkClicked( const TQString& );
-    void anchorClicked( const TQString&, const TQString& );
-
-protected:
-    void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * e);
-
-private:
-    void popupDetail( const TQString& contents, const TQPoint& pos );
-    bool linksEnabled() const { return TRUE; }
-    void emitHighlighted( const TQString &s );
-    void emitLinkClicked( const TQString &s );
-    TQTextBrowserData *d;
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQTextBrowser( const TQTextBrowser & );
-    TQTextBrowser& operator=( const TQTextBrowser & );
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
-
-#endif // TQTEXTBROWSER_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/ntqtextedit.h b/src/widgets/ntqtextedit.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 40906dbfc..000000000
--- a/src/widgets/ntqtextedit.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,613 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of the TQTextEdit class
-**
-** Created : 990101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTEDIT_H
-#define TQTEXTEDIT_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqscrollview.h"
-#include "ntqstylesheet.h"
-#include "tqptrvector.h"
-#include "tqvaluelist.h"
-#include "tqptrlist.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
-// uncomment below to enable optimization mode - also uncomment the
-// optimDoAutoScroll() private slot since moc ignores #ifdefs..
-#define QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-
-class TQPainter;
-class TQTextDocument;
-class TQTextCursor;
-class TQKeyEvent;
-class TQResizeEvent;
-class TQMouseEvent;
-class TQTimer;
-class TQTextString;
-class TQTextCommand;
-class TQTextParagraph;
-class TQTextFormat;
-class TQFont;
-class TQColor;
-class TQTextEdit;
-class TQTextBrowser;
-class TQTextString;
-struct TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
-class TQPopupMenu;
-class TQTextEditPrivate;
-class TQSyntaxHighlighter;
-
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-class TQTextEditOptimPrivate
-{
-public:
-    // Note: no left-tag has any value for leftTag or parent, and
-    // no right-tag has any formatting flags set.
-    enum TagType { Color = 0, Format = 1 };
-    struct Tag {
-	TagType type:2;
-	bool bold:1;
-	bool italic:1;
-	bool underline:1;
-	int line;
-	int index;
-	Tag * leftTag; // ptr to left-tag in a left-right tag pair
-	Tag * parent;  // ptr to parent left-tag in a nested tag
-	Tag * prev;
-	Tag * next;
-	TQString tag;
-    };
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate()
-    {
-	len = numLines = maxLineWidth = 0;
-	selStart.line = selStart.index = -1;
-	selEnd.line = selEnd.index = -1;
-	search.line = search.index = 0;
-	tags = lastTag = 0;
-    }
-    void clearTags()
-    {
-	Tag * itr = tags;
-	while ( tags ) {
-	    itr  = tags;
-	    tags = tags->next;
-	    delete itr;
-	}
-	tags = lastTag = 0;
-	tagIndex.clear();
-    }
-    ~TQTextEditOptimPrivate()
-    {
-	clearTags();
-    }
-    int len;
-    int numLines;
-    int maxLineWidth;
-    struct Selection {
-	int line;
-	int index;
-    };
-    Selection selStart, selEnd, search;
-    Tag * tags, * lastTag;
-    TQMap lines;
-    TQMap tagIndex;
-};
-#endif
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextEdit : public TQScrollView
-{
-    friend class TQTextBrowser;
-    friend class TQSyntaxHighlighter;
-
-    TQ_OBJECT
-    TQ_ENUMS( WordWrap WrapPolicy )
-    TQ_SETS( AutoFormatting )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( TextFormat textFormat READ textFormat WRITE setTextFormat )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString text READ text WRITE setText )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( TQBrush paper READ paper WRITE setPaper )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool linkUnderline READ linkUnderline WRITE setLinkUnderline )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString documentTitle READ documentTitle )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( int length READ length )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( WordWrap wordWrap READ wordWrap WRITE setWordWrap )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( int wrapColumnOrWidth READ wrapColumnOrWidth WRITE setWrapColumnOrWidth )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( WrapPolicy wrapPolicy READ wrapPolicy WRITE setWrapPolicy )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool hasSelectedText READ hasSelectedText )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString selectedText READ selectedText )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( int undoDepth READ undoDepth WRITE setUndoDepth )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool overwriteMode READ isOverwriteMode WRITE setOverwriteMode )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool modified READ isModified WRITE setModified DESIGNABLE false )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool readOnly READ isReadOnly WRITE setReadOnly )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool undoRedoEnabled READ isUndoRedoEnabled WRITE setUndoRedoEnabled )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( int tabStopWidth READ tabStopWidth WRITE setTabStopWidth )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( bool tabChangesFocus READ tabChangesFocus WRITE setTabChangesFocus )
-    TQ_PROPERTY( AutoFormatting autoFormatting READ autoFormatting WRITE setAutoFormatting )
-
-public:
-    enum WordWrap {
-	NoWrap,
-	WidgetWidth,
-	FixedPixelWidth,
-	FixedColumnWidth
-    };
-
-    enum WrapPolicy {
-	AtWordBoundary,
-	AtWhiteSpace = AtWordBoundary, // AtWhiteSpace is deprecated
-	Anywhere,
-	AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
-    };
-
-    enum AutoFormatting {
-	AutoNone = 0,
-	AutoBulletList = 0x00000001,
-	AutoAll = 0xffffffff
-    };
-
-    enum KeyboardAction {
-	ActionBackspace,
-	ActionDelete,
-	ActionReturn,
-	ActionKill,
-	ActionWordBackspace,
-	ActionWordDelete
-    };
-
-    enum CursorAction {
-	MoveBackward,
-	MoveForward,
-	MoveWordBackward,
-	MoveWordForward,
-	MoveUp,
-	MoveDown,
-	MoveLineStart,
-	MoveLineEnd,
-	MoveHome,
-	MoveEnd,
-	MovePgUp,
-	MovePgDown
-    };
-
-    enum VerticalAlignment {
-	AlignNormal,
-	AlignSuperScript,
-	AlignSubScript
-    };
-
-    enum TextInsertionFlags {
-	RedoIndentation = 0x0001,
-	CheckNewLines = 0x0002,
-	RemoveSelected = 0x0004,
-	AsIMCompositionText = 0x0008,  // internal use
-	WithIMSelection = 0x0010       // internal use
-    };
-
-    TQTextEdit( const TQString& text, const TQString& context = TQString::null,
-	       TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
-    TQTextEdit( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
-    virtual ~TQTextEdit();
-    void setPalette( const TQPalette & );
-
-    TQString text() const;
-    TQString text( int para ) const;
-    TextFormat textFormat() const;
-    TQString context() const;
-    TQString documentTitle() const;
-
-    void getSelection( int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
-		    int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum = 0 ) const;
-    virtual bool find( const TQString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE,
-		       int *para = 0, int *index = 0 );
-
-    int paragraphs() const;
-    int lines() const;
-    int linesOfParagraph( int para ) const;
-    int lineOfChar( int para, int chr );
-    int length() const;
-    TQRect paragraphRect( int para ) const;
-    int paragraphAt( const TQPoint &pos ) const;
-    int charAt( const TQPoint &pos, int *para ) const;
-    int paragraphLength( int para ) const;
-
-    TQStyleSheet* styleSheet() const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-    TQMimeSourceFactory* mimeSourceFactory() const;
-#endif
-    TQBrush paper() const;
-    bool linkUnderline() const;
-
-    int heightForWidth( int w ) const;
-
-    bool hasSelectedText() const;
-    TQString selectedText() const;
-    bool isUndoAvailable() const;
-    bool isRedoAvailable() const;
-
-    WordWrap wordWrap() const;
-    int wrapColumnOrWidth() const;
-    WrapPolicy wrapPolicy() const;
-
-    int tabStopWidth() const;
-
-    TQString anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos );
-    TQString anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute a );
-
-    TQSize sizeHint() const;
-
-    bool isReadOnly() const { return readOnly; }
-
-    void getCursorPosition( int *parag, int *index ) const;
-
-    bool isModified() const;
-    bool italic() const;
-    bool bold() const;
-    bool underline() const;
-    TQString family() const;
-    int pointSize() const;
-    TQColor color() const;
-    TQFont font() const;
-    TQFont currentFont() const;
-    int alignment() const;
-    int undoDepth() const;
-
-    // do not use, will go away
-    virtual bool getFormat( int para, int index, TQFont *font, TQColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment );
-    // do not use, will go away
-    virtual bool getParagraphFormat( int para, TQFont *font, TQColor *color,
-				     VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
-				     TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
-				     TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
-				     int *listDepth );
-
-
-    bool isOverwriteMode() const { return overWrite; }
-    TQColor paragraphBackgroundColor( int para ) const;
-
-    bool isUndoRedoEnabled() const;
-    bool eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e );
-    bool tabChangesFocus() const;
-
-    void setAutoFormatting( uint features );
-    uint autoFormatting() const;
-    TQSyntaxHighlighter *syntaxHighlighter() const;
-
-public slots:
-    void setEnabled( bool );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-    virtual void setMimeSourceFactory( TQMimeSourceFactory* factory );
-#endif
-    virtual void setStyleSheet( TQStyleSheet* styleSheet );
-    virtual void scrollToAnchor( const TQString& name );
-    virtual void setPaper( const TQBrush& pap );
-    virtual void setLinkUnderline( bool );
-
-    virtual void setWordWrap( WordWrap mode );
-    virtual void setWrapColumnOrWidth( int );
-    virtual void setWrapPolicy( WrapPolicy policy );
-
-    virtual void copy();
-    virtual void append( const TQString& text );
-
-    void setText( const TQString &txt ) { setText( txt, TQString::null ); }
-    virtual void setText( const TQString &txt, const TQString &context );
-    virtual void setTextFormat( TextFormat f );
-
-    virtual void selectAll( bool select = TRUE );
-    virtual void setTabStopWidth( int ts );
-    virtual void zoomIn( int range );
-    virtual void zoomIn() { zoomIn( 1 ); }
-    virtual void zoomOut( int range );
-    virtual void zoomOut() { zoomOut( 1 ); }
-    virtual void zoomTo( int size );
-
-    virtual void sync();
-    virtual void setReadOnly( bool b );
-
-    virtual void undo();
-    virtual void redo();
-    virtual void cut();
-    virtual void paste();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    virtual void pasteSubType( const TQCString &subtype );
-#endif
-    virtual void clear();
-    virtual void del();
-    virtual void indent();
-    virtual void setItalic( bool b );
-    virtual void setBold( bool b );
-    virtual void setUnderline( bool b );
-    virtual void setFamily( const TQString &f );
-    virtual void setPointSize( int s );
-    virtual void setColor( const TQColor &c );
-    virtual void setFont( const TQFont &f );
-    virtual void setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment a );
-    virtual void setAlignment( int a );
-
-    // do not use, will go away
-    virtual void setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm, TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle );
-
-    virtual void setCursorPosition( int parag, int index );
-    virtual void setSelection( int parag_from, int index_from, int parag_to, int index_to, int selNum = 0 );
-    virtual void setSelectionAttributes( int selNum, const TQColor &back, bool invertText );
-    virtual void setModified( bool m );
-    virtual void resetFormat();
-    virtual void setUndoDepth( int d );
-    virtual void setFormat( TQTextFormat *f, int flags );
-    virtual void ensureCursorVisible();
-    virtual void placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c = 0 );
-    virtual void moveCursor( CursorAction action, bool select );
-    virtual void doKeyboardAction( KeyboardAction action );
-    virtual void removeSelectedText( int selNum = 0 );
-    virtual void removeSelection( int selNum = 0 );
-    virtual void setCurrentFont( const TQFont &f );
-    virtual void setOverwriteMode( bool b ) { overWrite = b; }
-
-    virtual void scrollToBottom();
-
-    void insert( const TQString &text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected ); // ## virtual in 4.0
-
-    // obsolete
-    virtual void insert( const TQString &text, bool, bool = TRUE, bool = TRUE );
-
-    virtual void insertAt( const TQString &text, int para, int index );
-    virtual void removeParagraph( int para );
-    virtual void insertParagraph( const TQString &text, int para );
-
-    virtual void setParagraphBackgroundColor( int para, const TQColor &bg );
-    virtual void clearParagraphBackground( int para );
-
-    virtual void setUndoRedoEnabled( bool b );
-    void setTabChangesFocus( bool b ); // ### make virtual in 4.0
-
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    void polish();
-    void setMaxLogLines( int numLines );
-    int maxLogLines();
-#endif
-
-signals:
-    void textChanged();
-    void selectionChanged();
-    void copyAvailable( bool );
-    void undoAvailable( bool yes );
-    void redoAvailable( bool yes );
-    void currentFontChanged( const TQFont &f );
-    void currentColorChanged( const TQColor &c );
-    void currentAlignmentChanged( int a );
-    void currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( VerticalAlignment a );
-    void cursorPositionChanged( TQTextCursor *c );
-    void cursorPositionChanged( int para, int pos );
-    void returnPressed();
-    void modificationChanged( bool m );
-    void clicked( int parag, int index );
-    void doubleClicked( int parag, int index );
-
-protected:
-    void repaintChanged();
-    void updateStyles();
-    void drawContents( TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch );
-    bool event( TQEvent *e );
-    void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
-    void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e );
-    void viewportResizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* );
-    void contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
-    void contentsMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
-    void contentsMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
-    void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-    void contentsWheelEvent( TQWheelEvent *e );
-#endif
-    void imStartEvent( TQIMEvent * );
-    void imComposeEvent( TQIMEvent * );
-    void imEndEvent( TQIMEvent * );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-    void contentsDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e );
-    void contentsDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e );
-    void contentsDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent *e );
-    void contentsDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e );
-#endif
-    void contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent *e );
-    bool sendMouseEventToInputContext( TQMouseEvent *e );
-    bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
-    TQTextDocument *document() const;
-    TQTextCursor *textCursor() const;
-    void setDocument( TQTextDocument *doc );
-    virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu( const TQPoint& pos );
-    virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu();
-    void drawCursor( bool visible );
-
-    void windowActivationChange( bool );
-
-protected slots:
-    virtual void doChangeInterval();
-    void sliderReleased(); // ### make virtual in 4.0
-
-private slots:
-    void formatMore();
-    void doResize();
-    void autoScrollTimerDone();
-    void blinkCursor();
-    void setModified();
-    void startDrag();
-    void documentWidthChanged( int w );
-    void clipboardChanged();
-
-private:
-    struct TQ_EXPORT UndoRedoInfo {
-	enum Type { Invalid, Insert, Delete, Backspace, Return, RemoveSelected, Format, Style, IME };
-
-	UndoRedoInfo( TQTextDocument *dc );
-	~UndoRedoInfo();
-	void clear();
-	bool valid() const;
-
-	TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate *d;
-	int id;
-	int index;
-	int eid;
-	int eindex;
-	TQTextFormat *format;
-	int flags;
-	Type type;
-	TQTextDocument *doc;
-	TQByteArray styleInformation;
-    };
-
-private:
-    void updateCursor( const TQPoint & pos );
-    void handleMouseMove( const TQPoint& pos );
-    void drawContents( TQPainter * );
-    virtual bool linksEnabled() const { return FALSE; }
-    void init();
-    void checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Type t );
-    void updateCurrentFormat();
-    bool handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
-    void makeParagVisible( TQTextParagraph *p );
-    void normalCopy();
-    void copyToClipboard();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-    TQCString pickSpecial(TQMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const TQPoint&);
-    TQTextDrag *dragObject( TQWidget *parent = 0 ) const;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
-    void pasteSpecial(const TQPoint&);
-#endif
-    void setFontInternal( const TQFont &f );
-
-    virtual void emitHighlighted( const TQString & ) {}
-    virtual void emitLinkClicked( const TQString & ) {}
-
-    void readFormats( TQTextCursor &c1, TQTextCursor &c2, TQTextString &text, bool fillStyles = FALSE );
-    void clearUndoRedo();
-    void paintDocument( bool drawAll, TQPainter *p, int cx = -1, int cy = -1, int cw = -1, int ch = -1 );
-    void moveCursor( CursorAction action );
-    void ensureFormatted( TQTextParagraph *p );
-    void placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c, bool link );
-    void updateMicroFocusHint();
-
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    bool checkOptimMode();
-    TQString optimText() const;
-    void optimSetText( const TQString &str );
-    void optimAppend( const TQString &str );
-    void optimInsert( const TQString &str, int line, int index );
-    void optimDrawContents( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch );
-    void optimMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * e );
-    void optimMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e );
-    void optimMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e );
-    int  optimCharIndex( const TQString &str, int mx ) const;
-    void optimSelectAll();
-    void optimRemoveSelection();
-    void optimSetSelection( int startLine, int startIdx, int endLine,
-			    int endIdx );
-    bool optimHasSelection() const;
-    TQString optimSelectedText() const;
-    bool optimFind( const TQString & str, bool, bool, bool, int *, int * );
-    void optimParseTags( TQString * str, int lineNo = -1, int indexOffset = 0 );
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * optimPreviousLeftTag( int line );
-    void optimSetTextFormat( TQTextDocument *, TQTextCursor *, TQTextFormat * f,
-			     int, int, TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t );
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * optimAppendTag( int index, const TQString & tag );
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * optimInsertTag( int line, int index, const TQString & tag );
-    void optimCheckLimit( const TQString& str );
-    bool optimHasBoldMetrics( int line );
-
-private slots:
-    void optimDoAutoScroll();
-#endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-
-private:
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    void pasteSubType( const TQCString &subtype, TQMimeSource *m );
-#endif
-
-private:
-    TQTextDocument *doc;
-    TQTextCursor *cursor;
-    TQTimer *formatTimer, *scrollTimer, *changeIntervalTimer, *blinkTimer, *dragStartTimer;
-    TQTextParagraph *lastFormatted;
-    int interval;
-    UndoRedoInfo undoRedoInfo;
-    TQTextFormat *currentFormat;
-    int currentAlignment;
-    TQPoint oldMousePos, mousePos;
-    TQPoint dragStartPos;
-    TQString onLink;
-    WordWrap wrapMode;
-    WrapPolicy wPolicy;
-    int wrapWidth;
-    TQString pressedLink;
-    TQTextEditPrivate *d;
-    bool inDoubleClick : 1;
-    bool mousePressed : 1;
-    bool cursorVisible : 1;
-    bool blinkCursorVisible : 1;
-    bool noop: 1; //< Removed; keep as padding for binary compat or reuse if needed
-    bool modified : 1;
-    bool mightStartDrag : 1;
-    bool inDnD : 1;
-    bool readOnly : 1;
-    bool undoEnabled : 1;
-    bool overWrite : 1;
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQTextEdit( const TQTextEdit & );
-    TQTextEdit &operator=( const TQTextEdit & );
-#endif
-};
-
-inline TQTextDocument *TQTextEdit::document() const
-{
-    return doc;
-}
-
-inline TQTextCursor *TQTextEdit::textCursor() const
-{
-    return cursor;
-}
-
-inline void TQTextEdit::setCurrentFont( const TQFont &f )
-{
-    TQTextEdit::setFontInternal( f );
-}
-
-#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
-#endif //TQTEXTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/ntqtextview.h b/src/widgets/ntqtextview.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d0d73cfe..000000000
--- a/src/widgets/ntqtextview.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Definition of the TQTextView class
-**
-** Created : 990101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQTEXTVIEW_H
-#define TQTEXTVIEW_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQTextView : public TQTextEdit
-{
-    TQ_OBJECT
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( int undoDepth DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool overwriteMode DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool modified SCRIPTABLE false)
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool readOnly DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool undoRedoEnabled DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
-
-public:
-    TQTextView( const TQString& text, const TQString& context = TQString::null,
-	       TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
-    TQTextView( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
-
-    virtual ~TQTextView();
-
-private:
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-    TQTextView( const TQTextView & );
-    TQTextView &operator=( const TQTextView & );
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
-#endif //TQTEXTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp b/src/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
index 970ed5785..0ef6529b0 100644
--- a/src/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
+++ b/src/widgets/qcheckbox.cpp
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 #include "ntqpixmap.h"
 #include "ntqpixmapcache.h"
 #include "ntqbitmap.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqapplication.h"
 #include "ntqstyle.h"
 
diff --git a/src/widgets/qiconview.cpp b/src/widgets/qiconview.cpp
index 36e1529c3..71baf927d 100644
--- a/src/widgets/qiconview.cpp
+++ b/src/widgets/qiconview.cpp
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 #include "ntqtimer.h"
 #include "ntqcursor.h"
 #include "ntqapplication.h"
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
 #include "ntqmemarray.h"
 #include "tqptrlist.h"
 #include "ntqvbox.h"
diff --git a/src/widgets/qlineedit.cpp b/src/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
index 6ed133729..3894e35e6 100644
--- a/src/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
+++ b/src/widgets/qlineedit.cpp
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
 #include "ntqstyle.h"
 #include "ntqwhatsthis.h"
 #include "../kernel/qinternal_p.h"
-#include "private/qtextlayout_p.h"
+#include "private/tqtextlayout_p.h"
 #include "tqvaluevector.h"
 #if defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
 #include 
diff --git a/src/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp b/src/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
index f6e48df6e..b5de6b8d9 100644
--- a/src/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
+++ b/src/widgets/qradiobutton.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #include "ntqpixmap.h"
 #include "ntqpixmapcache.h"
 #include "ntqbitmap.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqapplication.h"
 #include "ntqstyle.h"
 
diff --git a/src/widgets/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp b/src/widgets/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
index 814cc5a96..8cd8ba2a8 100644
--- a/src/widgets/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
+++ b/src/widgets/qsyntaxhighlighter.cpp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_SYNTAXHIGHLIGHTER
 #include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
 #include "ntqtimer.h"
 
 /*!
diff --git a/src/widgets/qt_widgets.pri b/src/widgets/qt_widgets.pri
index 8be28d1cf..263c0e473 100644
--- a/src/widgets/qt_widgets.pri
+++ b/src/widgets/qt_widgets.pri
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ widgets {
 		  $$WIDGETS_H/tqwidgetstack.h \
 		  $$WIDGETS_H/ntqaction.h \
 		  $$WIDGETS_H/ntqdatetimeedit.h \
-		  $$WIDGETS_H/ntqtextview.h \
-		  $$WIDGETS_H/ntqtextbrowser.h \
-		  $$WIDGETS_H/ntqtextedit.h \
+		  $$WIDGETS_H/tqtextview.h \
+		  $$WIDGETS_H/tqtextbrowser.h \
+		  $$WIDGETS_H/tqtextedit.h \
 		  $$WIDGETS_P/tqwidgetinterface_p.h \
 		  $$WIDGETS_H/tqwidgetplugin.h
 
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ widgets {
 		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/qaction.cpp \
 		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/qdatetimeedit.cpp \
 		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/qeffects.cpp \
-		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/qtextview.cpp \
-		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/qtextbrowser.cpp \
-		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/qtextedit.cpp \
+		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/tqtextview.cpp \
+		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/tqtextbrowser.cpp \
+		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/tqtextedit.cpp \
 		  $$WIDGETS_CPP/tqwidgetplugin.cpp
    !embedded:mac:SOURCES += $$WIDGETS_CPP/qmenubar_mac.cpp
 }
diff --git a/src/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp b/src/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 23b2452f6..000000000
--- a/src/widgets/qtextbrowser.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,555 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the TQTextBrowser class
-**
-** Created : 990101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "ntqtextbrowser.h"
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
-#include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
-
-#include "ntqapplication.h"
-#include "ntqlayout.h"
-#include "ntqpainter.h"
-
-#include "tqvaluestack.h"
-#include "stdio.h"
-#include "ntqfile.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
-#include "ntqlayout.h"
-#include "ntqbitmap.h"
-#include "ntqtimer.h"
-#include "tqimage.h"
-#include "ntqsimplerichtext.h"
-#include "ntqdragobject.h"
-#include "ntqurl.h"
-#include "ntqcursor.h"
-
-/*!
-    \class TQTextBrowser ntqtextbrowser.h
-    \brief The TQTextBrowser class provides a rich text browser with hypertext navigation.
-
-    \ingroup advanced
-    \ingroup helpsystem
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
-
-    This class extends TQTextEdit (in read-only mode), adding some
-    navigation functionality so that users can follow links in
-    hypertext documents. The contents of TQTextEdit is set with
-    setText(), but TQTextBrowser has an additional function,
-    setSource(), which makes it possible to set the text to a named
-    document. The name is looked up in the text view's mime source
-    factory. If a document name ends with an anchor (for example, "\c
-    #anchor"), the text browser automatically scrolls to that position
-    (using scrollToAnchor()). When the user clicks on a hyperlink, the
-    browser will call setSource() itself, with the link's \c href
-    value as argument. You can track the current source by connetion
-    to the sourceChanged() signal.
-
-    TQTextBrowser provides backward() and forward() slots which you can
-    use to implement Back and Forward buttons. The home() slot sets
-    the text to the very first document displayed. The linkClicked()
-    signal is emitted when the user clicks a link.
-
-    By using TQTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory() you can provide your
-    own subclass of TQMimeSourceFactory. This makes it possible to
-    access data from anywhere, for example from a network or from a
-    database. See TQMimeSourceFactory::data() for details.
-
-    If you intend using the mime factory to read the data directly
-    from the file system, you may have to specify the encoding for the
-    file extension you are using. For example:
-    \code
-    mimeSourceFactory()->setExtensionType("qml", "text/utf8");
-    \endcode
-    This is to ensure that the factory is able to resolve the document
-    names.
-
-    TQTextBrowser interprets the tags it processes in accordance with
-    the default style sheet. Change the style sheet with
-    \l{setStyleSheet()}; see TQStyleSheet for details.
-
-    If you want to provide your users with editable rich text use
-    TQTextEdit. If you want a text browser without hypertext navigation
-    use TQTextEdit, and use TQTextEdit::setReadOnly() to disable
-    editing. If you just need to display a small piece of rich text
-    use TQSimpleRichText or TQLabel.
-
-     
-*/
-
-class TQTextBrowserData
-{
-public:
-    TQTextBrowserData():textOrSourceChanged(FALSE) {}
-
-    TQValueStack stack;
-    TQValueStack forwardStack;
-    TQString home;
-    TQString curmain;
-    TQString curmark;
-    
-    /*flag necessary to give the linkClicked() signal some meaningful
-      semantics when somebody connected to it calls setText() or
-      setSource() */
-    bool textOrSourceChanged;
-};
-
-
-/*!
-    Constructs an empty TQTextBrowser called \a name, with parent \a
-    parent.
-*/
-TQTextBrowser::TQTextBrowser(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
-    : TQTextEdit( parent, name )
-{
-    setReadOnly( TRUE );
-    d = new TQTextBrowserData;
-
-    viewport()->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-TQTextBrowser::~TQTextBrowser()
-{
-    delete d;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextBrowser::source
-    \brief the name of the displayed document.
-
-    This is a TQString::null if no document is displayed or if the
-    source is unknown.
-
-    Setting this property uses the mimeSourceFactory() to lookup the
-    named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls
-    the document accordingly.
-
-    If the first tag in the document is \c{}, the
-    document is displayed as a popup rather than as new document in
-    the browser window itself. Otherwise, the document is displayed
-    normally in the text browser with the text set to the contents of
-    the named document with setText().
-
-    If you are using the filesystem access capabilities of the mime
-    source factory, you must ensure that the factory knows about the
-    encoding of specified files; otherwise no data will be available.
-    The default factory handles a couple of common file extensions
-    such as \c *.html and \c *.txt with reasonable defaults. See
-    TQMimeSourceFactory::data() for details.
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextBrowser::source() const
-{
-    if ( d->stack.isEmpty() )
-	return TQString::null;
-    else
-	return d->stack.top();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextBrowser::undoDepth
-    \brief This text browser's undo depth.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextBrowser::overwriteMode
-    \brief This text browser's overwrite mode.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextBrowser::modified
-    \brief Whether the contents have been modified.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextBrowser::readOnly
-    \brief Whether the contents are read only.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextBrowser::undoRedoEnabled
-    \brief Whether undo and redo are enabled.
-*/
-
-
-
-/*!
-    Reloads the current set source.
-*/
-
-void TQTextBrowser::reload()
-{
-    TQString s = d->curmain;
-    d->curmain = "";
-    setSource( s );
-}
-
-
-void TQTextBrowser::setSource(const TQString& name)
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    if ( isVisible() )
-	tqApp->setOverrideCursor( waitCursor );
-#endif
-    d->textOrSourceChanged = TRUE;
-    TQString source = name;
-    TQString mark;
-    int hash = name.find('#');
-    if ( hash != -1) {
-	source = name.left( hash );
-	mark = name.mid( hash+1 );
-    }
-
-    if ( source.left(5) == "file:" )
-	source = source.mid(6);
-
-    TQString url = mimeSourceFactory()->makeAbsolute( source, context() );
-    TQString txt;
-    bool dosettext = FALSE;
-
-    if ( !source.isEmpty() && url != d->curmain ) {
-	const TQMimeSource* m =
-		    mimeSourceFactory()->data( source, context() );
-	if ( !m ){
-	    tqWarning("TQTextBrowser: no mimesource for %s", source.latin1() );
-	}
-	else {
-	    if ( !TQTextDrag::decode( m, txt ) ) {
-		tqWarning("TQTextBrowser: cannot decode %s", source.latin1() );
-	    }
-	}
-	if ( isVisible() ) {
-	    TQString firstTag = txt.left( txt.find( '>' ) + 1 );
-	    if ( firstTag.left( 3 ) == "restoreOverrideCursor();
-#endif
-		return;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	d->curmain = url;
-	dosettext = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    d->curmark = mark;
-
-    if ( !mark.isEmpty() ) {
-	url += "#";
-	url += mark;
-    }
-    if ( !d->home )
-	d->home = url;
-
-    if ( d->stack.isEmpty() || d->stack.top() != url)
-	d->stack.push( url );
-
-    int stackCount = (int)d->stack.count();
-    if ( d->stack.top() == url )
-	stackCount--;
-    emit backwardAvailable( stackCount > 0 );
-    stackCount = (int)d->forwardStack.count();
-    if ( d->forwardStack.isEmpty() || d->forwardStack.top() == url )
-	stackCount--;
-    emit forwardAvailable( stackCount > 0 );
-
-    if ( dosettext )
-	TQTextEdit::setText( txt, url );
-
-    if ( !mark.isEmpty() )
-	scrollToAnchor( mark );
-    else
-	setContentsPos( 0, 0 );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    if ( isVisible() )
-	tqApp->restoreOverrideCursor();
-#endif
-    
-    emit sourceChanged( url );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextBrowser::backwardAvailable(bool available)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the availability of backward()
-    changes. \a available is FALSE when the user is at home();
-    otherwise it is TRUE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextBrowser::forwardAvailable(bool available)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the availability of forward() changes.
-    \a available is TRUE after the user navigates backward() and FALSE
-    when the user navigates or goes forward().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextBrowser::sourceChanged( const TQString& src)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the mime source has changed, \a src
-    being the new source.
-    
-    Source changes happen both programmatically when calling
-    setSource(), forward(), backword() or home() or when the user
-    clicks on links or presses the equivalent key sequences.
-*/
-
-/*!  \fn void TQTextBrowser::highlighted (const TQString &link)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the user has selected but not
-    activated a link in the document. \a link is the value of the \c
-    href i.e. the name of the target document.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextBrowser::linkClicked( const TQString& link)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the user clicks a link. The \a link is
-    the value of the \c href i.e. the name of the target document.
-
-    The \a link will be the absolute location of the document, based
-    on the value of the anchor's href tag and the current context of
-    the document.
-
-    \sa anchorClicked(), context()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextBrowser::anchorClicked( const TQString& name, const TQString &link)
-
-    This signal is emitted when the user clicks an anchor. The \a link is
-    the value of the \c href i.e. the name of the target document.  The \a name
-    is the name of the anchor.
-
-    \sa linkClicked()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Changes the document displayed to the previous document in the
-    list of documents built by navigating links. Does nothing if there
-    is no previous document.
-
-    \sa forward(), backwardAvailable()
-*/
-void TQTextBrowser::backward()
-{
-    if ( d->stack.count() <= 1)
-	return;
-    d->forwardStack.push( d->stack.pop() );
-    setSource( d->stack.pop() );
-    emit forwardAvailable( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Changes the document displayed to the next document in the list of
-    documents built by navigating links. Does nothing if there is no
-    next document.
-
-    \sa backward(), forwardAvailable()
-*/
-void TQTextBrowser::forward()
-{
-    if ( d->forwardStack.isEmpty() )
-	return;
-    setSource( d->forwardStack.pop() );
-    emit forwardAvailable( !d->forwardStack.isEmpty() );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Changes the document displayed to be the first document the
-    browser displayed.
-*/
-void TQTextBrowser::home()
-{
-    if (!d->home.isNull() )
-	setSource( d->home );
-}
-
-/*!
-    The event \a e is used to provide the following keyboard shortcuts:
-    \table
-    \header \i Keypress	    \i Action
-    \row \i Alt+Left Arrow  \i \l backward()
-    \row \i Alt+Right Arrow \i \l forward()
-    \row \i Alt+Up Arrow    \i \l home()
-    \endtable
-*/
-void TQTextBrowser::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * e )
-{
-    if ( e->state() & AltButton ) {
-	switch (e->key()) {
-	case Key_Right:
-	    forward();
-	    return;
-	case Key_Left:
-	    backward();
-	    return;
-	case Key_Up:
-	    home();
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-    TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
-}
-
-class TQTextDetailPopup : public TQWidget
-{
-public:
-    TQTextDetailPopup()
-	: TQWidget ( 0, "automatic TQText detail widget", WType_Popup | WDestructiveClose )
-	{
-	}
-
-protected:
-
-    void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent*)
-	{
-	close();
-	}
-};
-
-
-void TQTextBrowser::popupDetail( const TQString& contents, const TQPoint& pos )
-{
-
-    const int shadowWidth = 6;   // also used as '5' and '6' and even '8' below
-    const int vMargin = 8;
-    const int hMargin = 12;
-
-    TQWidget* popup = new TQTextDetailPopup;
-    popup->setBackgroundMode( TQWidget::NoBackground );
-
-    TQSimpleRichText* doc = new TQSimpleRichText( contents, popup->font() );
-    doc->adjustSize();
-    TQRect r( 0, 0, doc->width(), doc->height() );
-
-    int w = r.width() + 2*hMargin;
-    int h = r.height() + 2*vMargin;
-
-    popup->resize( w + shadowWidth, h + shadowWidth );
-
-    // okay, now to find a suitable location
-    //###### we need a global fancy popup positioning somewhere
-    popup->move(pos - popup->rect().center());
-    if (popup->geometry().right() > TQApplication::desktop()->width())
-	popup->move( TQApplication::desktop()->width() - popup->width(),
-		     popup->y() );
-    if (popup->geometry().bottom() > TQApplication::desktop()->height())
-	popup->move( popup->x(),
-		     TQApplication::desktop()->height() - popup->height() );
-    if ( popup->x() < 0 )
-	popup->move( 0, popup->y() );
-    if ( popup->y() < 0 )
-	popup->move( popup->x(), 0 );
-
-
-    popup->show();
-
-    // now for super-clever shadow stuff.  super-clever mostly in
-    // how many window system problems it skirts around.
-
-    TQPainter p( popup );
-    p.setPen( TQApplication::palette().active().foreground() );
-    p.drawRect( 0, 0, w, h );
-    p.setPen( TQApplication::palette().active().mid() );
-    p.setBrush( TQColor( 255, 255, 240 ) );
-    p.drawRect( 1, 1, w-2, h-2 );
-    p.setPen( black );
-
-    doc->draw( &p, hMargin, vMargin, r, popup->colorGroup(), 0 );
-    delete doc;
-
-    p.drawPoint( w + 5, 6 );
-    p.drawLine( w + 3, 6,
-		w + 5, 8 );
-    p.drawLine( w + 1, 6,
-		w + 5, 10 );
-    int i;
-    for( i=7; i < h; i += 2 )
-	p.drawLine( w, i,
-		    w + 5, i + 5 );
-    for( i = w - i + h; i > 6; i -= 2 )
-	p.drawLine( i, h,
-		    i + 5, h + 5 );
-    for( ; i > 0 ; i -= 2 )
-	p.drawLine( 6, h + 6 - i,
-		    i + 5, h + 5 );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextBrowser::setText( const TQString &txt )
-
-    \overload
-
-    Sets the text to \a txt.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextBrowser::setText( const TQString &txt, const TQString &context )
-{
-    d->textOrSourceChanged = TRUE;
-    d->curmark = "";
-    d->curmain = "";
-    TQTextEdit::setText( txt, context );
-}
-
-void TQTextBrowser::emitHighlighted( const TQString &s ) 
-{ 
-    emit highlighted( s ); 
-}
-
-void TQTextBrowser::emitLinkClicked( const TQString &s ) 
-{ 
-    d->textOrSourceChanged = FALSE;
-    emit linkClicked( s );
-    if ( !d->textOrSourceChanged )
-	setSource( s );
-}
-
-#endif  // TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
diff --git a/src/widgets/qtextedit.cpp b/src/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fb328bf9..000000000
--- a/src/widgets/qtextedit.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7474 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the TQTextEdit class
-**
-** Created : 990101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "ntqtextedit.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
-
-// Keep this position to avoid patch rejection
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
-#include "ntqinputcontext.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
-#include "ntqpainter.h"
-#include "ntqpen.h"
-#include "ntqbrush.h"
-#include "ntqpixmap.h"
-#include "ntqfont.h"
-#include "ntqcolor.h"
-#include "ntqstyle.h"
-#include "ntqsize.h"
-#include "ntqevent.h"
-#include "ntqtimer.h"
-#include "ntqapplication.h"
-#include "ntqlistbox.h"
-#include "ntqvbox.h"
-#include "ntqapplication.h"
-#include "ntqclipboard.h"
-#include "ntqcolordialog.h"
-#include "ntqfontdialog.h"
-#include "ntqstylesheet.h"
-#include "ntqdragobject.h"
-#include "ntqurl.h"
-#include "ntqcursor.h"
-#include "ntqregexp.h"
-#include "ntqpopupmenu.h"
-#include "tqptrstack.h"
-#include "ntqmetaobject.h"
-#include "ntqtextbrowser.h"
-#include 
-#include "private/qsyntaxhighlighter_p.h"
-#include 
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
-#include 
-#define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + TQString(TQKeySequence( TQt::CTRL | TQt::Key_ ## k ))
-#else
-#define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + TQString("Ctrl+" #k)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-#define LOGOFFSET(i) d->logOffset + i
-#endif
-
-struct TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate
-{
-    TQTextString text;
-};
-
-class TQTextEditPrivate
-{
-public:
-    TQTextEditPrivate()
-	:preeditStart(-1),preeditLength(-1),ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent(FALSE),
-	 tabChangesFocus(FALSE),
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-	 clipboard_mode( TQClipboard::Clipboard ),
-#endif
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-	 od(0), optimMode(FALSE),
-	 maxLogLines(-1),
-	 logOffset(0),
-#endif
-	 autoFormatting( (uint)TQTextEdit::AutoAll )
-    {
-	for ( int i=0; i<7; i++ )
-	    id[i] = 0;
-    }
-    int id[ 7 ];
-    int preeditStart;
-    int preeditLength;
-    bool composeMode() const { return ( preeditLength > 0 ); }
-
-    uint ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent : 1;
-    uint tabChangesFocus : 1;
-    TQString scrollToAnchor; // used to deferr scrollToAnchor() until the show event when we are resized
-    TQString pressedName;
-    TQString onName;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    TQClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode;
-#endif
-    TQTimer *trippleClickTimer;
-    TQPoint trippleClickPoint;
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate * od;
-    bool optimMode : 1;
-    int maxLogLines;
-    int logOffset;
-#endif
-    uint autoFormatting;
-};
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-class TQRichTextDrag : public TQTextDrag
-{
-public:
-    TQRichTextDrag( TQWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0 );
-
-    void setPlainText( const TQString &txt ) { setText( txt ); }
-    void setRichText( const TQString &txt ) { richTxt = txt; }
-
-    virtual TQByteArray encodedData( const char *mime ) const;
-    virtual const char* format( int i ) const;
-
-    static bool decode( TQMimeSource *e, TQString &str, const TQCString &mimetype,
-			const TQCString &subtype );
-    static bool canDecode( TQMimeSource* e );
-
-private:
-    TQString richTxt;
-
-};
-
-TQRichTextDrag::TQRichTextDrag( TQWidget *dragSource, const char *name )
-    : TQTextDrag( dragSource, name )
-{
-}
-
-TQByteArray TQRichTextDrag::encodedData( const char *mime ) const
-{
-    if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) == 0 ) {
-	return richTxt.utf8(); // #### perhaps we should use USC2 instead?
-    } else
-	return TQTextDrag::encodedData( mime );
-}
-
-bool TQRichTextDrag::decode( TQMimeSource *e, TQString &str, const TQCString &mimetype,
-			    const TQCString &subtype )
-{
-    if ( mimetype == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
-	// do richtext decode
-	const char *mime;
-	int i;
-	for ( i = 0; ( mime = e->format( i ) ); ++i ) {
-	    if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) != 0 )
-		continue;
-	    str = TQString::fromUtf8( e->encodedData( mime ) );
-	    return TRUE;
-	}
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    // do a regular text decode
-    TQCString subt = subtype;
-    return TQTextDrag::decode( e, str, subt );
-}
-
-bool TQRichTextDrag::canDecode( TQMimeSource* e )
-{
-    if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
-	return TRUE;
-    return TQTextDrag::canDecode( e );
-}
-
-const char* TQRichTextDrag::format( int i ) const
-{
-    if ( TQTextDrag::format( i ) )
-	return TQTextDrag::format( i );
-    if ( TQTextDrag::format( i-1 ) )
-	return "application/x-qrichtext";
-    return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-static bool block_set_alignment = FALSE;
-
-/*!
-    \class TQTextEdit ntqtextedit.h
-    \brief The TQTextEdit widget provides a powerful single-page rich text editor.
-
-    \ingroup basic
-    \ingroup text
-    \mainclass
-
-    \tableofcontents
-
-    \section1 Introduction and Concepts
-
-    TQTextEdit is an advanced WYSIWYG viewer/editor supporting rich
-    text formatting using HTML-style tags. It is optimized to handle
-    large documents and to respond quickly to user input.
-
-    TQTextEdit has four modes of operation:
-    \table
-    \header \i Mode \i Command \i Notes
-    \row \i Plain Text Editor \i setTextFormat(PlainText)
-	 \i Set text with setText(); text() returns plain text. Text
-	 attributes (e.g. colors) can be set, but plain text is always
-	 returned.
-    \row \i Rich Text Editor \i setTextFormat(RichText)
-	 \i Set text with setText(); text() returns rich text. Rich
-	 text editing is fairly limited. You can't set margins or
-	 insert images for example (although you can read and
-	 correctly display files that have margins set and that
-	 include images). This mode is mostly useful for editing small
-	 amounts of rich text. 1.
-    \row \i Text Viewer \i setReadOnly(TRUE)
-         \i Set text with setText() or append() (which has no undo
-	 history so is faster and uses less memory); text() returns
-	 plain or rich text depending on the textFormat(). This mode
-	 can correctly display a large subset of HTML tags.
-    \row \i Log Viewer \i setTextFormat(LogText)
-	 \i Append text using append(). The widget is set to be read
-	 only and rich text support is disabled although a few HTML
-	 tags (for color, bold, italic and underline) may be used.
-	 (See \link #logtextmode LogText mode\endlink for details.)
-    \endtable
-
-    1.A more complete API that supports setting
-    margins, images, etc., is planned for a later TQt release.
-
-    TQTextEdit can be used as a syntax highlighting editor when used in
-    conjunction with TQSyntaxHighlighter.
-
-    We recommend that you always call setTextFormat() to set the mode
-    you want to use. If you use \c AutoText then setText() and
-    append() will try to determine whether the text they are given is
-    plain text or rich text. If you use \c RichText then setText() and
-    append() will assume that the text they are given is rich text.
-    insert() simply inserts the text it is given.
-
-    TQTextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
-    formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
-    the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
-    signify a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
-    paragraphs, indexed from 0. Characters are indexed on a
-    per-paragraph basis, also indexed from 0. The words in the
-    paragraph are aligned in accordance with the paragraph's
-    alignment(). Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
-    character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
-    font and color.
-
-    The text edit documentation uses the following concepts:
-    \list
-    \i \e{current format} --
-    this is the format at the current cursor position, \e and it
-    is the format of the selected text if any.
-    \i \e{current paragraph} -- the paragraph which contains the
-    cursor.
-    \endlist
-
-    TQTextEdit can display images (using TQMimeSourceFactory), lists and
-    tables. If the text is too large to view within the text edit's
-    viewport, scrollbars will appear. The text edit can load both
-    plain text and HTML files (a subset of HTML 3.2 and 4). The
-    rendering style and the set of valid tags are defined by a
-    styleSheet(). Custom tags can be created and placed in a custom
-    style sheet. Change the style sheet with \l{setStyleSheet()}; see
-    TQStyleSheet for details. The images identified by image tags are
-    displayed if they can be interpreted using the text edit's
-    \l{TQMimeSourceFactory}; see setMimeSourceFactory().
-
-    If you want a text browser with more navigation use TQTextBrowser.
-    If you just need to display a small piece of rich text use TQLabel
-    or TQSimpleRichText.
-
-    If you create a new TQTextEdit, and want to allow the user to edit
-    rich text, call setTextFormat(TQt::RichText) to ensure that the
-    text is treated as rich text. (Rich text uses HTML tags to set
-    text formatting attributes. See TQStyleSheet for information on the
-    HTML tags that are supported.). If you don't call setTextFormat()
-    explicitly the text edit will guess from the text itself whether
-    it is rich text or plain text. This means that if the text looks
-    like HTML or XML it will probably be interpreted as rich text, so
-    you should call setTextFormat(TQt::PlainText) to preserve such
-    text.
-
-    Note that we do not intend to add a full-featured web browser
-    widget to TQt (because that would easily double TQt's size and only
-    a few applications would benefit from it). The rich
-    text support in TQt is designed to provide a fast, portable and
-    efficient way to add reasonable online help facilities to
-    applications, and to provide a basis for rich text editors.
-
-    \section1 Using TQTextEdit as a Display Widget
-
-    TQTextEdit can display a large HTML subset, including tables and
-    images.
-
-    The text is set or replaced using setText() which deletes any
-    existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
-    setText() call. If you call setText() with legacy HTML (with
-    setTextFormat(RichText) in force), and then call text(), the text
-    that is returned may have different markup, but will render the
-    same. Text can be inserted with insert(), paste(), pasteSubType()
-    and append(). Text that is appended does not go into the undo
-    history; this makes append() faster and consumes less memory. Text
-    can also be cut(). The entire text is deleted with clear() and the
-    selected text is deleted with removeSelectedText(). Selected
-    (marked) text can also be deleted with del() (which will delete
-    the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected).
-
-    Loading and saving text is achieved using setText() and text(),
-    for example:
-    \code
-    TQFile file( fileName ); // Read the text from a file
-    if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
-	TQTextStream stream( &file );
-	textEdit->setText( stream.read() );
-    }
-
-    TQFile file( fileName ); // Write the text to a file
-    if ( file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
-	TQTextStream stream( &file );
-	stream << textEdit->text();
-	textEdit->setModified( FALSE );
-    }
-    \endcode
-
-    By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
-    the text edit widget. The setWordWrap() function is used to
-    specify the kind of word wrap you want, or \c NoWrap if you don't
-    want any wrapping. Call setWordWrap() to set a fixed pixel width
-    \c FixedPixelWidth, or character column (e.g. 80 column) \c
-    FixedColumnWidth with the pixels or columns specified with
-    setWrapColumnOrWidth(). If you use word wrap to the widget's width
-    \c WidgetWidth, you can specify whether to break on whitespace or
-    anywhere with setWrapPolicy().
-
-    The background color is set differently than other widgets, using
-    setPaper(). You specify a brush style which could be a plain color
-    or a complex pixmap.
-
-    Hypertext links are automatically underlined; this can be changed
-    with setLinkUnderline(). The tab stop width is set with
-    setTabStopWidth().
-
-    The zoomIn() and zoomOut() functions can be used to resize the
-    text by increasing (decreasing for zoomOut()) the point size used.
-    Images are not affected by the zoom functions.
-
-    The lines() function returns the number of lines in the text and
-    paragraphs() returns the number of paragraphs. The number of lines
-    within a particular paragraph is returned by linesOfParagraph().
-    The length of the entire text in characters is returned by
-    length().
-
-    You can scroll to an anchor in the text, e.g.
-    \c{} with scrollToAnchor(). The find() function
-    can be used to find and select a given string within the text.
-
-    A read-only TQTextEdit provides the same functionality as the
-    (obsolete) TQTextView. (TQTextView is still supplied for
-    compatibility with old code.)
-
-    \section2 Read-only key bindings
-
-    When TQTextEdit is used read-only the key-bindings are limited to
-    navigation, and text may only be selected with the mouse:
-    \table
-    \header \i Keypresses \i Action
-    \row \i UpArrow	\i Move one line up
-    \row \i DownArrow	\i Move one line down
-    \row \i LeftArrow	\i Move one character left
-    \row \i RightArrow	\i Move one character right
-    \row \i PageUp	\i Move one (viewport) page up
-    \row \i PageDown	\i Move one (viewport) page down
-    \row \i Home	\i Move to the beginning of the text
-    \row \i End		\i Move to the end of the text
-    \row \i Shift+Wheel
-	 \i Scroll the page horizontally (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
-    \row \i Ctrl+Wheel	\i Zoom the text
-    \endtable
-
-    The text edit may be able to provide some meta-information. For
-    example, the documentTitle() function will return the text from
-    within HTML \c{} tags.
-
-    The text displayed in a text edit has a \e context. The context is
-    a path which the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve
-    the locations of files and images. It is passed to the
-    mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. (See TQTextEdit() and
-    \l{context()}.)
-
-    \target logtextmode
-    \section2 Using TQTextEdit in LogText Mode
-
-    Setting the text format to \c LogText puts the widget in a special
-    mode which is optimized for very large texts. Editing, word wrap,
-    and rich text support are disabled in this mode (the widget is
-    explicitly made read-only). This allows the text to be stored in a
-    different, more memory efficient manner. However, a certain degree
-    of text formatting is supported through the use of formatting tags.
-    A tag is delimited by \c < and \c {>}. The characters \c {<}, \c >
-    and \c & are escaped by using \c {<}, \c {>} and \c {&}.
-    A tag pair consists of a left and a right tag (or open/close tags).
-    Left-tags mark the starting point for formatting, while right-tags
-    mark the ending point. A right-tag always start with a \c / before
-    the tag keyword. For example \c <b> and \c </b> are a tag pair.
-    Tags can be nested, but they have to be closed in the same order as
-    they are opened. For example, \c <b><u></u></b> is valid, while \c
-    <b><u></b></u> will output an error message.
-
-    By using tags it is possible to change the color, bold, italic and
-    underline settings for a piece of text. A color can be specified
-    by using the HTML font tag \c {<font color=colorname>}. The color
-    name can be one of the color names from the X11 color database, or
-    a RGB hex value (e.g \c {#00ff00}). Example of valid color tags:
-    \c {<font color=red>}, \c {<font color="light blue">}, \c {<font
-    color="#223344">}. Bold, italic and underline settings can be
-    specified by the tags \c {<b>}, \c <i> and \c {<u>}. Note that a
-    tag does not necessarily have to be closed. A valid example:
-    \code
-    This is <font color=red>red</font> while <b>this</b> is <font color=blue>blue</font>.
-    <font color=green><font color=yellow>Yellow,</font> and <u>green</u>.
-    \endcode
-
-    Stylesheets can also be used in LogText mode. To create and use a
-    custom tag, you could do the following:
-    \code
-    TQTextEdit * log = new TQTextEdit( this );
-    log->setTextFormat( TQt::LogText );
-    TQStyleSheetItem * item = new TQStyleSheetItem( log->styleSheet(), "mytag" );
-    item->setColor( "red" );
-    item->setFontWeight( TQFont::Bold );
-    item->setFontUnderline( TRUE );
-    log->append( "This is a <mytag>custom tag</mytag>!" );
-    \endcode
-    Note that only the color, bold, underline and italic attributes of
-    a TQStyleSheetItem is used in LogText mode.
-
-    Note that you can use setMaxLogLines() to limit the number of
-    lines the widget can hold in LogText mode.
-
-    There are a few things that you need to be aware of when the
-    widget is in this mode:
-    \list
-    \i Functions that deal with rich text formatting and cursor
-    movement will not work or return anything valid.
-    \i Lines are equivalent to paragraphs.
-    \endlist
-
-    \section1 Using TQTextEdit as an Editor
-
-    All the information about using TQTextEdit as a display widget also
-    applies here.
-
-    The current format's attributes are set with setItalic(),
-    setBold(), setUnderline(), setFamily() (font family),
-    setPointSize(), setColor() and setCurrentFont(). The current
-    paragraph's alignment is set with setAlignment().
-
-    Use setSelection() to select text. The setSelectionAttributes()
-    function is used to indicate how selected text should be
-    displayed. Use hasSelectedText() to find out if any text is
-    selected. The currently selected text's position is available
-    using getSelection() and the selected text itself is returned by
-    selectedText(). The selection can be copied to the clipboard with
-    copy(), or cut to the clipboard with cut(). It can be deleted with
-    removeSelectedText(). The entire text can be selected (or
-    unselected) using selectAll(). TQTextEdit supports multiple
-    selections. Most of the selection functions operate on the default
-    selection, selection 0. If the user presses a non-selecting key,
-    e.g. a cursor key without also holding down Shift, all selections
-    are cleared.
-
-    Set and get the position of the cursor with setCursorPosition()
-    and getCursorPosition() respectively. When the cursor is moved,
-    the signals currentFontChanged(), currentColorChanged() and
-    currentAlignmentChanged() are emitted to reflect the font, color
-    and alignment at the new cursor position.
-
-    If the text changes, the textChanged() signal is emitted, and if
-    the user inserts a new line by pressing Return or Enter,
-    returnPressed() is emitted. The isModified() function will return
-    TRUE if the text has been modified.
-
-    TQTextEdit provides command-based undo and redo. To set the depth
-    of the command history use setUndoDepth() which defaults to 100
-    steps. To undo or redo the last operation call undo() or redo().
-    The signals undoAvailable() and redoAvailable() indicate whether
-    the undo and redo operations can be executed.
-
-    The indent() function is used to reindent a paragraph. It is
-    useful for code editors, for example in \link designer-manual.book
-    TQt Designer\endlink's code editor \e{Ctrl+I} invokes the indent()
-    function.
-
-    \section2 Editing key bindings
-
-    The list of key-bindings which are implemented for editing:
-    \table
-    \header \i Keypresses \i Action
-    \row \i Backspace \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
-    \row \i Delete \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
-    \row \i Ctrl+A \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
-    \row \i Ctrl+B \i Move the cursor one character left
-    \row \i Ctrl+C \i Copy the marked text to the clipboard (also
-		      Ctrl+Insert under Windows)
-    \row \i Ctrl+D \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
-    \row \i Ctrl+E \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
-    \row \i Ctrl+F \i Move the cursor one character right
-    \row \i Ctrl+H \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
-    \row \i Ctrl+K \i Delete to end of line
-    \row \i Ctrl+N \i Move the cursor one line down
-    \row \i Ctrl+P \i Move the cursor one line up
-    \row \i Ctrl+V \i Paste the clipboard text into line edit
-		      (also Shift+Insert under Windows)
-    \row \i Ctrl+X \i Cut the marked text, copy to clipboard
-		      (also Shift+Delete under Windows)
-    \row \i Ctrl+Z \i Undo the last operation
-    \row \i Ctrl+Y \i Redo the last operation
-    \row \i LeftArrow	    \i Move the cursor one character left
-    \row \i Ctrl+LeftArrow  \i Move the cursor one word left
-    \row \i RightArrow	    \i Move the cursor one character right
-    \row \i Ctrl+RightArrow \i Move the cursor one word right
-    \row \i UpArrow	    \i Move the cursor one line up
-    \row \i Ctrl+UpArrow    \i Move the cursor one word up
-    \row \i DownArrow	    \i Move the cursor one line down
-    \row \i Ctrl+Down Arrow \i Move the cursor one word down
-    \row \i PageUp	    \i Move the cursor one page up
-    \row \i PageDown	    \i Move the cursor one page down
-    \row \i Home	    \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
-    \row \i Ctrl+Home	    \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the text
-    \row \i End		    \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
-    \row \i Ctrl+End	    \i Move the cursor to the end of the text
-    \row \i Shift+Wheel	    \i Scroll the page horizontally
-			    (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
-    \row \i Ctrl+Wheel	    \i Zoom the text
-    \endtable
-
-    To select (mark) text hold down the Shift key whilst pressing one
-    of the movement keystrokes, for example, \e{Shift+Right Arrow}
-    will select the character to the right, and \e{Shift+Ctrl+Right
-    Arrow} will select the word to the right, etc.
-
-    By default the text edit widget operates in insert mode so all
-    text that the user enters is inserted into the text edit and any
-    text to the right of the cursor is moved out of the way. The mode
-    can be changed to overwrite, where new text overwrites any text to
-    the right of the cursor, using setOverwriteMode().
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::AutoFormatting
-
-    \value AutoNone Do not perform any automatic formatting
-    \value AutoBulletList Only automatically format bulletted lists
-    \value AutoAll Apply all available autoformatting
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::KeyboardAction
-
-    This enum is used by doKeyboardAction() to specify which action
-    should be executed:
-
-    \value ActionBackspace  Delete the character to the left of the
-    cursor.
-
-    \value ActionDelete  Delete the character to the right of the
-    cursor.
-
-    \value ActionReturn  Split the paragraph at the cursor position.
-
-    \value ActionKill If the cursor is not at the end of the
-    paragraph, delete the text from the cursor position until the end
-    of the paragraph. If the cursor is at the end of the paragraph,
-    delete the hard line break at the end of the paragraph: this will
-    cause this paragraph to be joined with the following paragraph.
-
-    \value ActionWordBackspace Delete the word to the left of the
-    cursor position.
-
-    \value ActionWordDelete Delete the word to the right of the
-    cursor position
-
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::VerticalAlignment
-
-    This enum is used to set the vertical alignment of the text.
-
-    \value AlignNormal Normal alignment
-    \value AlignSuperScript Superscript
-    \value AlignSubScript Subscript
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::TextInsertionFlags
-
-    \internal
-
-    \value RedoIndentation
-    \value CheckNewLines
-    \value RemoveSelected
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::copyAvailable(bool yes)
-
-    This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected in the
-    text edit.
-
-    When text is selected this signal will be emitted with \a yes set
-    to TRUE. If no text has been selected or if the selected text is
-    de-selected this signal is emitted with \a yes set to FALSE.
-
-    If \a yes is TRUE then copy() can be used to copy the selection to
-    the clipboard. If \a yes is FALSE then copy() does nothing.
-
-    \sa selectionChanged()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::textChanged()
-
-    This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes.
-
-    \sa setText() append()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::selectionChanged()
-
-    This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes.
-
-    \sa setSelection() copyAvailable()
-*/
-
-/*!  \fn TQTextDocument *TQTextEdit::document() const
-
-    \internal
-
-  This function returns the TQTextDocument which is used by the text
-  edit.
-*/
-
-/*!  \fn void TQTextEdit::setDocument( TQTextDocument *doc )
-
-    \internal
-
-  This function sets the TQTextDocument which should be used by the text
-  edit to \a doc. This can be used, for example, if you want to
-  display a document using multiple views. You would create a
-  TQTextDocument and set it to the text edits which should display it.
-  You would need to connect to the textChanged() and
-  selectionChanged() signals of all the text edits and update them all
-  accordingly (preferably with a slight delay for efficiency reasons).
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::CursorAction
-
-    This enum is used by moveCursor() to specify in which direction
-    the cursor should be moved:
-
-    \value MoveBackward  Moves the cursor one character backward
-
-    \value MoveWordBackward Moves the cursor one word backward
-
-    \value MoveForward  Moves the cursor one character forward
-
-    \value MoveWordForward Moves the cursor one word forward
-
-    \value MoveUp  Moves the cursor up one line
-
-    \value MoveDown  Moves the cursor down one line
-
-    \value MoveLineStart  Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line
-
-    \value MoveLineEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the line
-
-    \value MoveHome  Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document
-
-    \value MoveEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the document
-
-    \value MovePgUp  Moves the cursor one viewport page up
-
-    \value MovePgDown  Moves the cursor one viewport page down
-*/
-
-/*!
-  \enum TQt::AnchorAttribute
-
-  An anchor has one or more of the following attributes:
-
-  \value AnchorName the name attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
-  used when scrolling to an anchor in the document.
-
-  \value AnchorHref the href attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
-  used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::overwriteMode
-    \brief the text edit's overwrite mode
-
-    If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
-    with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
-    TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
-    the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
-    position.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::setCurrentFont( const TQFont &f )
-
-    Sets the font of the current format to \a f.
-
-    If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do
-    nothing. Use setFont() instead.
-
-    \sa currentFont() setPointSize() setFamily()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::undoDepth
-    \brief the depth of the undo history
-
-    The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
-    is 100.
-
-    \sa undo() redo()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::undoAvailable( bool yes )
-
-    This signal is emitted when the availability of undo changes. If
-    \a yes is TRUE, then undo() will work until undoAvailable( FALSE )
-    is next emitted.
-
-    \sa undo() undoDepth()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::modificationChanged( bool m )
-
-    This signal is emitted when the modification status of the
-    document has changed. If \a m is TRUE, the document was modified,
-    otherwise the modification state has been reset to unmodified.
-
-    \sa modified
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::redoAvailable( bool yes )
-
-    This signal is emitted when the availability of redo changes. If
-    \a yes is TRUE, then redo() will work until redoAvailable( FALSE )
-    is next emitted.
-
-    \sa redo() undoDepth()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentFontChanged( const TQFont &f )
-
-    This signal is emitted if the font of the current format has
-    changed.
-
-    The new font is \a f.
-
-    \sa setCurrentFont()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentColorChanged( const TQColor &c )
-
-    This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has
-    changed.
-
-    The new color is \a c.
-
-    \sa setColor()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( VerticalAlignment a )
-
-    This signal is emitted if the vertical alignment of the current
-    format has changed.
-
-    The new vertical alignment is \a a.
-
-    \sa setVerticalAlignment()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentAlignmentChanged( int a )
-
-    This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph
-    has changed.
-
-    The new alignment is \a a.
-
-    \sa setAlignment()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( TQTextCursor *c )
-
-    \internal
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( int para, int pos )
-
-    This signal is emitted if the position of the cursor has changed.
-    \a para contains the paragraph index and \a pos contains the
-    character position within the paragraph.
-
-    \sa setCursorPosition()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::clicked( int para, int pos )
-
-    This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph
-    \a para at character position \a pos.
-
-    \sa doubleClicked()
-*/
-
-/*! \fn void TQTextEdit::doubleClicked( int para, int pos )
-
-  This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the
-  paragraph \a para at character position \a pos.
-
-  \sa clicked()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \fn void TQTextEdit::returnPressed()
-
-    This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
-    key.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextCursor *TQTextEdit::textCursor() const
-
-    Returns the text edit's text cursor.
-
-    \warning TQTextCursor is not in the public API, but in special
-    circumstances you might wish to use it.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Constructs an empty TQTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a
-    parent.
-*/
-
-TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
-      doc( new TQTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
-{
-    init();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Constructs a TQTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a parent. The
-    text edit will display the text \a text using context \a context.
-
-    The \a context is a path which the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory
-    uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to
-    the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data.
-
-    For example if the text contains an image tag,
-    \c{<img src="image.png">}, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the
-    TQMimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from
-    "path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was
-    \c{<img src="/image.png">}, the context will not be used (because
-    TQMimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path)
-    and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly
-    the same way to \e hrefs, for example,
-    \c{<a href="target.html">Target</a>}, would resolve to
-    "path/to/look/in/target.html".
-*/
-
-TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit( const TQString& text, const TQString& context,
-		      TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
-    : TQScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
-      doc( new TQTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
-{
-    init();
-    setText( text, context );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-TQTextEdit::~TQTextEdit()
-{
-    delete undoRedoInfo.d;
-    undoRedoInfo.d = 0;
-    delete cursor;
-    delete doc;
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	delete d->od;
-#endif
-    delete d;
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::init()
-{
-    d = new TQTextEditPrivate;
-    doc->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice( this );
-    undoEnabled = TRUE;
-    readOnly = TRUE;
-    setReadOnly( FALSE );
-    setFrameStyle( LineEditPanel | Sunken );
-    connect( doc, TQ_SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ),
-	     this, TQ_SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
-
-    mousePressed = FALSE;
-    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
-    modified = FALSE;
-    onLink = TQString::null;
-    d->onName = TQString::null;
-    overWrite = FALSE;
-    wrapMode = WidgetWidth;
-    wrapWidth = -1;
-    wPolicy = AtWhiteSpace;
-    mightStartDrag = FALSE;
-    inDnD = FALSE;
-    doc->setFormatter( new TQTextFormatterBreakWords );
-    doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setFont( TQScrollView::font() );
-    doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setColor( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
-    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
-    currentAlignment = TQt::AlignAuto;
-
-    setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
-    viewport()->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
-    viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
-    resizeContents( 0, doc->lastParagraph() ?
-		    ( doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1 ) * doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() : 0 );
-
-    setKeyCompression( TRUE );
-    viewport()->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-
-    formatTimer = new TQTimer( this );
-    connect( formatTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
-	     this, TQ_SLOT( formatMore() ) );
-    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-
-    scrollTimer = new TQTimer( this );
-    connect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
-	     this, TQ_SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
-
-    interval = 0;
-    changeIntervalTimer = new TQTimer( this );
-    connect( changeIntervalTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
-	     this, TQ_SLOT( doChangeInterval() ) );
-
-    cursorVisible = TRUE;
-    blinkTimer = new TQTimer( this );
-    connect( blinkTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
-	     this, TQ_SLOT( blinkCursor() ) );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-    dragStartTimer = new TQTimer( this );
-    connect( dragStartTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
-	     this, TQ_SLOT( startDrag() ) );
-#endif
-
-    d->trippleClickTimer = new TQTimer( this );
-
-    formatMore();
-
-    blinkCursorVisible = FALSE;
-
-    viewport()->setFocusProxy( this );
-    viewport()->setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
-    setInputMethodEnabled( TRUE );
-    viewport()->installEventFilter( this );
-    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(horizontalSliderReleased()), this, TQ_SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
-    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(verticalSliderReleased()), this, TQ_SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
-    installEventFilter( this );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::paintDocument( bool drawAll, TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    Q_ASSERT( !d->optimMode );
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return;
-#endif
-
-    bool drawCur = hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus();
-    if (( hasSelectedText() && !style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) ) ||
-	isReadOnly() || !cursorVisible || doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText ))
-	drawCur = FALSE;
-    TQColorGroup g = colorGroup();
-    const TQColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = TQPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
-    if ( doc->paper() )
-	g.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
-
-    if ( contentsY() < doc->y() ) {
-	p->fillRect( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), doc->y(),
-		     g.brush( backRole ) );
-    }
-    if ( drawAll && doc->width() - contentsX() < cx + cw ) {
-	p->fillRect( doc->width() - contentsX(), cy, cx + cw - doc->width() + contentsX(), ch,
-		     g.brush( backRole ) );
-    }
-
-    p->setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
-
-    lastFormatted = doc->draw( p, cx, cy, cw, ch, g, !drawAll, drawCur, cursor );
-
-    if ( lastFormatted == doc->lastParagraph() )
-	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
-
-    if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() && ( !doc->lastParagraph() || doc->lastParagraph()->isValid() ) && drawAll )
-	p->fillRect( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
-		     visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), g.brush( backRole ) );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::drawContents( TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimDrawContents( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    paintDocument( TRUE, p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
-    int v;
-    p->setPen( foregroundColor() );
-    if ( document()->isPageBreakEnabled() &&  ( v = document()->flow()->pageSize() ) > 0 ) {
-	int l = int(cy / v) * v;
-	while ( l < cy + ch ) {
-	    p->drawLine( cx, l, cx + cw - 1, l );
-	    l += v;
-	}
-    }
-
-    // This invocation is required to follow dragging of active window
-    // by the showed candidate window.
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::drawContents( TQPainter *p )
-{
-    if ( horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible() &&
-	 verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() ) {
-	const TQRect verticalRect = verticalScrollBar()->geometry();
-	const TQRect horizontalRect = horizontalScrollBar()->geometry();
-
-	TQRect cornerRect;
-	cornerRect.setTop( verticalRect.bottom() );
-	cornerRect.setBottom( horizontalRect.bottom() );
-	cornerRect.setLeft( verticalRect.left() );
-	cornerRect.setRight( verticalRect.right() );
-
-	p->fillRect( cornerRect, colorGroup().background() );
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::event( TQEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( e->type() == TQEvent::AccelOverride && !isReadOnly() ) {
-	TQKeyEvent* ke = (TQKeyEvent*) e;
-	switch((int)(ke->state())) {
-	case NoButton:
-	case Keypad:
-	case ShiftButton:
-	    if ( ke->key() < Key_Escape ) {
-		ke->accept();
-	    } else {
-		switch ( ke->key() ) {
-		case Key_Return:
-		case Key_Enter:
-		case Key_Delete:
-		case Key_Home:
-		case Key_End:
-		case Key_Backspace:
-		case Key_Left:
-		case Key_Right:
-		    ke->accept();
-		default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	case ControlButton:
-	case ControlButton|ShiftButton:
-	case ControlButton|Keypad:
-	case ControlButton|ShiftButton|Keypad:
-	    switch ( ke->key() ) {
-	    case Key_Tab:
-	    case Key_Backtab:
-		ke->ignore();
-		break;
-// Those are too frequently used for application functionality
-/*	    case Key_A:
-	    case Key_B:
-	    case Key_D:
-	    case Key_E:
-	    case Key_F:
-	    case Key_H:
-	    case Key_I:
-	    case Key_K:
-	    case Key_N:
-	    case Key_P:
-	    case Key_T:
-*/
-	    case Key_C:
-	    case Key_V:
-	    case Key_X:
-	    case Key_Y:
-	    case Key_Z:
-	    case Key_Left:
-	    case Key_Right:
-	    case Key_Up:
-	    case Key_Down:
-	    case Key_Home:
-	    case Key_End:
-#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
-	    case Key_Insert:
-	    case Key_Delete:
-#endif
-		ke->accept();
-	    default:
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-
-	default:
-	    switch ( ke->key() ) {
-#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
-	    case Key_Insert:
-		ke->accept();
-#endif
-	    default:
-		break;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( e->type() == TQEvent::Show ) {
-	if (
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-	     !d->optimMode &&
-#endif
-	     d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent  ) {
-	    ensureCursorVisible();
-	    d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
-	}
-	if ( !d->scrollToAnchor.isEmpty() ) {
-	    scrollToAnchor( d->scrollToAnchor );
-	    d->scrollToAnchor = TQString::null;
-	}
-    }
-    return TQWidget::event( e );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Processes the key event, \a e. By default key events are used to
-    provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
-{
-    changeIntervalTimer->stop();
-    interval = 10;
-    bool unknownKey = FALSE;
-    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
-	if ( !handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( e ) )
-	    TQScrollView::keyPressEvent( e );
-	changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
-	return;
-    }
-
-
-    bool selChanged = FALSE;
-    for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
-	selChanged = doc->removeSelection( i ) || selChanged;
-
-    if ( selChanged ) {
-	cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
-	repaintChanged();
-    }
-
-    bool clearUndoRedoInfo = TRUE;
-
-
-    switch ( e->key() ) {
-    case Key_Left:
-    case Key_Right: {
-	// a bit hacky, but can't change this without introducing new enum values for move and keeping the
-	// correct semantics and movement for BiDi and non BiDi text.
-	CursorAction a;
-	if ( cursor->paragraph()->string()->isRightToLeft() == (e->key() == Key_Right) )
-	    a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordBackward : MoveBackward;
-	else
-	    a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordForward : MoveForward;
-	moveCursor( a, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    }
-    case Key_Up:
-	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgUp : MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    case Key_Down:
-	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgDown : MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    case Key_Home:
-	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveHome : MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    case Key_End:
-	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveEnd : MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    case Key_Prior:
-	moveCursor( MovePgUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    case Key_Next:
-	moveCursor( MovePgDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-	break;
-    case Key_Return: case Key_Enter:
-	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, FALSE ) )
-	    removeSelectedText();
-	if ( textFormat() == TQt::RichText && ( e->state() & ControlButton ) ) {
-	    // Ctrl-Enter inserts a line break in rich text mode
-	    insert( TQString( TQChar( 0x2028) ), TRUE, FALSE );
-	} else {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-	    doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
-	    emit returnPressed();
-	}
-	break;
-    case Key_Delete:
-#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
-	if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
-	    cut();
-	    break;
-	} else
-#endif
-        if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
-	    removeSelectedText();
-	    break;
-	}
-	doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordDelete
-			  : ActionDelete );
-	clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-
-	break;
-    case Key_Insert:
-	if ( e->state() & ShiftButton )
-	    paste();
-#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
-	else if ( e->state() & ControlButton )
-	    copy();
-#endif
-	else
-	    setOverwriteMode( !isOverwriteMode() );
-	break;
-    case Key_Backspace:
-#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
-	if ( e->state() & AltButton ) {
-	    if (e->state() & ControlButton ) {
-		break;
-	    } else if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
-		redo();
-		break;
-	    } else {
-		undo();
-		break;
-	    }
-	} else
-#endif
-	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
-	    removeSelectedText();
-	    break;
-	}
-
-	doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordBackspace
-			  : ActionBackspace );
-	clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-	break;
-    case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
-	copy();
-	break;
-    case Key_F18:  // Paste key on Sun keyboards
-	paste();
-	break;
-    case Key_F20:  // Cut key on Sun keyboards
-	cut();
-	break;
-    case Key_Direction_L:
-	if ( doc->textFormat() == TQt::PlainText ) {
-	    // change the whole doc
-	    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
-	    while ( p ) {
-		p->setDirection( TQChar::DirL );
-		p->setAlignment( TQt::AlignLeft );
-		p->invalidate( 0 );
-		p = p->next();
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == TQChar::DirL )
-		return;
-	    cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( TQChar::DirL );
-	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
-		 ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (TQt::AlignLeft | TQt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
-		setAlignment( TQt::AlignLeft );
-	}
-	repaintChanged();
-	break;
-    case Key_Direction_R:
-	if ( doc->textFormat() == TQt::PlainText ) {
-	    // change the whole doc
-	    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
-	    while ( p ) {
-		p->setDirection( TQChar::DirR );
-		p->setAlignment( TQt::AlignRight );
-		p->invalidate( 0 );
-		p = p->next();
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == TQChar::DirR )
-		return;
-	    cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( TQChar::DirR );
-	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
-		 ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (TQt::AlignLeft | TQt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
-		setAlignment( TQt::AlignRight );
-	}
-	repaintChanged();
-	break;
-    default: {
-	    if ( e->text().length() &&
-		( ( !( e->state() & ControlButton ) &&
-#ifndef Q_OS_MACX
-		  !( e->state() & AltButton ) &&
-#endif
-		  !( e->state() & MetaButton ) ) ||
-		 ( ( (e->state()&ControlButton) | AltButton ) == (ControlButton|AltButton) ) ) &&
-		 ( !e->ascii() || e->ascii() >= 32 || e->text() == "\t" ) ) {
-		clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-		if ( e->key() == Key_Tab ) {
-		    if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
-			e->ignore();
-			break;
-		    }
-		    if ( textFormat() == TQt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
-			 && ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() ) ) {
-			clearUndoRedo();
-			undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
-			undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-			undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
-			undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
-			cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() +1 );
-			clearUndoRedo();
-			drawCursor( FALSE );
-			repaintChanged();
-			drawCursor( TRUE );
-			break;
-		    }
-		} else if ( e->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
-		    if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
-			e->ignore();
-			break;
-		    }
-		}
-
-		if ( ( autoFormatting() & AutoBulletList ) &&
-		     textFormat() == TQt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
-		     && !cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
-		     && ( e->text()[0] == '-' || e->text()[0] == '*' ) ) {
-			clearUndoRedo();
-			undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
-			undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-			undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
-			undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
-			setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, TQStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
-			clearUndoRedo();
-			drawCursor( FALSE );
-			repaintChanged();
-			drawCursor( TRUE );
-			break;
-		}
-		if (overWrite && !cursor->atParagEnd() && !doc->hasSelection(TQTextDocument::Standard)) {
-                    doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
-                    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-                }
-		TQString t = e->text();
-#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
-		extern bool tqt_hebrew_keyboard_hack;
-		if ( tqt_hebrew_keyboard_hack ) {
-		    // the X11 keyboard layout is broken and does not reverse
-		    // braces correctly. This is a hack to get halfway correct
-		    // behaviour
-		    TQTextParagraph *p = cursor->paragraph();
-		    if ( p && p->string() && p->string()->isRightToLeft() ) {
-			TQChar *c = (TQChar *)t.unicode();
-			int l = t.length();
-			while( l-- ) {
-			    if ( c->mirrored() )
-				*c = c->mirroredChar();
-			    c++;
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-#endif
-		insert( t, TRUE, FALSE );
-		break;
-	    } else if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
-		switch ( e->key() ) {
-		case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
-		    copy();
-		    break;
-		case Key_V:
-		    paste();
-		    break;
-		case Key_X:
-		    cut();
-		    break;
-		case Key_I: case Key_T: case Key_Tab:
-		    if ( !d->tabChangesFocus )
-			indent();
-		    break;
-		case Key_A:
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-		    moveCursor( MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-#else
-		    selectAll( TRUE );
-#endif
-		    break;
-		case Key_B:
-		    moveCursor( MoveBackward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-		    break;
-		case Key_F:
-		    moveCursor( MoveForward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-		    break;
-		case Key_D:
-		    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-			removeSelectedText();
-			break;
-		    }
-		    doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
-		    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-		    break;
-		case Key_H:
-		    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-			removeSelectedText();
-			break;
-		    }
-		    if ( !cursor->paragraph()->prev() &&
-			 cursor->atParagStart() )
-			break;
-
-		    doKeyboardAction( ActionBackspace );
-		    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
-		    break;
-		case Key_E:
-		    moveCursor( MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-		    break;
-		case Key_N:
-		    moveCursor( MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-		    break;
-		case Key_P:
-		    moveCursor( MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
-		    break;
-		case Key_Z:
-		    if(e->state() & ShiftButton)
-			redo();
-		    else
-			undo();
-		    break;
-		case Key_Y:
-		    redo();
-		    break;
-		case Key_K:
-		    doKeyboardAction( ActionKill );
-		    break;
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-		case Key_Insert:
-		    copy();
-		    break;
-		case Key_Delete:
-		    del();
-		    break;
-#endif
-		default:
-		    unknownKey = FALSE;
-		    break;
-		}
-	    } else {
-		unknownKey = TRUE;
-	    }
-        }
-    }
-
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-    if ( clearUndoRedoInfo )
-	clearUndoRedo();
-    changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
-    if ( unknownKey )
-	e->ignore();
-}
-
-/*!
-  This function is not intended as polymorphic usage. Just a shared code
-  fragment that calls TQWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext() easily for this
-  class.
- */
-bool TQTextEdit::sendMouseEventToInputContext( TQMouseEvent *e )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
-    if ( d->composeMode() ) {
-	TQTextCursor c( doc );
-	if ( c.place( e->pos(), doc->firstParagraph(), FALSE, FALSE, FALSE ) ) {
-	    int mousePos = c.index() - d->preeditStart;
-	    if ( cursor->globalY() == c.globalY() &&
-		 mousePos >= 0 && mousePos < d->preeditLength ) {
-		TQWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext( mousePos, e->type(),
-						       e->button(), e->state() );
-	    }
-	} else if ( e->type() != TQEvent::MouseMove ) {
-	    // send button events on out of preedit
-	    TQWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext( -1, e->type(),
-						   e->button(), e->state() );
-	}
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-#endif
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::imStartEvent( TQIMEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
-	e->ignore();
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if ( hasSelectedText() )
-	removeSelectedText();
-    d->preeditStart = cursor->index();
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::IME;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::imComposeEvent( TQIMEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
-	e->ignore();
-	return;
-    }
-
-    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
-    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
-
-    if ( d->composeMode() && cursor->paragraph() )
-	cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
-    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
-    d->preeditLength = e->text().length();
-
-    int sellen = e->selectionLength();
-    uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected | AsIMCompositionText;
-    if ( sellen > 0 ) {
-      insertionFlags |= WithIMSelection;
-    }
-    insert( e->text(), insertionFlags );
-    // insert can trigger an imEnd event as it emits a textChanged signal, so better
-    // be careful
-    if(d->preeditStart != -1) {
-	cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
-	TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
-	cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
-	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText, *cursor );
-	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText, c );
-
-	cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
-
-	if ( sellen > 0 ) {
-	    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() + sellen );
-	    c = *cursor;
-	    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
-	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText, *cursor );
-	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText, c );
-#if 0
- 	    // Disabled for Asian input method that shows candidate
- 	    // window. This behavior is same as TQt/E 2.3.7 which supports
- 	    // Asian input methods. Asian input methods need start point
- 	    // of IM selection text to place candidate window as adjacent
- 	    // to the selection text.
-	    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
-#endif
-	}
-    }
-
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::imEndEvent( TQIMEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
-	e->ignore();
-	return;
-    }
-
-    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
-    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
-
-    if (undoRedoInfo.type == UndoRedoInfo::IME)
-        undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Invalid;
-
-    if ( d->composeMode() && cursor->paragraph() )
-	cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
-    if ( d->preeditStart >= 0 ) {
-        cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
-	//TODO: TQt 4 we should use the new virtual insert function
-	insert( e->text(), FALSE );
-    }
-    d->preeditStart = d->preeditLength = -1;
-
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-
-static bool qtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
-
-/*!
-    Executes keyboard action \a action. This is normally called by a
-    key event handler.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::doKeyboardAction( KeyboardAction action )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() && !qtextedit_ignore_readonly )
-	return;
-
-    if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
-	return;
-
-    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    bool doUpdateCurrentFormat = TRUE;
-
-    switch ( action ) {
-    case ActionWordDelete:
-    case ActionDelete:
-	if ( action == ActionDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
-	    if ( undoEnabled ) {
-		checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
-		if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
-		    undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-		    undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
-		    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
-		}
-		int idx = cursor->index();
-		do {
-		    undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( undoRedoInfo.d->text.length(), cursor->paragraph()->at( idx++ ), TRUE );
-		} while ( !cursor->paragraph()->string()->validCursorPosition( idx ) );
-	    }
-	    cursor->remove();
-	} else {
-	    clearUndoRedo();
-	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	    if ( action == ActionWordDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
-		cursor->gotoNextWord();
-	    } else {
-		cursor->gotoNextLetter();
-	    }
-	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	    removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	}
-	break;
-    case ActionWordBackspace:
-    case ActionBackspace:
-	if ( textFormat() == TQt::RichText
-	     && (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
-		 || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() )
-	     && cursor->index() == 0 ) {
-	    if ( undoEnabled ) {
-		clearUndoRedo();
-		undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
-		undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-		undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
-		undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
-	    }
-	    int ldepth = cursor->paragraph()->listDepth();
-	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() && ldepth == 1 ) {
-		cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
-	    } else if ( TQMAX( ldepth, 1 ) == 1 ) {
-		cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
-		cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
-	    } else {
-		cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( ldepth - 1 );
-	    }
-	    clearUndoRedo();
-	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
-	    repaintChanged();
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	    return;
-	}
-
-	if ( action == ActionBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
-	    if ( undoEnabled ) {
-		checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
-		if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
-		    undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-		    undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
-		    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
-		}
-		undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( 0, cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 ), TRUE );
-		undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index()-1;
-	    }
-	    cursor->removePreviousChar();
-	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
-	} else if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev()
-		    || (action == ActionWordBackspace
-			&& !cursor->atParagStart()) ) {
-	    clearUndoRedo();
-	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	    if ( action == ActionWordBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
-		cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
-	    } else {
-		cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
-	    }
-	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	    removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	}
-	break;
-    case ActionReturn:
-	if ( undoEnabled ) {
-	    checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Return );
-	    if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
-		undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-		undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
-		undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
-	    }
-	    undoRedoInfo.d->text += "\n";
-	}
-	cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
-	if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() ) {
-	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph()->prev();
-	    lastFormatted->invalidate( 0 );
-	}
-	doUpdateCurrentFormat = FALSE;
-	break;
-    case ActionKill:
-	clearUndoRedo();
-	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	if ( cursor->atParagEnd() )
-	    cursor->gotoNextLetter();
-	else
-	    cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
-	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	break;
-    }
-
-    formatMore();
-    repaintChanged();
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-    if ( doUpdateCurrentFormat )
-	updateCurrentFormat();
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::readFormats( TQTextCursor &c1, TQTextCursor &c2, TQTextString &text, bool fillStyles )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-    TQDataStream styleStream( undoRedoInfo.styleInformation, IO_WriteOnly );
-#endif
-    c2.restoreState();
-    c1.restoreState();
-    int lastIndex = text.length();
-    if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
-	for ( int i = c1.index(); i < c2.index(); ++i )
-	    text.insert( lastIndex + i - c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-	if ( fillStyles ) {
-	    styleStream << (int) 1;
-	    c1.paragraph()->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
-	}
-#endif
-    } else {
-	int i;
-	for ( i = c1.index(); i < c1.paragraph()->length()-1; ++i )
-	    text.insert( lastIndex++, c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
-	int num = 2; // start and end, being different
-	text += "\n"; lastIndex++;
-
-        if (c1.paragraph()->next() != c2.paragraph()) {
-            num += text.appendParagraphs(c1.paragraph()->next(), c2.paragraph());
-            lastIndex = text.length();
-        }
-
-	for ( i = 0; i < c2.index(); ++i )
-	    text.insert( i + lastIndex, c2.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-	if ( fillStyles ) {
-	    styleStream << num;
-	    for ( TQTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph(); --num >= 0; p = p->next() )
-		p->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    Removes the selection \a selNum (by default 0). This does not
-    remove the selected text.
-
-    \sa removeSelectedText()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::removeSelection( int selNum )
-{
-    doc->removeSelection( selNum );
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Deletes the text of selection \a selNum (by default, the default
-    selection, 0). If there is no selected text nothing happens.
-
-    \sa selectedText removeSelection()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::removeSelectedText( int selNum )
-{
-    if(selNum != 0)
-        resetInputContext();
-
-    TQTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( selNum );
-    c1.restoreState();
-    TQTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( selNum );
-    c2.restoreState();
-
-    // ### no support for editing tables yet, plus security for broken selections
-    if ( c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth() )
-	return;
-
-    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i ) {
-	if ( i == selNum )
-	    continue;
-	doc->removeSelection( i );
-    }
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    if ( undoEnabled ) {
-	checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::RemoveSelected );
-	if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
-	    doc->selectionStart( selNum, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.index );
-	    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
-	}
-	readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text, TRUE );
-    }
-
-    doc->removeSelectedText( selNum, cursor );
-    if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
-	lastFormatted = 0; // make sync a noop
-	ensureCursorVisible();
-	lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
-	formatMore();
-	repaintContents( FALSE );
-	ensureCursorVisible();
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	clearUndoRedo();
-#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
-	// there seems to be a problem with repainting or erasing the area
-	// of the scrollview which is not the contents on windows
-	if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
-	    viewport()->repaint( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), TRUE );
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	updateMicroFocusHint();
-    } else {
-	delete cursor;
-	cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	repaintContents( TRUE );
-    }
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-    emit selectionChanged();
-    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Moves the text cursor according to \a action. This is normally
-    used by some key event handler. \a select specifies whether the
-    text between the current cursor position and the new position
-    should be selected.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action, bool select )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return;
-#endif
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-    TQTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
-    TQTextCursor c2;
-#endif
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    if ( select ) {
-	if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) )
-	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
-	moveCursor( action );
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-	c2 = *cursor;
-	if (c1 == c2)
-	    if (action == MoveDown || action == MovePgDown)
-		moveCursor( MoveEnd );
-	    else if (action == MoveUp || action == MovePgUp)
-		moveCursor( MoveHome );
-#endif
-	if ( doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) ) {
-	    cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
-	    repaintChanged();
-	} else {
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	}
-	ensureCursorVisible();
-	emit selectionChanged();
-	emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
-    } else {
-#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
-	TQTextCursor cStart = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	TQTextCursor cEnd = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	if (redraw && action == MoveDown)
-	    *cursor = cEnd;
-	else if (redraw && action == MoveUp)
-	    *cursor = cStart;
-	if (redraw && action == MoveForward)
-	    *cursor = cEnd;
-	else if (redraw && action == MoveBackward)
-	    *cursor = cStart;
-	else
-	    moveCursor( action );
-	c2 = *cursor;
-	if (c1 == c2)
-	    if (action == MoveDown)
-		moveCursor( MoveEnd );
-	    else if (action == MoveUp)
-		moveCursor( MoveHome );
-#else
-	bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	moveCursor( action );
-#endif
-	if ( !redraw ) {
-	    ensureCursorVisible();
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	} else {
-	    cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
-	    repaintChanged();
-	    ensureCursorVisible();
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	}
-	if ( redraw ) {
-	    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
-	    emit selectionChanged();
-	}
-    }
-
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    updateCurrentFormat();
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action )
-{
-    resetInputContext();
-    switch ( action ) {
-    case MoveBackward:
-	cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
-	break;
-    case MoveWordBackward:
-	cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
-	break;
-    case MoveForward:
-	cursor->gotoNextLetter();
-	break;
-    case MoveWordForward:
-	cursor->gotoNextWord();
-	break;
-    case MoveUp:
-	cursor->gotoUp();
-	break;
-    case MovePgUp:
-	cursor->gotoPageUp( visibleHeight() );
-	break;
-    case MoveDown:
-	cursor->gotoDown();
-	break;
-    case MovePgDown:
-	cursor->gotoPageDown( visibleHeight() );
-	break;
-    case MoveLineStart:
-	cursor->gotoLineStart();
-	break;
-    case MoveHome:
-	cursor->gotoHome();
-	break;
-    case MoveLineEnd:
-	cursor->gotoLineEnd();
-	break;
-    case MoveEnd:
-	ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
-	cursor->gotoEnd();
-	break;
-    }
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-    updateCurrentFormat();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
-{
-    TQScrollView::resizeEvent( e );
-    if ( doc->visibleWidth() == 0 )
-	doResize();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::viewportResizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
-{
-    TQScrollView::viewportResizeEvent( e );
-    if ( e->oldSize().width() != e->size().width() ) {
-	bool stayAtBottom = e->oldSize().height() != e->size().height() &&
-	       contentsY() > 0 && contentsY() >= doc->height() - e->oldSize().height();
-	doResize();
-	if ( stayAtBottom )
-	    scrollToBottom();
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
-    necessary.
-
-    \sa setCursorPosition()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible()
-{
-    // Not visible or the user is draging the window, so don't position to caret yet
-    if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !isVisible() || isHorizontalSliderPressed() || isVerticalSliderPressed() ) {
-	d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = TRUE;
-	return;
-    }
-    sync();
-    TQTextStringChar *chr = cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() );
-    int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
-    int x = cursor->paragraph()->rect().x() + chr->x + cursor->offsetX();
-    int y = 0; int dummy;
-    cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index(), &dummy, &y );
-    y += cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() + cursor->offsetY();
-    int w = 1;
-    ensureVisible( x, y + h / 2, w, h / 2 + 2 );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::sliderReleased()
-{
-    if ( d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent && isVisible() ) {
-	d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
-	ensureCursorVisible();
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::drawCursor( bool visible )
-{
-    if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() ||
-	 !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() ||
-	 !cursor->paragraph() ||
-	 !cursor->paragraph()->isValid() ||
-	 ( !style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) &&
-	   ( d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ))) ||
-	 ( visible && !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() && !inDnD ) ||
-         doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText ) ||
-	 isReadOnly() )
-	return;
-
-    // Asian users regard selection text as cursor on candidate
-    // selection phase of input method, so ordinary cursor should be
-    // invisible if IM selection text exists.
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText ) ) {
-        visible = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    TQPainter p( viewport() );
-    TQRect r( cursor->topParagraph()->rect() );
-    cursor->paragraph()->setChanged( TRUE );
-    p.translate( -contentsX() + cursor->totalOffsetX(), -contentsY() + cursor->totalOffsetY() );
-    TQPixmap *pix = 0;
-    TQColorGroup cg( colorGroup() );
-    const TQColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = TQPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
-    if ( cursor->paragraph()->background() )
-	cg.setBrush( backRole, *cursor->paragraph()->background() );
-    else if ( doc->paper() )
-	cg.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
-    p.setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
-    cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
-    if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
-	int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
-	int dist = 5;
-	if ( ( cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & TQt::AlignJustify ) == TQt::AlignJustify )
-	    dist = 50;
-	int x = r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX() + cursor->x() - dist;
-	x = TQMAX( x, 0 );
-	p.setClipRect( TQRect( x - contentsX(),
-			      r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y() - contentsY(), 2 * dist, h ) );
-	doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), x,
-			r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y(), 2 * dist, h, pix, cg, visible, cursor );
-    } else {
-	doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX(),
-			r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY(), r.width(), r.height(),
-			pix, cg, visible, cursor );
-    }
-    cursorVisible = visible;
-}
-
-enum {
-    IdUndo = 0,
-    IdRedo = 1,
-    IdCut = 2,
-    IdCopy = 3,
-    IdPaste = 4,
-    IdClear = 5,
-    IdSelectAll = 6
-};
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
-void TQTextEdit::contentsWheelEvent( TQWheelEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
-	if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
-	    if ( e->delta() > 0 )
-		zoomOut();
-	    else if ( e->delta() < 0 )
-		zoomIn();
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-    TQScrollView::contentsWheelEvent( e );
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimMousePressEvent( e );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) )
-	return;
-
-    if ( d->trippleClickTimer->isActive() &&
-	 ( e->globalPos() - d->trippleClickPoint ).manhattanLength() <
-	 TQApplication::startDragDistance() ) {
-	TQTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
-	TQTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
-	c1.gotoLineStart();
-	c2.gotoLineEnd();
-	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
-	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
-	*cursor = c2;
-	repaintChanged();
-	mousePressed = TRUE;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
-    TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
-    mousePos = e->pos();
-    mightStartDrag = FALSE;
-    pressedLink = TQString::null;
-    d->pressedName = TQString::null;
-
-    if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) {
-	mousePressed = TRUE;
-	drawCursor( FALSE );
-	placeCursor( e->pos() );
-	ensureCursorVisible();
-
-	if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
-	    TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
-	    placeCursor( e->pos(), &c, TRUE );
-	    if ( c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
-		 c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor() ) {
-		pressedLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
-		d->pressedName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
-	    }
-	}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-	if ( doc->inSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) ) {
-	    mightStartDrag = TRUE;
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	    dragStartTimer->start( TQApplication::startDragTime(), TRUE );
-	    dragStartPos = e->pos();
-	    return;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	bool redraw = FALSE;
-	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	    if ( !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
-		redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
-	    } else {
-		redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    if ( isReadOnly() || !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
-		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
-	    } else {
-		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c );
-		redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
-	    redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
-
-	if ( !redraw ) {
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	} else {
-	    repaintChanged();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	}
-    } else if ( e->button() == MidButton ) {
-	bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	if ( !redraw ) {
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	} else {
-	    repaintChanged();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( *cursor != oldCursor )
-	updateCurrentFormat();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimMouseMoveEvent( e );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) ) {
-	// don't return from here to avoid cursor vanishing
-    } else if ( mousePressed ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-	if ( mightStartDrag ) {
-	    dragStartTimer->stop();
-	    if ( ( e->pos() - dragStartPos ).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance() ) {
-		TQGuardedPtr<TQTextEdit> guard( this );
-		startDrag();
-		if (guard.isNull()) // we got deleted during the dnd
-                    return;
-	    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    if ( !isReadOnly() )
-		viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	    return;
-	}
-#endif
-	mousePos = e->pos();
-	handleMouseMove( mousePos );
-	oldMousePos = mousePos;
-    }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    if ( !isReadOnly() && !mousePressed ) {
-	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) && doc->inSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) )
-	    viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
-	else
-	    viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
-    }
-#endif
-    updateCursor( e->pos() );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::copyToClipboard()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    if (TQApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
-	d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Selection;
-
-	// don't listen to selection changes
-	disconnect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
-	copy();
-	// listen to selection changes
-	connect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
-		 this, TQ_SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
-
-	d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Clipboard;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
-{
-    if ( !inDoubleClick && !d->composeMode() ) { // could be the release of a dblclick
-	int para = 0;
-	int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
-	emit clicked( para, index );
-    }
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimMouseReleaseEvent( e );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) )
-	return;
-    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
-    if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
-	scrollTimer->stop();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-    if ( dragStartTimer->isActive() )
-	dragStartTimer->stop();
-    if ( mightStartDrag ) {
-	selectAll( FALSE );
-	mousePressed = FALSE;
-    }
-#endif
-    bool mouseWasPressed = mousePressed;
-    if ( mousePressed ) {
-	mousePressed = FALSE;
-	copyToClipboard();
-    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    else if ( e->button() == MidButton && !isReadOnly() ) {
-        // only do middle-click pasting on systems that have selections (ie. X11)
-        if (TQApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
-            drawCursor( FALSE );
-            placeCursor( e->pos() );
-            ensureCursorVisible();
-            doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
-            bool redraw = FALSE;
-            if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-                redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-                doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
-            } else {
-                doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
-            }
-            // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
-            for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
-                redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
-            if ( !redraw ) {
-                drawCursor( TRUE );
-            } else {
-                repaintChanged();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-                viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-            }
-	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Selection;
-            paste();
-	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Clipboard;
-        }
-    }
-#endif
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-    if ( oldCursor != *cursor )
-	updateCurrentFormat();
-    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
-    if ( (   (!onLink.isEmpty() && onLink == pressedLink)
-	  || (!d->onName.isEmpty() && d->onName == d->pressedName))
-	 && linksEnabled() && mouseWasPressed ) {
-	if (!onLink.isEmpty()) {
-	    TQUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
-	    emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
-	}
-	if (::tqt_cast<TQTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
-	    TQConnectionList *clist = receivers(
-			"anchorClicked(const TQString&,const TQString&)");
-	    if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
-		TQUObject o[3];
-		static_QUType_TQString.set(o+1, d->onName);
-		static_QUType_TQString.set(o+2, onLink);
-		activate_signal( clist, o);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	// emitting linkClicked() may result in that the cursor winds
-	// up hovering over a different valid link - check this and
-	// set the appropriate cursor shape
-	updateCursor( e->pos() );
-    }
-#endif
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) )
-	doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-
-    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
-    emit selectionChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
-{
-    if ( e->button() != TQt::LeftButton && !d->composeMode() ) {
-	e->ignore();
-	return;
-    }
-    int para = 0;
-    int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
-	int startIdx = index, endIdx = index, i;
-	if ( !str[ index ].isSpace() ) {
-	    i = startIdx;
-	    // find start of word
-	    while ( i >= 0 && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
-		startIdx = i--;
-	    }
-	    i = endIdx;
-	    // find end of word..
-	    while ( (uint) i < str.length() && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
-		endIdx = ++i;
-	    }
-	    // ..and start of next
-	    while ( (uint) i < str.length() && str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
-		endIdx = ++i;
-	    }
-	    optimSetSelection( para, startIdx, para, endIdx );
-	    repaintContents( FALSE );
-	}
-    } else
-#endif
-    {
-	if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) )
-	    return;
-
-	TQTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
-	TQTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
-#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
-	TQTextParagraph *para = cursor->paragraph();
-	if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
-	    if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() ) {
-		while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
-			c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isLetterOrNumber() )
-		    c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
-		while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() &&
-			!c2.atParagEnd() )
-		    c2.gotoNextLetter();
-	    } else if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() ) {
-		while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
-			c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
-		    c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
-		while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isSpace() &&
-			!c2.atParagEnd() )
-		    c2.gotoNextLetter();
-	    } else if ( !c2.atParagEnd() ) {
-		c2.gotoNextLetter();
-	    }
-	}
-#else
-	if ( cursor->index() > 0 && !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
-	    c1.gotoPreviousWord();
-	if ( !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() && !cursor->atParagEnd() )
-	    c2.gotoNextWord();
-#endif
-	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
-	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
-
-	*cursor = c2;
-
-	repaintChanged();
-
-	d->trippleClickTimer->start( tqApp->doubleClickInterval(), TRUE );
-	d->trippleClickPoint = e->globalPos();
-    }
-    inDoubleClick = TRUE;
-    mousePressed = TRUE;
-    emit doubleClicked( para, index );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() || !TQTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
-	e->ignore();
-	return;
-    }
-    e->acceptAction();
-    inDnD = TRUE;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() || !TQTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
-	e->ignore();
-	return;
-    }
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    placeCursor( e->pos(),  cursor );
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    e->acceptAction();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * )
-{
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    inDnD = FALSE;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::contentsDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() )
-	return;
-    inDnD = FALSE;
-    e->acceptAction();
-    bool intern = FALSE;
-    if ( TQRichTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
-	bool hasSel = doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	bool internalDrag = e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport();
-	int dropId, dropIndex;
-	TQTextCursor insertCursor = *cursor;
-	dropId = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-	dropIndex = cursor->index();
-	if ( hasSel && internalDrag ) {
-	    TQTextCursor c1, c2;
-	    int selStartId, selStartIndex;
-	    int selEndId, selEndIndex;
-	    c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	    c1.restoreState();
-	    c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	    c2.restoreState();
-	    selStartId = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
-	    selStartIndex = c1.index();
-	    selEndId = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
-	    selEndIndex = c2.index();
-	    if ( ( ( dropId > selStartId ) ||
-		   ( dropId == selStartId && dropIndex > selStartIndex ) ) &&
-		 ( ( dropId < selEndId ) ||
-		   ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex <= selEndIndex ) ) )
-		insertCursor = c1;
-	    if ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex > selEndIndex ) {
-		insertCursor = c1;
-		if ( selStartId == selEndId ) {
-		    insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex -
-					   ( selEndIndex - selStartIndex ) );
-		} else {
-		    insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex - selEndIndex +
-					   selStartIndex );
-		}
-	    }
-	 }
-
-	if ( internalDrag && e->action() == TQDropEvent::Move ) {
-	    removeSelectedText();
-	    intern = TRUE;
-	    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	} else {
-	    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	}
-	drawCursor( FALSE );
-	cursor->setParagraph( insertCursor.paragraph() );
-	cursor->setIndex( insertCursor.index() );
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
-	    TQString subType = "plain";
-	    if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
-		if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
-		    subType = "x-qrichtext";
-	    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-	    pasteSubType( subType.latin1(), e );
-#endif
-	    // emit appropriate signals.
-	    emit selectionChanged();
-	    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-	    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-	} else {
-	    if ( intern )
-		undo();
-	    e->ignore();
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent *e )
-{
-    e->accept();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
-    if ( d->composeMode() )
-	return;
-#endif
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    mousePressed = FALSE;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_POPUPMENU
-    TQGuardedPtr<TQTextEdit> that = this;
-    TQGuardedPtr<TQPopupMenu> popup = createPopupMenu( e->pos() );
-    if ( !popup )
-	popup = createPopupMenu();
-    if ( !popup )
-	return;
-
-    int r = popup->exec( e->globalPos() );
-    delete popup;
-    if (!that)
-        return;
-
-    if ( r == d->id[ IdClear ] )
-	clear();
-    else if ( r == d->id[ IdSelectAll ] ) {
-	selectAll();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-        // if the clipboard support selections, put the newly selected text into
-        // the clipboard
-	if (TQApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
-	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Selection;
-
-            // don't listen to selection changes
-            disconnect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
-	    copy();
-            // listen to selection changes
-            connect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
-                     this, TQ_SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
-
-	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Clipboard;
-	}
-#endif
-    } else if ( r == d->id[ IdUndo ] )
-	undo();
-    else if ( r == d->id[ IdRedo ] )
-	redo();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    else if ( r == d->id[ IdCut ] )
-	cut();
-    else if ( r == d->id[ IdCopy ] )
-	copy();
-    else if ( r == d->id[ IdPaste ] )
-	paste();
-#endif
-#endif
-}
-
-
-void TQTextEdit::autoScrollTimerDone()
-{
-    if ( mousePressed )
-	handleMouseMove(  viewportToContents( viewport()->mapFromGlobal( TQCursor::pos() )  ) );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::handleMouseMove( const TQPoint& pos )
-{
-    if ( !mousePressed )
-	return;
-
-    if ( (!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < contentsY()) || pos.y() > contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
-	scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
-    else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= contentsY() && pos.y() <= contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
-	scrollTimer->stop();
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
-
-    placeCursor( pos );
-
-    if ( inDoubleClick ) {
-	TQTextCursor cl = *cursor;
-	cl.gotoPreviousWord();
-	TQTextCursor cr = *cursor;
-	cr.gotoNextWord();
-
-	int diff = TQABS( oldCursor.paragraph()->at( oldCursor.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
-	int ldiff = TQABS( cl.paragraph()->at( cl.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
-	int rdiff = TQABS( cr.paragraph()->at( cr.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
-
-
-	if ( cursor->paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( cursor->index() ) !=
-	     oldCursor.paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( oldCursor.index() ) )
-	    diff = 0xFFFFFF;
-
-	if ( rdiff < diff && rdiff < ldiff )
-	    *cursor = cr;
-	else if ( ldiff < diff && ldiff < rdiff )
-	    *cursor = cl;
-	else
-	    *cursor = oldCursor;
-
-    }
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-
-    bool redraw = FALSE;
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
-    }
-
-    if ( !redraw ) {
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-    } else {
-	repaintChanged();
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-    }
-
-    if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format()->key() ) {
-	currentFormat->removeRef();
-	currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() );
-	if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
-	    currentFormat->removeRef();
-	    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
-	}
-	emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
-	emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
-	emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
-    }
-
-    if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
-	currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
-	block_set_alignment = TRUE;
-	emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
-	block_set_alignment = FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-
-void TQTextEdit::placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c, bool link )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return;
-#endif
-    if ( !c )
-	c = cursor;
-
-    resetInputContext();
-    c->restoreState();
-    TQTextParagraph *s = doc->firstParagraph();
-    c->place( pos, s, link );
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-}
-
-
-void TQTextEdit::updateMicroFocusHint()
-{
-    TQTextCursor c( *cursor );
-#if 0
-     // Disabled for Asian input method that shows candidate
-     // window. This behavior is same as TQt/E 2.3.7 which supports
-     // Asian input methods. Asian input methods need start point of IM
-     // selection text to place candidate window as adjacent to the
-     // selection text.    
-    if ( d->preeditStart != -1 ) {
-	c.setIndex( d->preeditStart );
-        if(doc->hasSelection(TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText)) {
-            int para, index;
-            doc->selectionStart(TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText, para, index);
-            c.setIndex(index);
-        }
-    }
-#endif
-    
-    if ( hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus() ) {
-	int h = c.paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
-	if ( !readOnly ) {
-	    TQFont f = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->format()->font();
-	    setMicroFocusHint( c.x() - contentsX() + frameWidth(),
-			       c.y() + cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() - contentsY() + frameWidth(), 0, h, TRUE, &f );
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-
-void TQTextEdit::formatMore()
-{
-    if ( !lastFormatted )
-	return;
-
-    int bottom = contentsHeight();
-    int lastTop = -1;
-    int lastBottom = -1;
-    int to = 20;
-    bool firstVisible = FALSE;
-    TQRect cr( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
-    for ( int i = 0; lastFormatted &&
-	  ( i < to || ( firstVisible && lastTop < contentsY()+height() ) );
-	  i++ ) {
-	lastFormatted->format();
-	lastTop = lastFormatted->rect().top();
-	lastBottom = lastFormatted->rect().bottom();
-	if ( i == 0 )
-	    firstVisible = lastBottom < cr.bottom();
-	bottom = TQMAX( bottom, lastBottom );
-	lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
-    }
-
-    if ( bottom > contentsHeight() ) {
-	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), TQMAX( doc->height(), bottom ) );
-    } else if ( !lastFormatted && lastBottom < contentsHeight() ) {
-	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), TQMAX( doc->height(), lastBottom ) );
-	if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
-	    updateContents( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
-			    visibleHeight() - contentsHeight() );
-    }
-
-    if ( lastFormatted )
-	formatTimer->start( interval, TRUE );
-    else
-	interval = TQMAX( 0, interval );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::doResize()
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( !d->optimMode )
-#endif
-    {
-	if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth )
-	    return;
-	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
-	resizeContents( 0, 0 );
-	doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
-	doc->invalidate();
-	lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-	interval = 0;
-	formatMore();
-    }
-    repaintContents( FALSE );
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-
-void TQTextEdit::doChangeInterval()
-{
-    interval = 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( !d->optimMode && (o == this || o == viewport()) ) {
-#else
-    if ( o == this || o == viewport() ) {
-#endif
-	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn ) {
-	    if ( TQApplication::cursorFlashTime() > 0 )
-		blinkTimer->start( TQApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2 );
-	    drawCursor( TRUE );
-	    updateMicroFocusHint();
-	} else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) {
-	    blinkTimer->stop();
-	    drawCursor( FALSE );
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( o == this && e->type() == TQEvent::PaletteChange ) {
-	TQColor old( viewport()->colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
-	if ( old != colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) ) {
-	    TQColor c( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
-	    doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
-	    doc->setDefaultFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), c );
-	    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-	    formatMore();
-	    repaintChanged();
-	}
-    }
-
-    return TQScrollView::eventFilter( o, e );
-}
-
-/*!
-  \obsolete
- */
-void TQTextEdit::insert( const TQString &text, bool indent,
-			bool checkNewLine, bool removeSelected )
-{
-    uint f = 0;
-    if ( indent )
-	f |= RedoIndentation;
-    if ( checkNewLine )
-	f |= CheckNewLines;
-    if ( removeSelected )
-	f |= RemoveSelected;
-    insert( text, f );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Inserts \a text at the current cursor position.
-
-    The \a insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If \c
-    RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If \c
-    CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \a text result in hard
-    line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \c checkNewLine is not set,
-    the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the \a text contains
-    newlines. (It is not possible to change TQTextEdit's newline handling
-    behavior, but you can use TQString::replace() to preprocess text
-    before inserting it.) If \c RemoveSelected is set, any selected
-    text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
-
-    The default flags are \c CheckNewLines | \c RemoveSelected.
-
-    If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do nothing.
-
-    \sa paste() pasteSubType()
-*/
-
-
-void TQTextEdit::insert( const TQString &text, uint insertionFlags )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return;
-#endif
-
-    if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
-	return;
-
-    bool indent = insertionFlags & RedoIndentation;
-    bool checkNewLine = insertionFlags & CheckNewLines;
-    bool removeSelected = insertionFlags & RemoveSelected;
-    bool imComposition = insertionFlags & AsIMCompositionText;
-    bool imSelection = insertionFlags & WithIMSelection;
-    TQString txt( text );
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    if ( !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) && removeSelected )
-	removeSelectedText();
-    TQTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
-    int oldLen = 0;
-
-    if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
-	checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
-
-        if (undoRedoInfo.valid() && undoRedoInfo.index + undoRedoInfo.d->text.length() != cursor->index()) {
-            clearUndoRedo();
-            undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Insert;
-        }
-
-	if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
-	    undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-	    undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
-	    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
-	}
-	oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
-    }
-
-    lastFormatted = checkNewLine && cursor->paragraph()->prev() ?
-		    cursor->paragraph()->prev() : cursor->paragraph();
-    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
-    cursor->insert( txt, checkNewLine );
-    if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() ) {
-	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor );
-	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	doc->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, TQTextFormat::Format );
-	doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-    }
-
-    if ( indent && ( txt == "{" || txt == "}" || txt == ":" || txt == "#" ) )
-	cursor->indent();
-    formatMore();
-    repaintChanged();
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    // Asian users regard selection text as cursor on candidate
-    // selection phase of input method, so ordinary cursor should be
-    // invisible if IM selection text exists.
-    drawCursor( !imSelection );
-
-    if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
-	undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
-	if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
-	    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
-		if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format() ) {
-		    c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format()->addRef();
-		    undoRedoInfo.d->text.
-			setFormat( oldLen + i,
-				   c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format(), TRUE );
-		}
-		c2.gotoNextLetter();
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    if ( !removeSelected ) {
-	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
-	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
-	repaintChanged();
-    }
-    // updateMicroFocusHint() should not be invoked here when this
-    // function is invoked from imComposeEvent() because cursor
-    // postion is incorrect yet. imComposeEvent() invokes
-    // updateMicroFocusHint() later.
-    if ( !imComposition ) {
-      updateMicroFocusHint();
-    }
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Inserts \a text in the paragraph \a para at position \a index.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::insertAt( const TQString &text, int para, int index )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimInsert( text, para, index );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    resetInputContext();
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return;
-    removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    TQTextCursor tmp = *cursor;
-    cursor->setParagraph( p );
-    cursor->setIndex( index );
-    insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE );
-    *cursor = tmp;
-    removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Inserts \a text as a new paragraph at position \a para. If \a para
-    is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
-    is performance critical.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::insertParagraph( const TQString &text, int para )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimInsert( text + "\n", para, 0 );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    resetInputContext();
-    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
-	doc->removeSelection( i );
-
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-
-    bool append = !p;
-    if ( !p )
-	p = doc->lastParagraph();
-
-    TQTextCursor old = *cursor;
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-
-    cursor->setParagraph( p );
-    cursor->setIndex( 0 );
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    qtextedit_ignore_readonly = TRUE;
-    if ( append && cursor->paragraph()->length() > 1 ) {
-	cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
-	doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
-    }
-    insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE );
-    doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
-    qtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    *cursor = old;
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Removes the paragraph \a para.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::removeParagraph( int para )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return;
-#endif
-    resetInputContext();
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return;
-
-    for ( int i = 0; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
-	doc->removeSelection( i );
-
-    TQTextCursor start( doc );
-    TQTextCursor end( doc );
-    start.setParagraph( p );
-    start.setIndex( 0 );
-    end.setParagraph( p );
-    end.setIndex( p->length() - 1 );
-
-    if ( !(p == doc->firstParagraph() && p == doc->lastParagraph()) ) {
-	if ( p->next() ) {
-	    end.setParagraph( p->next() );
-	    end.setIndex( 0 );
-	} else if ( p->prev() ) {
-	    start.setParagraph( p->prev() );
-	    start.setIndex( p->prev()->length() - 1 );
-	}
-    }
-
-    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, start );
-    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, end );
-    removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Undoes the last operation.
-
-    If there is no operation to undo, i.e. there is no undo step in
-    the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
-
-    \sa undoAvailable() redo() undoDepth()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::undo()
-{
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
-	return;
-
-    resetInputContext();
-    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
-	doc->removeSelection( i );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextCursor *c = doc->undo( cursor );
-    if ( !c ) {
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	return;
-    }
-    lastFormatted = 0;
-    repaintChanged();
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-    setModified();
-    // ### If we get back to a completely blank textedit, it
-    // is possible that cursor is invalid and further actions
-    // might not fix the problem, so reset the cursor here.
-    // This is copied from removeSeletedText(), it might be
-    // okay to just call that.
-    if ( !cursor->isValid() ) {
-	delete cursor;
-	cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	repaintContents( TRUE );
-    }
-    emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
-    emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Redoes the last operation.
-
-    If there is no operation to redo, i.e. there is no redo step in
-    the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
-
-    \sa redoAvailable() undo() undoDepth()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::redo()
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
-	return;
-
-    resetInputContext();
-    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
-	doc->removeSelection( i );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextCursor *c = doc->redo( cursor );
-    if ( !c ) {
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	return;
-    }
-    lastFormatted = 0;
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    repaintChanged();
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-    setModified();
-    emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
-    emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Pastes the text from the clipboard into the text edit at the
-    current cursor position. Only plain text is pasted.
-
-    If there is no text in the clipboard nothing happens.
-
-    \sa pasteSubType() cut() TQTextEdit::copy()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::paste()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
-    if ( isReadOnly() )
-	return;
-    TQString subType = "plain";
-    if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
-	TQMimeSource *m = TQApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
-	if ( !m )
-	    return;
-	if ( m->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
-	    subType = "x-qrichtext";
-    }
-
-    pasteSubType( subType.latin1() );
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-#endif
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Type t )
-{
-    if ( undoRedoInfo.valid() && t != undoRedoInfo.type ) {
-	clearUndoRedo();
-    }
-    undoRedoInfo.type = t;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Repaints any paragraphs that have changed.
-
-    Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call
-    this yourself.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::repaintChanged()
-{
-    if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() )
-	return;
-
-    TQPainter p( viewport() );
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimDrawContents( &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    p.translate( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
-    paintDocument( FALSE, &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-TQTextDrag *TQTextEdit::dragObject( TQWidget *parent ) const
-{
-    if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ||
-	 doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard ).isEmpty() )
-	return 0;
-    if ( textFormat() != RichText )
-	return new TQTextDrag( doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard ), parent );
-    TQRichTextDrag *drag = new TQRichTextDrag( parent );
-    drag->setPlainText( doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
-    drag->setRichText( doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
-    return drag;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    Copies the selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard and
-    deletes it from the text edit.
-
-    If there is no selected text (in selection 0) nothing happens.
-
-    \sa TQTextEdit::copy() paste() pasteSubType()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::cut()
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() )
-	return;
-    resetInputContext();
-    normalCopy();
-    removeSelectedText();
-    updateMicroFocusHint();
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::normalCopy()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-    TQTextDrag *drag = dragObject();
-    if ( !drag )
-	return;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
-    TQApplication::clipboard()->setData( drag, d->clipboard_mode );
-#endif // TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
-#endif // TQT_NO_MIME
-}
-
-/*!
-    Copies any selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard.
-
-    \sa hasSelectedText() copyAvailable()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::copy()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-# ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode && optimHasSelection() )
-	TQApplication::clipboard()->setText( optimSelectedText(), d->clipboard_mode );
-    else
-	normalCopy();
-# else
-    normalCopy();
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-
-    Re-indents the current paragraph.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::indent()
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() )
-	return;
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) )
-	cursor->indent();
-    else
-	doc->indentSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    repaintChanged();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Reimplemented to allow tabbing through links. If \a n is TRUE the
-    tab moves the focus to the next child; if \a n is FALSE the tab
-    moves the focus to the previous child. Returns TRUE if the focus
-    was moved; otherwise returns FALSE.
- */
-
-bool TQTextEdit::focusNextPrevChild( bool n )
-{
-    if ( !isReadOnly() || !linksEnabled() )
-	return FALSE;
-    bool b = doc->focusNextPrevChild( n );
-    repaintChanged();
-    if ( b ) {
-        TQTextParagraph *p = doc->focusIndicator.parag;
-        int start = doc->focusIndicator.start;
-        int len = doc->focusIndicator.len;
-
-        int y = p->rect().y();
-        while ( p
-                && len == 0
-                && p->at( start )->isCustom()
-                && p->at( start )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
-
-            TQTextTable *t = (TQTextTable*)p->at( start )->customItem();
-            TQPtrList<TQTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
-            TQTextTableCell *c;
-            for ( c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() ) {
-                TQTextDocument *cellDoc = c->richText();
-                if ( cellDoc->hasFocusParagraph() ) {
-                    y += c->geometry().y() + c->verticalAlignmentOffset();
-
-                    p = cellDoc->focusIndicator.parag;
-                    start = cellDoc->focusIndicator.start;
-                    len = cellDoc->focusIndicator.len;
-                    if ( p )
-                        y += p->rect().y();
-
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-        setContentsPos( contentsX(), TQMIN( y, contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
-    }
-    return b;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-
-  This functions sets the current format to \a f. Only the fields of \a
-  f which are specified by the \a flags are used.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setFormat( TQTextFormat *f, int flags )
-{
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	drawCursor( FALSE );
-	TQTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	c1.restoreState();
-	TQTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	c2.restoreState();
-	if ( undoEnabled ) {
-	    clearUndoRedo();
-	    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Format;
-	    undoRedoInfo.id = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
-	    undoRedoInfo.index = c1.index();
-	    undoRedoInfo.eid = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
-	    undoRedoInfo.eindex = c2.index();
-	    readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text );
-	    undoRedoInfo.format = f;
-	    undoRedoInfo.flags = flags;
-	    clearUndoRedo();
-	}
-	doc->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Standard, f, flags );
-	repaintChanged();
-	formatMore();
-	drawCursor( TRUE );
-	setModified();
-	emit textChanged();
-    }
-    if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != f->key() ) {
-	currentFormat->removeRef();
-	currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( f );
-	if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
-	    currentFormat->removeRef();
-	    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(),
-							     currentFormat->color() );
-	}
-	emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
-	emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
-	emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
-	if ( cursor->index() == cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 ) {
-	    currentFormat->addRef();
-	    cursor->paragraph()->string()->setFormat( cursor->index(), currentFormat, TRUE );
-	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() == 1 ) {
-		cursor->paragraph()->invalidate( 0 );
-		cursor->paragraph()->format();
-		repaintChanged();
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setPalette( const TQPalette &p )
-{
-    TQScrollView::setPalette( p );
-    if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
-	TQTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
-	f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
-	updateContents();
-    }
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-  \warning In TQt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
-  functionality which is provided by this function and in TQt 4.0 this
-  function will go away.
-
-  Sets the paragraph style of the current paragraph
-  to \a dm. If \a dm is TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, the
-  type of the list item is set to \a listStyle.
-
-  \sa setAlignment()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm,
-			      TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() )
-	return;
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
-    TQTextParagraph *end = start;
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	start = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
-	end = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
-	if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
-	    return; // do not trust our selections
-    }
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
-    undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
-    undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
-    undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
-
-    while ( start != end->next() ) {
-	start->setListStyle( listStyle );
-	if ( dm == TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
-	    start->setListItem( TRUE );
-	    if( start->listDepth() == 0 )
-		start->setListDepth( 1 );
-	} else if ( start->isListItem() ) {
-	    start->setListItem( FALSE );
-	    start->setListDepth( TQMAX( start->listDepth()-1, 0 ) );
-	}
-	start = start->next();
-    }
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    repaintChanged();
-    formatMore();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \a a. Valid
-    alignments are \c TQt::AlignLeft, \c TQt::AlignRight,
-    \c TQt::AlignJustify and \c TQt::AlignCenter (which centers
-    horizontally).
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setAlignment( int a )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() || block_set_alignment )
-	return;
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
-    TQTextParagraph *end = start;
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	start = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
-	end = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
-	if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
-	    return; // do not trust our selections
-    }
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
-    undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
-    undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
-    undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
-
-    while ( start != end->next() ) {
-	start->setAlignment( a );
-	start = start->next();
-    }
-
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    repaintChanged();
-    formatMore();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    if ( currentAlignment != a ) {
-	currentAlignment = a;
-	emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
-    }
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::updateCurrentFormat()
-{
-    int i = cursor->index();
-    if ( i > 0 )
-	--i;
-    if ( doc->useFormatCollection() &&
-	 ( !currentFormat || currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format()->key() ) ) {
-	if ( currentFormat )
-	    currentFormat->removeRef();
-	currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format() );
-	if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
-	    currentFormat->removeRef();
-	    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
-	}
-	emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
-	emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
-	emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
-    }
-
-    if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
-	currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
-	block_set_alignment = TRUE;
-	emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
-	block_set_alignment = FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to italic; otherwise sets
-    the current format to non-italic.
-
-    \sa italic()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setItalic( bool b )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setItalic( b );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat(f2, TQTextFormat::Italic );
-}
-
-/*!
-    If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets
-    the current format to non-bold.
-
-    \sa bold()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setBold( bool b )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setBold( b );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Bold );
-}
-
-/*!
-    If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to underline; otherwise
-    sets the current format to non-underline.
-
-    \sa underline()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setUnderline( bool b )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setUnderline( b );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Underline );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the font family of the current format to \a fontFamily.
-
-    \sa family() setCurrentFont()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setFamily( const TQString &fontFamily )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setFamily( fontFamily );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Family );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the point size of the current format to \a s.
-
-    Note that if \a s is zero or negative, the behaviour of this
-    function is not defined.
-
-    \sa pointSize() setCurrentFont() setFamily()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setPointSize( int s )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setPointSize( s );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Size );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \a c.
-
-    \sa color() setPaper()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setColor( const TQColor &c )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setColor( c );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Color );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the vertical alignment of the current format, i.e. of the
-    text, to \a a.
-
-    \sa color() setPaper()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment a )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setVAlign( (TQTextFormat::VerticalAlignment)a );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::VAlign );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setFontInternal( const TQFont &f_ )
-{
-    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
-    f.setFont( f_ );
-    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
-    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Font );
-}
-
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::text() const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return optimText();
-#endif
-
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
-    if ( !p || (!p->next() && p->length() <= 1) )
-	return TQString::fromLatin1("");
-
-    if ( isReadOnly() )
-	return doc->originalText();
-    return doc->text();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Returns the text of paragraph \a para.
-
-    If textFormat() is \c RichText the text will contain HTML
-    formatting tags.
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::text( int para ) const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode && (d->od->numLines >= para) ) {
-	TQString paraStr = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
-	if ( paraStr.isEmpty() )
-	    paraStr = "\n";
-	return paraStr;
-    } else
-#endif
-    return doc->text( para );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    Changes the text of the text edit to the string \a text and the
-    context to \a context. Any previous text is removed.
-
-    \a text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
-    depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
-    i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format from \a text.
-
-    For rich text the rendering style and available tags are defined
-    by a styleSheet(); see TQStyleSheet for details.
-
-    The optional \a context is a path which the text edit's
-    TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and
-    images. (See \l{TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit()}.) It is passed to the text
-    edit's TQMimeSourceFactory when quering data.
-
-    Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function.
-
-    \sa text(), setTextFormat()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setText( const TQString &text, const TQString &context )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimSetText( text );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    resetInputContext();
-    if ( !isModified() && isReadOnly() &&
-	 this->context() == context && this->text() == text )
-	return;
-
-    emit undoAvailable( FALSE );
-    emit redoAvailable( FALSE );
-    undoRedoInfo.clear();
-    doc->commands()->clear();
-
-    lastFormatted = 0;
-    int oldCursorPos = cursor->index();
-    int oldCursorPar = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-    cursor->restoreState();
-    delete cursor;
-    doc->setText( text, context );
-
-    if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
-	resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
-	doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
-	doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
-    } else {
-	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
-	resizeContents( 0, 0 );
-    }
-
-    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-    updateContents();
-
-    if ( isModified() )
-	setModified( FALSE );
-    emit textChanged();
-    if ( cursor->index() != oldCursorPos || cursor->paragraph()->paragId() != oldCursorPar ) {
-	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-    }
-    formatMore();
-    updateCurrentFormat();
-    d->scrollToAnchor = TQString::null;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::text
-    \brief the text edit's text
-
-    There is no default text.
-
-    On setting, any previous text is deleted.
-
-    The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
-    depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
-    i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
-
-    For richtext, calling text() on an editable TQTextEdit will cause
-    the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
-    the TQString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
-    was set.
-
-    \sa textFormat
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::readOnly
-    \brief whether the text edit is read-only
-
-    In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
-    text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
-
-    This property's default is FALSE.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    Finds the next occurrence of the string, \a expr. Returns TRUE if
-    \a expr was found; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    If \a para and \a index are both 0 the search begins from the
-    current cursor position. If \a para and \a index are both not 0,
-    the search begins from the \a *index character position in the
-    \a *para paragraph.
-
-    If \a cs is TRUE the search is case sensitive, otherwise it is
-    case insensitive. If \a wo is TRUE the search looks for whole word
-    matches only; otherwise it searches for any matching text. If \a
-    forward is TRUE (the default) the search works forward from the
-    starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it works
-    backwards to the beginning of the text.
-
-    If \a expr is found the function returns TRUE. If \a index and \a
-    para are not 0, the number of the paragraph in which the first
-    character of the match was found is put into \a *para, and the
-    index position of that character within the paragraph is put into
-    \a *index.
-
-    If \a expr is not found the function returns FALSE. If \a index
-    and \a para are not 0 and \a expr is not found, \a *index
-    and \a *para are undefined.
-
-    Please note that this function will make the next occurrence of
-    the string (if found) the current selection, and will thus
-    modify the cursor position.
-
-    Using the \a para and \a index parameters will not work correctly
-    in case the document contains tables.
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::find( const TQString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward,
-		      int *para, int *index )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return optimFind( expr, cs, wo, forward, para, index );
-#endif
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-    TQTextCursor findcur = *cursor;
-    if ( para && index ) {
-	if ( doc->paragAt( *para ) )
-	    findcur.gotoPosition( doc->paragAt(*para), *index );
-	else
-	    findcur.gotoEnd();
-    } else if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ){
-	// maks sure we do not find the same selection again
-	if ( forward )
-	    findcur.gotoNextLetter();
-	else
-	    findcur.gotoPreviousLetter();
-    } else if (!forward && findcur.index() == 0 && findcur.paragraph() == findcur.topParagraph()) {
-	findcur.gotoEnd();
-    }
-    removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    bool found = doc->find( findcur, expr, cs, wo, forward );
-    if ( found ) {
-	if ( para )
-	    *para = findcur.paragraph()->paragId();
-	if ( index )
-	    *index = findcur.index();
-	*cursor = findcur;
-	repaintChanged();
-	ensureCursorVisible();
-    }
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    if (found) {
-	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-    }
-    return found;
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::blinkCursor()
-{
-    if ( !cursorVisible )
-	return;
-    bool cv = cursorVisible;
-    blinkCursorVisible = !blinkCursorVisible;
-    drawCursor( blinkCursorVisible );
-    cursorVisible = cv;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the cursor to position \a index in paragraph \a para.
-
-    \sa getCursorPosition()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setCursorPosition( int para, int index )
-{
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return;
-
-    resetInputContext();
-    if ( index > p->length() - 1 )
-	index = p->length() - 1;
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    cursor->setParagraph( p );
-    cursor->setIndex( index );
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-    updateCurrentFormat();
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-}
-
-/*!
-    This function sets the \a *para and \a *index parameters to the
-    current cursor position. \a para and \a index must not be 0.
-
-    \sa setCursorPosition()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::getCursorPosition( int *para, int *index ) const
-{
-    if ( !para || !index )
-	return;
-    *para = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
-    *index = cursor->index();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets a selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in
-    paragraph \a paraFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in paragraph
-    \a paraTo.
-
-    Any existing selections which have a different id (\a selNum) are
-    left alone, but if an existing selection has the same id as \a
-    selNum it is removed and replaced by this selection.
-
-    Uses the selection settings of selection \a selNum. If \a selNum
-    is 0, this is the default selection.
-
-    The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \a selNum is 0,
-    otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged.
-
-    \sa getSelection() selectedText
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setSelection( int paraFrom, int indexFrom,
-			      int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if (d->optimMode) {
-	optimSetSelection(paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo);
-	repaintContents(FALSE);
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    resetInputContext();
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
-	doc->removeSelection( selNum );
-	repaintChanged();
-    }
-    if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() - 1 )
-	doc->addSelection( selNum );
-    TQTextParagraph *p1 = doc->paragAt( paraFrom );
-    if ( !p1 )
-	return;
-    TQTextParagraph *p2 = doc->paragAt( paraTo );
-    if ( !p2 )
-	return;
-
-    if ( indexFrom > p1->length() - 1 )
-	indexFrom = p1->length() - 1;
-    if ( indexTo > p2->length() - 1 )
-	indexTo = p2->length() - 1;
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
-    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
-    c.setParagraph( p1 );
-    c.setIndex( indexFrom );
-    cursor->setParagraph( p2 );
-    cursor->setIndex( indexTo );
-    doc->setSelectionStart( selNum, c );
-    doc->setSelectionEnd( selNum, *cursor );
-    repaintChanged();
-    ensureCursorVisible();
-    if ( selNum != TQTextDocument::Standard )
-	*cursor = oldCursor;
-    drawCursor( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    If there is a selection, \a *paraFrom is set to the number of the
-    paragraph in which the selection begins and \a *paraTo is set to
-    the number of the paragraph in which the selection ends. (They
-    could be the same.) \a *indexFrom is set to the index at which the
-    selection begins within \a *paraFrom, and \a *indexTo is set to
-    the index at which the selection ends within \a *paraTo.
-
-    If there is no selection, \a *paraFrom, \a *indexFrom, \a *paraTo
-    and \a *indexTo are all set to -1.
-
-    If \a paraFrom, \a indexFrom, \a paraTo or \a indexTo is 0 this
-    function does nothing.
-
-    The \a selNum is the number of the selection (multiple selections
-    are supported). It defaults to 0 (the default selection).
-
-    \sa setSelection() selectedText
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::getSelection( int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
-			      int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum ) const
-{
-    if ( !paraFrom || !paraTo || !indexFrom || !indexTo )
-	return;
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if (d->optimMode) {
-	*paraFrom = d->od->selStart.line;
-	*paraTo = d->od->selEnd.line;
-	*indexFrom = d->od->selStart.index;
-	*indexTo = d->od->selEnd.index;
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( !doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
-	*paraFrom = -1;
-	*indexFrom = -1;
-	*paraTo = -1;
-	*indexTo = -1;
-	return;
-    }
-
-    doc->selectionStart( selNum, *paraFrom, *indexFrom );
-    doc->selectionEnd( selNum, *paraTo, *indexTo );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::textFormat
-    \brief the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
-
-    The text format is one of the following:
-    \list
-    \i PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
-    verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
-    the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
-    paragraph.
-    \i RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
-    defined in the default stylesheet TQStyleSheet::defaultSheet().
-    \i LogText -  optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
-    limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
-    settings).
-    \i AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
-    rendering style is best, \c PlainText or \c RichText. This is done
-    by using the TQStyleSheet::mightBeRichText() function.
-    \endlist
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setTextFormat( TextFormat format )
-{
-    doc->setTextFormat( format );
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    checkOptimMode();
-#endif
-}
-
-TQt::TextFormat TQTextEdit::textFormat() const
-{
-    return doc->textFormat();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of paragraphs in the text; an empty textedit is always
-    considered to have one paragraph, so 1 is returned in this case.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::paragraphs() const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	return d->od->numLines;
-    }
-#endif
-    return doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of lines in paragraph \a para, or -1 if there
-    is no paragraph with index \a para.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::linesOfParagraph( int para ) const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	if ( d->od->numLines >= para )
-	    return 1;
-	else
-	    return -1;
-    }
-#endif
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return -1;
-    return p->lines();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the length of the paragraph \a para (i.e. the number of
-    characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \a para.
-
-    This function ignores newlines.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::paragraphLength( int para ) const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	if ( d->od->numLines >= para ) {
-	    if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].isEmpty() ) // CR
-		return 1;
-	    else
-		return d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].length();
-	}
-	return -1;
-    }
-#endif
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return -1;
-    return p->length() - 1;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the number of lines in the text edit; this could be 0.
-
-    \warning This function may be slow. Lines change all the time
-    during word wrapping, so this function has to iterate over all the
-    paragraphs and get the number of lines from each one individually.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::lines() const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	return d->od->numLines;
-    }
-#endif
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
-    int l = 0;
-    while ( p ) {
-	l += p->lines();
-	p = p->next();
-    }
-
-    return l;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the line number of the line in paragraph \a para in which
-    the character at position \a index appears. The \a index position is
-    relative to the beginning of the paragraph. If there is no such
-    paragraph or no such character at the \a index position (e.g. the
-    index is out of range) -1 is returned.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::lineOfChar( int para, int index )
-{
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return -1;
-
-    int idx, line;
-    TQTextStringChar *c = p->lineStartOfChar( index, &idx, &line );
-    if ( !c )
-	return -1;
-
-    return line;
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setModified( bool m )
-{
-    bool oldModified = modified;
-    modified = m;
-    if ( modified && doc->oTextValid )
-	doc->invalidateOriginalText();
-    if ( oldModified != modified )
-	emit modificationChanged( modified );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::modified
-    \brief whether the document has been modified by the user
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::isModified() const
-{
-    return modified;
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setModified()
-{
-    if ( !isModified() )
-	setModified( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa setItalic()
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::italic() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->font().italic();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the current format is bold; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-    \sa setBold()
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::bold() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->font().bold();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if the current format is underlined; otherwise returns
-    FALSE.
-
-    \sa setUnderline()
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::underline() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->font().underline();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the font family of the current format.
-
-    \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::family() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->font().family();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the point size of the font of the current format.
-
-    \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::pointSize() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->font().pointSize();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the color of the current format.
-
-    \sa setColor() setPaper()
-*/
-
-TQColor TQTextEdit::color() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->color();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \obsolete
-
-    Returns TQScrollView::font()
-
-    \warning In previous versions this function returned the font of
-    the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
-    currentFont() instead.
-*/
-
-TQFont TQTextEdit::font() const
-{
-    return TQScrollView::font();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the font of the current format.
-
-    \sa setCurrentFont() setFamily() setPointSize()
-*/
-
-TQFont TQTextEdit::currentFont() const
-{
-    return currentFormat->font();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
-
-    \sa setAlignment()
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::alignment() const
-{
-    return currentAlignment;
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::startDrag()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
-    mousePressed = FALSE;
-    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
-    TQDragObject *drag = dragObject( viewport() );
-    if ( !drag )
-	return;
-    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
-	drag->dragCopy();
-    } else {
-	if ( drag->drag() && TQDragObject::target() != this && TQDragObject::target() != viewport() )
-	    removeSelectedText();
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    If \a select is TRUE (the default), all the text is selected as
-    selection 0. If \a select is FALSE any selected text is
-    unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
-
-    \sa selectedText
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::selectAll( bool select )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	if ( select )
-	    optimSelectAll();
-	else
-	    optimRemoveSelection();
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    if ( !select )
-	doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    else
-	doc->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    repaintChanged();
-    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
-    emit selectionChanged();
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::clear()
-{
-    if ( valid() ) {
-	if ( type == Insert || type == Return )
-	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextInsertCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
-	else if ( type == Format )
-	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextFormatCommand( doc, id, index, eid, eindex, d->text.rawData(), format, flags ) );
-	else if ( type == Style )
-	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextStyleCommand( doc, id, eid, styleInformation ) );
-	else if ( type != Invalid ) {
-	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextDeleteCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
-	}
-    }
-    type = Invalid;
-    d->text = TQString::null;
-    id = -1;
-    index = -1;
-    styleInformation = TQByteArray();
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If
-    there is no selected text (in selection 0) the character to the
-    right of the text cursor is deleted.
-
-    \sa removeSelectedText() cut()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::del()
-{
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	removeSelectedText();
-	return;
-    }
-
-    doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
-}
-
-
-TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::UndoRedoInfo( TQTextDocument *dc )
-    : type( Invalid ), doc( dc )
-{
-    d = new TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
-    d->text = TQString::null;
-    id = -1;
-    index = -1;
-}
-
-TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::~UndoRedoInfo()
-{
-    delete d;
-}
-
-bool TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::valid() const
-{
-    return id >= 0 &&  type != Invalid;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \internal
-
-  Resets the current format to the default format.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::resetFormat()
-{
-    setAlignment( TQt::AlignAuto );
-    setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock, TQStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
-    setFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), TQTextFormat::Format );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the TQStyleSheet which is being used by this text edit.
-
-    \sa setStyleSheet()
-*/
-
-TQStyleSheet* TQTextEdit::styleSheet() const
-{
-    return doc->styleSheet();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the stylesheet to use with this text edit to \a styleSheet.
-    Changes will only take effect for new text added with setText() or
-    append().
-
-    \sa styleSheet()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setStyleSheet( TQStyleSheet* styleSheet )
-{
-    doc->setStyleSheet( styleSheet );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::paper
-    \brief the background (paper) brush.
-
-    The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
-    text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setPaper( const TQBrush& pap )
-{
-    doc->setPaper( new TQBrush( pap ) );
-
-    if ( pap.pixmap() ) {
-        viewport()->setBackgroundPixmap( *pap.pixmap() );
-    } else {
-        setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
-        viewport()->setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
-    }
-
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    // force a repaint of the entire viewport - using updateContents()
-    // would clip the coords to the content size
-    if (d->optimMode)
-	repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), viewport()->width(), viewport()->height());
-    else
-#endif
-	updateContents();
-}
-
-TQBrush TQTextEdit::paper() const
-{
-    if ( doc->paper() )
-	return *doc->paper();
-    return TQBrush( colorGroup().base() );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::linkUnderline
-    \brief whether hypertext links will be underlined
-
-    If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
-    underlined. If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setLinkUnderline( bool b )
-{
-    if ( doc->underlineLinks() == b )
-	return;
-    doc->setUnderlineLinks( b );
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-bool TQTextEdit::linkUnderline() const
-{
-    return doc->underlineLinks();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the text edit's mimesource factory to \a factory. See
-    TQMimeSourceFactory for further details.
-
-    \sa mimeSourceFactory()
- */
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-void TQTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory( TQMimeSourceFactory* factory )
-{
-    doc->setMimeSourceFactory( factory );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the TQMimeSourceFactory which is being used by this text
-    edit.
-
-    \sa setMimeSourceFactory()
-*/
-
-TQMimeSourceFactory* TQTextEdit::mimeSourceFactory() const
-{
-    return doc->mimeSourceFactory();
-}
-#endif
-
-/*!
-    Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
-    all the text if the text edit is \a w pixels wide.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::heightForWidth( int w ) const
-{
-    int oldw = doc->width();
-    doc->doLayout( 0, w );
-    int h = doc->height();
-    doc->setWidth( oldw );
-    doc->invalidate();
-    ( (TQTextEdit*)this )->formatMore();
-    return h;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Appends a new paragraph with \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that
-    the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
-    history is kept for appends which makes them faster than
-    insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the
-    undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph().
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::append( const TQString &text )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimAppend( text );
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    // flush and clear the undo/redo stack if necessary
-    undoRedoInfo.clear();
-    doc->commands()->clear();
-
-    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    TextFormat f = doc->textFormat();
-    if ( f == AutoText ) {
-	if ( TQStyleSheet::mightBeRichText( text ) )
-	    f = RichText;
-	else
-	    f = PlainText;
-    }
-
-    drawCursor( FALSE );
-    TQTextCursor oldc( *cursor );
-    ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
-    bool atBottom = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
-    cursor->gotoEnd();
-    if ( cursor->index() > 0 )
-	cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
-    TQTextCursor oldCursor2 = *cursor;
-
-    if ( f == TQt::PlainText ) {
-	cursor->insert( text, TRUE );
-	if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() &&
-	     currentFormat != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() ) {
-	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor2 );
-	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-	    doc->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, TQTextFormat::Format );
-	    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	}
-    } else {
-	cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
-	cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
-	if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() )
-	    cursor->paragraph()->prev()->invalidate(0); // vertical margins might have to change
-	doc->setRichTextInternal( text );
-    }
-    formatMore();
-    repaintChanged();
-    if ( atBottom )
-        scrollToBottom();
-    *cursor = oldc;
-    if ( !isReadOnly() )
-	cursorVisible = TRUE;
-    setModified();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::hasSelectedText
-    \brief whether some text is selected in selection 0
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::hasSelectedText() const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return optimHasSelection();
-    else
-#endif
-	return doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::selectedText
-    \brief The selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if
-    there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
-
-    The text is always returned as \c PlainText if the textFormat() is
-    \c PlainText or \c AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
-
-    \sa hasSelectedText
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::selectedText() const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return optimSelectedText();
-    else
-#endif
-	return doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard, textFormat() == RichText );
-}
-
-bool TQTextEdit::handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
-{
-    switch( e->key() ) {
-    case Key_Down:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + 10 );
-	break;
-    case Key_Up:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - 10 );
-	break;
-    case Key_Left:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX() - 10, contentsY() );
-	break;
-    case Key_Right:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX() + 10, contentsY() );
-	break;
-    case Key_PageUp:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - visibleHeight() );
-	break;
-    case Key_PageDown:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + visibleHeight() );
-	break;
-    case Key_Home:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX(), 0 );
-	break;
-    case Key_End:
-	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
-	break;
-    case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
-	copy();
-	break;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
-    case Key_Return:
-    case Key_Enter:
-    case Key_Space: {
-	if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()
-		|| !doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
-	    if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()) {
-		TQUrl u( doc->context(), doc->focusIndicator.href, TRUE );
-		emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
-	    }
-	    if (!doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
-		if (::tqt_cast<TQTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
-		    TQConnectionList *clist = receivers(
-			    "anchorClicked(const TQString&,const TQString&)");
-		    if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
-			TQUObject o[3];
-			static_QUType_TQString.set(o+1,
-				doc->focusIndicator.name);
-			static_QUType_TQString.set(o+2,
-				doc->focusIndicator.href);
-			activate_signal( clist, o);
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	}
-    } break;
-#endif
-    default:
-	if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
-	    switch ( e->key() ) {
-	    case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
-		copy();
-		break;
-#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-	    case Key_Insert:
-		copy();
-		break;
-	    case Key_A:
-		selectAll();
-		break;
-#endif
-	    }
-
-	}
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
-    the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
-    of files and images.
-
-    \sa text
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::context() const
-{
-    return doc->context();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::documentTitle
-    \brief the title of the document parsed from the text.
-
-    For \c PlainText the title will be an empty string. For \c
-    RichText the title will be the text between the \c{<title>} tags,
-    if present, otherwise an empty string.
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::documentTitle() const
-{
-    return doc->attributes()[ "title" ];
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::makeParagVisible( TQTextParagraph *p )
-{
-    setContentsPos( contentsX(), TQMIN( p->rect().y(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \a
-    name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
-    isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
-    the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \c{<a name="target">}.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::scrollToAnchor( const TQString& name )
-{
-    if ( !isVisible() ) {
-	d->scrollToAnchor = name;
-	return;
-    }
-    if ( name.isEmpty() )
-	return;
-    sync();
-    TQTextCursor cursor( doc );
-    TQTextParagraph* last = doc->lastParagraph();
-    for (;;) {
-	TQTextStringChar* c = cursor.paragraph()->at( cursor.index() );
-	if( c->isAnchor() ) {
-	    TQString a = c->anchorName();
-	    if ( a == name ||
-		 (a.contains( '#' ) && TQStringList::split( '#', a ).contains( name ) ) ) {
-		setContentsPos( contentsX(), TQMIN( cursor.paragraph()->rect().top() + cursor.totalOffsetY(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-	if ( cursor.paragraph() == last && cursor.atParagEnd()  )
-	    break;
-	cursor.gotoNextLetter();
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    \overload
-
-    If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
-    coordinates), its \c href is returned, otherwise TQString::null is
-    returned.
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos )
-{
-    return anchorAt(pos, AnchorHref);
-}
-
-/*!
-    If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
-    coordinates), the text for attribute \a attr is returned,
-    otherwise TQString::null is returned.
-*/
-
-TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute attr )
-{
-    TQTextCursor c( doc );
-    placeCursor( pos, &c );
-    switch(attr) {
-	case AnchorName:
-	    return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
-	case AnchorHref:
-	    return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
-    }
-    // incase the compiler is really dumb about determining if a function
-    // returns something :)
-    return TQString::null;
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::documentWidthChanged( int w )
-{
-    resizeContents( TQMAX( visibleWidth(), w), contentsHeight() );
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  This function does nothing
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::updateStyles()
-{
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setDocument( TQTextDocument *dc )
-{
-    if ( dc == 0 ) {
-        tqWarning( "Q3TextEdit::setDocument() called with null Q3TextDocument pointer" );
-        return;
-    }
-    if ( dc == doc )
-	return;
-    resetInputContext();
-    doc = dc;
-    delete cursor;
-    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-    clearUndoRedo();
-    undoRedoInfo.doc = doc;
-    lastFormatted = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-
-/*!
-    Pastes the text with format \a subtype from the clipboard into the
-    text edit at the current cursor position. The \a subtype can be
-    "plain" or "html".
-
-    If there is no text with format \a subtype in the clipboard
-    nothing happens.
-
-    \sa paste() cut() TQTextEdit::copy()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::pasteSubType( const TQCString &subtype )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
-    TQMimeSource *m = TQApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
-    pasteSubType( subtype, m );
-#endif
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-
-void TQTextEdit::pasteSubType( const TQCString& subtype, TQMimeSource *m )
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-    TQCString st = subtype;
-    if ( subtype != "x-qrichtext" )
-	st.prepend( "text/" );
-    else
-	st.prepend( "application/" );
-    if ( !m )
-	return;
-    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) )
-	removeSelectedText();
-    if ( !TQRichTextDrag::canDecode( m ) )
-	return;
-    TQString t;
-    if ( !TQRichTextDrag::decode( m, t, st.data(), subtype ) )
-	return;
-    if ( st == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
-	int start;
-	if ( (start = t.find( "<!--StartFragment-->" )) != -1 ) {
-	    start += 20;
-	    int end = t.find( "<!--EndFragment-->" );
-	    TQTextCursor oldC = *cursor;
-
-	    // during the setRichTextInternal() call the cursors
-	    // paragraph might get joined with the provious one, so
-	    // the cursors one would get deleted and oldC.paragraph()
-	    // would be a dnagling pointer. To avoid that try to go
-	    // one letter back and later go one forward again.
-	    oldC.gotoPreviousLetter();
-	    bool couldGoBack = oldC != *cursor;
-	    // first para might get deleted, so remember to reset it
-	    bool wasAtFirst = oldC.paragraph() == doc->firstParagraph();
-
-	    if ( start < end )
-		t = t.mid( start, end - start );
-	    else
-		t = t.mid( start );
-	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
-	    if ( lastFormatted->prev() )
-		lastFormatted = lastFormatted->prev();
-	    doc->setRichTextInternal( t, cursor );
-
-	    // the first para might have been deleted in
-	    // setRichTextInternal(). To be sure, reset it if
-	    // necessary.
-	    if ( wasAtFirst ) {
-		int index = oldC.index();
-		oldC.setParagraph( doc->firstParagraph() );
-		oldC.setIndex( index );
-	    }
-
-	    // if we went back one letter before (see last comment),
-	    // go one forward to point to the right position
-	    if ( couldGoBack )
-		oldC.gotoNextLetter();
-
-	    if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
-		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, oldC );
-		doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
-
-		checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
-		if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
-		    undoRedoInfo.id = oldC.paragraph()->paragId();
-		    undoRedoInfo.index = oldC.index();
-		    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
-		}
-		int oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
-		if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
-		    TQString txt = doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-		    undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
-		    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
-			if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format() ) {
-			    oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format()->addRef();
-			    undoRedoInfo.d->text.
-				setFormat( oldLen + i, oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format(), TRUE );
-			}
-			oldC.gotoNextLetter();
-		    }
-		}
-		undoRedoInfo.clear();
-		removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	    }
-
-	    formatMore();
-	    setModified();
-	    emit textChanged();
-	    repaintChanged();
-	    ensureCursorVisible();
-	    return;
-	}
-    } else {
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
-	// Need to convert CRLF to LF
-	t.replace( "\r\n", "\n" );
-#elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
-	//need to convert CR to LF
-	t.replace( '\r', '\n' );
-#endif
-	TQChar *uc = (TQChar *)t.unicode();
-	for ( int i=0; (uint) i<t.length(); i++ ) {
-	    if ( uc[ i ] < ' ' && uc[ i ] != '\n' && uc[ i ] != '\t' )
-		uc[ i ] = ' ';
-	}
-	if ( !t.isEmpty() )
-	    insert( t, FALSE, TRUE );
-    }
-#endif //TQT_NO_MIME
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
-/*!
-    Prompts the user to choose a type from a list of text types
-    available, then copies text from the clipboard (if there is any)
-    into the text edit at the current text cursor position. Any
-    selected text (in selection 0) is first deleted.
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::pasteSpecial( const TQPoint& pt )
-{
-    TQCString st = pickSpecial( TQApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode ),
-			       TRUE, pt );
-    if ( !st.isEmpty() )
-	pasteSubType( st );
-}
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
-TQCString TQTextEdit::pickSpecial( TQMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const TQPoint& pt )
-{
-    if ( ms )  {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_POPUPMENU
-	TQPopupMenu popup( this, "qt_pickspecial_menu" );
-	TQString fmt;
-	int n = 0;
-	TQDict<void> done;
-	for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
-	    int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
-	    if ( semi >= 0 )
-		fmt = fmt.left( semi );
-	    if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
-		fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
-		if ( !done.find( fmt ) ) {
-		    done.insert( fmt,(void*)1 );
-		    popup.insertItem( fmt, i );
-		    n++;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	if ( n ) {
-	    int i = n ==1 && !always_ask ? popup.idAt( 0 ) : popup.exec( pt );
-	    if ( i >= 0 )
-		return popup.text(i).latin1();
-	}
-#else
-	TQString fmt;
-	for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
-	    int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
-	    if ( semi >= 0 )
-		fmt = fmt.left( semi );
-	    if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
-		fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
-		return fmt.latin1();
-	    }
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-    return TQCString();
-}
-#endif // TQT_NO_MIME
-#endif // TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::WordWrap
-
-    This enum defines the TQTextEdit's word wrap modes.
-
-    \value NoWrap Do not wrap the text.
-
-    \value WidgetWidth Wrap the text at the current width of the
-    widget (this is the default). Wrapping is at whitespace by
-    default; this can be changed with setWrapPolicy().
-
-    \value FixedPixelWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of pixels
-    from the widget's left side. The number of pixels is set with
-    wrapColumnOrWidth().
-
-    \value FixedColumnWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of
-    character columns from the widget's left side. The number of
-    characters is set with wrapColumnOrWidth(). This is useful if you
-    need formatted text that can also be displayed gracefully on
-    devices with monospaced fonts, for example a standard VT100
-    terminal, where you might set wrapColumnOrWidth() to 80.
-
-    \sa setWordWrap() wordWrap()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::wordWrap
-    \brief the word wrap mode
-
-    The default mode is \c WidgetWidth which causes words to be
-    wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
-    whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
-    occur within words use setWrapPolicy(). If you set a wrap mode of
-    \c FixedPixelWidth or \c FixedColumnWidth you should also call
-    setWrapColumnOrWidth() with the width you want.
-
-    \sa WordWrap, wrapColumnOrWidth, wrapPolicy,
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setWordWrap( WordWrap mode )
-{
-    if ( wrapMode == mode )
-	return;
-    wrapMode = mode;
-    switch ( mode ) {
-    case NoWrap:
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
-	doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
-	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
-	doc->invalidate();
-	updateContents();
-	lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-	interval = 0;
-	formatMore();
-	break;
-    case WidgetWidth:
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
-	doResize();
-	break;
-    case FixedPixelWidth:
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
-	if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
-	    wrapWidth = 200;
-	setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
-	break;
-    case FixedColumnWidth:
-	if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
-	    wrapWidth = 80;
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
-	setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
-	break;
-    }
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    checkOptimMode();
-#endif
-}
-
-TQTextEdit::WordWrap TQTextEdit::wordWrap() const
-{
-    return wrapMode;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth
-    \brief the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped
-
-    If the wrap mode is \c FixedPixelWidth, the value is the number of
-    pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
-    wrapped. If the wrap mode is \c FixedColumnWidth, the value is the
-    column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
-    text edit at which text should be wrapped.
-
-    \sa wordWrap
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth( int value )
-{
-    wrapWidth = value;
-    if ( wrapMode == FixedColumnWidth ) {
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
-	resizeContents( 0, 0 );
-	doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
-	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
-    } else if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
-	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
-	resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
-	doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
-	doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
-    } else {
-	return;
-    }
-    doc->invalidate();
-    updateContents();
-    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-    interval = 0;
-    formatMore();
-}
-
-int TQTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth() const
-{
-    if ( wrapMode == WidgetWidth )
-	return visibleWidth();
-    return wrapWidth;
-}
-
-
-/*!
-    \enum TQTextEdit::WrapPolicy
-
-    This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode.
-
-    \value AtWhiteSpace Don't use this deprecated value (it is a
-    synonym for \c AtWordBoundary which you should use instead).
-    \value Anywhere  Break anywhere, including within words.
-    \value AtWordBoundary Break lines at word boundaries, e.g. spaces or
-    newlines
-    \value AtWordOrDocumentBoundary Break lines at whitespace, e.g.
-    spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
-
-    \sa setWrapPolicy()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::wrapPolicy
-    \brief the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere
-
-    Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not \c
-    NoWrap. The choices are \c AtWordBoundary (the default), \c
-    Anywhere and \c AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
-
-    \sa wordWrap
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setWrapPolicy( WrapPolicy policy )
-{
-    if ( wPolicy == policy )
-	return;
-    wPolicy = policy;
-    TQTextFormatter *formatter;
-    if ( policy == AtWordBoundary || policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary ) {
-	formatter = new TQTextFormatterBreakWords;
-	formatter->setAllowBreakInWords( policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary );
-    } else {
-	formatter = new TQTextFormatterBreakInWords;
-    }
-    formatter->setWrapAtColumn( document()->formatter()->wrapAtColumn() );
-    formatter->setWrapEnabled( document()->formatter()->isWrapEnabled( 0 ) );
-    document()->setFormatter( formatter );
-    doc->invalidate();
-    updateContents();
-    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-    interval = 0;
-    formatMore();
-}
-
-TQTextEdit::WrapPolicy TQTextEdit::wrapPolicy() const
-{
-    return wPolicy;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Deletes all the text in the text edit.
-
-    \sa cut() removeSelectedText() setText()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::clear()
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	optimSetText("");
-    } else
-#endif
-    {
-	// make clear undoable
-	doc->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
-	setContentsPos( 0, 0 );
-	if ( cursor->isValid() )
-	    cursor->restoreState();
-	doc->clear( TRUE );
-	delete cursor;
-	cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-	lastFormatted = 0;
-    }
-    updateContents();
-
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
-    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
-}
-
-int TQTextEdit::undoDepth() const
-{
-    return document()->undoDepth();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::length
-    \brief the number of characters in the text
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::length() const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	return d->od->len;
-    else
-#endif
-	return document()->length();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::tabStopWidth
-    \brief the tab stop width in pixels
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::tabStopWidth() const
-{
-    return document()->tabStopWidth();
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setUndoDepth( int d )
-{
-    document()->setUndoDepth( d );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setTabStopWidth( int ts )
-{
-    document()->setTabStops( ts );
-    doc->invalidate();
-    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-    interval = 0;
-    formatMore();
-    updateContents();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-TQSize TQTextEdit::sizeHint() const
-{
-    // cf. TQScrollView::sizeHint()
-    constPolish();
-    int f = 2 * frameWidth();
-    int h = fontMetrics().height();
-    TQSize sz( f, f );
-    return sz.expandedTo( TQSize(12 * h, 8 * h) );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::clearUndoRedo()
-{
-    if ( !undoEnabled )
-	return;
-    undoRedoInfo.clear();
-    emit undoAvailable( doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
-    emit redoAvailable( doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
-}
-
-/*!  \internal
-  \warning In TQt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
-  functionality which is provided by this function and in TQt 4.0 this
-  function will go away.
-
-  This function gets the format of the character at position \a
-  index in paragraph \a para. Sets \a font to the character's font, \a
-  color to the character's color and \a verticalAlignment to the
-  character's vertical alignment.
-
-  Returns FALSE if \a para or \a index is out of range otherwise
-  returns TRUE.
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::getFormat( int para, int index, TQFont *font, TQColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment )
-{
-    if ( !font || !color )
-	return FALSE;
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return FALSE;
-    if ( index < 0 || index >= p->length() )
-	return FALSE;
-    *font = p->at( index )->format()->font();
-    *color = p->at( index )->format()->color();
-    *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at( index )->format()->vAlign();
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*!  \internal
-  \warning In TQt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
-  functionality which is provided by this function and in TQt 4.0 this
-  function will go away.
-
-  This function gets the format of the paragraph \a para. Sets \a
-  font to the paragraphs's font, \a color to the paragraph's color, \a
-  verticalAlignment to the paragraph's vertical alignment, \a
-  alignment to the paragraph's alignment, \a displayMode to the
-  paragraph's display mode, \a listStyle to the paragraph's list style
-  (if the display mode is TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) and \a
-  listDepth to the depth of the list (if the display mode is
-  TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem).
-
-  Returns FALSE if \a para is out of range otherwise returns TRUE.
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::getParagraphFormat( int para, TQFont *font, TQColor *color,
-				    VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
-				    TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
-				    TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
-				    int *listDepth )
-{
-    if ( !font || !color || !alignment || !displayMode || !listStyle )
-	return FALSE;
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return FALSE;
-    *font = p->at(0)->format()->font();
-    *color = p->at(0)->format()->color();
-    *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(0)->format()->vAlign();
-    *alignment = p->alignment();
-    *displayMode = p->isListItem() ? TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem : TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock;
-    *listStyle = p->listStyle();
-    *listDepth = p->listDepth();
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-
-/*!
-    This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu
-    at the document position \a pos. If you want to create a custom
-    popup menu, reimplement this function and return the created popup
-    menu. Ownership of the popup menu is transferred to the caller.
-
-    \warning The TQPopupMenu ID values 0-7 are reserved, and they map to the
-    standard operations. When inserting items into your custom popup menu, be
-    sure to specify ID values larger than 7.
-*/
-
-TQPopupMenu *TQTextEdit::createPopupMenu( const TQPoint& pos )
-{
-    Q_UNUSED( pos )
-#ifndef TQT_NO_POPUPMENU
-    TQPopupMenu *popup = new TQPopupMenu( this, "qt_edit_menu" );
-    if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
-	d->id[ IdUndo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Undo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Z ) );
-	d->id[ IdRedo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Redo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Y ) );
-	popup->insertSeparator();
-    }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    if ( !isReadOnly() )
-	d->id[ IdCut ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Cu&t" ) + ACCEL_KEY( X ) );
-    d->id[ IdCopy ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Copy" ) + ACCEL_KEY( C ) );
-    if ( !isReadOnly() )
-	d->id[ IdPaste ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Paste" ) + ACCEL_KEY( V ) );
-#endif
-    if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
-	d->id[ IdClear ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Clear" ) );
-	popup->insertSeparator();
-    }
-#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
-    d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) );
-#else
-    d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) + ACCEL_KEY( A ) );
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
-    TQInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
-    if ( qic )
-	qic->addMenusTo( popup );
-#endif
-    
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdUndo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdRedo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCut ], !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
-#else
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
-#endif
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdPaste ], !isReadOnly() && !TQApplication::clipboard()->text( d->clipboard_mode ).isEmpty() );
-#endif
-    const bool isEmptyDocument = (length() == 0);
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdClear ], !isReadOnly() && !isEmptyDocument );
-    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdSelectAll ], !isEmptyDocument );
-    return popup;
-#else
-    return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*! \overload
-    \obsolete
-    This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu.
-    If you want to create a custom popup menu, reimplement this function
-    and return the created popup menu. Ownership of the popup menu is
-    transferred to the caller.
-
-    This function is only called if createPopupMenu( const TQPoint & )
-    returns 0.
-*/
-
-TQPopupMenu *TQTextEdit::createPopupMenu()
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setFont( const TQFont &f )
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	TQScrollView::setFont( f );
-	doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
-	// recalculate the max string width
-	TQFontMetrics fm(f);
-	int i, sw;
-	d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
-	for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
-	    sw = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)]);
-	    if (d->od->maxLineWidth < sw)
-		d->od->maxLineWidth = sw;
-	}
-	resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
-	return;
-    }
-#endif
-    TQScrollView::setFont( f );
-    doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
-    doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
-    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
-    formatMore();
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextEdit::zoomIn()
-
-    \overload
-
-    Zooms in on the text by making the base font size one point
-    larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
-    does not change the size of any images.
-
-    \sa zoomOut()
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \fn TQTextEdit::zoomOut()
-
-    \overload
-
-    Zooms out on the text by making the base font size one point
-    smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
-    does not change the size of any images.
-
-    \sa zoomIn()
-*/
-
-
-/*!
-    Zooms in on the text by making the base font size \a range
-    points larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size.
-    This does not change the size of any images.
-
-    \sa zoomOut()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::zoomIn( int range )
-{
-    TQFont f( TQScrollView::font() );
-    TQFontInfo fi(f);
-    if (fi.pointSize() <= 0) {
-       f.setPixelSize( fi.pixelSize() + range );
-    } else {
-       f.setPointSize( fi.pointSize() + range );
-    }
-    setFont( f );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Zooms out on the text by making the base font size \a range points
-    smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
-    does not change the size of any images.
-
-    \sa zoomIn()
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::zoomOut( int range )
-{
-    TQFont f( TQScrollView::font() );
-    TQFontInfo fi(f);
-    if (fi.pointSize() <= 0) {
-       f.setPixelSize( TQMAX( 1, fi.pixelSize() - range ) );
-    } else {
-       f.setPointSize( TQMAX( 1, fi.pointSize() - range ) );
-    }
-    setFont( f );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and
-    recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This does not
-    change the size of any images.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::zoomTo( int size )
-{
-    TQFont f( TQScrollView::font() );
-    f.setPointSize( size );
-    setFont( f );
-}
-
-/*!
-   TQTextEdit is optimized for large amounts text. One of its
-   optimizations is to format only the visible text, formatting the rest
-   on demand, e.g. as the user scrolls, so you don't usually need to
-   call this function.
-
-    In some situations you may want to force the whole text
-    to be formatted. For example, if after calling setText(), you wanted
-    to know the height of the document (using contentsHeight()), you
-    would call this function first.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::sync()
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-	resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
-    } else
-#endif
-    {
-	while ( lastFormatted ) {
-	    lastFormatted->format();
-	    lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
-	}
-	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
-    }
-    updateScrollBars();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setEnabled( bool b )
-{
-    TQScrollView::setEnabled( b );
-    if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
-	TQTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
-	f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
-	updateContents();
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the background color of selection number \a selNum to \a back
-    and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
-    inverted with \a invertText.
-
-    This only works for \a selNum > 0. The default selection (\a
-    selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
-    colorGroup().
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes( int selNum, const TQColor &back, bool invertText )
-{
-    if ( selNum < 1 )
-	return;
-    if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() )
-	doc->addSelection( selNum );
-    doc->setSelectionColor( selNum, back );
-    doc->setInvertSelectionText( selNum, invertText );
-}
-
-/*!
-    \reimp
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::windowActivationChange( bool oldActive )
-{
-    if ( oldActive && scrollTimer )
-	scrollTimer->stop();
-    if ( palette().active() != palette().inactive() )
-	updateContents();
-    TQScrollView::windowActivationChange( oldActive );
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::setReadOnly( bool b )
-{
-    if ( (bool) readOnly == b )
-	return;
-    readOnly = b;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-    if ( readOnly )
-	viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
-    else
-	viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
-    setInputMethodEnabled( !readOnly );
-#endif
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    checkOptimMode();
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
-    Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if
-    required.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::scrollToBottom()
-{
-    sync();
-    setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the rectangle of the paragraph \a para in contents
-    coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \a para is out of range.
-*/
-
-TQRect TQTextEdit::paragraphRect( int para ) const
-{
-    TQTextEdit *that = (TQTextEdit *)this;
-    that->sync();
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return TQRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
-    return p->rect();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the paragraph which is at position \a pos (in contents
-    coordinates).
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::paragraphAt( const TQPoint &pos ) const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-	int parag = pos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
-	if ( parag <= d->od->numLines )
-	    return parag;
-	else
-	    return 0;
-    }
-#endif
-    TQTextCursor c( doc );
-    c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
-    if ( c.paragraph() )
-	return c.paragraph()->paragId();
-    return -1; // should never happen..
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the index of the character (relative to its paragraph) at
-    position \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a para is not 0,
-    \a *para is set to the character's paragraph.
-*/
-
-int TQTextEdit::charAt( const TQPoint &pos, int *para ) const
-{
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-    if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	int par = paragraphAt( pos );
-	if ( para )
-	    *para = par;
-	return optimCharIndex( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(par) ], pos.x() );
-    }
-#endif
-    TQTextCursor c( doc );
-    c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
-    if ( c.paragraph() ) {
-	if ( para )
-	    *para = c.paragraph()->paragId();
-	return c.index();
-    }
-    return -1; // should never happen..
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the background color of the paragraph \a para to \a bg.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor( int para, const TQColor &bg )
-{
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return;
-    p->setBackgroundColor( bg );
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Clears the background color of the paragraph \a para, so that the
-    default color is used again.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::clearParagraphBackground( int para )
-{
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return;
-    p->clearBackgroundColor();
-    repaintChanged();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the background color of the paragraph \a para or an
-    invalid color if \a para is out of range or the paragraph has no
-    background set
-*/
-
-TQColor TQTextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor( int para ) const
-{
-    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
-    if ( !p )
-	return TQColor();
-    TQColor *c = p->backgroundColor();
-    if ( c )
-	return *c;
-    return TQColor();
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled
-    \brief whether undo/redo is enabled
-
-    When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
-
-    The default is TRUE.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled( bool b )
-{
-    undoRedoInfo.clear();
-    doc->commands()->clear();
-
-    undoEnabled = b;
-}
-
-bool TQTextEdit::isUndoRedoEnabled() const
-{
-    return undoEnabled;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if undo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::isUndoAvailable() const
-{
-    return undoEnabled && (doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || undoRedoInfo.valid());
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns TRUE if redo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
-*/
-
-bool TQTextEdit::isRedoAvailable() const
-{
-    return undoEnabled && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable();
-}
-
-void TQTextEdit::ensureFormatted( TQTextParagraph *p )
-{
-    while ( !p->isValid() ) {
-	if ( !lastFormatted )
-	    return;
-	formatMore();
-    }
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::updateCursor( const TQPoint & pos )
-{
-    if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
-	TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
-	placeCursor( pos, &c, TRUE );
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
-	bool insideParagRect = TRUE;
-	if (c.paragraph() == doc->lastParagraph()
-	    && c.paragraph()->rect().y() + c.paragraph()->rect().height() < pos.y())
-	    insideParagRect = FALSE;
-	if (insideParagRect && c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
-	    c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor()) {
-	    if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty()
-		    && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
-		onLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
-	    else
-		onLink = TQString::null;
-
-	    if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName().isEmpty()
-		    && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
-		d->onName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
-	    else
-		d->onName = TQString::null;
-
-	    if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty() ) {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-		viewport()->setCursor( onLink.isEmpty() ? arrowCursor : pointingHandCursor );
-#endif
-		TQUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
-		emitHighlighted( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
-	    }
-	} else {
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
-	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
-#endif
-	    onLink = TQString::null;
-	    emitHighlighted( TQString::null );
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-/*!
-  Places the cursor \a c at the character which is closest to position
-  \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a c is 0, the default text
-  cursor is used.
-
-  \sa setCursorPosition()
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c )
-{
-    placeCursor( pos, c, FALSE );
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::clipboardChanged()
-{
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
-    // don't listen to selection changes
-    disconnect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
-#endif
-    selectAll(FALSE);
-}
-
-/*! \property TQTextEdit::tabChangesFocus
-  \brief whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input
-
-  In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
-  tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
-  the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
-
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setTabChangesFocus( bool b )
-{
-    d->tabChangesFocus = b;
-}
-
-bool TQTextEdit::tabChangesFocus() const
-{
-    return d->tabChangesFocus;
-}
-
-#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-/* Implementation of optimized LogText mode follows */
-
-static void tqSwap( int * a, int * b )
-{
-    if ( !a || !b )
-	return;
-    int tmp = *a;
-    *a = *b;
-    *b = tmp;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-bool TQTextEdit::checkOptimMode()
-{
-    bool oldMode = d->optimMode;
-    if ( textFormat() == LogText ) {
-	setReadOnly( TRUE );
-	d->optimMode = TRUE;
-    } else {
-	d->optimMode = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    // when changing mode - try to keep selections and text
-    if ( oldMode != d->optimMode ) {
-	if ( d->optimMode ) {
-	    d->od = new TQTextEditOptimPrivate;
-	    connect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
-	    disconnect( doc, TQ_SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, TQ_SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
-	    disconnect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
-	    disconnect( formatTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( formatMore() ) );
-	    optimSetText( doc->originalText() );
-	    doc->clear(TRUE);
-	    delete cursor;
-	    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
-	} else {
-	    disconnect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
-	    connect( doc, TQ_SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, TQ_SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
-	    connect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
-	    connect( formatTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( formatMore() ) );
-	    setText( optimText() );
-	    delete d->od;
-	    d->od = 0;
-	}
-    }
-    return d->optimMode;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-TQString TQTextEdit::optimText() const
-{
-    TQString str, tmp;
-
-    if ( d->od->len == 0 )
-	return str;
-
-    // concatenate all strings
-    int i;
-    int offset;
-    TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
-    for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
-	if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) { // CR lines are empty
-	    str += "\n";
-	} else {
-	    tmp = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
-	    // inject the tags for this line
-	    if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
-		ftag = it.data();
-	    offset = 0;
-	    while ( ftag && ftag->line == i ) {
-		tmp.insert( ftag->index + offset, "<" + ftag->tag + ">" );
-		offset += ftag->tag.length() + 2; // 2 -> the '<' and '>' chars
-		ftag = ftag->next;
-	    }
-	    str += tmp;
-	}
-    }
-    return str;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimSetText( const TQString &str )
-{
-    optimRemoveSelection();
-// this is just too slow - but may have to go in due to compatibility reasons
-//     if ( str == optimText() )
-//	return;
-    d->od->numLines = 0;
-    d->od->lines.clear();
-    d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
-    d->od->len = 0;
-    d->od->clearTags();
-    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-    if ( !(str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0) ) {
-	TQStringList strl = TQStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
-	int lWidth = 0;
-	for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin(); it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
-	    optimParseTags( &*it );
-	    optimCheckLimit( *it );
-	    lWidth = fm.width( *it );
-	    if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
-		d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
-	}
-    }
-    resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
-    repaintContents();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Append \a tag to the tag list.
-*/
-TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * TQTextEdit::optimAppendTag( int index, const TQString & tag )
-{
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t = new TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, * tmp;
-
-    if ( d->od->tags == 0 )
-	d->od->tags = t;
-    t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
-    t->line  = d->od->numLines;
-    t->index = index;
-    t->tag   = tag;
-    t->leftTag = 0;
-    t->parent  = 0;
-    t->prev = d->od->lastTag;
-    if ( d->od->lastTag )
-	d->od->lastTag->next = t;
-    t->next = 0;
-    d->od->lastTag = t;
-    tmp = d->od->tagIndex[ LOGOFFSET(t->line) ];
-    if ( !tmp || (tmp && tmp->index > t->index) ) {
-	d->od->tagIndex.replace( LOGOFFSET(t->line), t );
-    }
-    return t;
-}
-
- /*! \internal
-
-   Insert \a tag in the tag - according to line and index numbers
-*/
-
-TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *TQTextEdit::optimInsertTag(int line, int index, const TQString &tag)
-{
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = new TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, *tmp;
-
-    if (d->od->tags == 0)
-	d->od->tags = t;
-    t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
-    t->line  = line;
-    t->index = index;
-    t->tag   = tag;
-    t->leftTag = 0;
-    t->parent  = 0;
-    t->next = 0;
-    t->prev = 0;
-
-    // find insertion pt. in tag struct.
-    TQMap<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
-    if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
-	tmp = *it;
-	if (tmp->index >= index) { // the exisiting tag may be placed AFTER the one we want to insert
-	    tmp = tmp->prev;
-	} else {
-	    while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line == line && tmp->next->index <= index)
-		tmp = tmp->next;
-	}
-    } else {
-	tmp = d->od->tags;
-	while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line < line)
-	    tmp = tmp->next;
-	if (tmp == d->od->tags)
-	    tmp = 0;
-    }
-
-    t->prev = tmp;
-    t->next = tmp ? tmp->next : 0;
-    if (t->next)
-	t->next->prev = t;
-    if (tmp)
-	tmp->next = t;
-
-    tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
-    if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index >= t->index)) {
-	d->od->tagIndex.replace(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
-    }
-    return t;
-}
-
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Find tags in \a line, remove them from \a line and put them in a
-  structure.
-
-  A tag is delimited by '<' and '>'. The characters '<', '>' and '&'
-  are escaped by using '<', '>' and '&'. Left-tags marks
-  the starting point for formatting, while right-tags mark the ending
-  point. A right-tag is the same as a left-tag, but with a '/'
-  appearing before the tag keyword.  E.g a valid left-tag: <b>, and
-  a valid right-tag: </b>.  Tags can be nested, but they have to be
-  closed in the same order as they are opened. E.g:
-  <font color=red><font color=blue>blue</font>red</font> - is valid, while:
-  <font color=red><b>bold red</font> just bold</b> - is invalid since the font tag is
-  closed before the bold tag. Note that a tag does not have to be
-  closed: '<font color=blue>Lots of text - and then some..'  is perfectly valid for
-  setting all text appearing after the tag to blue.  A tag can be used
-  to change the color of a piece of text, or set one of the following
-  formatting attributes: bold, italic and underline.  These attributes
-  are set using the <b>, <i> and <u> tags.  Example of valid tags:
-  <font color=red>, </font>, <b>, <u>, <i>, </i>.
-  Example of valid text:
-  This is some <font color=red>red text</font>, while this is some <font color=green>green
-  text</font>. <font color=blue><font color=yellow>This is yellow</font>, while this is
-  blue.</font>
-
-  Note that only the color attribute of the HTML font tag is supported.
-
-  Limitations:
-  1. A tag cannot span several lines.
-  2. Very limited error checking - mismatching left/right-tags is the
-  only thing that is detected.
-
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::optimParseTags( TQString * line, int lineNo, int indexOffset )
-{
-    int len = line->length();
-    int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
-    int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
-    bool tagOpen, tagClose;
-    int bold = 0, italic = 0, underline = 0;
-    TQString tagStr;
-    TQPtrStack<TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> tagStack;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
-	tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
-	tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
-
-	// handle '<' and '>' and '&'
-	if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
-	    escIndex = i;
-	    continue;
-	} else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
-	    TQString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
-	    TQString c;
-	    if ( esc == "<" )
-		c = '<';
-	    else if ( esc == ">" )
-		c = '>';
-	    else if ( esc == "&" )
-		c = '&';
-	    line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
-	    len = line->length();
-	    i -= i-escIndex;
-	    escIndex = -1;
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
-	    state = 1;
-	    startIndex = i;
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
-	    state = 0;
-	    endIndex = i;
-	    if ( !tagStr.isEmpty() ) {
-		TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag, * cur, * tmp;
-		bool format = TRUE;
-
-		if ( tagStr == "b" )
-		    bold++;
-		else if ( tagStr == "/b" )
-		    bold--;
-		else if ( tagStr == "i" )
-		    italic++;
-		else if ( tagStr == "/i" )
-		    italic--;
-		else if ( tagStr == "u" )
-		    underline++;
-		else if ( tagStr == "/u" )
-		    underline--;
-		else
-		    format = FALSE;
-		if ( lineNo > -1 )
-		    tag = optimInsertTag( lineNo, startIndex + indexOffset, tagStr );
-		else
-		    tag = optimAppendTag( startIndex, tagStr );
-		// everything that is not a b, u or i tag is considered
-		// to be a color tag.
-		tag->type = format ? TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format
-			    : TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Color;
-		if ( tagStr[0] == '/' ) {
-		    // this is a right-tag - search for the left-tag
-		    // and possible parent tag
-		    cur = tag->prev;
-		    if ( !cur ) {
-#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
-			tqWarning( "TQTextEdit::optimParseTags: no left-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.", tag->tag.ascii(), tag->line + 1 );
-#endif
-			return; // something is wrong - give up
-		    }
-		    while ( cur ) {
-			if ( cur->leftTag ) { // push right-tags encountered
-			    tagStack.push( cur );
-			} else {
-			    tmp = tagStack.pop();
-			    if ( !tmp ) {
-				if ( (("/" + cur->tag) == tag->tag) ||
-				     (tag->tag == "/font" && cur->tag.left(4) == "font") ) {
-				    // set up the left and parent of this tag
-				    tag->leftTag = cur;
-				    tmp = cur->prev;
-				    if ( tmp && tmp->parent ) {
-					tag->parent = tmp->parent;
-				    } else if ( tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
-					tag->parent = tmp;
-				    }
-				    break;
-				} else if ( !cur->leftTag ) {
-#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
-				    tqWarning( "TQTextEdit::optimParseTags: mismatching %s-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.", cur->tag[0] == '/' ? "left" : "right", cur->tag.ascii(), cur->line + 1 );
-#endif
-				    return; // something is amiss - give up
-				}
-			    }
-			}
-			cur = cur->prev;
-		    }
-		} else {
-		    tag->bold = bold > 0;
-		    tag->italic = italic > 0;
-		    tag->underline = underline > 0;
-		    tmp = tag->prev;
-		    while ( tmp && tmp->leftTag ) {
-			tmp = tmp->leftTag->parent;
-		    }
-		    if ( tmp ) {
-			tag->bold |= tmp->bold;
-			tag->italic |= tmp->italic;
-			tag->underline |= tmp->underline;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	    if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
-		int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
-			line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
-		line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
-		len = line->length();
-		i -= l+1;
-	    }
-	    tagStr = "";
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	if ( state == 1 ) {
-	    tagStr += (*line)[i];
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-// calculate the width of a string in pixels inc. tabs
-static int qStrWidth(const TQString& str, int tabWidth, const TQFontMetrics& fm)
-{
-    int tabs = str.contains('\t');
-
-    if (!tabs)
-	return fm.width(str);
-
-    int newIdx = 0;
-    int lastIdx = 0;
-    int strWidth = 0;
-    int tn;
-    for (tn = 1; tn <= tabs; ++tn) {
-	newIdx = str.find('\t', newIdx);
-	strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(lastIdx, newIdx - lastIdx));
-	if (strWidth >= tn * tabWidth) {
-	    int u = tn;
-	    while (strWidth >= u * tabWidth)
-		++u;
-	    strWidth = u * tabWidth;
-	} else {
-	    strWidth = tn * tabWidth;
-	}
-	lastIdx = ++newIdx;
-    }
-    if ((int)str.length() > newIdx)
-	strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(newIdx));
-    return strWidth;
-}
-
-bool TQTextEdit::optimHasBoldMetrics(int line)
-{
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t;
-    TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
-    if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(line)) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
-	t = *it;
-	while (t && t->line == line) {
-	    if (t->bold)
-		return TRUE;
-	    t = t->next;
-	}
-    } else if ((t = optimPreviousLeftTag(line)) && t->bold) {
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Append \a str to the current text buffer. Parses each line to find
-  formatting tags.
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::optimAppend( const TQString &str )
-{
-    if ( str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0 )
-	return;
-
-    TQStringList strl = TQStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
-    TQStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
-
-    TQFontMetrics fm(TQScrollView::font());
-    int lWidth = 0;
-
-    for ( ; it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
-	optimParseTags( &*it );
-	optimCheckLimit( *it );
-	if (optimHasBoldMetrics(d->od->numLines-1)) {
-	    TQFont fnt = TQScrollView::font();
-	    fnt.setBold(TRUE);
-	    fm = TQFontMetrics(fnt);
-	}
-	lWidth = qStrWidth(*it, tabStopWidth(), fm) + 4;
-	if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
-	    d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
-    }
-    bool scrollToEnd = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
-    resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
-    if ( scrollToEnd ) {
-	updateScrollBars();
-	ensureVisible( contentsX(), contentsHeight(), 0, 0 );
-    }
-    // when a max log size is set, the text may not be redrawn because
-    // the size of the viewport may not have changed
-    if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 )
-	viewport()->update();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-
-static void qStripTags(TQString *line)
-{
-    int len = line->length();
-    int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
-    int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
-    bool tagOpen, tagClose;
-
-    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
-	tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
-	tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
-
-	// handle '<' and '>' and '&'
-	if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
-	    escIndex = i;
-	    continue;
-	} else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
-	    TQString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
-	    TQString c;
-	    if ( esc == "<" )
-		c = '<';
-	    else if ( esc == ">" )
-		c = '>';
-	    else if ( esc == "&" )
-		c = '&';
-	    line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
-	    len = line->length();
-	    i -= i-escIndex;
-	    escIndex = -1;
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-	if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
-	    state = 1;
-	    startIndex = i;
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
-	    state = 0;
-	    endIndex = i;
-	    if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
-		int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
-			line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
-		line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
-		len = line->length();
-		i -= l+1;
-	    }
-	    continue;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-    Inserts the text into \a line at index \a index.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::optimInsert(const TQString& text, int line, int index)
-{
-    if (text.isEmpty() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
-	return;
-    if (line < 0)
-	line = 0;
-    if (line > d->od->numLines-1)
-	line = d->od->numLines-1;
-    if (index < 0)
-	index = 0;
-    if (index > (int) d->od->lines[line].length())
-	index = d->od->lines[line].length();
-
-    TQStringList strl = TQStringList::split('\n', text, TRUE);
-    int numNewLines = (int)strl.count() - 1;
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *tag = 0;
-    TQMap<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator ii;
-    int x;
-
-    if (numNewLines == 0) {
-	// Case 1. Fast single line case - just inject it!
-	TQString stripped = text;
-	qStripTags( &stripped );
-	d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].insert(index, stripped);
-	// move the tag indices following the insertion pt.
-	if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
-	    tag = *ii;
-	    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
-		tag = tag->next;
-	    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)) {
-		tag->index += stripped.length();
-		tag = tag->next;
-	    }
-	}
-	stripped = text;
-	optimParseTags(&stripped, line, index);
-    } else if (numNewLines > 0) {
-        // Case 2. We have at least 1 newline char - split at
-        // insertion pt. and make room for new lines - complex and slow!
-	TQString left = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].left(index);
-	TQString right = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].mid(index);
-
-	// rearrange lines for insertion
-	for (x = d->od->numLines - 1; x > line; x--)
-	    d->od->lines[x + numNewLines] = d->od->lines[x];
-	d->od->numLines += numNewLines;
-
-	// fix the tag index and the tag line/index numbers - this
-	// might take a while..
-	for (x = line; x < d->od->numLines; x++) {
-	    if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
-		tag = ii.data();
-		if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
-		    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
-			tag = tag->next;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	// relabel affected tags with new line numbers and new index
-	// positions
-	while (tag) {
-	    if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
-		tag->index -= index;
-	    tag->line += numNewLines;
-	    tag = tag->next;
-	}
-
-	// generate a new tag index
-	d->od->tagIndex.clear();
-	tag = d->od->tags;
-	while (tag) {
-	    if (!((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(tag->line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()))
-		d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(tag->line)] = tag;
-	    tag = tag->next;
-	}
-
-	// update the tag indices on the spliced line - needs to be done before new tags are added
-	TQString stripped = strl[strl.count() - 1];
-	qStripTags(&stripped);
-	if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line + numNewLines))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
-	    tag = *ii;
-	    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line + numNewLines)) {
-		tag->index += stripped.length();
-		tag = tag->next;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	// inject the new lines
-	TQStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
-	x = line;
-	int idx;
-	for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
-	    stripped = *it;
-	    qStripTags(&stripped);
-	    if (x == line) {
-		stripped = left + stripped;
-		idx = index;
-	    } else {
-		idx = 0;
-	    }
-	    d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x)] = stripped;
-	    optimParseTags(&*it, x++, idx);
-	}
-	d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x - 1)] += right;
-    }
-    // recalculate the pixel width of the longest injected line -
-    TQFontMetrics fm(TQScrollView::font());
-    int lWidth = 0;
-
-    for (x = line; x < line + numNewLines; x++) {
-	if (optimHasBoldMetrics(x)) {
-	    TQFont fnt = TQScrollView::font();
-	    fnt.setBold(TRUE);
-	    fm = TQFontMetrics(fnt);
-	}
-	lWidth = fm.width(d->od->lines[x]) + 4;
-	if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
-	    d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
-    }
-    resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
-    repaintContents();
-    emit textChanged();
-}
-
-
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Returns the first open left-tag appearing before line \a line.
- */
-TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * TQTextEdit::optimPreviousLeftTag( int line )
-{
-    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
-    TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
-    if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(line) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
-	ftag = it.data();
-    if ( !ftag ) {
-	// start searching for an open tag
-	ftag = d->od->tags;
-	while ( ftag ) {
-	    if ( ftag->line > line || ftag->next == 0 ) {
-		if ( ftag->line > line )
-		    ftag = ftag->prev;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    ftag = ftag->next;
-	}
-    } else {
-	ftag = ftag->prev;
-    }
-
-    if ( ftag ) {
-	if ( ftag && ftag->parent ) // use the open parent tag
-	    ftag = ftag->parent;
-	else if ( ftag && ftag->leftTag ) // this is a right-tag with no parent
-	    ftag = 0;
-    }
-    return ftag;
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Set the format for the string starting at index \a start and ending
-  at \a end according to \a tag. If \a tag is a Format tag, find the
-  first open color tag appearing before \a tag and use that tag to
-  color the string.
-*/
-void TQTextEdit::optimSetTextFormat( TQTextDocument * td, TQTextCursor * cur,
-				    TQTextFormat * f, int start, int end,
-				    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag )
-{
-    int formatFlags = TQTextFormat::Bold | TQTextFormat::Italic |
-		      TQTextFormat::Underline;
-    cur->setIndex( start );
-    td->setSelectionStart( 0, *cur );
-    cur->setIndex( end );
-    td->setSelectionEnd( 0, *cur );
-    TQStyleSheetItem * ssItem = styleSheet()->item( tag->tag );
-    if ( !ssItem || tag->type == TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
-	f->setBold( tag->bold );
-	f->setItalic( tag->italic );
-	f->setUnderline( tag->underline );
-	if ( tag->type == TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
-	    // check to see if there are any open color tags prior to
-	    // this format tag
-	    tag = tag->prev;
-	    while ( tag && (tag->type == TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ||
-			    tag->leftTag) ) {
-		tag = tag->leftTag ? tag->parent : tag->prev;
-	    }
-	}
-	if ( tag ) {
-	    TQString col = tag->tag.simplifyWhiteSpace();
-	    if ( col.left( 10 ) == "font color" ) {
-		int i = col.find( '=', 10 );
-		col = col.mid( i + 1 ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
-		if ( col[0] == '\"' )
-		    col = col.mid( 1, col.length() - 2 );
-	    }
-	    TQColor color = TQColor( col );
-	    if ( color.isValid() ) {
-		formatFlags |= TQTextFormat::Color;
-		f->setColor( color );
-	    }
-	}
-    } else { // use the stylesheet tag definition
-	if ( ssItem->color().isValid() ) {
-	    formatFlags |= TQTextFormat::Color;
-	    f->setColor( ssItem->color() );
-	}
-	f->setBold( ssItem->fontWeight() == TQFont::Bold );
-	f->setItalic( ssItem->fontItalic() );
-	f->setUnderline( ssItem->fontUnderline() );
-    }
-    td->setFormat( 0, f, formatFlags );
-    td->removeSelection( 0 );
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimDrawContents( TQPainter * p, int clipx, int clipy,
-				   int clipw, int cliph )
-{
-    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-    int startLine = clipy / fm.lineSpacing();
-
-    // we always have to fetch at least two lines for drawing because the
-    // painter may be translated so that parts of two lines cover the area
-    // of a single line
-    int nLines = (cliph / fm.lineSpacing()) + 2;
-    int endLine = startLine + nLines;
-
-    if ( startLine >= d->od->numLines )
-	return;
-    if ( (startLine + nLines) > d->od->numLines )
-	nLines = d->od->numLines - startLine;
-
-    int i = 0;
-    TQString str;
-    for ( i = startLine; i < (startLine + nLines); i++ )
-	str.append( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n" );
-
-    TQTextDocument * td = new TQTextDocument( 0 );
-    td->setDefaultFormat( TQScrollView::font(), TQColor() );
-    td->setPlainText( str );
-    td->setFormatter( new TQTextFormatterBreakWords ); // deleted by TQTextDoc
-    td->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
-    td->setTabStops(doc->tabStopWidth());
-
-    // get the current text color from the current format
-    td->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-    TQTextFormat f;
-    f.setColor( colorGroup().text() );
-    f.setFont( TQScrollView::font() );
-    td->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Standard, &f,
-		   TQTextFormat::Color | TQTextFormat::Font );
-    td->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-
-    // add tag formatting
-    if ( d->od->tags ) {
-	int i = startLine;
-	TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
-	TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag = 0, * tmp = 0;
-	TQTextCursor cur( td );
-	// Step 1 - find previous left-tag
-	tmp = optimPreviousLeftTag( i );
-	for ( ; i < startLine + nLines; i++ ) {
-	    if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
-		tag = it.data();
-	    // Step 2 - iterate over tags on the current line
-	    int lastIndex = 0;
-	    while ( tag && tag->line == i ) {
-		tmp = 0;
-		if ( tag->prev && !tag->prev->leftTag ) {
-		    tmp = tag->prev;
-		} else if ( tag->prev && tag->prev->parent ) {
-		    tmp = tag->prev->parent;
-		}
-		if ( (tag->index - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp ) {
-		    optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex, tag->index, tmp );
-		}
-		lastIndex = tag->index;
-		tmp = tag;
-		tag = tag->next;
-	    }
-	    // Step 3 - color last part of the line - if necessary
-	    if ( tmp && tmp->parent )
-		tmp = tmp->parent;
-	    if ( (cur.paragraph()->length()-1 - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
-		optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex,
-				    cur.paragraph()->length() - 1, tmp );
-	    }
-	    cur.setParagraph( cur.paragraph()->next() );
-	}
-        // useful debug info
-	//
-//	tag = d->od->tags;
-//	tqWarning("###");
-//	while ( tag ) {
-//	    tqWarning( "Tag: %p, parent: %09p, leftTag: %09p, Name: %-15s, ParentName: %s, %d%d%d", tag,
-//		       tag->parent, tag->leftTag, tag->tag.latin1(), tag->parent ? tag->parent->tag.latin1():"<none>",
-//		      tag->bold, tag->italic, tag->underline );
-//	    tag = tag->next;
-//	}
-    }
-
-    // if there is a selection, make sure that the selection in the
-    // part we need to redraw is set correctly
-    if ( optimHasSelection() ) {
-	TQTextCursor c1( td );
-	TQTextCursor c2( td );
-	int selStart = d->od->selStart.line;
-	int idxStart = d->od->selStart.index;
-	int selEnd = d->od->selEnd.line;
-	int idxEnd = d->od->selEnd.index;
-	if ( selEnd < selStart ) {
-	    tqSwap( &selStart, &selEnd );
-	    tqSwap( &idxStart, &idxEnd );
-	}
-	if ( selEnd > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
-	    selEnd = d->od->numLines-1;
-	}
-	if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine >= selEnd ) {
-	    // case 1: area to paint covers entire selection
-	    int paragS = selStart - startLine;
-	    int paragE = paragS + (selEnd - selStart);
-	    TQTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
-	    if ( parag ) {
-		c1.setParagraph( parag );
-		if ( td->text( paragS ).length() >= (uint) idxStart )
-		    c1.setIndex( idxStart );
-	    }
-	    parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
-	    if ( parag ) {
-		c2.setParagraph( parag );
-		if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
-		    c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
-	    }
-	} else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine < selEnd ) {
-	    // case 2: area to paint is all part of the selection
-	    td->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Standard );
-	} else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine >= selEnd &&
-		    startLine <= selEnd ) {
-	    // case 3: area to paint starts inside a selection, ends past it
-	    c1.setParagraph( td->firstParagraph() );
-	    c1.setIndex( 0 );
-	    int paragE = selEnd - startLine;
-	    TQTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
-	    if ( parag ) {
-		c2.setParagraph( parag );
-		if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
-		    c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
-	    }
-	} else if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine < selEnd &&
-		    endLine > selStart ) {
-	    // case 4: area to paint starts before a selection, ends inside it
-	    int paragS = selStart - startLine;
-	    TQTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
-	    if ( parag ) {
-		c1.setParagraph( parag );
-		c1.setIndex( idxStart );
-	    }
-	    c2.setParagraph( td->lastParagraph() );
-	    c2.setIndex( td->lastParagraph()->string()->toString().length() - 1 );
-
-	}
-	// previously selected?
-	if ( !td->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
-	    td->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
-	    td->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
-	}
-    }
-    td->doLayout( p, contentsWidth() );
-
-    // have to align the painter so that partly visible lines are
-    // drawn at the correct position within the area that needs to be
-    // painted
-    int offset = clipy % fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
-    TQRect r( clipx, 0, clipw, cliph + offset );
-    p->translate( 0, clipy - offset );
-    td->draw( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), colorGroup() );
-    p->translate( 0, -(clipy - offset) );
-    delete td;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
-{
-    if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
-	return;
-
-    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-    mousePressed = TRUE;
-    mousePos = e->pos();
-    d->od->selStart.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
-    if ( d->od->selStart.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
-	d->od->selStart.line = d->od->numLines-1;
-	d->od->selStart.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines-1) ].length();
-    } else {
-	TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selStart.line) ];
-	d->od->selStart.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
-    }
-    d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->selStart.line;
-    d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->selStart.index;
-    oldMousePos = e->pos();
-    repaintContents( FALSE );
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
-{
-    if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
-	return;
-
-    if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
-	scrollTimer->stop();
-    if ( !inDoubleClick ) {
-	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-	d->od->selEnd.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
-	if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
-	    d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
-	}
-	TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
-	mousePos = e->pos();
-	d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
-	if ( d->od->selEnd.line < d->od->selStart.line ) {
-	    tqSwap( &d->od->selStart.line, &d->od->selEnd.line );
-	    tqSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
-	} else if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line &&
-		    d->od->selStart.index > d->od->selEnd.index ) {
-	    tqSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
-	}
-	oldMousePos = e->pos();
-	repaintContents( FALSE );
-    }
-    if ( mousePressed ) {
-	mousePressed = FALSE;
-	copyToClipboard();
-    }
-
-    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
-    emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
-    emit selectionChanged();
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
-{
-    mousePos = e->pos();
-    optimDoAutoScroll();
-    oldMousePos = mousePos;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimDoAutoScroll()
-{
-    if ( !mousePressed )
-	return;
-
-    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-    TQPoint pos( mapFromGlobal( TQCursor::pos() ) );
-    bool doScroll = FALSE;
-    int xx = contentsX() + pos.x();
-    int yy = contentsY() + pos.y();
-
-    // find out how much we have to scroll in either dir.
-    if ( pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > viewport()->width() ||
-	 pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
-	int my = yy;
-	if ( pos.x() < 0 )
-	    xx = contentsX() - fm.width( 'w');
-	else if ( pos.x() > viewport()->width() )
-	    xx = contentsX() + viewport()->width() + fm.width('w');
-
-	if ( pos.y() < 0 ) {
-	    my = contentsY() - 1;
-	    yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing()) * fm.lineSpacing() + 1;
-	} else if ( pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
-	    my = contentsY() + viewport()->height() + 1;
-	    yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing() + 1) * fm.lineSpacing() - 1;
-	}
-	d->od->selEnd.line = my / fm.lineSpacing();
-	mousePos.setX( xx );
-	mousePos.setY( my );
-	doScroll = TRUE;
-    } else {
-	d->od->selEnd.line = mousePos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
-    }
-
-    if ( d->od->selEnd.line < 0 ) {
-	d->od->selEnd.line = 0;
-    } else if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
-	d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
-    }
-
-    TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
-    d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
-
-    // have to have a valid index before generating a paint event
-    if ( doScroll )
-	ensureVisible( xx, yy, 1, 1 );
-
-    // if the text document is smaller than the height of the viewport
-    // - redraw the whole thing otherwise calculate the rect that
-    // needs drawing.
-    if ( d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() < viewport()->height() ) {
-	repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(), width(), height(), FALSE );
-    } else {
-	int h = TQABS(mousePos.y() - oldMousePos.y()) + fm.lineSpacing() * 2;
-	int y;
-	if ( oldMousePos.y() < mousePos.y() ) {
-	    y = oldMousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing();
-	} else {
-	    // expand paint area for a fully selected line
-	    h += fm.lineSpacing();
-	    y = mousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing()*2;
-	}
-	if ( y < 0 )
-	    y = 0;
-	repaintContents( contentsX(), y, width(), h, FALSE );
-    }
-
-    if ( (!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < 0) || pos.y() > height() )
-	scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
-    else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= 0 && pos.y() <= height() )
-	scrollTimer->stop();
-}
-
-/*! \internal
-
-  Returns the index of the character in the string \a str that is
-  currently under the mouse pointer.
-*/
-int TQTextEdit::optimCharIndex( const TQString &str, int mx ) const
-{
-    TQFontMetrics fm(TQScrollView::font());
-    uint i = 0;
-    int dd, dist = 10000000;
-    int curpos = 0;
-    int strWidth;
-    mx = mx - 4; // ### get the real margin from somewhere
-
-    if (!str.contains('\t') && mx > fm.width(str))
-	return str.length();
-
-    while (i < str.length()) {
-	strWidth = qStrWidth(str.left(i), tabStopWidth(), fm);
-	dd = strWidth - mx;
-	if (TQABS(dd) <= dist) {
-	    dist = TQABS(dd);
-	    if (mx >= strWidth)
-		curpos = i;
-	}
-	++i;
-    }
-    return curpos;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimSelectAll()
-{
-    d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selStart.index = 0;
-    d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines - 1;
-    d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].length();
-
-    repaintContents( FALSE );
-    emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
-    emit selectionChanged();
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimRemoveSelection()
-{
-    d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selEnd.line = -1;
-    d->od->selStart.index = d->od->selEnd.index = -1;
-    repaintContents( FALSE );
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-void TQTextEdit::optimSetSelection( int startLine, int startIdx,
-				       int endLine, int endIdx )
-{
-    d->od->selStart.line = startLine;
-    d->od->selEnd.line = endLine;
-    d->od->selStart.index = startIdx;
-    d->od->selEnd.index = endIdx;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-bool TQTextEdit::optimHasSelection() const
-{
-    if ( d->od->selStart.line != d->od->selEnd.line ||
-	 d->od->selStart.index != d->od->selEnd.index )
-	return TRUE;
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-TQString TQTextEdit::optimSelectedText() const
-{
-    TQString str;
-
-    if ( !optimHasSelection() )
-	return str;
-
-    // concatenate all strings
-    if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line ) {
-	str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].mid( d->od->selStart.index,
-			   d->od->selEnd.index - d->od->selStart.index );
-    } else {
-	int i = d->od->selStart.line;
-	str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].right( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].length() -
-				  d->od->selStart.index ) + "\n";
-	i++;
-	for ( ; i < d->od->selEnd.line; i++ ) {
-	    if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) // CR lines are empty
-		str += "\n";
-	    else
-		str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
-	}
-	str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].left( d->od->selEnd.index );
-    }
-    return str;
-}
-
-/*! \internal */
-bool TQTextEdit::optimFind( const TQString & expr, bool cs, bool /*wo*/,
-			       bool fw, int * para, int * index )
-{
-    bool found = FALSE;
-    int parag = para ? *para : d->od->search.line,
-	  idx = index ? *index : d->od->search.index, i;
-
-    if ( d->od->len == 0 )
-	return FALSE;
-
-    for ( i = parag; fw ? i < d->od->numLines : i >= 0; fw ? i++ : i-- ) {
-	idx = fw ? d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].find( expr, idx, cs ) :
-	      d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].findRev( expr, idx, cs );
-	if ( idx != -1 ) {
-	    found = TRUE;
-	    break;
-	} else if ( fw )
-	    idx = 0;
-    }
-
-    if ( found ) {
-	if ( index )
-	    *index = idx;
-	if ( para )
-	    *para = i;
-	d->od->search.index = idx + 1;
-	d->od->search.line = i;
-	optimSetSelection( i, idx, i, idx + expr.length() );
-	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
-	int h = fm.lineSpacing();
-	int x = fm.width( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].left( idx + expr.length()) ) + 4;
-	ensureVisible( x, i * h + h / 2, 1, h / 2 + 2 );
-	repaintContents(); // could possibly be optimized
-    }
-    return found;
-}
-
-/*! \reimp */
-void TQTextEdit::polish()
-{
-    // this will ensure that the last line is visible if text have
-    // been added to the widget before it is shown
-    if ( d->optimMode )
-	scrollToBottom();
-    TQWidget::polish();
-}
-
-/*!
-    Sets the maximum number of lines a TQTextEdit can hold in \c
-    LogText mode to \a limit. If \a limit is -1 (the default), this
-    signifies an unlimited number of lines.
-
-    \warning Never use formatting tags that span more than one line
-    when the maximum log lines is set. When lines are removed from the
-    top of the buffer it could result in an unbalanced tag pair, i.e.
-    the left formatting tag is removed before the right one.
- */
-void TQTextEdit::setMaxLogLines( int limit )
-{
-    d->maxLogLines = limit;
-    if ( d->maxLogLines < -1 )
-	d->maxLogLines = -1;
-    if ( d->maxLogLines == -1 )
-	d->logOffset = 0;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the maximum number of lines TQTextEdit can hold in \c
-    LogText mode. By default the number of lines is unlimited, which
-    is signified by a value of -1.
- */
-int TQTextEdit::maxLogLines()
-{
-    return d->maxLogLines;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Check if the number of lines in the buffer is limited, and uphold
-    that limit when appending new lines.
- */
-void TQTextEdit::optimCheckLimit( const TQString& str )
-{
-    if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 && d->maxLogLines <= d->od->numLines ) {
-	// NB! Removing the top line in the buffer will potentially
-	// destroy the structure holding the formatting tags - if line
-	// spanning tags are used.
-	TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = d->od->tags, *tmp, *itr;
-	TQPtrList<TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> lst;
-	while ( t ) {
-	    t->line -= 1;
-	    // unhook the ptr from the tag structure
-	    if ( ((uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) d->logOffset &&
-		  (uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) &&
-		  (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) > (uint) d->logOffset) )
-	    {
-		if ( t->prev )
-		    t->prev->next = t->next;
-		if ( t->next )
-		    t->next->prev = t->prev;
-		if ( d->od->tags == t )
-		    d->od->tags = t->next;
-		if ( d->od->lastTag == t ) {
-		    if ( t->prev )
-			d->od->lastTag = t->prev;
-		    else
-			d->od->lastTag = d->od->tags;
-		}
-		tmp = t;
-		t = t->next;
-		lst.append( tmp );
-		delete tmp;
-	    } else {
-		t = t->next;
-	    }
-	}
-	// Remove all references to the ptrs we just deleted
-	itr = d->od->tags;
-	while ( itr ){
-	    for ( tmp = lst.first(); tmp; tmp = lst.next() ) {
-		if ( itr->parent == tmp )
-		    itr->parent = 0;
-		if ( itr->leftTag == tmp )
-		    itr->leftTag = 0;
-	    }
-	    itr = itr->next;
-	}
-	// ...in the tag index as well
-	TQMapIterator<int, TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> idx;
-	if ( (idx = d->od->tagIndex.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
-	    d->od->tagIndex.remove( idx );
-
-	TQMapIterator<int,TQString> it;
-	if ( (it = d->od->lines.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->lines.end() ) {
-	    d->od->len -= (*it).length();
-	    d->od->lines.remove( it );
-	    d->od->numLines--;
-	    d->logOffset = LOGOFFSET(1);
-	}
-    }
-    d->od->len += str.length();
-    d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines++) ] = str;
-}
-
-#endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextEdit::autoFormatting
-    \brief the enabled set of auto formatting features
-
-    The value can be any combination of the values in the \c
-    AutoFormatting enum.  The default is \c AutoAll. Choose \c AutoNone
-    to disable all automatic formatting.
-
-    Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is \c
-    AutoBulletList; future versions of TQt may offer more.
-*/
-
-void TQTextEdit::setAutoFormatting( uint features )
-{
-    d->autoFormatting = features;
-}
-
-uint TQTextEdit::autoFormatting() const
-{
-    return d->autoFormatting;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the TQSyntaxHighlighter set on this TQTextEdit. 0 is
-    returned if no syntax highlighter is set.
- */
-TQSyntaxHighlighter * TQTextEdit::syntaxHighlighter() const
-{
-    if (document()->preProcessor())
-	return ((TQSyntaxHighlighterInternal *) document()->preProcessor())->highlighter;
-    else
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
diff --git a/src/widgets/qtextview.cpp b/src/widgets/qtextview.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index b672bee3d..000000000
--- a/src/widgets/qtextview.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the TQTextView class
-**
-** Created : 990101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
-** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
-** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
-** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
-** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
-** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
-** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#include "ntqtextview.h"
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
-
-/*! \class TQTextView
-    \brief The TQTextView class provides a rich-text viewer.
-
-  \obsolete
-
-  This class wraps a read-only \l TQTextEdit.
-  Use a \l TQTextEdit instead, and call setReadOnly(TRUE)
-  to disable editing.
-*/
-
-/*! \reimp */
-
-TQTextView::TQTextView( const TQString& text, const TQString& context,
-		      TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQTextEdit( text, context, parent, name )
-{
-    setReadOnly( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*! \reimp */
-
-TQTextView::TQTextView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
-    : TQTextEdit( parent, name )
-{
-    setReadOnly( TRUE );
-}
-
-/*! \reimp */
-
-TQTextView::~TQTextView()
-{
-}
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextView::undoDepth
-    \brief the number of undoable steps
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextView::overwriteMode
-    \brief whether new text overwrites or pushes aside existing text
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextView::modified
-    \brief Whether the text view's contents have been modified.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextView::readOnly
-    \brief Whether the text view's contents are read only.
-*/
-
-/*!
-    \property TQTextView::undoRedoEnabled
-    \brief Whether undo and redo are enabled.
-*/
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.cpp b/src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dfafb32c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the TQTextBrowser class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextbrowser.h"
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
+#include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
+
+#include "ntqapplication.h"
+#include "ntqlayout.h"
+#include "ntqpainter.h"
+
+#include "tqvaluestack.h"
+#include "stdio.h"
+#include "ntqfile.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
+#include "ntqlayout.h"
+#include "ntqbitmap.h"
+#include "ntqtimer.h"
+#include "tqimage.h"
+#include "ntqsimplerichtext.h"
+#include "ntqdragobject.h"
+#include "ntqurl.h"
+#include "ntqcursor.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextBrowser tqtextbrowser.h
+    \brief The TQTextBrowser class provides a rich text browser with hypertext navigation.
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+    \ingroup helpsystem
+    \ingroup text
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class extends TQTextEdit (in read-only mode), adding some
+    navigation functionality so that users can follow links in
+    hypertext documents. The contents of TQTextEdit is set with
+    setText(), but TQTextBrowser has an additional function,
+    setSource(), which makes it possible to set the text to a named
+    document. The name is looked up in the text view's mime source
+    factory. If a document name ends with an anchor (for example, "\c
+    #anchor"), the text browser automatically scrolls to that position
+    (using scrollToAnchor()). When the user clicks on a hyperlink, the
+    browser will call setSource() itself, with the link's \c href
+    value as argument. You can track the current source by connetion
+    to the sourceChanged() signal.
+
+    TQTextBrowser provides backward() and forward() slots which you can
+    use to implement Back and Forward buttons. The home() slot sets
+    the text to the very first document displayed. The linkClicked()
+    signal is emitted when the user clicks a link.
+
+    By using TQTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory() you can provide your
+    own subclass of TQMimeSourceFactory. This makes it possible to
+    access data from anywhere, for example from a network or from a
+    database. See TQMimeSourceFactory::data() for details.
+
+    If you intend using the mime factory to read the data directly
+    from the file system, you may have to specify the encoding for the
+    file extension you are using. For example:
+    \code
+    mimeSourceFactory()->setExtensionType("qml", "text/utf8");
+    \endcode
+    This is to ensure that the factory is able to resolve the document
+    names.
+
+    TQTextBrowser interprets the tags it processes in accordance with
+    the default style sheet. Change the style sheet with
+    \l{setStyleSheet()}; see TQStyleSheet for details.
+
+    If you want to provide your users with editable rich text use
+    TQTextEdit. If you want a text browser without hypertext navigation
+    use TQTextEdit, and use TQTextEdit::setReadOnly() to disable
+    editing. If you just need to display a small piece of rich text
+    use TQSimpleRichText or TQLabel.
+
+    <img src=tqtextbrowser-m.png> <img src=tqtextbrowser-w.png>
+*/
+
+class TQTextBrowserData
+{
+public:
+    TQTextBrowserData():textOrSourceChanged(FALSE) {}
+
+    TQValueStack<TQString> stack;
+    TQValueStack<TQString> forwardStack;
+    TQString home;
+    TQString curmain;
+    TQString curmark;
+    
+    /*flag necessary to give the linkClicked() signal some meaningful
+      semantics when somebody connected to it calls setText() or
+      setSource() */
+    bool textOrSourceChanged;
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty TQTextBrowser called \a name, with parent \a
+    parent.
+*/
+TQTextBrowser::TQTextBrowser(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : TQTextEdit( parent, name )
+{
+    setReadOnly( TRUE );
+    d = new TQTextBrowserData;
+
+    viewport()->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+TQTextBrowser::~TQTextBrowser()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextBrowser::source
+    \brief the name of the displayed document.
+
+    This is a TQString::null if no document is displayed or if the
+    source is unknown.
+
+    Setting this property uses the mimeSourceFactory() to lookup the
+    named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls
+    the document accordingly.
+
+    If the first tag in the document is \c{<qt type=detail>}, the
+    document is displayed as a popup rather than as new document in
+    the browser window itself. Otherwise, the document is displayed
+    normally in the text browser with the text set to the contents of
+    the named document with setText().
+
+    If you are using the filesystem access capabilities of the mime
+    source factory, you must ensure that the factory knows about the
+    encoding of specified files; otherwise no data will be available.
+    The default factory handles a couple of common file extensions
+    such as \c *.html and \c *.txt with reasonable defaults. See
+    TQMimeSourceFactory::data() for details.
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextBrowser::source() const
+{
+    if ( d->stack.isEmpty() )
+	return TQString::null;
+    else
+	return d->stack.top();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextBrowser::undoDepth
+    \brief This text browser's undo depth.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextBrowser::overwriteMode
+    \brief This text browser's overwrite mode.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextBrowser::modified
+    \brief Whether the contents have been modified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextBrowser::readOnly
+    \brief Whether the contents are read only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextBrowser::undoRedoEnabled
+    \brief Whether undo and redo are enabled.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Reloads the current set source.
+*/
+
+void TQTextBrowser::reload()
+{
+    TQString s = d->curmain;
+    d->curmain = "";
+    setSource( s );
+}
+
+
+void TQTextBrowser::setSource(const TQString& name)
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( isVisible() )
+	tqApp->setOverrideCursor( waitCursor );
+#endif
+    d->textOrSourceChanged = TRUE;
+    TQString source = name;
+    TQString mark;
+    int hash = name.find('#');
+    if ( hash != -1) {
+	source = name.left( hash );
+	mark = name.mid( hash+1 );
+    }
+
+    if ( source.left(5) == "file:" )
+	source = source.mid(6);
+
+    TQString url = mimeSourceFactory()->makeAbsolute( source, context() );
+    TQString txt;
+    bool dosettext = FALSE;
+
+    if ( !source.isEmpty() && url != d->curmain ) {
+	const TQMimeSource* m =
+		    mimeSourceFactory()->data( source, context() );
+	if ( !m ){
+	    tqWarning("TQTextBrowser: no mimesource for %s", source.latin1() );
+	}
+	else {
+	    if ( !TQTextDrag::decode( m, txt ) ) {
+		tqWarning("TQTextBrowser: cannot decode %s", source.latin1() );
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( isVisible() ) {
+	    TQString firstTag = txt.left( txt.find( '>' ) + 1 );
+	    if ( firstTag.left( 3 ) == "<qt" && firstTag.contains( "type" ) && firstTag.contains( "detail" ) ) {
+		popupDetail( txt, TQCursor::pos() );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+		tqApp->restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	d->curmain = url;
+	dosettext = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    d->curmark = mark;
+
+    if ( !mark.isEmpty() ) {
+	url += "#";
+	url += mark;
+    }
+    if ( !d->home )
+	d->home = url;
+
+    if ( d->stack.isEmpty() || d->stack.top() != url)
+	d->stack.push( url );
+
+    int stackCount = (int)d->stack.count();
+    if ( d->stack.top() == url )
+	stackCount--;
+    emit backwardAvailable( stackCount > 0 );
+    stackCount = (int)d->forwardStack.count();
+    if ( d->forwardStack.isEmpty() || d->forwardStack.top() == url )
+	stackCount--;
+    emit forwardAvailable( stackCount > 0 );
+
+    if ( dosettext )
+	TQTextEdit::setText( txt, url );
+
+    if ( !mark.isEmpty() )
+	scrollToAnchor( mark );
+    else
+	setContentsPos( 0, 0 );
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( isVisible() )
+	tqApp->restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+    
+    emit sourceChanged( url );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextBrowser::backwardAvailable(bool available)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the availability of backward()
+    changes. \a available is FALSE when the user is at home();
+    otherwise it is TRUE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextBrowser::forwardAvailable(bool available)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the availability of forward() changes.
+    \a available is TRUE after the user navigates backward() and FALSE
+    when the user navigates or goes forward().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextBrowser::sourceChanged( const TQString& src)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the mime source has changed, \a src
+    being the new source.
+    
+    Source changes happen both programmatically when calling
+    setSource(), forward(), backword() or home() or when the user
+    clicks on links or presses the equivalent key sequences.
+*/
+
+/*!  \fn void TQTextBrowser::highlighted (const TQString &link)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the user has selected but not
+    activated a link in the document. \a link is the value of the \c
+    href i.e. the name of the target document.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextBrowser::linkClicked( const TQString& link)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the user clicks a link. The \a link is
+    the value of the \c href i.e. the name of the target document.
+
+    The \a link will be the absolute location of the document, based
+    on the value of the anchor's href tag and the current context of
+    the document.
+
+    \sa anchorClicked(), context()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextBrowser::anchorClicked( const TQString& name, const TQString &link)
+
+    This signal is emitted when the user clicks an anchor. The \a link is
+    the value of the \c href i.e. the name of the target document.  The \a name
+    is the name of the anchor.
+
+    \sa linkClicked()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Changes the document displayed to the previous document in the
+    list of documents built by navigating links. Does nothing if there
+    is no previous document.
+
+    \sa forward(), backwardAvailable()
+*/
+void TQTextBrowser::backward()
+{
+    if ( d->stack.count() <= 1)
+	return;
+    d->forwardStack.push( d->stack.pop() );
+    setSource( d->stack.pop() );
+    emit forwardAvailable( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Changes the document displayed to the next document in the list of
+    documents built by navigating links. Does nothing if there is no
+    next document.
+
+    \sa backward(), forwardAvailable()
+*/
+void TQTextBrowser::forward()
+{
+    if ( d->forwardStack.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+    setSource( d->forwardStack.pop() );
+    emit forwardAvailable( !d->forwardStack.isEmpty() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Changes the document displayed to be the first document the
+    browser displayed.
+*/
+void TQTextBrowser::home()
+{
+    if (!d->home.isNull() )
+	setSource( d->home );
+}
+
+/*!
+    The event \a e is used to provide the following keyboard shortcuts:
+    \table
+    \header \i Keypress	    \i Action
+    \row \i Alt+Left Arrow  \i \l backward()
+    \row \i Alt+Right Arrow \i \l forward()
+    \row \i Alt+Up Arrow    \i \l home()
+    \endtable
+*/
+void TQTextBrowser::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( e->state() & AltButton ) {
+	switch (e->key()) {
+	case Key_Right:
+	    forward();
+	    return;
+	case Key_Left:
+	    backward();
+	    return;
+	case Key_Up:
+	    home();
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent(e);
+}
+
+class TQTextDetailPopup : public TQWidget
+{
+public:
+    TQTextDetailPopup()
+	: TQWidget ( 0, "automatic TQText detail widget", WType_Popup | WDestructiveClose )
+	{
+	}
+
+protected:
+
+    void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent*)
+	{
+	close();
+	}
+};
+
+
+void TQTextBrowser::popupDetail( const TQString& contents, const TQPoint& pos )
+{
+
+    const int shadowWidth = 6;   // also used as '5' and '6' and even '8' below
+    const int vMargin = 8;
+    const int hMargin = 12;
+
+    TQWidget* popup = new TQTextDetailPopup;
+    popup->setBackgroundMode( TQWidget::NoBackground );
+
+    TQSimpleRichText* doc = new TQSimpleRichText( contents, popup->font() );
+    doc->adjustSize();
+    TQRect r( 0, 0, doc->width(), doc->height() );
+
+    int w = r.width() + 2*hMargin;
+    int h = r.height() + 2*vMargin;
+
+    popup->resize( w + shadowWidth, h + shadowWidth );
+
+    // okay, now to find a suitable location
+    //###### we need a global fancy popup positioning somewhere
+    popup->move(pos - popup->rect().center());
+    if (popup->geometry().right() > TQApplication::desktop()->width())
+	popup->move( TQApplication::desktop()->width() - popup->width(),
+		     popup->y() );
+    if (popup->geometry().bottom() > TQApplication::desktop()->height())
+	popup->move( popup->x(),
+		     TQApplication::desktop()->height() - popup->height() );
+    if ( popup->x() < 0 )
+	popup->move( 0, popup->y() );
+    if ( popup->y() < 0 )
+	popup->move( popup->x(), 0 );
+
+
+    popup->show();
+
+    // now for super-clever shadow stuff.  super-clever mostly in
+    // how many window system problems it skirts around.
+
+    TQPainter p( popup );
+    p.setPen( TQApplication::palette().active().foreground() );
+    p.drawRect( 0, 0, w, h );
+    p.setPen( TQApplication::palette().active().mid() );
+    p.setBrush( TQColor( 255, 255, 240 ) );
+    p.drawRect( 1, 1, w-2, h-2 );
+    p.setPen( black );
+
+    doc->draw( &p, hMargin, vMargin, r, popup->colorGroup(), 0 );
+    delete doc;
+
+    p.drawPoint( w + 5, 6 );
+    p.drawLine( w + 3, 6,
+		w + 5, 8 );
+    p.drawLine( w + 1, 6,
+		w + 5, 10 );
+    int i;
+    for( i=7; i < h; i += 2 )
+	p.drawLine( w, i,
+		    w + 5, i + 5 );
+    for( i = w - i + h; i > 6; i -= 2 )
+	p.drawLine( i, h,
+		    i + 5, h + 5 );
+    for( ; i > 0 ; i -= 2 )
+	p.drawLine( 6, h + 6 - i,
+		    i + 5, h + 5 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextBrowser::setText( const TQString &txt )
+
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the text to \a txt.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextBrowser::setText( const TQString &txt, const TQString &context )
+{
+    d->textOrSourceChanged = TRUE;
+    d->curmark = "";
+    d->curmain = "";
+    TQTextEdit::setText( txt, context );
+}
+
+void TQTextBrowser::emitHighlighted( const TQString &s ) 
+{ 
+    emit highlighted( s ); 
+}
+
+void TQTextBrowser::emitLinkClicked( const TQString &s ) 
+{ 
+    d->textOrSourceChanged = FALSE;
+    emit linkClicked( s );
+    if ( !d->textOrSourceChanged )
+	setSource( s );
+}
+
+#endif  // TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
diff --git a/src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.h b/src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c68031ff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/tqtextbrowser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the TQTextBrowser class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTBROWSER_H
+#define TQTEXTBROWSER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqptrlist.h"
+#include "ntqpixmap.h"
+#include "ntqcolor.h"
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
+
+class TQTextBrowserData;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextBrowser : public TQTextEdit
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString source READ source WRITE setSource )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( int undoDepth DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool overwriteMode DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool modified SCRIPTABLE false)
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool readOnly DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool undoRedoEnabled DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+
+public:
+    TQTextBrowser( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    ~TQTextBrowser();
+
+    TQString source() const;
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setSource(const TQString& name);
+    virtual void backward();
+    virtual void forward();
+    virtual void home();
+    virtual void reload();
+    void setText( const TQString &txt ) { setText( txt, TQString::null ); }
+    virtual void setText( const TQString &txt, const TQString &context );
+
+signals:
+    void backwardAvailable( bool );
+    void forwardAvailable( bool );
+    void sourceChanged( const TQString& );
+    void highlighted( const TQString& );
+    void linkClicked( const TQString& );
+    void anchorClicked( const TQString&, const TQString& );
+
+protected:
+    void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * e);
+
+private:
+    void popupDetail( const TQString& contents, const TQPoint& pos );
+    bool linksEnabled() const { return TRUE; }
+    void emitHighlighted( const TQString &s );
+    void emitLinkClicked( const TQString &s );
+    TQTextBrowserData *d;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQTextBrowser( const TQTextBrowser & );
+    TQTextBrowser& operator=( const TQTextBrowser & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
+
+#endif // TQTEXTBROWSER_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/tqtextedit.cpp b/src/widgets/tqtextedit.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4cc6cf11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/tqtextedit.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,7474 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the TQTextEdit class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
+
+// Keep this position to avoid patch rejection
+#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
+#include "ntqinputcontext.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
+#include "ntqpainter.h"
+#include "ntqpen.h"
+#include "ntqbrush.h"
+#include "ntqpixmap.h"
+#include "ntqfont.h"
+#include "ntqcolor.h"
+#include "ntqstyle.h"
+#include "ntqsize.h"
+#include "ntqevent.h"
+#include "ntqtimer.h"
+#include "ntqapplication.h"
+#include "ntqlistbox.h"
+#include "ntqvbox.h"
+#include "ntqapplication.h"
+#include "ntqclipboard.h"
+#include "ntqcolordialog.h"
+#include "ntqfontdialog.h"
+#include "ntqstylesheet.h"
+#include "ntqdragobject.h"
+#include "ntqurl.h"
+#include "ntqcursor.h"
+#include "ntqregexp.h"
+#include "ntqpopupmenu.h"
+#include "tqptrstack.h"
+#include "ntqmetaobject.h"
+#include "tqtextbrowser.h"
+#include <private/qucom_p.h>
+#include "private/qsyntaxhighlighter_p.h"
+#include <ntqguardedptr.h>
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
+#include <ntqkeysequence.h>
+#define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + TQString(TQKeySequence( TQt::CTRL | TQt::Key_ ## k ))
+#else
+#define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + TQString("Ctrl+" #k)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+#define LOGOFFSET(i) d->logOffset + i
+#endif
+
+struct TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate
+{
+    TQTextString text;
+};
+
+class TQTextEditPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQTextEditPrivate()
+	:preeditStart(-1),preeditLength(-1),ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent(FALSE),
+	 tabChangesFocus(FALSE),
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+	 clipboard_mode( TQClipboard::Clipboard ),
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+	 od(0), optimMode(FALSE),
+	 maxLogLines(-1),
+	 logOffset(0),
+#endif
+	 autoFormatting( (uint)TQTextEdit::AutoAll )
+    {
+	for ( int i=0; i<7; i++ )
+	    id[i] = 0;
+    }
+    int id[ 7 ];
+    int preeditStart;
+    int preeditLength;
+    bool composeMode() const { return ( preeditLength > 0 ); }
+
+    uint ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent : 1;
+    uint tabChangesFocus : 1;
+    TQString scrollToAnchor; // used to deferr scrollToAnchor() until the show event when we are resized
+    TQString pressedName;
+    TQString onName;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    TQClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode;
+#endif
+    TQTimer *trippleClickTimer;
+    TQPoint trippleClickPoint;
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate * od;
+    bool optimMode : 1;
+    int maxLogLines;
+    int logOffset;
+#endif
+    uint autoFormatting;
+};
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+class TQRichTextDrag : public TQTextDrag
+{
+public:
+    TQRichTextDrag( TQWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+    void setPlainText( const TQString &txt ) { setText( txt ); }
+    void setRichText( const TQString &txt ) { richTxt = txt; }
+
+    virtual TQByteArray encodedData( const char *mime ) const;
+    virtual const char* format( int i ) const;
+
+    static bool decode( TQMimeSource *e, TQString &str, const TQCString &mimetype,
+			const TQCString &subtype );
+    static bool canDecode( TQMimeSource* e );
+
+private:
+    TQString richTxt;
+
+};
+
+TQRichTextDrag::TQRichTextDrag( TQWidget *dragSource, const char *name )
+    : TQTextDrag( dragSource, name )
+{
+}
+
+TQByteArray TQRichTextDrag::encodedData( const char *mime ) const
+{
+    if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) == 0 ) {
+	return richTxt.utf8(); // #### perhaps we should use USC2 instead?
+    } else
+	return TQTextDrag::encodedData( mime );
+}
+
+bool TQRichTextDrag::decode( TQMimeSource *e, TQString &str, const TQCString &mimetype,
+			    const TQCString &subtype )
+{
+    if ( mimetype == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
+	// do richtext decode
+	const char *mime;
+	int i;
+	for ( i = 0; ( mime = e->format( i ) ); ++i ) {
+	    if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) != 0 )
+		continue;
+	    str = TQString::fromUtf8( e->encodedData( mime ) );
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // do a regular text decode
+    TQCString subt = subtype;
+    return TQTextDrag::decode( e, str, subt );
+}
+
+bool TQRichTextDrag::canDecode( TQMimeSource* e )
+{
+    if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
+	return TRUE;
+    return TQTextDrag::canDecode( e );
+}
+
+const char* TQRichTextDrag::format( int i ) const
+{
+    if ( TQTextDrag::format( i ) )
+	return TQTextDrag::format( i );
+    if ( TQTextDrag::format( i-1 ) )
+	return "application/x-qrichtext";
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static bool block_set_alignment = FALSE;
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTextEdit tqtextedit.h
+    \brief The TQTextEdit widget provides a powerful single-page rich text editor.
+
+    \ingroup basic
+    \ingroup text
+    \mainclass
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 Introduction and Concepts
+
+    TQTextEdit is an advanced WYSIWYG viewer/editor supporting rich
+    text formatting using HTML-style tags. It is optimized to handle
+    large documents and to respond quickly to user input.
+
+    TQTextEdit has four modes of operation:
+    \table
+    \header \i Mode \i Command \i Notes
+    \row \i Plain Text Editor \i setTextFormat(PlainText)
+	 \i Set text with setText(); text() returns plain text. Text
+	 attributes (e.g. colors) can be set, but plain text is always
+	 returned.
+    \row \i Rich Text Editor \i setTextFormat(RichText)
+	 \i Set text with setText(); text() returns rich text. Rich
+	 text editing is fairly limited. You can't set margins or
+	 insert images for example (although you can read and
+	 correctly display files that have margins set and that
+	 include images). This mode is mostly useful for editing small
+	 amounts of rich text. <sup>1.</sup>
+    \row \i Text Viewer \i setReadOnly(TRUE)
+         \i Set text with setText() or append() (which has no undo
+	 history so is faster and uses less memory); text() returns
+	 plain or rich text depending on the textFormat(). This mode
+	 can correctly display a large subset of HTML tags.
+    \row \i Log Viewer \i setTextFormat(LogText)
+	 \i Append text using append(). The widget is set to be read
+	 only and rich text support is disabled although a few HTML
+	 tags (for color, bold, italic and underline) may be used.
+	 (See \link #logtextmode LogText mode\endlink for details.)
+    \endtable
+
+    <sup>1.</sup><small>A more complete API that supports setting
+    margins, images, etc., is planned for a later TQt release.</small>
+
+    TQTextEdit can be used as a syntax highlighting editor when used in
+    conjunction with TQSyntaxHighlighter.
+
+    We recommend that you always call setTextFormat() to set the mode
+    you want to use. If you use \c AutoText then setText() and
+    append() will try to determine whether the text they are given is
+    plain text or rich text. If you use \c RichText then setText() and
+    append() will assume that the text they are given is rich text.
+    insert() simply inserts the text it is given.
+
+    TQTextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
+    formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
+    the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
+    signify a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
+    paragraphs, indexed from 0. Characters are indexed on a
+    per-paragraph basis, also indexed from 0. The words in the
+    paragraph are aligned in accordance with the paragraph's
+    alignment(). Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
+    character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
+    font and color.
+
+    The text edit documentation uses the following concepts:
+    \list
+    \i \e{current format} --
+    this is the format at the current cursor position, \e and it
+    is the format of the selected text if any.
+    \i \e{current paragraph} -- the paragraph which contains the
+    cursor.
+    \endlist
+
+    TQTextEdit can display images (using TQMimeSourceFactory), lists and
+    tables. If the text is too large to view within the text edit's
+    viewport, scrollbars will appear. The text edit can load both
+    plain text and HTML files (a subset of HTML 3.2 and 4). The
+    rendering style and the set of valid tags are defined by a
+    styleSheet(). Custom tags can be created and placed in a custom
+    style sheet. Change the style sheet with \l{setStyleSheet()}; see
+    TQStyleSheet for details. The images identified by image tags are
+    displayed if they can be interpreted using the text edit's
+    \l{TQMimeSourceFactory}; see setMimeSourceFactory().
+
+    If you want a text browser with more navigation use TQTextBrowser.
+    If you just need to display a small piece of rich text use TQLabel
+    or TQSimpleRichText.
+
+    If you create a new TQTextEdit, and want to allow the user to edit
+    rich text, call setTextFormat(TQt::RichText) to ensure that the
+    text is treated as rich text. (Rich text uses HTML tags to set
+    text formatting attributes. See TQStyleSheet for information on the
+    HTML tags that are supported.). If you don't call setTextFormat()
+    explicitly the text edit will guess from the text itself whether
+    it is rich text or plain text. This means that if the text looks
+    like HTML or XML it will probably be interpreted as rich text, so
+    you should call setTextFormat(TQt::PlainText) to preserve such
+    text.
+
+    Note that we do not intend to add a full-featured web browser
+    widget to TQt (because that would easily double TQt's size and only
+    a few applications would benefit from it). The rich
+    text support in TQt is designed to provide a fast, portable and
+    efficient way to add reasonable online help facilities to
+    applications, and to provide a basis for rich text editors.
+
+    \section1 Using TQTextEdit as a Display Widget
+
+    TQTextEdit can display a large HTML subset, including tables and
+    images.
+
+    The text is set or replaced using setText() which deletes any
+    existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
+    setText() call. If you call setText() with legacy HTML (with
+    setTextFormat(RichText) in force), and then call text(), the text
+    that is returned may have different markup, but will render the
+    same. Text can be inserted with insert(), paste(), pasteSubType()
+    and append(). Text that is appended does not go into the undo
+    history; this makes append() faster and consumes less memory. Text
+    can also be cut(). The entire text is deleted with clear() and the
+    selected text is deleted with removeSelectedText(). Selected
+    (marked) text can also be deleted with del() (which will delete
+    the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected).
+
+    Loading and saving text is achieved using setText() and text(),
+    for example:
+    \code
+    TQFile file( fileName ); // Read the text from a file
+    if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
+	TQTextStream stream( &file );
+	textEdit->setText( stream.read() );
+    }
+
+    TQFile file( fileName ); // Write the text to a file
+    if ( file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
+	TQTextStream stream( &file );
+	stream << textEdit->text();
+	textEdit->setModified( FALSE );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
+    the text edit widget. The setWordWrap() function is used to
+    specify the kind of word wrap you want, or \c NoWrap if you don't
+    want any wrapping. Call setWordWrap() to set a fixed pixel width
+    \c FixedPixelWidth, or character column (e.g. 80 column) \c
+    FixedColumnWidth with the pixels or columns specified with
+    setWrapColumnOrWidth(). If you use word wrap to the widget's width
+    \c WidgetWidth, you can specify whether to break on whitespace or
+    anywhere with setWrapPolicy().
+
+    The background color is set differently than other widgets, using
+    setPaper(). You specify a brush style which could be a plain color
+    or a complex pixmap.
+
+    Hypertext links are automatically underlined; this can be changed
+    with setLinkUnderline(). The tab stop width is set with
+    setTabStopWidth().
+
+    The zoomIn() and zoomOut() functions can be used to resize the
+    text by increasing (decreasing for zoomOut()) the point size used.
+    Images are not affected by the zoom functions.
+
+    The lines() function returns the number of lines in the text and
+    paragraphs() returns the number of paragraphs. The number of lines
+    within a particular paragraph is returned by linesOfParagraph().
+    The length of the entire text in characters is returned by
+    length().
+
+    You can scroll to an anchor in the text, e.g.
+    \c{<a name="anchor">} with scrollToAnchor(). The find() function
+    can be used to find and select a given string within the text.
+
+    A read-only TQTextEdit provides the same functionality as the
+    (obsolete) TQTextView. (TQTextView is still supplied for
+    compatibility with old code.)
+
+    \section2 Read-only key bindings
+
+    When TQTextEdit is used read-only the key-bindings are limited to
+    navigation, and text may only be selected with the mouse:
+    \table
+    \header \i Keypresses \i Action
+    \row \i UpArrow	\i Move one line up
+    \row \i DownArrow	\i Move one line down
+    \row \i LeftArrow	\i Move one character left
+    \row \i RightArrow	\i Move one character right
+    \row \i PageUp	\i Move one (viewport) page up
+    \row \i PageDown	\i Move one (viewport) page down
+    \row \i Home	\i Move to the beginning of the text
+    \row \i End		\i Move to the end of the text
+    \row \i Shift+Wheel
+	 \i Scroll the page horizontally (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
+    \row \i Ctrl+Wheel	\i Zoom the text
+    \endtable
+
+    The text edit may be able to provide some meta-information. For
+    example, the documentTitle() function will return the text from
+    within HTML \c{<title>} tags.
+
+    The text displayed in a text edit has a \e context. The context is
+    a path which the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve
+    the locations of files and images. It is passed to the
+    mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. (See TQTextEdit() and
+    \l{context()}.)
+
+    \target logtextmode
+    \section2 Using TQTextEdit in LogText Mode
+
+    Setting the text format to \c LogText puts the widget in a special
+    mode which is optimized for very large texts. Editing, word wrap,
+    and rich text support are disabled in this mode (the widget is
+    explicitly made read-only). This allows the text to be stored in a
+    different, more memory efficient manner. However, a certain degree
+    of text formatting is supported through the use of formatting tags.
+    A tag is delimited by \c < and \c {>}. The characters \c {<}, \c >
+    and \c & are escaped by using \c {<}, \c {>} and \c {&}.
+    A tag pair consists of a left and a right tag (or open/close tags).
+    Left-tags mark the starting point for formatting, while right-tags
+    mark the ending point. A right-tag always start with a \c / before
+    the tag keyword. For example \c <b> and \c </b> are a tag pair.
+    Tags can be nested, but they have to be closed in the same order as
+    they are opened. For example, \c <b><u></u></b> is valid, while \c
+    <b><u></b></u> will output an error message.
+
+    By using tags it is possible to change the color, bold, italic and
+    underline settings for a piece of text. A color can be specified
+    by using the HTML font tag \c {<font color=colorname>}. The color
+    name can be one of the color names from the X11 color database, or
+    a RGB hex value (e.g \c {#00ff00}). Example of valid color tags:
+    \c {<font color=red>}, \c {<font color="light blue">}, \c {<font
+    color="#223344">}. Bold, italic and underline settings can be
+    specified by the tags \c {<b>}, \c <i> and \c {<u>}. Note that a
+    tag does not necessarily have to be closed. A valid example:
+    \code
+    This is <font color=red>red</font> while <b>this</b> is <font color=blue>blue</font>.
+    <font color=green><font color=yellow>Yellow,</font> and <u>green</u>.
+    \endcode
+
+    Stylesheets can also be used in LogText mode. To create and use a
+    custom tag, you could do the following:
+    \code
+    TQTextEdit * log = new TQTextEdit( this );
+    log->setTextFormat( TQt::LogText );
+    TQStyleSheetItem * item = new TQStyleSheetItem( log->styleSheet(), "mytag" );
+    item->setColor( "red" );
+    item->setFontWeight( TQFont::Bold );
+    item->setFontUnderline( TRUE );
+    log->append( "This is a <mytag>custom tag</mytag>!" );
+    \endcode
+    Note that only the color, bold, underline and italic attributes of
+    a TQStyleSheetItem is used in LogText mode.
+
+    Note that you can use setMaxLogLines() to limit the number of
+    lines the widget can hold in LogText mode.
+
+    There are a few things that you need to be aware of when the
+    widget is in this mode:
+    \list
+    \i Functions that deal with rich text formatting and cursor
+    movement will not work or return anything valid.
+    \i Lines are equivalent to paragraphs.
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Using TQTextEdit as an Editor
+
+    All the information about using TQTextEdit as a display widget also
+    applies here.
+
+    The current format's attributes are set with setItalic(),
+    setBold(), setUnderline(), setFamily() (font family),
+    setPointSize(), setColor() and setCurrentFont(). The current
+    paragraph's alignment is set with setAlignment().
+
+    Use setSelection() to select text. The setSelectionAttributes()
+    function is used to indicate how selected text should be
+    displayed. Use hasSelectedText() to find out if any text is
+    selected. The currently selected text's position is available
+    using getSelection() and the selected text itself is returned by
+    selectedText(). The selection can be copied to the clipboard with
+    copy(), or cut to the clipboard with cut(). It can be deleted with
+    removeSelectedText(). The entire text can be selected (or
+    unselected) using selectAll(). TQTextEdit supports multiple
+    selections. Most of the selection functions operate on the default
+    selection, selection 0. If the user presses a non-selecting key,
+    e.g. a cursor key without also holding down Shift, all selections
+    are cleared.
+
+    Set and get the position of the cursor with setCursorPosition()
+    and getCursorPosition() respectively. When the cursor is moved,
+    the signals currentFontChanged(), currentColorChanged() and
+    currentAlignmentChanged() are emitted to reflect the font, color
+    and alignment at the new cursor position.
+
+    If the text changes, the textChanged() signal is emitted, and if
+    the user inserts a new line by pressing Return or Enter,
+    returnPressed() is emitted. The isModified() function will return
+    TRUE if the text has been modified.
+
+    TQTextEdit provides command-based undo and redo. To set the depth
+    of the command history use setUndoDepth() which defaults to 100
+    steps. To undo or redo the last operation call undo() or redo().
+    The signals undoAvailable() and redoAvailable() indicate whether
+    the undo and redo operations can be executed.
+
+    The indent() function is used to reindent a paragraph. It is
+    useful for code editors, for example in \link designer-manual.book
+    TQt Designer\endlink's code editor \e{Ctrl+I} invokes the indent()
+    function.
+
+    \section2 Editing key bindings
+
+    The list of key-bindings which are implemented for editing:
+    \table
+    \header \i Keypresses \i Action
+    \row \i Backspace \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
+    \row \i Delete \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
+    \row \i Ctrl+A \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
+    \row \i Ctrl+B \i Move the cursor one character left
+    \row \i Ctrl+C \i Copy the marked text to the clipboard (also
+		      Ctrl+Insert under Windows)
+    \row \i Ctrl+D \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
+    \row \i Ctrl+E \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
+    \row \i Ctrl+F \i Move the cursor one character right
+    \row \i Ctrl+H \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
+    \row \i Ctrl+K \i Delete to end of line
+    \row \i Ctrl+N \i Move the cursor one line down
+    \row \i Ctrl+P \i Move the cursor one line up
+    \row \i Ctrl+V \i Paste the clipboard text into line edit
+		      (also Shift+Insert under Windows)
+    \row \i Ctrl+X \i Cut the marked text, copy to clipboard
+		      (also Shift+Delete under Windows)
+    \row \i Ctrl+Z \i Undo the last operation
+    \row \i Ctrl+Y \i Redo the last operation
+    \row \i LeftArrow	    \i Move the cursor one character left
+    \row \i Ctrl+LeftArrow  \i Move the cursor one word left
+    \row \i RightArrow	    \i Move the cursor one character right
+    \row \i Ctrl+RightArrow \i Move the cursor one word right
+    \row \i UpArrow	    \i Move the cursor one line up
+    \row \i Ctrl+UpArrow    \i Move the cursor one word up
+    \row \i DownArrow	    \i Move the cursor one line down
+    \row \i Ctrl+Down Arrow \i Move the cursor one word down
+    \row \i PageUp	    \i Move the cursor one page up
+    \row \i PageDown	    \i Move the cursor one page down
+    \row \i Home	    \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
+    \row \i Ctrl+Home	    \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the text
+    \row \i End		    \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
+    \row \i Ctrl+End	    \i Move the cursor to the end of the text
+    \row \i Shift+Wheel	    \i Scroll the page horizontally
+			    (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
+    \row \i Ctrl+Wheel	    \i Zoom the text
+    \endtable
+
+    To select (mark) text hold down the Shift key whilst pressing one
+    of the movement keystrokes, for example, \e{Shift+Right Arrow}
+    will select the character to the right, and \e{Shift+Ctrl+Right
+    Arrow} will select the word to the right, etc.
+
+    By default the text edit widget operates in insert mode so all
+    text that the user enters is inserted into the text edit and any
+    text to the right of the cursor is moved out of the way. The mode
+    can be changed to overwrite, where new text overwrites any text to
+    the right of the cursor, using setOverwriteMode().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::AutoFormatting
+
+    \value AutoNone Do not perform any automatic formatting
+    \value AutoBulletList Only automatically format bulletted lists
+    \value AutoAll Apply all available autoformatting
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::KeyboardAction
+
+    This enum is used by doKeyboardAction() to specify which action
+    should be executed:
+
+    \value ActionBackspace  Delete the character to the left of the
+    cursor.
+
+    \value ActionDelete  Delete the character to the right of the
+    cursor.
+
+    \value ActionReturn  Split the paragraph at the cursor position.
+
+    \value ActionKill If the cursor is not at the end of the
+    paragraph, delete the text from the cursor position until the end
+    of the paragraph. If the cursor is at the end of the paragraph,
+    delete the hard line break at the end of the paragraph: this will
+    cause this paragraph to be joined with the following paragraph.
+
+    \value ActionWordBackspace Delete the word to the left of the
+    cursor position.
+
+    \value ActionWordDelete Delete the word to the right of the
+    cursor position
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::VerticalAlignment
+
+    This enum is used to set the vertical alignment of the text.
+
+    \value AlignNormal Normal alignment
+    \value AlignSuperScript Superscript
+    \value AlignSubScript Subscript
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::TextInsertionFlags
+
+    \internal
+
+    \value RedoIndentation
+    \value CheckNewLines
+    \value RemoveSelected
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::copyAvailable(bool yes)
+
+    This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected in the
+    text edit.
+
+    When text is selected this signal will be emitted with \a yes set
+    to TRUE. If no text has been selected or if the selected text is
+    de-selected this signal is emitted with \a yes set to FALSE.
+
+    If \a yes is TRUE then copy() can be used to copy the selection to
+    the clipboard. If \a yes is FALSE then copy() does nothing.
+
+    \sa selectionChanged()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::textChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes.
+
+    \sa setText() append()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::selectionChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes.
+
+    \sa setSelection() copyAvailable()
+*/
+
+/*!  \fn TQTextDocument *TQTextEdit::document() const
+
+    \internal
+
+  This function returns the TQTextDocument which is used by the text
+  edit.
+*/
+
+/*!  \fn void TQTextEdit::setDocument( TQTextDocument *doc )
+
+    \internal
+
+  This function sets the TQTextDocument which should be used by the text
+  edit to \a doc. This can be used, for example, if you want to
+  display a document using multiple views. You would create a
+  TQTextDocument and set it to the text edits which should display it.
+  You would need to connect to the textChanged() and
+  selectionChanged() signals of all the text edits and update them all
+  accordingly (preferably with a slight delay for efficiency reasons).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::CursorAction
+
+    This enum is used by moveCursor() to specify in which direction
+    the cursor should be moved:
+
+    \value MoveBackward  Moves the cursor one character backward
+
+    \value MoveWordBackward Moves the cursor one word backward
+
+    \value MoveForward  Moves the cursor one character forward
+
+    \value MoveWordForward Moves the cursor one word forward
+
+    \value MoveUp  Moves the cursor up one line
+
+    \value MoveDown  Moves the cursor down one line
+
+    \value MoveLineStart  Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line
+
+    \value MoveLineEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the line
+
+    \value MoveHome  Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document
+
+    \value MoveEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the document
+
+    \value MovePgUp  Moves the cursor one viewport page up
+
+    \value MovePgDown  Moves the cursor one viewport page down
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \enum TQt::AnchorAttribute
+
+  An anchor has one or more of the following attributes:
+
+  \value AnchorName the name attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
+  used when scrolling to an anchor in the document.
+
+  \value AnchorHref the href attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
+  used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::overwriteMode
+    \brief the text edit's overwrite mode
+
+    If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
+    with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
+    TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
+    the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
+    position.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::setCurrentFont( const TQFont &f )
+
+    Sets the font of the current format to \a f.
+
+    If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do
+    nothing. Use setFont() instead.
+
+    \sa currentFont() setPointSize() setFamily()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::undoDepth
+    \brief the depth of the undo history
+
+    The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
+    is 100.
+
+    \sa undo() redo()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::undoAvailable( bool yes )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the availability of undo changes. If
+    \a yes is TRUE, then undo() will work until undoAvailable( FALSE )
+    is next emitted.
+
+    \sa undo() undoDepth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::modificationChanged( bool m )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the modification status of the
+    document has changed. If \a m is TRUE, the document was modified,
+    otherwise the modification state has been reset to unmodified.
+
+    \sa modified
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::redoAvailable( bool yes )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the availability of redo changes. If
+    \a yes is TRUE, then redo() will work until redoAvailable( FALSE )
+    is next emitted.
+
+    \sa redo() undoDepth()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentFontChanged( const TQFont &f )
+
+    This signal is emitted if the font of the current format has
+    changed.
+
+    The new font is \a f.
+
+    \sa setCurrentFont()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentColorChanged( const TQColor &c )
+
+    This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has
+    changed.
+
+    The new color is \a c.
+
+    \sa setColor()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( VerticalAlignment a )
+
+    This signal is emitted if the vertical alignment of the current
+    format has changed.
+
+    The new vertical alignment is \a a.
+
+    \sa setVerticalAlignment()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::currentAlignmentChanged( int a )
+
+    This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph
+    has changed.
+
+    The new alignment is \a a.
+
+    \sa setAlignment()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( TQTextCursor *c )
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( int para, int pos )
+
+    This signal is emitted if the position of the cursor has changed.
+    \a para contains the paragraph index and \a pos contains the
+    character position within the paragraph.
+
+    \sa setCursorPosition()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::clicked( int para, int pos )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph
+    \a para at character position \a pos.
+
+    \sa doubleClicked()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQTextEdit::doubleClicked( int para, int pos )
+
+  This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the
+  paragraph \a para at character position \a pos.
+
+  \sa clicked()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQTextEdit::returnPressed()
+
+    This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
+    key.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextCursor *TQTextEdit::textCursor() const
+
+    Returns the text edit's text cursor.
+
+    \warning TQTextCursor is not in the public API, but in special
+    circumstances you might wish to use it.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty TQTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a
+    parent.
+*/
+
+TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
+      doc( new TQTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a TQTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a parent. The
+    text edit will display the text \a text using context \a context.
+
+    The \a context is a path which the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory
+    uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to
+    the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data.
+
+    For example if the text contains an image tag,
+    \c{<img src="image.png">}, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the
+    TQMimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from
+    "path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was
+    \c{<img src="/image.png">}, the context will not be used (because
+    TQMimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path)
+    and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly
+    the same way to \e hrefs, for example,
+    \c{<a href="target.html">Target</a>}, would resolve to
+    "path/to/look/in/target.html".
+*/
+
+TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit( const TQString& text, const TQString& context,
+		      TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : TQScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
+      doc( new TQTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
+{
+    init();
+    setText( text, context );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+TQTextEdit::~TQTextEdit()
+{
+    delete undoRedoInfo.d;
+    undoRedoInfo.d = 0;
+    delete cursor;
+    delete doc;
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	delete d->od;
+#endif
+    delete d;
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::init()
+{
+    d = new TQTextEditPrivate;
+    doc->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice( this );
+    undoEnabled = TRUE;
+    readOnly = TRUE;
+    setReadOnly( FALSE );
+    setFrameStyle( LineEditPanel | Sunken );
+    connect( doc, TQ_SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ),
+	     this, TQ_SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
+
+    mousePressed = FALSE;
+    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
+    modified = FALSE;
+    onLink = TQString::null;
+    d->onName = TQString::null;
+    overWrite = FALSE;
+    wrapMode = WidgetWidth;
+    wrapWidth = -1;
+    wPolicy = AtWhiteSpace;
+    mightStartDrag = FALSE;
+    inDnD = FALSE;
+    doc->setFormatter( new TQTextFormatterBreakWords );
+    doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setFont( TQScrollView::font() );
+    doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setColor( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
+    currentAlignment = TQt::AlignAuto;
+
+    setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
+    viewport()->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
+    viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
+    resizeContents( 0, doc->lastParagraph() ?
+		    ( doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1 ) * doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() : 0 );
+
+    setKeyCompression( TRUE );
+    viewport()->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+
+    formatTimer = new TQTimer( this );
+    connect( formatTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, TQ_SLOT( formatMore() ) );
+    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+
+    scrollTimer = new TQTimer( this );
+    connect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, TQ_SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
+
+    interval = 0;
+    changeIntervalTimer = new TQTimer( this );
+    connect( changeIntervalTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, TQ_SLOT( doChangeInterval() ) );
+
+    cursorVisible = TRUE;
+    blinkTimer = new TQTimer( this );
+    connect( blinkTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, TQ_SLOT( blinkCursor() ) );
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    dragStartTimer = new TQTimer( this );
+    connect( dragStartTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ),
+	     this, TQ_SLOT( startDrag() ) );
+#endif
+
+    d->trippleClickTimer = new TQTimer( this );
+
+    formatMore();
+
+    blinkCursorVisible = FALSE;
+
+    viewport()->setFocusProxy( this );
+    viewport()->setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
+    setInputMethodEnabled( TRUE );
+    viewport()->installEventFilter( this );
+    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(horizontalSliderReleased()), this, TQ_SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
+    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(verticalSliderReleased()), this, TQ_SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
+    installEventFilter( this );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::paintDocument( bool drawAll, TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    Q_ASSERT( !d->optimMode );
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    bool drawCur = hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus();
+    if (( hasSelectedText() && !style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) ) ||
+	isReadOnly() || !cursorVisible || doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText ))
+	drawCur = FALSE;
+    TQColorGroup g = colorGroup();
+    const TQColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = TQPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
+    if ( doc->paper() )
+	g.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
+
+    if ( contentsY() < doc->y() ) {
+	p->fillRect( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), doc->y(),
+		     g.brush( backRole ) );
+    }
+    if ( drawAll && doc->width() - contentsX() < cx + cw ) {
+	p->fillRect( doc->width() - contentsX(), cy, cx + cw - doc->width() + contentsX(), ch,
+		     g.brush( backRole ) );
+    }
+
+    p->setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
+
+    lastFormatted = doc->draw( p, cx, cy, cw, ch, g, !drawAll, drawCur, cursor );
+
+    if ( lastFormatted == doc->lastParagraph() )
+	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
+
+    if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() && ( !doc->lastParagraph() || doc->lastParagraph()->isValid() ) && drawAll )
+	p->fillRect( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
+		     visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), g.brush( backRole ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::drawContents( TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimDrawContents( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    paintDocument( TRUE, p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
+    int v;
+    p->setPen( foregroundColor() );
+    if ( document()->isPageBreakEnabled() &&  ( v = document()->flow()->pageSize() ) > 0 ) {
+	int l = int(cy / v) * v;
+	while ( l < cy + ch ) {
+	    p->drawLine( cx, l, cx + cw - 1, l );
+	    l += v;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // This invocation is required to follow dragging of active window
+    // by the showed candidate window.
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::drawContents( TQPainter *p )
+{
+    if ( horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible() &&
+	 verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() ) {
+	const TQRect verticalRect = verticalScrollBar()->geometry();
+	const TQRect horizontalRect = horizontalScrollBar()->geometry();
+
+	TQRect cornerRect;
+	cornerRect.setTop( verticalRect.bottom() );
+	cornerRect.setBottom( horizontalRect.bottom() );
+	cornerRect.setLeft( verticalRect.left() );
+	cornerRect.setRight( verticalRect.right() );
+
+	p->fillRect( cornerRect, colorGroup().background() );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::event( TQEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->type() == TQEvent::AccelOverride && !isReadOnly() ) {
+	TQKeyEvent* ke = (TQKeyEvent*) e;
+	switch((int)(ke->state())) {
+	case NoButton:
+	case Keypad:
+	case ShiftButton:
+	    if ( ke->key() < Key_Escape ) {
+		ke->accept();
+	    } else {
+		switch ( ke->key() ) {
+		case Key_Return:
+		case Key_Enter:
+		case Key_Delete:
+		case Key_Home:
+		case Key_End:
+		case Key_Backspace:
+		case Key_Left:
+		case Key_Right:
+		    ke->accept();
+		default:
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	case ControlButton:
+	case ControlButton|ShiftButton:
+	case ControlButton|Keypad:
+	case ControlButton|ShiftButton|Keypad:
+	    switch ( ke->key() ) {
+	    case Key_Tab:
+	    case Key_Backtab:
+		ke->ignore();
+		break;
+// Those are too frequently used for application functionality
+/*	    case Key_A:
+	    case Key_B:
+	    case Key_D:
+	    case Key_E:
+	    case Key_F:
+	    case Key_H:
+	    case Key_I:
+	    case Key_K:
+	    case Key_N:
+	    case Key_P:
+	    case Key_T:
+*/
+	    case Key_C:
+	    case Key_V:
+	    case Key_X:
+	    case Key_Y:
+	    case Key_Z:
+	    case Key_Left:
+	    case Key_Right:
+	    case Key_Up:
+	    case Key_Down:
+	    case Key_Home:
+	    case Key_End:
+#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
+	    case Key_Insert:
+	    case Key_Delete:
+#endif
+		ke->accept();
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+
+	default:
+	    switch ( ke->key() ) {
+#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
+	    case Key_Insert:
+		ke->accept();
+#endif
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( e->type() == TQEvent::Show ) {
+	if (
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+	     !d->optimMode &&
+#endif
+	     d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent  ) {
+	    ensureCursorVisible();
+	    d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
+	}
+	if ( !d->scrollToAnchor.isEmpty() ) {
+	    scrollToAnchor( d->scrollToAnchor );
+	    d->scrollToAnchor = TQString::null;
+	}
+    }
+    return TQWidget::event( e );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Processes the key event, \a e. By default key events are used to
+    provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+{
+    changeIntervalTimer->stop();
+    interval = 10;
+    bool unknownKey = FALSE;
+    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
+	if ( !handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( e ) )
+	    TQScrollView::keyPressEvent( e );
+	changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
+	return;
+    }
+
+
+    bool selChanged = FALSE;
+    for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
+	selChanged = doc->removeSelection( i ) || selChanged;
+
+    if ( selChanged ) {
+	cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+	repaintChanged();
+    }
+
+    bool clearUndoRedoInfo = TRUE;
+
+
+    switch ( e->key() ) {
+    case Key_Left:
+    case Key_Right: {
+	// a bit hacky, but can't change this without introducing new enum values for move and keeping the
+	// correct semantics and movement for BiDi and non BiDi text.
+	CursorAction a;
+	if ( cursor->paragraph()->string()->isRightToLeft() == (e->key() == Key_Right) )
+	    a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordBackward : MoveBackward;
+	else
+	    a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordForward : MoveForward;
+	moveCursor( a, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    }
+    case Key_Up:
+	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgUp : MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    case Key_Down:
+	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgDown : MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    case Key_Home:
+	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveHome : MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    case Key_End:
+	moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveEnd : MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    case Key_Prior:
+	moveCursor( MovePgUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    case Key_Next:
+	moveCursor( MovePgDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+	break;
+    case Key_Return: case Key_Enter:
+	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, FALSE ) )
+	    removeSelectedText();
+	if ( textFormat() == TQt::RichText && ( e->state() & ControlButton ) ) {
+	    // Ctrl-Enter inserts a line break in rich text mode
+	    insert( TQString( TQChar( 0x2028) ), TRUE, FALSE );
+	} else {
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+	    doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
+	    emit returnPressed();
+	}
+	break;
+    case Key_Delete:
+#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
+	if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
+	    cut();
+	    break;
+	} else
+#endif
+        if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
+	    removeSelectedText();
+	    break;
+	}
+	doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordDelete
+			  : ActionDelete );
+	clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+
+	break;
+    case Key_Insert:
+	if ( e->state() & ShiftButton )
+	    paste();
+#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
+	else if ( e->state() & ControlButton )
+	    copy();
+#endif
+	else
+	    setOverwriteMode( !isOverwriteMode() );
+	break;
+    case Key_Backspace:
+#if defined (TQ_WS_WIN)
+	if ( e->state() & AltButton ) {
+	    if (e->state() & ControlButton ) {
+		break;
+	    } else if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
+		redo();
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		undo();
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else
+#endif
+	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
+	    removeSelectedText();
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordBackspace
+			  : ActionBackspace );
+	clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
+	copy();
+	break;
+    case Key_F18:  // Paste key on Sun keyboards
+	paste();
+	break;
+    case Key_F20:  // Cut key on Sun keyboards
+	cut();
+	break;
+    case Key_Direction_L:
+	if ( doc->textFormat() == TQt::PlainText ) {
+	    // change the whole doc
+	    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
+	    while ( p ) {
+		p->setDirection( TQChar::DirL );
+		p->setAlignment( TQt::AlignLeft );
+		p->invalidate( 0 );
+		p = p->next();
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == TQChar::DirL )
+		return;
+	    cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( TQChar::DirL );
+	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
+		 ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (TQt::AlignLeft | TQt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
+		setAlignment( TQt::AlignLeft );
+	}
+	repaintChanged();
+	break;
+    case Key_Direction_R:
+	if ( doc->textFormat() == TQt::PlainText ) {
+	    // change the whole doc
+	    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
+	    while ( p ) {
+		p->setDirection( TQChar::DirR );
+		p->setAlignment( TQt::AlignRight );
+		p->invalidate( 0 );
+		p = p->next();
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == TQChar::DirR )
+		return;
+	    cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( TQChar::DirR );
+	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
+		 ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (TQt::AlignLeft | TQt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
+		setAlignment( TQt::AlignRight );
+	}
+	repaintChanged();
+	break;
+    default: {
+	    if ( e->text().length() &&
+		( ( !( e->state() & ControlButton ) &&
+#ifndef Q_OS_MACX
+		  !( e->state() & AltButton ) &&
+#endif
+		  !( e->state() & MetaButton ) ) ||
+		 ( ( (e->state()&ControlButton) | AltButton ) == (ControlButton|AltButton) ) ) &&
+		 ( !e->ascii() || e->ascii() >= 32 || e->text() == "\t" ) ) {
+		clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+		if ( e->key() == Key_Tab ) {
+		    if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
+			e->ignore();
+			break;
+		    }
+		    if ( textFormat() == TQt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
+			 && ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() ) ) {
+			clearUndoRedo();
+			undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
+			undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+			undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
+			undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
+			cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() +1 );
+			clearUndoRedo();
+			drawCursor( FALSE );
+			repaintChanged();
+			drawCursor( TRUE );
+			break;
+		    }
+		} else if ( e->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
+		    if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
+			e->ignore();
+			break;
+		    }
+		}
+
+		if ( ( autoFormatting() & AutoBulletList ) &&
+		     textFormat() == TQt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
+		     && !cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
+		     && ( e->text()[0] == '-' || e->text()[0] == '*' ) ) {
+			clearUndoRedo();
+			undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
+			undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+			undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
+			undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
+			setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, TQStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
+			clearUndoRedo();
+			drawCursor( FALSE );
+			repaintChanged();
+			drawCursor( TRUE );
+			break;
+		}
+		if (overWrite && !cursor->atParagEnd() && !doc->hasSelection(TQTextDocument::Standard)) {
+                    doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
+                    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+                }
+		TQString t = e->text();
+#ifdef TQ_WS_X11
+		extern bool tqt_hebrew_keyboard_hack;
+		if ( tqt_hebrew_keyboard_hack ) {
+		    // the X11 keyboard layout is broken and does not reverse
+		    // braces correctly. This is a hack to get halfway correct
+		    // behaviour
+		    TQTextParagraph *p = cursor->paragraph();
+		    if ( p && p->string() && p->string()->isRightToLeft() ) {
+			TQChar *c = (TQChar *)t.unicode();
+			int l = t.length();
+			while( l-- ) {
+			    if ( c->mirrored() )
+				*c = c->mirroredChar();
+			    c++;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+#endif
+		insert( t, TRUE, FALSE );
+		break;
+	    } else if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
+		switch ( e->key() ) {
+		case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
+		    copy();
+		    break;
+		case Key_V:
+		    paste();
+		    break;
+		case Key_X:
+		    cut();
+		    break;
+		case Key_I: case Key_T: case Key_Tab:
+		    if ( !d->tabChangesFocus )
+			indent();
+		    break;
+		case Key_A:
+#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
+		    moveCursor( MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+#else
+		    selectAll( TRUE );
+#endif
+		    break;
+		case Key_B:
+		    moveCursor( MoveBackward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+		    break;
+		case Key_F:
+		    moveCursor( MoveForward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+		    break;
+		case Key_D:
+		    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+			removeSelectedText();
+			break;
+		    }
+		    doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
+		    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+		    break;
+		case Key_H:
+		    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+			removeSelectedText();
+			break;
+		    }
+		    if ( !cursor->paragraph()->prev() &&
+			 cursor->atParagStart() )
+			break;
+
+		    doKeyboardAction( ActionBackspace );
+		    clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
+		    break;
+		case Key_E:
+		    moveCursor( MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+		    break;
+		case Key_N:
+		    moveCursor( MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+		    break;
+		case Key_P:
+		    moveCursor( MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
+		    break;
+		case Key_Z:
+		    if(e->state() & ShiftButton)
+			redo();
+		    else
+			undo();
+		    break;
+		case Key_Y:
+		    redo();
+		    break;
+		case Key_K:
+		    doKeyboardAction( ActionKill );
+		    break;
+#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
+		case Key_Insert:
+		    copy();
+		    break;
+		case Key_Delete:
+		    del();
+		    break;
+#endif
+		default:
+		    unknownKey = FALSE;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		unknownKey = TRUE;
+	    }
+        }
+    }
+
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+    if ( clearUndoRedoInfo )
+	clearUndoRedo();
+    changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
+    if ( unknownKey )
+	e->ignore();
+}
+
+/*!
+  This function is not intended as polymorphic usage. Just a shared code
+  fragment that calls TQWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext() easily for this
+  class.
+ */
+bool TQTextEdit::sendMouseEventToInputContext( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
+    if ( d->composeMode() ) {
+	TQTextCursor c( doc );
+	if ( c.place( e->pos(), doc->firstParagraph(), FALSE, FALSE, FALSE ) ) {
+	    int mousePos = c.index() - d->preeditStart;
+	    if ( cursor->globalY() == c.globalY() &&
+		 mousePos >= 0 && mousePos < d->preeditLength ) {
+		TQWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext( mousePos, e->type(),
+						       e->button(), e->state() );
+	    }
+	} else if ( e->type() != TQEvent::MouseMove ) {
+	    // send button events on out of preedit
+	    TQWidget::sendMouseEventToInputContext( -1, e->type(),
+						   e->button(), e->state() );
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+#endif
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::imStartEvent( TQIMEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
+	e->ignore();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    if ( hasSelectedText() )
+	removeSelectedText();
+    d->preeditStart = cursor->index();
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::IME;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::imComposeEvent( TQIMEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
+	e->ignore();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
+    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
+
+    if ( d->composeMode() && cursor->paragraph() )
+	cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
+    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
+    d->preeditLength = e->text().length();
+
+    int sellen = e->selectionLength();
+    uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected | AsIMCompositionText;
+    if ( sellen > 0 ) {
+      insertionFlags |= WithIMSelection;
+    }
+    insert( e->text(), insertionFlags );
+    // insert can trigger an imEnd event as it emits a textChanged signal, so better
+    // be careful
+    if(d->preeditStart != -1) {
+	cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
+	TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
+	cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
+	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText, *cursor );
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText, c );
+
+	cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
+
+	if ( sellen > 0 ) {
+	    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() + sellen );
+	    c = *cursor;
+	    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
+	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText, *cursor );
+	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText, c );
+#if 0
+ 	    // Disabled for Asian input method that shows candidate
+ 	    // window. This behavior is same as TQt/E 2.3.7 which supports
+ 	    // Asian input methods. Asian input methods need start point
+ 	    // of IM selection text to place candidate window as adjacent
+ 	    // to the selection text.
+	    cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::imEndEvent( TQIMEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
+	e->ignore();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
+    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
+
+    if (undoRedoInfo.type == UndoRedoInfo::IME)
+        undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Invalid;
+
+    if ( d->composeMode() && cursor->paragraph() )
+	cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
+    if ( d->preeditStart >= 0 ) {
+        cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
+	//TODO: TQt 4 we should use the new virtual insert function
+	insert( e->text(), FALSE );
+    }
+    d->preeditStart = d->preeditLength = -1;
+
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+
+static bool tqtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
+
+/*!
+    Executes keyboard action \a action. This is normally called by a
+    key event handler.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::doKeyboardAction( KeyboardAction action )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() && !tqtextedit_ignore_readonly )
+	return;
+
+    if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
+	return;
+
+    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    bool doUpdateCurrentFormat = TRUE;
+
+    switch ( action ) {
+    case ActionWordDelete:
+    case ActionDelete:
+	if ( action == ActionDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
+	    if ( undoEnabled ) {
+		checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
+		if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
+		    undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+		    undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
+		    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
+		}
+		int idx = cursor->index();
+		do {
+		    undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( undoRedoInfo.d->text.length(), cursor->paragraph()->at( idx++ ), TRUE );
+		} while ( !cursor->paragraph()->string()->validCursorPosition( idx ) );
+	    }
+	    cursor->remove();
+	} else {
+	    clearUndoRedo();
+	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	    if ( action == ActionWordDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
+		cursor->gotoNextWord();
+	    } else {
+		cursor->gotoNextLetter();
+	    }
+	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	    removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	}
+	break;
+    case ActionWordBackspace:
+    case ActionBackspace:
+	if ( textFormat() == TQt::RichText
+	     && (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
+		 || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() )
+	     && cursor->index() == 0 ) {
+	    if ( undoEnabled ) {
+		clearUndoRedo();
+		undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
+		undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+		undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
+		undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
+	    }
+	    int ldepth = cursor->paragraph()->listDepth();
+	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() && ldepth == 1 ) {
+		cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
+	    } else if ( TQMAX( ldepth, 1 ) == 1 ) {
+		cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
+		cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
+	    } else {
+		cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( ldepth - 1 );
+	    }
+	    clearUndoRedo();
+	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
+	    repaintChanged();
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	if ( action == ActionBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
+	    if ( undoEnabled ) {
+		checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
+		if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
+		    undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+		    undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
+		    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
+		}
+		undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( 0, cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 ), TRUE );
+		undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index()-1;
+	    }
+	    cursor->removePreviousChar();
+	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
+	} else if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev()
+		    || (action == ActionWordBackspace
+			&& !cursor->atParagStart()) ) {
+	    clearUndoRedo();
+	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	    if ( action == ActionWordBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
+		cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
+	    } else {
+		cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
+	    }
+	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	    removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	}
+	break;
+    case ActionReturn:
+	if ( undoEnabled ) {
+	    checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Return );
+	    if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
+		undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+		undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
+		undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
+	    }
+	    undoRedoInfo.d->text += "\n";
+	}
+	cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
+	if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() ) {
+	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph()->prev();
+	    lastFormatted->invalidate( 0 );
+	}
+	doUpdateCurrentFormat = FALSE;
+	break;
+    case ActionKill:
+	clearUndoRedo();
+	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	if ( cursor->atParagEnd() )
+	    cursor->gotoNextLetter();
+	else
+	    cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	break;
+    }
+
+    formatMore();
+    repaintChanged();
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+    if ( doUpdateCurrentFormat )
+	updateCurrentFormat();
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::readFormats( TQTextCursor &c1, TQTextCursor &c2, TQTextString &text, bool fillStyles )
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    TQDataStream styleStream( undoRedoInfo.styleInformation, IO_WriteOnly );
+#endif
+    c2.restoreState();
+    c1.restoreState();
+    int lastIndex = text.length();
+    if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
+	for ( int i = c1.index(); i < c2.index(); ++i )
+	    text.insert( lastIndex + i - c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+	if ( fillStyles ) {
+	    styleStream << (int) 1;
+	    c1.paragraph()->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
+	}
+#endif
+    } else {
+	int i;
+	for ( i = c1.index(); i < c1.paragraph()->length()-1; ++i )
+	    text.insert( lastIndex++, c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
+	int num = 2; // start and end, being different
+	text += "\n"; lastIndex++;
+
+        if (c1.paragraph()->next() != c2.paragraph()) {
+            num += text.appendParagraphs(c1.paragraph()->next(), c2.paragraph());
+            lastIndex = text.length();
+        }
+
+	for ( i = 0; i < c2.index(); ++i )
+	    text.insert( i + lastIndex, c2.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+	if ( fillStyles ) {
+	    styleStream << num;
+	    for ( TQTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph(); --num >= 0; p = p->next() )
+		p->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the selection \a selNum (by default 0). This does not
+    remove the selected text.
+
+    \sa removeSelectedText()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::removeSelection( int selNum )
+{
+    doc->removeSelection( selNum );
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Deletes the text of selection \a selNum (by default, the default
+    selection, 0). If there is no selected text nothing happens.
+
+    \sa selectedText removeSelection()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::removeSelectedText( int selNum )
+{
+    if(selNum != 0)
+        resetInputContext();
+
+    TQTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( selNum );
+    c1.restoreState();
+    TQTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( selNum );
+    c2.restoreState();
+
+    // ### no support for editing tables yet, plus security for broken selections
+    if ( c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth() )
+	return;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i ) {
+	if ( i == selNum )
+	    continue;
+	doc->removeSelection( i );
+    }
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    if ( undoEnabled ) {
+	checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::RemoveSelected );
+	if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
+	    doc->selectionStart( selNum, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.index );
+	    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
+	}
+	readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text, TRUE );
+    }
+
+    doc->removeSelectedText( selNum, cursor );
+    if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
+	lastFormatted = 0; // make sync a noop
+	ensureCursorVisible();
+	lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
+	formatMore();
+	repaintContents( FALSE );
+	ensureCursorVisible();
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	clearUndoRedo();
+#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
+	// there seems to be a problem with repainting or erasing the area
+	// of the scrollview which is not the contents on windows
+	if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
+	    viewport()->repaint( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), TRUE );
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	updateMicroFocusHint();
+    } else {
+	delete cursor;
+	cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	repaintContents( TRUE );
+    }
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+    emit selectionChanged();
+    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the text cursor according to \a action. This is normally
+    used by some key event handler. \a select specifies whether the
+    text between the current cursor position and the new position
+    should be selected.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action, bool select )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return;
+#endif
+#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
+    TQTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
+    TQTextCursor c2;
+#endif
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    if ( select ) {
+	if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) )
+	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
+	moveCursor( action );
+#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
+	c2 = *cursor;
+	if (c1 == c2)
+	    if (action == MoveDown || action == MovePgDown)
+		moveCursor( MoveEnd );
+	    else if (action == MoveUp || action == MovePgUp)
+		moveCursor( MoveHome );
+#endif
+	if ( doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) ) {
+	    cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+	    repaintChanged();
+	} else {
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	}
+	ensureCursorVisible();
+	emit selectionChanged();
+	emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
+    } else {
+#ifdef TQ_WS_MACX
+	TQTextCursor cStart = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	TQTextCursor cEnd = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	if (redraw && action == MoveDown)
+	    *cursor = cEnd;
+	else if (redraw && action == MoveUp)
+	    *cursor = cStart;
+	if (redraw && action == MoveForward)
+	    *cursor = cEnd;
+	else if (redraw && action == MoveBackward)
+	    *cursor = cStart;
+	else
+	    moveCursor( action );
+	c2 = *cursor;
+	if (c1 == c2)
+	    if (action == MoveDown)
+		moveCursor( MoveEnd );
+	    else if (action == MoveUp)
+		moveCursor( MoveHome );
+#else
+	bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	moveCursor( action );
+#endif
+	if ( !redraw ) {
+	    ensureCursorVisible();
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	} else {
+	    cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+	    repaintChanged();
+	    ensureCursorVisible();
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	}
+	if ( redraw ) {
+	    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
+	    emit selectionChanged();
+	}
+    }
+
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    updateCurrentFormat();
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action )
+{
+    resetInputContext();
+    switch ( action ) {
+    case MoveBackward:
+	cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
+	break;
+    case MoveWordBackward:
+	cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
+	break;
+    case MoveForward:
+	cursor->gotoNextLetter();
+	break;
+    case MoveWordForward:
+	cursor->gotoNextWord();
+	break;
+    case MoveUp:
+	cursor->gotoUp();
+	break;
+    case MovePgUp:
+	cursor->gotoPageUp( visibleHeight() );
+	break;
+    case MoveDown:
+	cursor->gotoDown();
+	break;
+    case MovePgDown:
+	cursor->gotoPageDown( visibleHeight() );
+	break;
+    case MoveLineStart:
+	cursor->gotoLineStart();
+	break;
+    case MoveHome:
+	cursor->gotoHome();
+	break;
+    case MoveLineEnd:
+	cursor->gotoLineEnd();
+	break;
+    case MoveEnd:
+	ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
+	cursor->gotoEnd();
+	break;
+    }
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+    updateCurrentFormat();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
+{
+    TQScrollView::resizeEvent( e );
+    if ( doc->visibleWidth() == 0 )
+	doResize();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::viewportResizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
+{
+    TQScrollView::viewportResizeEvent( e );
+    if ( e->oldSize().width() != e->size().width() ) {
+	bool stayAtBottom = e->oldSize().height() != e->size().height() &&
+	       contentsY() > 0 && contentsY() >= doc->height() - e->oldSize().height();
+	doResize();
+	if ( stayAtBottom )
+	    scrollToBottom();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
+    necessary.
+
+    \sa setCursorPosition()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible()
+{
+    // Not visible or the user is draging the window, so don't position to caret yet
+    if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !isVisible() || isHorizontalSliderPressed() || isVerticalSliderPressed() ) {
+	d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = TRUE;
+	return;
+    }
+    sync();
+    TQTextStringChar *chr = cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() );
+    int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
+    int x = cursor->paragraph()->rect().x() + chr->x + cursor->offsetX();
+    int y = 0; int dummy;
+    cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index(), &dummy, &y );
+    y += cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() + cursor->offsetY();
+    int w = 1;
+    ensureVisible( x, y + h / 2, w, h / 2 + 2 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::sliderReleased()
+{
+    if ( d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent && isVisible() ) {
+	d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
+	ensureCursorVisible();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::drawCursor( bool visible )
+{
+    if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() ||
+	 !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() ||
+	 !cursor->paragraph() ||
+	 !cursor->paragraph()->isValid() ||
+	 ( !style().styleHint( TQStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) &&
+	   ( d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ))) ||
+	 ( visible && !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() && !inDnD ) ||
+         doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText ) ||
+	 isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+
+    // Asian users regard selection text as cursor on candidate
+    // selection phase of input method, so ordinary cursor should be
+    // invisible if IM selection text exists.
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText ) ) {
+        visible = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    TQPainter p( viewport() );
+    TQRect r( cursor->topParagraph()->rect() );
+    cursor->paragraph()->setChanged( TRUE );
+    p.translate( -contentsX() + cursor->totalOffsetX(), -contentsY() + cursor->totalOffsetY() );
+    TQPixmap *pix = 0;
+    TQColorGroup cg( colorGroup() );
+    const TQColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = TQPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
+    if ( cursor->paragraph()->background() )
+	cg.setBrush( backRole, *cursor->paragraph()->background() );
+    else if ( doc->paper() )
+	cg.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
+    p.setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
+    cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
+    if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
+	int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
+	int dist = 5;
+	if ( ( cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & TQt::AlignJustify ) == TQt::AlignJustify )
+	    dist = 50;
+	int x = r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX() + cursor->x() - dist;
+	x = TQMAX( x, 0 );
+	p.setClipRect( TQRect( x - contentsX(),
+			      r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y() - contentsY(), 2 * dist, h ) );
+	doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), x,
+			r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y(), 2 * dist, h, pix, cg, visible, cursor );
+    } else {
+	doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX(),
+			r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY(), r.width(), r.height(),
+			pix, cg, visible, cursor );
+    }
+    cursorVisible = visible;
+}
+
+enum {
+    IdUndo = 0,
+    IdRedo = 1,
+    IdCut = 2,
+    IdCopy = 3,
+    IdPaste = 4,
+    IdClear = 5,
+    IdSelectAll = 6
+};
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+void TQTextEdit::contentsWheelEvent( TQWheelEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
+	if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
+	    if ( e->delta() > 0 )
+		zoomOut();
+	    else if ( e->delta() < 0 )
+		zoomIn();
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+    TQScrollView::contentsWheelEvent( e );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimMousePressEvent( e );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) )
+	return;
+
+    if ( d->trippleClickTimer->isActive() &&
+	 ( e->globalPos() - d->trippleClickPoint ).manhattanLength() <
+	 TQApplication::startDragDistance() ) {
+	TQTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
+	TQTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
+	c1.gotoLineStart();
+	c2.gotoLineEnd();
+	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
+	*cursor = c2;
+	repaintChanged();
+	mousePressed = TRUE;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
+    TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
+    mousePos = e->pos();
+    mightStartDrag = FALSE;
+    pressedLink = TQString::null;
+    d->pressedName = TQString::null;
+
+    if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) {
+	mousePressed = TRUE;
+	drawCursor( FALSE );
+	placeCursor( e->pos() );
+	ensureCursorVisible();
+
+	if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
+	    TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
+	    placeCursor( e->pos(), &c, TRUE );
+	    if ( c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
+		 c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor() ) {
+		pressedLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
+		d->pressedName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
+	    }
+	}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+	if ( doc->inSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) ) {
+	    mightStartDrag = TRUE;
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	    dragStartTimer->start( TQApplication::startDragTime(), TRUE );
+	    dragStartPos = e->pos();
+	    return;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	bool redraw = FALSE;
+	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	    if ( !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
+		redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
+	    } else {
+		redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ( isReadOnly() || !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
+		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
+	    } else {
+		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c );
+		redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
+	    redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
+
+	if ( !redraw ) {
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	} else {
+	    repaintChanged();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	}
+    } else if ( e->button() == MidButton ) {
+	bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	if ( !redraw ) {
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	} else {
+	    repaintChanged();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( *cursor != oldCursor )
+	updateCurrentFormat();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimMouseMoveEvent( e );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) ) {
+	// don't return from here to avoid cursor vanishing
+    } else if ( mousePressed ) {
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+	if ( mightStartDrag ) {
+	    dragStartTimer->stop();
+	    if ( ( e->pos() - dragStartPos ).manhattanLength() > TQApplication::startDragDistance() ) {
+		TQGuardedPtr<TQTextEdit> guard( this );
+		startDrag();
+		if (guard.isNull()) // we got deleted during the dnd
+                    return;
+	    }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    if ( !isReadOnly() )
+		viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	    return;
+	}
+#endif
+	mousePos = e->pos();
+	handleMouseMove( mousePos );
+	oldMousePos = mousePos;
+    }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( !isReadOnly() && !mousePressed ) {
+	if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) && doc->inSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) )
+	    viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
+	else
+	    viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
+    }
+#endif
+    updateCursor( e->pos() );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::copyToClipboard()
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    if (TQApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
+	d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Selection;
+
+	// don't listen to selection changes
+	disconnect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
+	copy();
+	// listen to selection changes
+	connect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
+		 this, TQ_SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
+
+	d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Clipboard;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( !inDoubleClick && !d->composeMode() ) { // could be the release of a dblclick
+	int para = 0;
+	int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
+	emit clicked( para, index );
+    }
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimMouseReleaseEvent( e );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) )
+	return;
+    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
+    if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
+	scrollTimer->stop();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    if ( dragStartTimer->isActive() )
+	dragStartTimer->stop();
+    if ( mightStartDrag ) {
+	selectAll( FALSE );
+	mousePressed = FALSE;
+    }
+#endif
+    bool mouseWasPressed = mousePressed;
+    if ( mousePressed ) {
+	mousePressed = FALSE;
+	copyToClipboard();
+    }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    else if ( e->button() == MidButton && !isReadOnly() ) {
+        // only do middle-click pasting on systems that have selections (ie. X11)
+        if (TQApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
+            drawCursor( FALSE );
+            placeCursor( e->pos() );
+            ensureCursorVisible();
+            doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
+            bool redraw = FALSE;
+            if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+                redraw = doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+                doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
+            } else {
+                doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
+            }
+            // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
+            for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
+                redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
+            if ( !redraw ) {
+                drawCursor( TRUE );
+            } else {
+                repaintChanged();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+                viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+            }
+	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Selection;
+            paste();
+	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Clipboard;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+    if ( oldCursor != *cursor )
+	updateCurrentFormat();
+    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+    if ( (   (!onLink.isEmpty() && onLink == pressedLink)
+	  || (!d->onName.isEmpty() && d->onName == d->pressedName))
+	 && linksEnabled() && mouseWasPressed ) {
+	if (!onLink.isEmpty()) {
+	    TQUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
+	    emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
+	}
+	if (::tqt_cast<TQTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
+	    TQConnectionList *clist = receivers(
+			"anchorClicked(const TQString&,const TQString&)");
+	    if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
+		TQUObject o[3];
+		static_QUType_TQString.set(o+1, d->onName);
+		static_QUType_TQString.set(o+2, onLink);
+		activate_signal( clist, o);
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// emitting linkClicked() may result in that the cursor winds
+	// up hovering over a different valid link - check this and
+	// set the appropriate cursor shape
+	updateCursor( e->pos() );
+    }
+#endif
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) )
+	doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+
+    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( e->button() != TQt::LeftButton && !d->composeMode() ) {
+	e->ignore();
+	return;
+    }
+    int para = 0;
+    int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
+	int startIdx = index, endIdx = index, i;
+	if ( !str[ index ].isSpace() ) {
+	    i = startIdx;
+	    // find start of word
+	    while ( i >= 0 && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
+		startIdx = i--;
+	    }
+	    i = endIdx;
+	    // find end of word..
+	    while ( (uint) i < str.length() && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
+		endIdx = ++i;
+	    }
+	    // ..and start of next
+	    while ( (uint) i < str.length() && str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
+		endIdx = ++i;
+	    }
+	    optimSetSelection( para, startIdx, para, endIdx );
+	    repaintContents( FALSE );
+	}
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	if ( sendMouseEventToInputContext( e ) )
+	    return;
+
+	TQTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
+	TQTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
+#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+	TQTextParagraph *para = cursor->paragraph();
+	if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
+	    if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() ) {
+		while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
+			c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isLetterOrNumber() )
+		    c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
+		while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() &&
+			!c2.atParagEnd() )
+		    c2.gotoNextLetter();
+	    } else if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() ) {
+		while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
+			c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
+		    c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
+		while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isSpace() &&
+			!c2.atParagEnd() )
+		    c2.gotoNextLetter();
+	    } else if ( !c2.atParagEnd() ) {
+		c2.gotoNextLetter();
+	    }
+	}
+#else
+	if ( cursor->index() > 0 && !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
+	    c1.gotoPreviousWord();
+	if ( !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() && !cursor->atParagEnd() )
+	    c2.gotoNextWord();
+#endif
+	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
+
+	*cursor = c2;
+
+	repaintChanged();
+
+	d->trippleClickTimer->start( tqApp->doubleClickInterval(), TRUE );
+	d->trippleClickPoint = e->globalPos();
+    }
+    inDoubleClick = TRUE;
+    mousePressed = TRUE;
+    emit doubleClicked( para, index );
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() || !TQTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
+	e->ignore();
+	return;
+    }
+    e->acceptAction();
+    inDnD = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() || !TQTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
+	e->ignore();
+	return;
+    }
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    placeCursor( e->pos(),  cursor );
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    e->acceptAction();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent * )
+{
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    inDnD = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::contentsDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+    inDnD = FALSE;
+    e->acceptAction();
+    bool intern = FALSE;
+    if ( TQRichTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
+	bool hasSel = doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	bool internalDrag = e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport();
+	int dropId, dropIndex;
+	TQTextCursor insertCursor = *cursor;
+	dropId = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+	dropIndex = cursor->index();
+	if ( hasSel && internalDrag ) {
+	    TQTextCursor c1, c2;
+	    int selStartId, selStartIndex;
+	    int selEndId, selEndIndex;
+	    c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	    c1.restoreState();
+	    c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	    c2.restoreState();
+	    selStartId = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
+	    selStartIndex = c1.index();
+	    selEndId = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
+	    selEndIndex = c2.index();
+	    if ( ( ( dropId > selStartId ) ||
+		   ( dropId == selStartId && dropIndex > selStartIndex ) ) &&
+		 ( ( dropId < selEndId ) ||
+		   ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex <= selEndIndex ) ) )
+		insertCursor = c1;
+	    if ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex > selEndIndex ) {
+		insertCursor = c1;
+		if ( selStartId == selEndId ) {
+		    insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex -
+					   ( selEndIndex - selStartIndex ) );
+		} else {
+		    insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex - selEndIndex +
+					   selStartIndex );
+		}
+	    }
+	 }
+
+	if ( internalDrag && e->action() == TQDropEvent::Move ) {
+	    removeSelectedText();
+	    intern = TRUE;
+	    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	} else {
+	    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	}
+	drawCursor( FALSE );
+	cursor->setParagraph( insertCursor.paragraph() );
+	cursor->setIndex( insertCursor.index() );
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
+	    TQString subType = "plain";
+	    if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
+		if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
+		    subType = "x-qrichtext";
+	    }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+	    pasteSubType( subType.latin1(), e );
+#endif
+	    // emit appropriate signals.
+	    emit selectionChanged();
+	    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+	    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+	} else {
+	    if ( intern )
+		undo();
+	    e->ignore();
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent *e )
+{
+    e->accept();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
+    if ( d->composeMode() )
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    mousePressed = FALSE;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_POPUPMENU
+    TQGuardedPtr<TQTextEdit> that = this;
+    TQGuardedPtr<TQPopupMenu> popup = createPopupMenu( e->pos() );
+    if ( !popup )
+	popup = createPopupMenu();
+    if ( !popup )
+	return;
+
+    int r = popup->exec( e->globalPos() );
+    delete popup;
+    if (!that)
+        return;
+
+    if ( r == d->id[ IdClear ] )
+	clear();
+    else if ( r == d->id[ IdSelectAll ] ) {
+	selectAll();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+        // if the clipboard support selections, put the newly selected text into
+        // the clipboard
+	if (TQApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
+	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Selection;
+
+            // don't listen to selection changes
+            disconnect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
+	    copy();
+            // listen to selection changes
+            connect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
+                     this, TQ_SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
+
+	    d->clipboard_mode = TQClipboard::Clipboard;
+	}
+#endif
+    } else if ( r == d->id[ IdUndo ] )
+	undo();
+    else if ( r == d->id[ IdRedo ] )
+	redo();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    else if ( r == d->id[ IdCut ] )
+	cut();
+    else if ( r == d->id[ IdCopy ] )
+	copy();
+    else if ( r == d->id[ IdPaste ] )
+	paste();
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void TQTextEdit::autoScrollTimerDone()
+{
+    if ( mousePressed )
+	handleMouseMove(  viewportToContents( viewport()->mapFromGlobal( TQCursor::pos() )  ) );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::handleMouseMove( const TQPoint& pos )
+{
+    if ( !mousePressed )
+	return;
+
+    if ( (!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < contentsY()) || pos.y() > contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
+	scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
+    else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= contentsY() && pos.y() <= contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
+	scrollTimer->stop();
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
+
+    placeCursor( pos );
+
+    if ( inDoubleClick ) {
+	TQTextCursor cl = *cursor;
+	cl.gotoPreviousWord();
+	TQTextCursor cr = *cursor;
+	cr.gotoNextWord();
+
+	int diff = TQABS( oldCursor.paragraph()->at( oldCursor.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
+	int ldiff = TQABS( cl.paragraph()->at( cl.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
+	int rdiff = TQABS( cr.paragraph()->at( cr.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
+
+
+	if ( cursor->paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( cursor->index() ) !=
+	     oldCursor.paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( oldCursor.index() ) )
+	    diff = 0xFFFFFF;
+
+	if ( rdiff < diff && rdiff < ldiff )
+	    *cursor = cr;
+	else if ( ldiff < diff && ldiff < rdiff )
+	    *cursor = cl;
+	else
+	    *cursor = oldCursor;
+
+    }
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+
+    bool redraw = FALSE;
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
+    }
+
+    if ( !redraw ) {
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+    } else {
+	repaintChanged();
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+    }
+
+    if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format()->key() ) {
+	currentFormat->removeRef();
+	currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() );
+	if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
+	    currentFormat->removeRef();
+	    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
+	}
+	emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
+	emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
+	emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
+    }
+
+    if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
+	currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
+	block_set_alignment = TRUE;
+	emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
+	block_set_alignment = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+void TQTextEdit::placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c, bool link )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return;
+#endif
+    if ( !c )
+	c = cursor;
+
+    resetInputContext();
+    c->restoreState();
+    TQTextParagraph *s = doc->firstParagraph();
+    c->place( pos, s, link );
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+}
+
+
+void TQTextEdit::updateMicroFocusHint()
+{
+    TQTextCursor c( *cursor );
+#if 0
+     // Disabled for Asian input method that shows candidate
+     // window. This behavior is same as TQt/E 2.3.7 which supports
+     // Asian input methods. Asian input methods need start point of IM
+     // selection text to place candidate window as adjacent to the
+     // selection text.    
+    if ( d->preeditStart != -1 ) {
+	c.setIndex( d->preeditStart );
+        if(doc->hasSelection(TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText)) {
+            int para, index;
+            doc->selectionStart(TQTextDocument::IMSelectionText, para, index);
+            c.setIndex(index);
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+    
+    if ( hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus() ) {
+	int h = c.paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
+	if ( !readOnly ) {
+	    TQFont f = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->format()->font();
+	    setMicroFocusHint( c.x() - contentsX() + frameWidth(),
+			       c.y() + cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() - contentsY() + frameWidth(), 0, h, TRUE, &f );
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+void TQTextEdit::formatMore()
+{
+    if ( !lastFormatted )
+	return;
+
+    int bottom = contentsHeight();
+    int lastTop = -1;
+    int lastBottom = -1;
+    int to = 20;
+    bool firstVisible = FALSE;
+    TQRect cr( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
+    for ( int i = 0; lastFormatted &&
+	  ( i < to || ( firstVisible && lastTop < contentsY()+height() ) );
+	  i++ ) {
+	lastFormatted->format();
+	lastTop = lastFormatted->rect().top();
+	lastBottom = lastFormatted->rect().bottom();
+	if ( i == 0 )
+	    firstVisible = lastBottom < cr.bottom();
+	bottom = TQMAX( bottom, lastBottom );
+	lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
+    }
+
+    if ( bottom > contentsHeight() ) {
+	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), TQMAX( doc->height(), bottom ) );
+    } else if ( !lastFormatted && lastBottom < contentsHeight() ) {
+	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), TQMAX( doc->height(), lastBottom ) );
+	if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
+	    updateContents( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
+			    visibleHeight() - contentsHeight() );
+    }
+
+    if ( lastFormatted )
+	formatTimer->start( interval, TRUE );
+    else
+	interval = TQMAX( 0, interval );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::doResize()
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( !d->optimMode )
+#endif
+    {
+	if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth )
+	    return;
+	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
+	resizeContents( 0, 0 );
+	doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
+	doc->invalidate();
+	lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+	interval = 0;
+	formatMore();
+    }
+    repaintContents( FALSE );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+void TQTextEdit::doChangeInterval()
+{
+    interval = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( !d->optimMode && (o == this || o == viewport()) ) {
+#else
+    if ( o == this || o == viewport() ) {
+#endif
+	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn ) {
+	    if ( TQApplication::cursorFlashTime() > 0 )
+		blinkTimer->start( TQApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2 );
+	    drawCursor( TRUE );
+	    updateMicroFocusHint();
+	} else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) {
+	    blinkTimer->stop();
+	    drawCursor( FALSE );
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( o == this && e->type() == TQEvent::PaletteChange ) {
+	TQColor old( viewport()->colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+	if ( old != colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) ) {
+	    TQColor c( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+	    doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
+	    doc->setDefaultFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), c );
+	    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+	    formatMore();
+	    repaintChanged();
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TQScrollView::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \obsolete
+ */
+void TQTextEdit::insert( const TQString &text, bool indent,
+			bool checkNewLine, bool removeSelected )
+{
+    uint f = 0;
+    if ( indent )
+	f |= RedoIndentation;
+    if ( checkNewLine )
+	f |= CheckNewLines;
+    if ( removeSelected )
+	f |= RemoveSelected;
+    insert( text, f );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a text at the current cursor position.
+
+    The \a insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If \c
+    RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If \c
+    CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \a text result in hard
+    line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \c checkNewLine is not set,
+    the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the \a text contains
+    newlines. (It is not possible to change TQTextEdit's newline handling
+    behavior, but you can use TQString::replace() to preprocess text
+    before inserting it.) If \c RemoveSelected is set, any selected
+    text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
+
+    The default flags are \c CheckNewLines | \c RemoveSelected.
+
+    If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do nothing.
+
+    \sa paste() pasteSubType()
+*/
+
+
+void TQTextEdit::insert( const TQString &text, uint insertionFlags )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return;
+#endif
+
+    if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
+	return;
+
+    bool indent = insertionFlags & RedoIndentation;
+    bool checkNewLine = insertionFlags & CheckNewLines;
+    bool removeSelected = insertionFlags & RemoveSelected;
+    bool imComposition = insertionFlags & AsIMCompositionText;
+    bool imSelection = insertionFlags & WithIMSelection;
+    TQString txt( text );
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    if ( !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) && removeSelected )
+	removeSelectedText();
+    TQTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
+    int oldLen = 0;
+
+    if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
+	checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
+
+        if (undoRedoInfo.valid() && undoRedoInfo.index + undoRedoInfo.d->text.length() != cursor->index()) {
+            clearUndoRedo();
+            undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Insert;
+        }
+
+	if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
+	    undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+	    undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
+	    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
+	}
+	oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
+    }
+
+    lastFormatted = checkNewLine && cursor->paragraph()->prev() ?
+		    cursor->paragraph()->prev() : cursor->paragraph();
+    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
+    cursor->insert( txt, checkNewLine );
+    if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() ) {
+	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor );
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	doc->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, TQTextFormat::Format );
+	doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+    }
+
+    if ( indent && ( txt == "{" || txt == "}" || txt == ":" || txt == "#" ) )
+	cursor->indent();
+    formatMore();
+    repaintChanged();
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    // Asian users regard selection text as cursor on candidate
+    // selection phase of input method, so ordinary cursor should be
+    // invisible if IM selection text exists.
+    drawCursor( !imSelection );
+
+    if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
+	undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
+	if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
+		if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format() ) {
+		    c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format()->addRef();
+		    undoRedoInfo.d->text.
+			setFormat( oldLen + i,
+				   c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format(), TRUE );
+		}
+		c2.gotoNextLetter();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !removeSelected ) {
+	doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
+	doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
+	repaintChanged();
+    }
+    // updateMicroFocusHint() should not be invoked here when this
+    // function is invoked from imComposeEvent() because cursor
+    // postion is incorrect yet. imComposeEvent() invokes
+    // updateMicroFocusHint() later.
+    if ( !imComposition ) {
+      updateMicroFocusHint();
+    }
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a text in the paragraph \a para at position \a index.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::insertAt( const TQString &text, int para, int index )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimInsert( text, para, index );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    resetInputContext();
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return;
+    removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    TQTextCursor tmp = *cursor;
+    cursor->setParagraph( p );
+    cursor->setIndex( index );
+    insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE );
+    *cursor = tmp;
+    removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts \a text as a new paragraph at position \a para. If \a para
+    is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
+    is performance critical.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::insertParagraph( const TQString &text, int para )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimInsert( text + "\n", para, 0 );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    resetInputContext();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
+	doc->removeSelection( i );
+
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+
+    bool append = !p;
+    if ( !p )
+	p = doc->lastParagraph();
+
+    TQTextCursor old = *cursor;
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+
+    cursor->setParagraph( p );
+    cursor->setIndex( 0 );
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    tqtextedit_ignore_readonly = TRUE;
+    if ( append && cursor->paragraph()->length() > 1 ) {
+	cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
+	doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
+    }
+    insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE );
+    doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
+    tqtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    *cursor = old;
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the paragraph \a para.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::removeParagraph( int para )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return;
+#endif
+    resetInputContext();
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return;
+
+    for ( int i = 0; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
+	doc->removeSelection( i );
+
+    TQTextCursor start( doc );
+    TQTextCursor end( doc );
+    start.setParagraph( p );
+    start.setIndex( 0 );
+    end.setParagraph( p );
+    end.setIndex( p->length() - 1 );
+
+    if ( !(p == doc->firstParagraph() && p == doc->lastParagraph()) ) {
+	if ( p->next() ) {
+	    end.setParagraph( p->next() );
+	    end.setIndex( 0 );
+	} else if ( p->prev() ) {
+	    start.setParagraph( p->prev() );
+	    start.setIndex( p->prev()->length() - 1 );
+	}
+    }
+
+    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, start );
+    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, end );
+    removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Undoes the last operation.
+
+    If there is no operation to undo, i.e. there is no undo step in
+    the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
+
+    \sa undoAvailable() redo() undoDepth()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::undo()
+{
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
+	return;
+
+    resetInputContext();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
+	doc->removeSelection( i );
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextCursor *c = doc->undo( cursor );
+    if ( !c ) {
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	return;
+    }
+    lastFormatted = 0;
+    repaintChanged();
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+    setModified();
+    // ### If we get back to a completely blank textedit, it
+    // is possible that cursor is invalid and further actions
+    // might not fix the problem, so reset the cursor here.
+    // This is copied from removeSeletedText(), it might be
+    // okay to just call that.
+    if ( !cursor->isValid() ) {
+	delete cursor;
+	cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	repaintContents( TRUE );
+    }
+    emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
+    emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Redoes the last operation.
+
+    If there is no operation to redo, i.e. there is no redo step in
+    the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
+
+    \sa redoAvailable() undo() undoDepth()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::redo()
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
+	return;
+
+    resetInputContext();
+    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
+	doc->removeSelection( i );
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextCursor *c = doc->redo( cursor );
+    if ( !c ) {
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	return;
+    }
+    lastFormatted = 0;
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    repaintChanged();
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+    setModified();
+    emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
+    emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Pastes the text from the clipboard into the text edit at the
+    current cursor position. Only plain text is pasted.
+
+    If there is no text in the clipboard nothing happens.
+
+    \sa pasteSubType() cut() TQTextEdit::copy()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::paste()
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+    TQString subType = "plain";
+    if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
+	TQMimeSource *m = TQApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
+	if ( !m )
+	    return;
+	if ( m->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
+	    subType = "x-qrichtext";
+    }
+
+    pasteSubType( subType.latin1() );
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+#endif
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Type t )
+{
+    if ( undoRedoInfo.valid() && t != undoRedoInfo.type ) {
+	clearUndoRedo();
+    }
+    undoRedoInfo.type = t;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Repaints any paragraphs that have changed.
+
+    Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call
+    this yourself.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::repaintChanged()
+{
+    if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() )
+	return;
+
+    TQPainter p( viewport() );
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimDrawContents( &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    p.translate( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
+    paintDocument( FALSE, &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+TQTextDrag *TQTextEdit::dragObject( TQWidget *parent ) const
+{
+    if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ||
+	 doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard ).isEmpty() )
+	return 0;
+    if ( textFormat() != RichText )
+	return new TQTextDrag( doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard ), parent );
+    TQRichTextDrag *drag = new TQRichTextDrag( parent );
+    drag->setPlainText( doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
+    drag->setRichText( doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
+    return drag;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Copies the selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard and
+    deletes it from the text edit.
+
+    If there is no selected text (in selection 0) nothing happens.
+
+    \sa TQTextEdit::copy() paste() pasteSubType()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::cut()
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+    resetInputContext();
+    normalCopy();
+    removeSelectedText();
+    updateMicroFocusHint();
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::normalCopy()
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+    TQTextDrag *drag = dragObject();
+    if ( !drag )
+	return;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+    TQApplication::clipboard()->setData( drag, d->clipboard_mode );
+#endif // TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+#endif // TQT_NO_MIME
+}
+
+/*!
+    Copies any selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard.
+
+    \sa hasSelectedText() copyAvailable()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::copy()
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+# ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode && optimHasSelection() )
+	TQApplication::clipboard()->setText( optimSelectedText(), d->clipboard_mode );
+    else
+	normalCopy();
+# else
+    normalCopy();
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Re-indents the current paragraph.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::indent()
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    if ( !doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) )
+	cursor->indent();
+    else
+	doc->indentSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    repaintChanged();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reimplemented to allow tabbing through links. If \a n is TRUE the
+    tab moves the focus to the next child; if \a n is FALSE the tab
+    moves the focus to the previous child. Returns TRUE if the focus
+    was moved; otherwise returns FALSE.
+ */
+
+bool TQTextEdit::focusNextPrevChild( bool n )
+{
+    if ( !isReadOnly() || !linksEnabled() )
+	return FALSE;
+    bool b = doc->focusNextPrevChild( n );
+    repaintChanged();
+    if ( b ) {
+        TQTextParagraph *p = doc->focusIndicator.parag;
+        int start = doc->focusIndicator.start;
+        int len = doc->focusIndicator.len;
+
+        int y = p->rect().y();
+        while ( p
+                && len == 0
+                && p->at( start )->isCustom()
+                && p->at( start )->customItem()->isNested() ) {
+
+            TQTextTable *t = (TQTextTable*)p->at( start )->customItem();
+            TQPtrList<TQTextTableCell> cells = t->tableCells();
+            TQTextTableCell *c;
+            for ( c = cells.first(); c; c = cells.next() ) {
+                TQTextDocument *cellDoc = c->richText();
+                if ( cellDoc->hasFocusParagraph() ) {
+                    y += c->geometry().y() + c->verticalAlignmentOffset();
+
+                    p = cellDoc->focusIndicator.parag;
+                    start = cellDoc->focusIndicator.start;
+                    len = cellDoc->focusIndicator.len;
+                    if ( p )
+                        y += p->rect().y();
+
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        setContentsPos( contentsX(), TQMIN( y, contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
+    }
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+  This functions sets the current format to \a f. Only the fields of \a
+  f which are specified by the \a flags are used.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setFormat( TQTextFormat *f, int flags )
+{
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	drawCursor( FALSE );
+	TQTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	c1.restoreState();
+	TQTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	c2.restoreState();
+	if ( undoEnabled ) {
+	    clearUndoRedo();
+	    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Format;
+	    undoRedoInfo.id = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
+	    undoRedoInfo.index = c1.index();
+	    undoRedoInfo.eid = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
+	    undoRedoInfo.eindex = c2.index();
+	    readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text );
+	    undoRedoInfo.format = f;
+	    undoRedoInfo.flags = flags;
+	    clearUndoRedo();
+	}
+	doc->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Standard, f, flags );
+	repaintChanged();
+	formatMore();
+	drawCursor( TRUE );
+	setModified();
+	emit textChanged();
+    }
+    if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != f->key() ) {
+	currentFormat->removeRef();
+	currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( f );
+	if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
+	    currentFormat->removeRef();
+	    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(),
+							     currentFormat->color() );
+	}
+	emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
+	emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
+	emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
+	if ( cursor->index() == cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 ) {
+	    currentFormat->addRef();
+	    cursor->paragraph()->string()->setFormat( cursor->index(), currentFormat, TRUE );
+	    if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() == 1 ) {
+		cursor->paragraph()->invalidate( 0 );
+		cursor->paragraph()->format();
+		repaintChanged();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setPalette( const TQPalette &p )
+{
+    TQScrollView::setPalette( p );
+    if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
+	TQTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
+	f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
+	updateContents();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+  \warning In TQt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
+  functionality which is provided by this function and in TQt 4.0 this
+  function will go away.
+
+  Sets the paragraph style of the current paragraph
+  to \a dm. If \a dm is TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, the
+  type of the list item is set to \a listStyle.
+
+  \sa setAlignment()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm,
+			      TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
+    TQTextParagraph *end = start;
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	start = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
+	end = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
+	if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
+	    return; // do not trust our selections
+    }
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
+    undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
+    undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
+    undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
+
+    while ( start != end->next() ) {
+	start->setListStyle( listStyle );
+	if ( dm == TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
+	    start->setListItem( TRUE );
+	    if( start->listDepth() == 0 )
+		start->setListDepth( 1 );
+	} else if ( start->isListItem() ) {
+	    start->setListItem( FALSE );
+	    start->setListDepth( TQMAX( start->listDepth()-1, 0 ) );
+	}
+	start = start->next();
+    }
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    repaintChanged();
+    formatMore();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \a a. Valid
+    alignments are \c TQt::AlignLeft, \c TQt::AlignRight,
+    \c TQt::AlignJustify and \c TQt::AlignCenter (which centers
+    horizontally).
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setAlignment( int a )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() || block_set_alignment )
+	return;
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
+    TQTextParagraph *end = start;
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	start = doc->selectionStartCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
+	end = doc->selectionEndCursor( TQTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
+	if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
+	    return; // do not trust our selections
+    }
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
+    undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
+    undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
+    undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = TQTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
+
+    while ( start != end->next() ) {
+	start->setAlignment( a );
+	start = start->next();
+    }
+
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    repaintChanged();
+    formatMore();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    if ( currentAlignment != a ) {
+	currentAlignment = a;
+	emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
+    }
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::updateCurrentFormat()
+{
+    int i = cursor->index();
+    if ( i > 0 )
+	--i;
+    if ( doc->useFormatCollection() &&
+	 ( !currentFormat || currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format()->key() ) ) {
+	if ( currentFormat )
+	    currentFormat->removeRef();
+	currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format() );
+	if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
+	    currentFormat->removeRef();
+	    currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
+	}
+	emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
+	emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
+	emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
+    }
+
+    if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
+	currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
+	block_set_alignment = TRUE;
+	emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
+	block_set_alignment = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to italic; otherwise sets
+    the current format to non-italic.
+
+    \sa italic()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setItalic( bool b )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setItalic( b );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat(f2, TQTextFormat::Italic );
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets
+    the current format to non-bold.
+
+    \sa bold()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setBold( bool b )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setBold( b );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Bold );
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to underline; otherwise
+    sets the current format to non-underline.
+
+    \sa underline()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setUnderline( bool b )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setUnderline( b );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Underline );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the font family of the current format to \a fontFamily.
+
+    \sa family() setCurrentFont()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setFamily( const TQString &fontFamily )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setFamily( fontFamily );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Family );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the point size of the current format to \a s.
+
+    Note that if \a s is zero or negative, the behaviour of this
+    function is not defined.
+
+    \sa pointSize() setCurrentFont() setFamily()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setPointSize( int s )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setPointSize( s );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Size );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \a c.
+
+    \sa color() setPaper()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setColor( const TQColor &c )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setColor( c );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Color );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the vertical alignment of the current format, i.e. of the
+    text, to \a a.
+
+    \sa color() setPaper()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment a )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setVAlign( (TQTextFormat::VerticalAlignment)a );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::VAlign );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setFontInternal( const TQFont &f_ )
+{
+    TQTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
+    f.setFont( f_ );
+    TQTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
+    setFormat( f2, TQTextFormat::Font );
+}
+
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::text() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return optimText();
+#endif
+
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
+    if ( !p || (!p->next() && p->length() <= 1) )
+	return TQString::fromLatin1("");
+
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return doc->originalText();
+    return doc->text();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the text of paragraph \a para.
+
+    If textFormat() is \c RichText the text will contain HTML
+    formatting tags.
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::text( int para ) const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode && (d->od->numLines >= para) ) {
+	TQString paraStr = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
+	if ( paraStr.isEmpty() )
+	    paraStr = "\n";
+	return paraStr;
+    } else
+#endif
+    return doc->text( para );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Changes the text of the text edit to the string \a text and the
+    context to \a context. Any previous text is removed.
+
+    \a text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
+    depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
+    i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format from \a text.
+
+    For rich text the rendering style and available tags are defined
+    by a styleSheet(); see TQStyleSheet for details.
+
+    The optional \a context is a path which the text edit's
+    TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and
+    images. (See \l{TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit()}.) It is passed to the text
+    edit's TQMimeSourceFactory when quering data.
+
+    Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function.
+
+    \sa text(), setTextFormat()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setText( const TQString &text, const TQString &context )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimSetText( text );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    resetInputContext();
+    if ( !isModified() && isReadOnly() &&
+	 this->context() == context && this->text() == text )
+	return;
+
+    emit undoAvailable( FALSE );
+    emit redoAvailable( FALSE );
+    undoRedoInfo.clear();
+    doc->commands()->clear();
+
+    lastFormatted = 0;
+    int oldCursorPos = cursor->index();
+    int oldCursorPar = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+    cursor->restoreState();
+    delete cursor;
+    doc->setText( text, context );
+
+    if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
+	resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
+	doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
+	doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
+    } else {
+	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
+	resizeContents( 0, 0 );
+    }
+
+    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+    updateContents();
+
+    if ( isModified() )
+	setModified( FALSE );
+    emit textChanged();
+    if ( cursor->index() != oldCursorPos || cursor->paragraph()->paragId() != oldCursorPar ) {
+	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+    }
+    formatMore();
+    updateCurrentFormat();
+    d->scrollToAnchor = TQString::null;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::text
+    \brief the text edit's text
+
+    There is no default text.
+
+    On setting, any previous text is deleted.
+
+    The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
+    depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
+    i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
+
+    For richtext, calling text() on an editable TQTextEdit will cause
+    the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
+    the TQString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
+    was set.
+
+    \sa textFormat
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::readOnly
+    \brief whether the text edit is read-only
+
+    In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
+    text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
+
+    This property's default is FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Finds the next occurrence of the string, \a expr. Returns TRUE if
+    \a expr was found; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    If \a para and \a index are both 0 the search begins from the
+    current cursor position. If \a para and \a index are both not 0,
+    the search begins from the \a *index character position in the
+    \a *para paragraph.
+
+    If \a cs is TRUE the search is case sensitive, otherwise it is
+    case insensitive. If \a wo is TRUE the search looks for whole word
+    matches only; otherwise it searches for any matching text. If \a
+    forward is TRUE (the default) the search works forward from the
+    starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it works
+    backwards to the beginning of the text.
+
+    If \a expr is found the function returns TRUE. If \a index and \a
+    para are not 0, the number of the paragraph in which the first
+    character of the match was found is put into \a *para, and the
+    index position of that character within the paragraph is put into
+    \a *index.
+
+    If \a expr is not found the function returns FALSE. If \a index
+    and \a para are not 0 and \a expr is not found, \a *index
+    and \a *para are undefined.
+
+    Please note that this function will make the next occurrence of
+    the string (if found) the current selection, and will thus
+    modify the cursor position.
+
+    Using the \a para and \a index parameters will not work correctly
+    in case the document contains tables.
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::find( const TQString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward,
+		      int *para, int *index )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return optimFind( expr, cs, wo, forward, para, index );
+#endif
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+    TQTextCursor findcur = *cursor;
+    if ( para && index ) {
+	if ( doc->paragAt( *para ) )
+	    findcur.gotoPosition( doc->paragAt(*para), *index );
+	else
+	    findcur.gotoEnd();
+    } else if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ){
+	// maks sure we do not find the same selection again
+	if ( forward )
+	    findcur.gotoNextLetter();
+	else
+	    findcur.gotoPreviousLetter();
+    } else if (!forward && findcur.index() == 0 && findcur.paragraph() == findcur.topParagraph()) {
+	findcur.gotoEnd();
+    }
+    removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    bool found = doc->find( findcur, expr, cs, wo, forward );
+    if ( found ) {
+	if ( para )
+	    *para = findcur.paragraph()->paragId();
+	if ( index )
+	    *index = findcur.index();
+	*cursor = findcur;
+	repaintChanged();
+	ensureCursorVisible();
+    }
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    if (found) {
+	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+	emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+    }
+    return found;
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::blinkCursor()
+{
+    if ( !cursorVisible )
+	return;
+    bool cv = cursorVisible;
+    blinkCursorVisible = !blinkCursorVisible;
+    drawCursor( blinkCursorVisible );
+    cursorVisible = cv;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the cursor to position \a index in paragraph \a para.
+
+    \sa getCursorPosition()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setCursorPosition( int para, int index )
+{
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return;
+
+    resetInputContext();
+    if ( index > p->length() - 1 )
+	index = p->length() - 1;
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    cursor->setParagraph( p );
+    cursor->setIndex( index );
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+    updateCurrentFormat();
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function sets the \a *para and \a *index parameters to the
+    current cursor position. \a para and \a index must not be 0.
+
+    \sa setCursorPosition()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::getCursorPosition( int *para, int *index ) const
+{
+    if ( !para || !index )
+	return;
+    *para = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
+    *index = cursor->index();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets a selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in
+    paragraph \a paraFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in paragraph
+    \a paraTo.
+
+    Any existing selections which have a different id (\a selNum) are
+    left alone, but if an existing selection has the same id as \a
+    selNum it is removed and replaced by this selection.
+
+    Uses the selection settings of selection \a selNum. If \a selNum
+    is 0, this is the default selection.
+
+    The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \a selNum is 0,
+    otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged.
+
+    \sa getSelection() selectedText
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setSelection( int paraFrom, int indexFrom,
+			      int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if (d->optimMode) {
+	optimSetSelection(paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo);
+	repaintContents(FALSE);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    resetInputContext();
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
+	doc->removeSelection( selNum );
+	repaintChanged();
+    }
+    if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() - 1 )
+	doc->addSelection( selNum );
+    TQTextParagraph *p1 = doc->paragAt( paraFrom );
+    if ( !p1 )
+	return;
+    TQTextParagraph *p2 = doc->paragAt( paraTo );
+    if ( !p2 )
+	return;
+
+    if ( indexFrom > p1->length() - 1 )
+	indexFrom = p1->length() - 1;
+    if ( indexTo > p2->length() - 1 )
+	indexTo = p2->length() - 1;
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
+    TQTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
+    c.setParagraph( p1 );
+    c.setIndex( indexFrom );
+    cursor->setParagraph( p2 );
+    cursor->setIndex( indexTo );
+    doc->setSelectionStart( selNum, c );
+    doc->setSelectionEnd( selNum, *cursor );
+    repaintChanged();
+    ensureCursorVisible();
+    if ( selNum != TQTextDocument::Standard )
+	*cursor = oldCursor;
+    drawCursor( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    If there is a selection, \a *paraFrom is set to the number of the
+    paragraph in which the selection begins and \a *paraTo is set to
+    the number of the paragraph in which the selection ends. (They
+    could be the same.) \a *indexFrom is set to the index at which the
+    selection begins within \a *paraFrom, and \a *indexTo is set to
+    the index at which the selection ends within \a *paraTo.
+
+    If there is no selection, \a *paraFrom, \a *indexFrom, \a *paraTo
+    and \a *indexTo are all set to -1.
+
+    If \a paraFrom, \a indexFrom, \a paraTo or \a indexTo is 0 this
+    function does nothing.
+
+    The \a selNum is the number of the selection (multiple selections
+    are supported). It defaults to 0 (the default selection).
+
+    \sa setSelection() selectedText
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::getSelection( int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
+			      int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum ) const
+{
+    if ( !paraFrom || !paraTo || !indexFrom || !indexTo )
+	return;
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if (d->optimMode) {
+	*paraFrom = d->od->selStart.line;
+	*paraTo = d->od->selEnd.line;
+	*indexFrom = d->od->selStart.index;
+	*indexTo = d->od->selEnd.index;
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( !doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
+	*paraFrom = -1;
+	*indexFrom = -1;
+	*paraTo = -1;
+	*indexTo = -1;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    doc->selectionStart( selNum, *paraFrom, *indexFrom );
+    doc->selectionEnd( selNum, *paraTo, *indexTo );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::textFormat
+    \brief the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
+
+    The text format is one of the following:
+    \list
+    \i PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
+    verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
+    the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
+    paragraph.
+    \i RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
+    defined in the default stylesheet TQStyleSheet::defaultSheet().
+    \i LogText -  optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
+    limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
+    settings).
+    \i AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
+    rendering style is best, \c PlainText or \c RichText. This is done
+    by using the TQStyleSheet::mightBeRichText() function.
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setTextFormat( TextFormat format )
+{
+    doc->setTextFormat( format );
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    checkOptimMode();
+#endif
+}
+
+TQt::TextFormat TQTextEdit::textFormat() const
+{
+    return doc->textFormat();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of paragraphs in the text; an empty textedit is always
+    considered to have one paragraph, so 1 is returned in this case.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::paragraphs() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	return d->od->numLines;
+    }
+#endif
+    return doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of lines in paragraph \a para, or -1 if there
+    is no paragraph with index \a para.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::linesOfParagraph( int para ) const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	if ( d->od->numLines >= para )
+	    return 1;
+	else
+	    return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return -1;
+    return p->lines();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the length of the paragraph \a para (i.e. the number of
+    characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \a para.
+
+    This function ignores newlines.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::paragraphLength( int para ) const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	if ( d->od->numLines >= para ) {
+	    if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].isEmpty() ) // CR
+		return 1;
+	    else
+		return d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].length();
+	}
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return -1;
+    return p->length() - 1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of lines in the text edit; this could be 0.
+
+    \warning This function may be slow. Lines change all the time
+    during word wrapping, so this function has to iterate over all the
+    paragraphs and get the number of lines from each one individually.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::lines() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	return d->od->numLines;
+    }
+#endif
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
+    int l = 0;
+    while ( p ) {
+	l += p->lines();
+	p = p->next();
+    }
+
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the line number of the line in paragraph \a para in which
+    the character at position \a index appears. The \a index position is
+    relative to the beginning of the paragraph. If there is no such
+    paragraph or no such character at the \a index position (e.g. the
+    index is out of range) -1 is returned.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::lineOfChar( int para, int index )
+{
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return -1;
+
+    int idx, line;
+    TQTextStringChar *c = p->lineStartOfChar( index, &idx, &line );
+    if ( !c )
+	return -1;
+
+    return line;
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setModified( bool m )
+{
+    bool oldModified = modified;
+    modified = m;
+    if ( modified && doc->oTextValid )
+	doc->invalidateOriginalText();
+    if ( oldModified != modified )
+	emit modificationChanged( modified );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::modified
+    \brief whether the document has been modified by the user
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::isModified() const
+{
+    return modified;
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setModified()
+{
+    if ( !isModified() )
+	setModified( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setItalic()
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::italic() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->font().italic();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the current format is bold; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setBold()
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::bold() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->font().bold();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the current format is underlined; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setUnderline()
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::underline() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->font().underline();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font family of the current format.
+
+    \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::family() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->font().family();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the point size of the font of the current format.
+
+    \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::pointSize() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->font().pointSize();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the color of the current format.
+
+    \sa setColor() setPaper()
+*/
+
+TQColor TQTextEdit::color() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->color();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns TQScrollView::font()
+
+    \warning In previous versions this function returned the font of
+    the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
+    currentFont() instead.
+*/
+
+TQFont TQTextEdit::font() const
+{
+    return TQScrollView::font();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the font of the current format.
+
+    \sa setCurrentFont() setFamily() setPointSize()
+*/
+
+TQFont TQTextEdit::currentFont() const
+{
+    return currentFormat->font();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
+
+    \sa setAlignment()
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::alignment() const
+{
+    return currentAlignment;
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::startDrag()
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    mousePressed = FALSE;
+    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
+    TQDragObject *drag = dragObject( viewport() );
+    if ( !drag )
+	return;
+    if ( isReadOnly() ) {
+	drag->dragCopy();
+    } else {
+	if ( drag->drag() && TQDragObject::target() != this && TQDragObject::target() != viewport() )
+	    removeSelectedText();
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a select is TRUE (the default), all the text is selected as
+    selection 0. If \a select is FALSE any selected text is
+    unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
+
+    \sa selectedText
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::selectAll( bool select )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	if ( select )
+	    optimSelectAll();
+	else
+	    optimRemoveSelection();
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    if ( !select )
+	doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    else
+	doc->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    repaintChanged();
+    emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) );
+    emit selectionChanged();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::clear()
+{
+    if ( valid() ) {
+	if ( type == Insert || type == Return )
+	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextInsertCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
+	else if ( type == Format )
+	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextFormatCommand( doc, id, index, eid, eindex, d->text.rawData(), format, flags ) );
+	else if ( type == Style )
+	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextStyleCommand( doc, id, eid, styleInformation ) );
+	else if ( type != Invalid ) {
+	    doc->addCommand( new TQTextDeleteCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
+	}
+    }
+    type = Invalid;
+    d->text = TQString::null;
+    id = -1;
+    index = -1;
+    styleInformation = TQByteArray();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If
+    there is no selected text (in selection 0) the character to the
+    right of the text cursor is deleted.
+
+    \sa removeSelectedText() cut()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::del()
+{
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	removeSelectedText();
+	return;
+    }
+
+    doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
+}
+
+
+TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::UndoRedoInfo( TQTextDocument *dc )
+    : type( Invalid ), doc( dc )
+{
+    d = new TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
+    d->text = TQString::null;
+    id = -1;
+    index = -1;
+}
+
+TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::~UndoRedoInfo()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool TQTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::valid() const
+{
+    return id >= 0 &&  type != Invalid;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+  Resets the current format to the default format.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::resetFormat()
+{
+    setAlignment( TQt::AlignAuto );
+    setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock, TQStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
+    setFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), TQTextFormat::Format );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the TQStyleSheet which is being used by this text edit.
+
+    \sa setStyleSheet()
+*/
+
+TQStyleSheet* TQTextEdit::styleSheet() const
+{
+    return doc->styleSheet();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the stylesheet to use with this text edit to \a styleSheet.
+    Changes will only take effect for new text added with setText() or
+    append().
+
+    \sa styleSheet()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setStyleSheet( TQStyleSheet* styleSheet )
+{
+    doc->setStyleSheet( styleSheet );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::paper
+    \brief the background (paper) brush.
+
+    The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
+    text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setPaper( const TQBrush& pap )
+{
+    doc->setPaper( new TQBrush( pap ) );
+
+    if ( pap.pixmap() ) {
+        viewport()->setBackgroundPixmap( *pap.pixmap() );
+    } else {
+        setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
+        viewport()->setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    // force a repaint of the entire viewport - using updateContents()
+    // would clip the coords to the content size
+    if (d->optimMode)
+	repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), viewport()->width(), viewport()->height());
+    else
+#endif
+	updateContents();
+}
+
+TQBrush TQTextEdit::paper() const
+{
+    if ( doc->paper() )
+	return *doc->paper();
+    return TQBrush( colorGroup().base() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::linkUnderline
+    \brief whether hypertext links will be underlined
+
+    If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
+    underlined. If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setLinkUnderline( bool b )
+{
+    if ( doc->underlineLinks() == b )
+	return;
+    doc->setUnderlineLinks( b );
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+bool TQTextEdit::linkUnderline() const
+{
+    return doc->underlineLinks();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the text edit's mimesource factory to \a factory. See
+    TQMimeSourceFactory for further details.
+
+    \sa mimeSourceFactory()
+ */
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+void TQTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory( TQMimeSourceFactory* factory )
+{
+    doc->setMimeSourceFactory( factory );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the TQMimeSourceFactory which is being used by this text
+    edit.
+
+    \sa setMimeSourceFactory()
+*/
+
+TQMimeSourceFactory* TQTextEdit::mimeSourceFactory() const
+{
+    return doc->mimeSourceFactory();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
+    all the text if the text edit is \a w pixels wide.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::heightForWidth( int w ) const
+{
+    int oldw = doc->width();
+    doc->doLayout( 0, w );
+    int h = doc->height();
+    doc->setWidth( oldw );
+    doc->invalidate();
+    ( (TQTextEdit*)this )->formatMore();
+    return h;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Appends a new paragraph with \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that
+    the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
+    history is kept for appends which makes them faster than
+    insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the
+    undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph().
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::append( const TQString &text )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimAppend( text );
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    // flush and clear the undo/redo stack if necessary
+    undoRedoInfo.clear();
+    doc->commands()->clear();
+
+    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    TextFormat f = doc->textFormat();
+    if ( f == AutoText ) {
+	if ( TQStyleSheet::mightBeRichText( text ) )
+	    f = RichText;
+	else
+	    f = PlainText;
+    }
+
+    drawCursor( FALSE );
+    TQTextCursor oldc( *cursor );
+    ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
+    bool atBottom = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
+    cursor->gotoEnd();
+    if ( cursor->index() > 0 )
+	cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
+    TQTextCursor oldCursor2 = *cursor;
+
+    if ( f == TQt::PlainText ) {
+	cursor->insert( text, TRUE );
+	if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() &&
+	     currentFormat != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() ) {
+	    doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor2 );
+	    doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+	    doc->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, TQTextFormat::Format );
+	    doc->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	}
+    } else {
+	cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
+	cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
+	if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() )
+	    cursor->paragraph()->prev()->invalidate(0); // vertical margins might have to change
+	doc->setRichTextInternal( text );
+    }
+    formatMore();
+    repaintChanged();
+    if ( atBottom )
+        scrollToBottom();
+    *cursor = oldc;
+    if ( !isReadOnly() )
+	cursorVisible = TRUE;
+    setModified();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::hasSelectedText
+    \brief whether some text is selected in selection 0
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::hasSelectedText() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return optimHasSelection();
+    else
+#endif
+	return doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::selectedText
+    \brief The selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if
+    there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
+
+    The text is always returned as \c PlainText if the textFormat() is
+    \c PlainText or \c AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
+
+    \sa hasSelectedText
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::selectedText() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return optimSelectedText();
+    else
+#endif
+	return doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Standard, textFormat() == RichText );
+}
+
+bool TQTextEdit::handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+{
+    switch( e->key() ) {
+    case Key_Down:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + 10 );
+	break;
+    case Key_Up:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - 10 );
+	break;
+    case Key_Left:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX() - 10, contentsY() );
+	break;
+    case Key_Right:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX() + 10, contentsY() );
+	break;
+    case Key_PageUp:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - visibleHeight() );
+	break;
+    case Key_PageDown:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + visibleHeight() );
+	break;
+    case Key_Home:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX(), 0 );
+	break;
+    case Key_End:
+	setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
+	break;
+    case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
+	copy();
+	break;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+    case Key_Return:
+    case Key_Enter:
+    case Key_Space: {
+	if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()
+		|| !doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
+	    if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()) {
+		TQUrl u( doc->context(), doc->focusIndicator.href, TRUE );
+		emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
+	    }
+	    if (!doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
+		if (::tqt_cast<TQTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
+		    TQConnectionList *clist = receivers(
+			    "anchorClicked(const TQString&,const TQString&)");
+		    if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
+			TQUObject o[3];
+			static_QUType_TQString.set(o+1,
+				doc->focusIndicator.name);
+			static_QUType_TQString.set(o+2,
+				doc->focusIndicator.href);
+			activate_signal( clist, o);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	}
+    } break;
+#endif
+    default:
+	if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
+	    switch ( e->key() ) {
+	    case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
+		copy();
+		break;
+#ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
+	    case Key_Insert:
+		copy();
+		break;
+	    case Key_A:
+		selectAll();
+		break;
+#endif
+	    }
+
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
+    the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
+    of files and images.
+
+    \sa text
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::context() const
+{
+    return doc->context();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::documentTitle
+    \brief the title of the document parsed from the text.
+
+    For \c PlainText the title will be an empty string. For \c
+    RichText the title will be the text between the \c{<title>} tags,
+    if present, otherwise an empty string.
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::documentTitle() const
+{
+    return doc->attributes()[ "title" ];
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::makeParagVisible( TQTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    setContentsPos( contentsX(), TQMIN( p->rect().y(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \a
+    name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
+    isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
+    the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \c{<a name="target">}.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::scrollToAnchor( const TQString& name )
+{
+    if ( !isVisible() ) {
+	d->scrollToAnchor = name;
+	return;
+    }
+    if ( name.isEmpty() )
+	return;
+    sync();
+    TQTextCursor cursor( doc );
+    TQTextParagraph* last = doc->lastParagraph();
+    for (;;) {
+	TQTextStringChar* c = cursor.paragraph()->at( cursor.index() );
+	if( c->isAnchor() ) {
+	    TQString a = c->anchorName();
+	    if ( a == name ||
+		 (a.contains( '#' ) && TQStringList::split( '#', a ).contains( name ) ) ) {
+		setContentsPos( contentsX(), TQMIN( cursor.paragraph()->rect().top() + cursor.totalOffsetY(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( cursor.paragraph() == last && cursor.atParagEnd()  )
+	    break;
+	cursor.gotoNextLetter();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
+    coordinates), its \c href is returned, otherwise TQString::null is
+    returned.
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos )
+{
+    return anchorAt(pos, AnchorHref);
+}
+
+/*!
+    If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
+    coordinates), the text for attribute \a attr is returned,
+    otherwise TQString::null is returned.
+*/
+
+TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute attr )
+{
+    TQTextCursor c( doc );
+    placeCursor( pos, &c );
+    switch(attr) {
+	case AnchorName:
+	    return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
+	case AnchorHref:
+	    return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
+    }
+    // incase the compiler is really dumb about determining if a function
+    // returns something :)
+    return TQString::null;
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::documentWidthChanged( int w )
+{
+    resizeContents( TQMAX( visibleWidth(), w), contentsHeight() );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  This function does nothing
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::updateStyles()
+{
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setDocument( TQTextDocument *dc )
+{
+    if ( dc == 0 ) {
+        tqWarning( "Q3TextEdit::setDocument() called with null Q3TextDocument pointer" );
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( dc == doc )
+	return;
+    resetInputContext();
+    doc = dc;
+    delete cursor;
+    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+    clearUndoRedo();
+    undoRedoInfo.doc = doc;
+    lastFormatted = 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+/*!
+    Pastes the text with format \a subtype from the clipboard into the
+    text edit at the current cursor position. The \a subtype can be
+    "plain" or "html".
+
+    If there is no text with format \a subtype in the clipboard
+    nothing happens.
+
+    \sa paste() cut() TQTextEdit::copy()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::pasteSubType( const TQCString &subtype )
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+    TQMimeSource *m = TQApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
+    pasteSubType( subtype, m );
+#endif
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+
+void TQTextEdit::pasteSubType( const TQCString& subtype, TQMimeSource *m )
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+    TQCString st = subtype;
+    if ( subtype != "x-qrichtext" )
+	st.prepend( "text/" );
+    else
+	st.prepend( "application/" );
+    if ( !m )
+	return;
+    if ( doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) )
+	removeSelectedText();
+    if ( !TQRichTextDrag::canDecode( m ) )
+	return;
+    TQString t;
+    if ( !TQRichTextDrag::decode( m, t, st.data(), subtype ) )
+	return;
+    if ( st == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
+	int start;
+	if ( (start = t.find( "<!--StartFragment-->" )) != -1 ) {
+	    start += 20;
+	    int end = t.find( "<!--EndFragment-->" );
+	    TQTextCursor oldC = *cursor;
+
+	    // during the setRichTextInternal() call the cursors
+	    // paragraph might get joined with the provious one, so
+	    // the cursors one would get deleted and oldC.paragraph()
+	    // would be a dnagling pointer. To avoid that try to go
+	    // one letter back and later go one forward again.
+	    oldC.gotoPreviousLetter();
+	    bool couldGoBack = oldC != *cursor;
+	    // first para might get deleted, so remember to reset it
+	    bool wasAtFirst = oldC.paragraph() == doc->firstParagraph();
+
+	    if ( start < end )
+		t = t.mid( start, end - start );
+	    else
+		t = t.mid( start );
+	    lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
+	    if ( lastFormatted->prev() )
+		lastFormatted = lastFormatted->prev();
+	    doc->setRichTextInternal( t, cursor );
+
+	    // the first para might have been deleted in
+	    // setRichTextInternal(). To be sure, reset it if
+	    // necessary.
+	    if ( wasAtFirst ) {
+		int index = oldC.index();
+		oldC.setParagraph( doc->firstParagraph() );
+		oldC.setIndex( index );
+	    }
+
+	    // if we went back one letter before (see last comment),
+	    // go one forward to point to the right position
+	    if ( couldGoBack )
+		oldC.gotoNextLetter();
+
+	    if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
+		doc->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Temp, oldC );
+		doc->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
+
+		checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
+		if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
+		    undoRedoInfo.id = oldC.paragraph()->paragId();
+		    undoRedoInfo.index = oldC.index();
+		    undoRedoInfo.d->text = TQString::null;
+		}
+		int oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
+		if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
+		    TQString txt = doc->selectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+		    undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
+		    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
+			if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format() ) {
+			    oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format()->addRef();
+			    undoRedoInfo.d->text.
+				setFormat( oldLen + i, oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format(), TRUE );
+			}
+			oldC.gotoNextLetter();
+		    }
+		}
+		undoRedoInfo.clear();
+		removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	    }
+
+	    formatMore();
+	    setModified();
+	    emit textChanged();
+	    repaintChanged();
+	    ensureCursorVisible();
+	    return;
+	}
+    } else {
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+	// Need to convert CRLF to LF
+	t.replace( "\r\n", "\n" );
+#elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
+	//need to convert CR to LF
+	t.replace( '\r', '\n' );
+#endif
+	TQChar *uc = (TQChar *)t.unicode();
+	for ( int i=0; (uint) i<t.length(); i++ ) {
+	    if ( uc[ i ] < ' ' && uc[ i ] != '\n' && uc[ i ] != '\t' )
+		uc[ i ] = ' ';
+	}
+	if ( !t.isEmpty() )
+	    insert( t, FALSE, TRUE );
+    }
+#endif //TQT_NO_MIME
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+/*!
+    Prompts the user to choose a type from a list of text types
+    available, then copies text from the clipboard (if there is any)
+    into the text edit at the current text cursor position. Any
+    selected text (in selection 0) is first deleted.
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::pasteSpecial( const TQPoint& pt )
+{
+    TQCString st = pickSpecial( TQApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode ),
+			       TRUE, pt );
+    if ( !st.isEmpty() )
+	pasteSubType( st );
+}
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+TQCString TQTextEdit::pickSpecial( TQMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const TQPoint& pt )
+{
+    if ( ms )  {
+#ifndef TQT_NO_POPUPMENU
+	TQPopupMenu popup( this, "qt_pickspecial_menu" );
+	TQString fmt;
+	int n = 0;
+	TQDict<void> done;
+	for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
+	    int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
+	    if ( semi >= 0 )
+		fmt = fmt.left( semi );
+	    if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
+		fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
+		if ( !done.find( fmt ) ) {
+		    done.insert( fmt,(void*)1 );
+		    popup.insertItem( fmt, i );
+		    n++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( n ) {
+	    int i = n ==1 && !always_ask ? popup.idAt( 0 ) : popup.exec( pt );
+	    if ( i >= 0 )
+		return popup.text(i).latin1();
+	}
+#else
+	TQString fmt;
+	for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
+	    int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
+	    if ( semi >= 0 )
+		fmt = fmt.left( semi );
+	    if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
+		fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
+		return fmt.latin1();
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+    return TQCString();
+}
+#endif // TQT_NO_MIME
+#endif // TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::WordWrap
+
+    This enum defines the TQTextEdit's word wrap modes.
+
+    \value NoWrap Do not wrap the text.
+
+    \value WidgetWidth Wrap the text at the current width of the
+    widget (this is the default). Wrapping is at whitespace by
+    default; this can be changed with setWrapPolicy().
+
+    \value FixedPixelWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of pixels
+    from the widget's left side. The number of pixels is set with
+    wrapColumnOrWidth().
+
+    \value FixedColumnWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of
+    character columns from the widget's left side. The number of
+    characters is set with wrapColumnOrWidth(). This is useful if you
+    need formatted text that can also be displayed gracefully on
+    devices with monospaced fonts, for example a standard VT100
+    terminal, where you might set wrapColumnOrWidth() to 80.
+
+    \sa setWordWrap() wordWrap()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::wordWrap
+    \brief the word wrap mode
+
+    The default mode is \c WidgetWidth which causes words to be
+    wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
+    whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
+    occur within words use setWrapPolicy(). If you set a wrap mode of
+    \c FixedPixelWidth or \c FixedColumnWidth you should also call
+    setWrapColumnOrWidth() with the width you want.
+
+    \sa WordWrap, wrapColumnOrWidth, wrapPolicy,
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setWordWrap( WordWrap mode )
+{
+    if ( wrapMode == mode )
+	return;
+    wrapMode = mode;
+    switch ( mode ) {
+    case NoWrap:
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
+	doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
+	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
+	doc->invalidate();
+	updateContents();
+	lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+	interval = 0;
+	formatMore();
+	break;
+    case WidgetWidth:
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
+	doResize();
+	break;
+    case FixedPixelWidth:
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
+	if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
+	    wrapWidth = 200;
+	setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
+	break;
+    case FixedColumnWidth:
+	if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
+	    wrapWidth = 80;
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
+	setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
+	break;
+    }
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    checkOptimMode();
+#endif
+}
+
+TQTextEdit::WordWrap TQTextEdit::wordWrap() const
+{
+    return wrapMode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth
+    \brief the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped
+
+    If the wrap mode is \c FixedPixelWidth, the value is the number of
+    pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
+    wrapped. If the wrap mode is \c FixedColumnWidth, the value is the
+    column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
+    text edit at which text should be wrapped.
+
+    \sa wordWrap
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth( int value )
+{
+    wrapWidth = value;
+    if ( wrapMode == FixedColumnWidth ) {
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
+	resizeContents( 0, 0 );
+	doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
+	doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
+    } else if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
+	document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
+	resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
+	doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
+	doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
+    } else {
+	return;
+    }
+    doc->invalidate();
+    updateContents();
+    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+    interval = 0;
+    formatMore();
+}
+
+int TQTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth() const
+{
+    if ( wrapMode == WidgetWidth )
+	return visibleWidth();
+    return wrapWidth;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTextEdit::WrapPolicy
+
+    This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode.
+
+    \value AtWhiteSpace Don't use this deprecated value (it is a
+    synonym for \c AtWordBoundary which you should use instead).
+    \value Anywhere  Break anywhere, including within words.
+    \value AtWordBoundary Break lines at word boundaries, e.g. spaces or
+    newlines
+    \value AtWordOrDocumentBoundary Break lines at whitespace, e.g.
+    spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
+
+    \sa setWrapPolicy()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::wrapPolicy
+    \brief the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere
+
+    Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not \c
+    NoWrap. The choices are \c AtWordBoundary (the default), \c
+    Anywhere and \c AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
+
+    \sa wordWrap
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setWrapPolicy( WrapPolicy policy )
+{
+    if ( wPolicy == policy )
+	return;
+    wPolicy = policy;
+    TQTextFormatter *formatter;
+    if ( policy == AtWordBoundary || policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary ) {
+	formatter = new TQTextFormatterBreakWords;
+	formatter->setAllowBreakInWords( policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary );
+    } else {
+	formatter = new TQTextFormatterBreakInWords;
+    }
+    formatter->setWrapAtColumn( document()->formatter()->wrapAtColumn() );
+    formatter->setWrapEnabled( document()->formatter()->isWrapEnabled( 0 ) );
+    document()->setFormatter( formatter );
+    doc->invalidate();
+    updateContents();
+    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+    interval = 0;
+    formatMore();
+}
+
+TQTextEdit::WrapPolicy TQTextEdit::wrapPolicy() const
+{
+    return wPolicy;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Deletes all the text in the text edit.
+
+    \sa cut() removeSelectedText() setText()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::clear()
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	optimSetText("");
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	// make clear undoable
+	doc->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	removeSelectedText( TQTextDocument::Temp );
+	setContentsPos( 0, 0 );
+	if ( cursor->isValid() )
+	    cursor->restoreState();
+	doc->clear( TRUE );
+	delete cursor;
+	cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+	lastFormatted = 0;
+    }
+    updateContents();
+
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
+    emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
+}
+
+int TQTextEdit::undoDepth() const
+{
+    return document()->undoDepth();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::length
+    \brief the number of characters in the text
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::length() const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	return d->od->len;
+    else
+#endif
+	return document()->length();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::tabStopWidth
+    \brief the tab stop width in pixels
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::tabStopWidth() const
+{
+    return document()->tabStopWidth();
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setUndoDepth( int d )
+{
+    document()->setUndoDepth( d );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setTabStopWidth( int ts )
+{
+    document()->setTabStops( ts );
+    doc->invalidate();
+    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+    interval = 0;
+    formatMore();
+    updateContents();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+TQSize TQTextEdit::sizeHint() const
+{
+    // cf. TQScrollView::sizeHint()
+    constPolish();
+    int f = 2 * frameWidth();
+    int h = fontMetrics().height();
+    TQSize sz( f, f );
+    return sz.expandedTo( TQSize(12 * h, 8 * h) );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::clearUndoRedo()
+{
+    if ( !undoEnabled )
+	return;
+    undoRedoInfo.clear();
+    emit undoAvailable( doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
+    emit redoAvailable( doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+  \warning In TQt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
+  functionality which is provided by this function and in TQt 4.0 this
+  function will go away.
+
+  This function gets the format of the character at position \a
+  index in paragraph \a para. Sets \a font to the character's font, \a
+  color to the character's color and \a verticalAlignment to the
+  character's vertical alignment.
+
+  Returns FALSE if \a para or \a index is out of range otherwise
+  returns TRUE.
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::getFormat( int para, int index, TQFont *font, TQColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment )
+{
+    if ( !font || !color )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( index < 0 || index >= p->length() )
+	return FALSE;
+    *font = p->at( index )->format()->font();
+    *color = p->at( index )->format()->color();
+    *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at( index )->format()->vAlign();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+  \warning In TQt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
+  functionality which is provided by this function and in TQt 4.0 this
+  function will go away.
+
+  This function gets the format of the paragraph \a para. Sets \a
+  font to the paragraphs's font, \a color to the paragraph's color, \a
+  verticalAlignment to the paragraph's vertical alignment, \a
+  alignment to the paragraph's alignment, \a displayMode to the
+  paragraph's display mode, \a listStyle to the paragraph's list style
+  (if the display mode is TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) and \a
+  listDepth to the depth of the list (if the display mode is
+  TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem).
+
+  Returns FALSE if \a para is out of range otherwise returns TRUE.
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::getParagraphFormat( int para, TQFont *font, TQColor *color,
+				    VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
+				    TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
+				    TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
+				    int *listDepth )
+{
+    if ( !font || !color || !alignment || !displayMode || !listStyle )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return FALSE;
+    *font = p->at(0)->format()->font();
+    *color = p->at(0)->format()->color();
+    *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(0)->format()->vAlign();
+    *alignment = p->alignment();
+    *displayMode = p->isListItem() ? TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem : TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock;
+    *listStyle = p->listStyle();
+    *listDepth = p->listDepth();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu
+    at the document position \a pos. If you want to create a custom
+    popup menu, reimplement this function and return the created popup
+    menu. Ownership of the popup menu is transferred to the caller.
+
+    \warning The TQPopupMenu ID values 0-7 are reserved, and they map to the
+    standard operations. When inserting items into your custom popup menu, be
+    sure to specify ID values larger than 7.
+*/
+
+TQPopupMenu *TQTextEdit::createPopupMenu( const TQPoint& pos )
+{
+    Q_UNUSED( pos )
+#ifndef TQT_NO_POPUPMENU
+    TQPopupMenu *popup = new TQPopupMenu( this, "qt_edit_menu" );
+    if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
+	d->id[ IdUndo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Undo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Z ) );
+	d->id[ IdRedo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Redo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Y ) );
+	popup->insertSeparator();
+    }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    if ( !isReadOnly() )
+	d->id[ IdCut ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Cu&t" ) + ACCEL_KEY( X ) );
+    d->id[ IdCopy ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Copy" ) + ACCEL_KEY( C ) );
+    if ( !isReadOnly() )
+	d->id[ IdPaste ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Paste" ) + ACCEL_KEY( V ) );
+#endif
+    if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
+	d->id[ IdClear ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Clear" ) );
+	popup->insertSeparator();
+    }
+#if defined(TQ_WS_X11)
+    d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) );
+#else
+    d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) + ACCEL_KEY( A ) );
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_IM
+    TQInputContext *qic = getInputContext();
+    if ( qic )
+	qic->addMenusTo( popup );
+#endif
+    
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdUndo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdRedo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCut ], !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
+#else
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], doc->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
+#endif
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdPaste ], !isReadOnly() && !TQApplication::clipboard()->text( d->clipboard_mode ).isEmpty() );
+#endif
+    const bool isEmptyDocument = (length() == 0);
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdClear ], !isReadOnly() && !isEmptyDocument );
+    popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdSelectAll ], !isEmptyDocument );
+    return popup;
+#else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+    \obsolete
+    This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu.
+    If you want to create a custom popup menu, reimplement this function
+    and return the created popup menu. Ownership of the popup menu is
+    transferred to the caller.
+
+    This function is only called if createPopupMenu( const TQPoint & )
+    returns 0.
+*/
+
+TQPopupMenu *TQTextEdit::createPopupMenu()
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setFont( const TQFont &f )
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	TQScrollView::setFont( f );
+	doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
+	// recalculate the max string width
+	TQFontMetrics fm(f);
+	int i, sw;
+	d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
+	for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
+	    sw = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)]);
+	    if (d->od->maxLineWidth < sw)
+		d->od->maxLineWidth = sw;
+	}
+	resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    TQScrollView::setFont( f );
+    doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
+    doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
+    lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
+    formatMore();
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextEdit::zoomIn()
+
+    \overload
+
+    Zooms in on the text by making the base font size one point
+    larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
+    does not change the size of any images.
+
+    \sa zoomOut()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTextEdit::zoomOut()
+
+    \overload
+
+    Zooms out on the text by making the base font size one point
+    smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
+    does not change the size of any images.
+
+    \sa zoomIn()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Zooms in on the text by making the base font size \a range
+    points larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size.
+    This does not change the size of any images.
+
+    \sa zoomOut()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::zoomIn( int range )
+{
+    TQFont f( TQScrollView::font() );
+    TQFontInfo fi(f);
+    if (fi.pointSize() <= 0) {
+       f.setPixelSize( fi.pixelSize() + range );
+    } else {
+       f.setPointSize( fi.pointSize() + range );
+    }
+    setFont( f );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Zooms out on the text by making the base font size \a range points
+    smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
+    does not change the size of any images.
+
+    \sa zoomIn()
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::zoomOut( int range )
+{
+    TQFont f( TQScrollView::font() );
+    TQFontInfo fi(f);
+    if (fi.pointSize() <= 0) {
+       f.setPixelSize( TQMAX( 1, fi.pixelSize() - range ) );
+    } else {
+       f.setPointSize( TQMAX( 1, fi.pointSize() - range ) );
+    }
+    setFont( f );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and
+    recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This does not
+    change the size of any images.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::zoomTo( int size )
+{
+    TQFont f( TQScrollView::font() );
+    f.setPointSize( size );
+    setFont( f );
+}
+
+/*!
+   TQTextEdit is optimized for large amounts text. One of its
+   optimizations is to format only the visible text, formatting the rest
+   on demand, e.g. as the user scrolls, so you don't usually need to
+   call this function.
+
+    In some situations you may want to force the whole text
+    to be formatted. For example, if after calling setText(), you wanted
+    to know the height of the document (using contentsHeight()), you
+    would call this function first.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::sync()
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+	resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+	while ( lastFormatted ) {
+	    lastFormatted->format();
+	    lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
+	}
+	resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
+    }
+    updateScrollBars();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setEnabled( bool b )
+{
+    TQScrollView::setEnabled( b );
+    if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
+	TQTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
+	f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
+	updateContents();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the background color of selection number \a selNum to \a back
+    and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
+    inverted with \a invertText.
+
+    This only works for \a selNum > 0. The default selection (\a
+    selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
+    colorGroup().
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes( int selNum, const TQColor &back, bool invertText )
+{
+    if ( selNum < 1 )
+	return;
+    if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() )
+	doc->addSelection( selNum );
+    doc->setSelectionColor( selNum, back );
+    doc->setInvertSelectionText( selNum, invertText );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::windowActivationChange( bool oldActive )
+{
+    if ( oldActive && scrollTimer )
+	scrollTimer->stop();
+    if ( palette().active() != palette().inactive() )
+	updateContents();
+    TQScrollView::windowActivationChange( oldActive );
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::setReadOnly( bool b )
+{
+    if ( (bool) readOnly == b )
+	return;
+    readOnly = b;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+    if ( readOnly )
+	viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
+    else
+	viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
+    setInputMethodEnabled( !readOnly );
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    checkOptimMode();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if
+    required.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::scrollToBottom()
+{
+    sync();
+    setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the rectangle of the paragraph \a para in contents
+    coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \a para is out of range.
+*/
+
+TQRect TQTextEdit::paragraphRect( int para ) const
+{
+    TQTextEdit *that = (TQTextEdit *)this;
+    that->sync();
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return TQRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
+    return p->rect();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the paragraph which is at position \a pos (in contents
+    coordinates).
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::paragraphAt( const TQPoint &pos ) const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+	int parag = pos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
+	if ( parag <= d->od->numLines )
+	    return parag;
+	else
+	    return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+    TQTextCursor c( doc );
+    c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
+    if ( c.paragraph() )
+	return c.paragraph()->paragId();
+    return -1; // should never happen..
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the index of the character (relative to its paragraph) at
+    position \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a para is not 0,
+    \a *para is set to the character's paragraph.
+*/
+
+int TQTextEdit::charAt( const TQPoint &pos, int *para ) const
+{
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	int par = paragraphAt( pos );
+	if ( para )
+	    *para = par;
+	return optimCharIndex( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(par) ], pos.x() );
+    }
+#endif
+    TQTextCursor c( doc );
+    c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
+    if ( c.paragraph() ) {
+	if ( para )
+	    *para = c.paragraph()->paragId();
+	return c.index();
+    }
+    return -1; // should never happen..
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the background color of the paragraph \a para to \a bg.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor( int para, const TQColor &bg )
+{
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return;
+    p->setBackgroundColor( bg );
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the background color of the paragraph \a para, so that the
+    default color is used again.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::clearParagraphBackground( int para )
+{
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return;
+    p->clearBackgroundColor();
+    repaintChanged();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the background color of the paragraph \a para or an
+    invalid color if \a para is out of range or the paragraph has no
+    background set
+*/
+
+TQColor TQTextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor( int para ) const
+{
+    TQTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
+    if ( !p )
+	return TQColor();
+    TQColor *c = p->backgroundColor();
+    if ( c )
+	return *c;
+    return TQColor();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled
+    \brief whether undo/redo is enabled
+
+    When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
+
+    The default is TRUE.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled( bool b )
+{
+    undoRedoInfo.clear();
+    doc->commands()->clear();
+
+    undoEnabled = b;
+}
+
+bool TQTextEdit::isUndoRedoEnabled() const
+{
+    return undoEnabled;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if undo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::isUndoAvailable() const
+{
+    return undoEnabled && (doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || undoRedoInfo.valid());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if redo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQTextEdit::isRedoAvailable() const
+{
+    return undoEnabled && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable();
+}
+
+void TQTextEdit::ensureFormatted( TQTextParagraph *p )
+{
+    while ( !p->isValid() ) {
+	if ( !lastFormatted )
+	    return;
+	formatMore();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::updateCursor( const TQPoint & pos )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
+	TQTextCursor c = *cursor;
+	placeCursor( pos, &c, TRUE );
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
+	bool insideParagRect = TRUE;
+	if (c.paragraph() == doc->lastParagraph()
+	    && c.paragraph()->rect().y() + c.paragraph()->rect().height() < pos.y())
+	    insideParagRect = FALSE;
+	if (insideParagRect && c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
+	    c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor()) {
+	    if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty()
+		    && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
+		onLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
+	    else
+		onLink = TQString::null;
+
+	    if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName().isEmpty()
+		    && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
+		d->onName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
+	    else
+		d->onName = TQString::null;
+
+	    if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty() ) {
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+		viewport()->setCursor( onLink.isEmpty() ? arrowCursor : pointingHandCursor );
+#endif
+		TQUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
+		emitHighlighted( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
+	    }
+	} else {
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CURSOR
+	    viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
+#endif
+	    onLink = TQString::null;
+	    emitHighlighted( TQString::null );
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Places the cursor \a c at the character which is closest to position
+  \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a c is 0, the default text
+  cursor is used.
+
+  \sa setCursorPosition()
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c )
+{
+    placeCursor( pos, c, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::clipboardChanged()
+{
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    // don't listen to selection changes
+    disconnect( TQApplication::clipboard(), TQ_SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
+#endif
+    selectAll(FALSE);
+}
+
+/*! \property TQTextEdit::tabChangesFocus
+  \brief whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input
+
+  In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
+  tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
+  the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
+
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setTabChangesFocus( bool b )
+{
+    d->tabChangesFocus = b;
+}
+
+bool TQTextEdit::tabChangesFocus() const
+{
+    return d->tabChangesFocus;
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+/* Implementation of optimized LogText mode follows */
+
+static void tqSwap( int * a, int * b )
+{
+    if ( !a || !b )
+	return;
+    int tmp = *a;
+    *a = *b;
+    *b = tmp;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+bool TQTextEdit::checkOptimMode()
+{
+    bool oldMode = d->optimMode;
+    if ( textFormat() == LogText ) {
+	setReadOnly( TRUE );
+	d->optimMode = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	d->optimMode = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // when changing mode - try to keep selections and text
+    if ( oldMode != d->optimMode ) {
+	if ( d->optimMode ) {
+	    d->od = new TQTextEditOptimPrivate;
+	    connect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
+	    disconnect( doc, TQ_SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, TQ_SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
+	    disconnect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
+	    disconnect( formatTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( formatMore() ) );
+	    optimSetText( doc->originalText() );
+	    doc->clear(TRUE);
+	    delete cursor;
+	    cursor = new TQTextCursor( doc );
+	} else {
+	    disconnect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
+	    connect( doc, TQ_SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, TQ_SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
+	    connect( scrollTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
+	    connect( formatTimer, TQ_SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, TQ_SLOT( formatMore() ) );
+	    setText( optimText() );
+	    delete d->od;
+	    d->od = 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return d->optimMode;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+TQString TQTextEdit::optimText() const
+{
+    TQString str, tmp;
+
+    if ( d->od->len == 0 )
+	return str;
+
+    // concatenate all strings
+    int i;
+    int offset;
+    TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
+	if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) { // CR lines are empty
+	    str += "\n";
+	} else {
+	    tmp = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
+	    // inject the tags for this line
+	    if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
+		ftag = it.data();
+	    offset = 0;
+	    while ( ftag && ftag->line == i ) {
+		tmp.insert( ftag->index + offset, "<" + ftag->tag + ">" );
+		offset += ftag->tag.length() + 2; // 2 -> the '<' and '>' chars
+		ftag = ftag->next;
+	    }
+	    str += tmp;
+	}
+    }
+    return str;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimSetText( const TQString &str )
+{
+    optimRemoveSelection();
+// this is just too slow - but may have to go in due to compatibility reasons
+//     if ( str == optimText() )
+//	return;
+    d->od->numLines = 0;
+    d->od->lines.clear();
+    d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
+    d->od->len = 0;
+    d->od->clearTags();
+    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+    if ( !(str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0) ) {
+	TQStringList strl = TQStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
+	int lWidth = 0;
+	for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin(); it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
+	    optimParseTags( &*it );
+	    optimCheckLimit( *it );
+	    lWidth = fm.width( *it );
+	    if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
+		d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
+	}
+    }
+    resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
+    repaintContents();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Append \a tag to the tag list.
+*/
+TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * TQTextEdit::optimAppendTag( int index, const TQString & tag )
+{
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t = new TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, * tmp;
+
+    if ( d->od->tags == 0 )
+	d->od->tags = t;
+    t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
+    t->line  = d->od->numLines;
+    t->index = index;
+    t->tag   = tag;
+    t->leftTag = 0;
+    t->parent  = 0;
+    t->prev = d->od->lastTag;
+    if ( d->od->lastTag )
+	d->od->lastTag->next = t;
+    t->next = 0;
+    d->od->lastTag = t;
+    tmp = d->od->tagIndex[ LOGOFFSET(t->line) ];
+    if ( !tmp || (tmp && tmp->index > t->index) ) {
+	d->od->tagIndex.replace( LOGOFFSET(t->line), t );
+    }
+    return t;
+}
+
+ /*! \internal
+
+   Insert \a tag in the tag - according to line and index numbers
+*/
+
+TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *TQTextEdit::optimInsertTag(int line, int index, const TQString &tag)
+{
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = new TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, *tmp;
+
+    if (d->od->tags == 0)
+	d->od->tags = t;
+    t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
+    t->line  = line;
+    t->index = index;
+    t->tag   = tag;
+    t->leftTag = 0;
+    t->parent  = 0;
+    t->next = 0;
+    t->prev = 0;
+
+    // find insertion pt. in tag struct.
+    TQMap<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
+    if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
+	tmp = *it;
+	if (tmp->index >= index) { // the exisiting tag may be placed AFTER the one we want to insert
+	    tmp = tmp->prev;
+	} else {
+	    while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line == line && tmp->next->index <= index)
+		tmp = tmp->next;
+	}
+    } else {
+	tmp = d->od->tags;
+	while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line < line)
+	    tmp = tmp->next;
+	if (tmp == d->od->tags)
+	    tmp = 0;
+    }
+
+    t->prev = tmp;
+    t->next = tmp ? tmp->next : 0;
+    if (t->next)
+	t->next->prev = t;
+    if (tmp)
+	tmp->next = t;
+
+    tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
+    if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index >= t->index)) {
+	d->od->tagIndex.replace(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
+    }
+    return t;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Find tags in \a line, remove them from \a line and put them in a
+  structure.
+
+  A tag is delimited by '<' and '>'. The characters '<', '>' and '&'
+  are escaped by using '<', '>' and '&'. Left-tags marks
+  the starting point for formatting, while right-tags mark the ending
+  point. A right-tag is the same as a left-tag, but with a '/'
+  appearing before the tag keyword.  E.g a valid left-tag: <b>, and
+  a valid right-tag: </b>.  Tags can be nested, but they have to be
+  closed in the same order as they are opened. E.g:
+  <font color=red><font color=blue>blue</font>red</font> - is valid, while:
+  <font color=red><b>bold red</font> just bold</b> - is invalid since the font tag is
+  closed before the bold tag. Note that a tag does not have to be
+  closed: '<font color=blue>Lots of text - and then some..'  is perfectly valid for
+  setting all text appearing after the tag to blue.  A tag can be used
+  to change the color of a piece of text, or set one of the following
+  formatting attributes: bold, italic and underline.  These attributes
+  are set using the <b>, <i> and <u> tags.  Example of valid tags:
+  <font color=red>, </font>, <b>, <u>, <i>, </i>.
+  Example of valid text:
+  This is some <font color=red>red text</font>, while this is some <font color=green>green
+  text</font>. <font color=blue><font color=yellow>This is yellow</font>, while this is
+  blue.</font>
+
+  Note that only the color attribute of the HTML font tag is supported.
+
+  Limitations:
+  1. A tag cannot span several lines.
+  2. Very limited error checking - mismatching left/right-tags is the
+  only thing that is detected.
+
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::optimParseTags( TQString * line, int lineNo, int indexOffset )
+{
+    int len = line->length();
+    int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
+    int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
+    bool tagOpen, tagClose;
+    int bold = 0, italic = 0, underline = 0;
+    TQString tagStr;
+    TQPtrStack<TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> tagStack;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
+	tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
+
+	// handle '<' and '>' and '&'
+	if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
+	    escIndex = i;
+	    continue;
+	} else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
+	    TQString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
+	    TQString c;
+	    if ( esc == "<" )
+		c = '<';
+	    else if ( esc == ">" )
+		c = '>';
+	    else if ( esc == "&" )
+		c = '&';
+	    line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
+	    len = line->length();
+	    i -= i-escIndex;
+	    escIndex = -1;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
+	    state = 1;
+	    startIndex = i;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
+	    state = 0;
+	    endIndex = i;
+	    if ( !tagStr.isEmpty() ) {
+		TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag, * cur, * tmp;
+		bool format = TRUE;
+
+		if ( tagStr == "b" )
+		    bold++;
+		else if ( tagStr == "/b" )
+		    bold--;
+		else if ( tagStr == "i" )
+		    italic++;
+		else if ( tagStr == "/i" )
+		    italic--;
+		else if ( tagStr == "u" )
+		    underline++;
+		else if ( tagStr == "/u" )
+		    underline--;
+		else
+		    format = FALSE;
+		if ( lineNo > -1 )
+		    tag = optimInsertTag( lineNo, startIndex + indexOffset, tagStr );
+		else
+		    tag = optimAppendTag( startIndex, tagStr );
+		// everything that is not a b, u or i tag is considered
+		// to be a color tag.
+		tag->type = format ? TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format
+			    : TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Color;
+		if ( tagStr[0] == '/' ) {
+		    // this is a right-tag - search for the left-tag
+		    // and possible parent tag
+		    cur = tag->prev;
+		    if ( !cur ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+			tqWarning( "TQTextEdit::optimParseTags: no left-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.", tag->tag.ascii(), tag->line + 1 );
+#endif
+			return; // something is wrong - give up
+		    }
+		    while ( cur ) {
+			if ( cur->leftTag ) { // push right-tags encountered
+			    tagStack.push( cur );
+			} else {
+			    tmp = tagStack.pop();
+			    if ( !tmp ) {
+				if ( (("/" + cur->tag) == tag->tag) ||
+				     (tag->tag == "/font" && cur->tag.left(4) == "font") ) {
+				    // set up the left and parent of this tag
+				    tag->leftTag = cur;
+				    tmp = cur->prev;
+				    if ( tmp && tmp->parent ) {
+					tag->parent = tmp->parent;
+				    } else if ( tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
+					tag->parent = tmp;
+				    }
+				    break;
+				} else if ( !cur->leftTag ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+				    tqWarning( "TQTextEdit::optimParseTags: mismatching %s-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.", cur->tag[0] == '/' ? "left" : "right", cur->tag.ascii(), cur->line + 1 );
+#endif
+				    return; // something is amiss - give up
+				}
+			    }
+			}
+			cur = cur->prev;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    tag->bold = bold > 0;
+		    tag->italic = italic > 0;
+		    tag->underline = underline > 0;
+		    tmp = tag->prev;
+		    while ( tmp && tmp->leftTag ) {
+			tmp = tmp->leftTag->parent;
+		    }
+		    if ( tmp ) {
+			tag->bold |= tmp->bold;
+			tag->italic |= tmp->italic;
+			tag->underline |= tmp->underline;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	    if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
+		int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
+			line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
+		line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
+		len = line->length();
+		i -= l+1;
+	    }
+	    tagStr = "";
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( state == 1 ) {
+	    tagStr += (*line)[i];
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+// calculate the width of a string in pixels inc. tabs
+static int qStrWidth(const TQString& str, int tabWidth, const TQFontMetrics& fm)
+{
+    int tabs = str.contains('\t');
+
+    if (!tabs)
+	return fm.width(str);
+
+    int newIdx = 0;
+    int lastIdx = 0;
+    int strWidth = 0;
+    int tn;
+    for (tn = 1; tn <= tabs; ++tn) {
+	newIdx = str.find('\t', newIdx);
+	strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(lastIdx, newIdx - lastIdx));
+	if (strWidth >= tn * tabWidth) {
+	    int u = tn;
+	    while (strWidth >= u * tabWidth)
+		++u;
+	    strWidth = u * tabWidth;
+	} else {
+	    strWidth = tn * tabWidth;
+	}
+	lastIdx = ++newIdx;
+    }
+    if ((int)str.length() > newIdx)
+	strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(newIdx));
+    return strWidth;
+}
+
+bool TQTextEdit::optimHasBoldMetrics(int line)
+{
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t;
+    TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
+    if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(line)) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
+	t = *it;
+	while (t && t->line == line) {
+	    if (t->bold)
+		return TRUE;
+	    t = t->next;
+	}
+    } else if ((t = optimPreviousLeftTag(line)) && t->bold) {
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Append \a str to the current text buffer. Parses each line to find
+  formatting tags.
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::optimAppend( const TQString &str )
+{
+    if ( str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0 )
+	return;
+
+    TQStringList strl = TQStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
+
+    TQFontMetrics fm(TQScrollView::font());
+    int lWidth = 0;
+
+    for ( ; it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
+	optimParseTags( &*it );
+	optimCheckLimit( *it );
+	if (optimHasBoldMetrics(d->od->numLines-1)) {
+	    TQFont fnt = TQScrollView::font();
+	    fnt.setBold(TRUE);
+	    fm = TQFontMetrics(fnt);
+	}
+	lWidth = qStrWidth(*it, tabStopWidth(), fm) + 4;
+	if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
+	    d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
+    }
+    bool scrollToEnd = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
+    resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
+    if ( scrollToEnd ) {
+	updateScrollBars();
+	ensureVisible( contentsX(), contentsHeight(), 0, 0 );
+    }
+    // when a max log size is set, the text may not be redrawn because
+    // the size of the viewport may not have changed
+    if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 )
+	viewport()->update();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+
+static void qStripTags(TQString *line)
+{
+    int len = line->length();
+    int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
+    int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
+    bool tagOpen, tagClose;
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
+	tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
+	tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
+
+	// handle '<' and '>' and '&'
+	if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
+	    escIndex = i;
+	    continue;
+	} else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
+	    TQString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
+	    TQString c;
+	    if ( esc == "<" )
+		c = '<';
+	    else if ( esc == ">" )
+		c = '>';
+	    else if ( esc == "&" )
+		c = '&';
+	    line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
+	    len = line->length();
+	    i -= i-escIndex;
+	    escIndex = -1;
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+	if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
+	    state = 1;
+	    startIndex = i;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
+	    state = 0;
+	    endIndex = i;
+	    if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
+		int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
+			line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
+		line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
+		len = line->length();
+		i -= l+1;
+	    }
+	    continue;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+    Inserts the text into \a line at index \a index.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::optimInsert(const TQString& text, int line, int index)
+{
+    if (text.isEmpty() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
+	return;
+    if (line < 0)
+	line = 0;
+    if (line > d->od->numLines-1)
+	line = d->od->numLines-1;
+    if (index < 0)
+	index = 0;
+    if (index > (int) d->od->lines[line].length())
+	index = d->od->lines[line].length();
+
+    TQStringList strl = TQStringList::split('\n', text, TRUE);
+    int numNewLines = (int)strl.count() - 1;
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *tag = 0;
+    TQMap<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator ii;
+    int x;
+
+    if (numNewLines == 0) {
+	// Case 1. Fast single line case - just inject it!
+	TQString stripped = text;
+	qStripTags( &stripped );
+	d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].insert(index, stripped);
+	// move the tag indices following the insertion pt.
+	if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
+	    tag = *ii;
+	    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
+		tag = tag->next;
+	    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)) {
+		tag->index += stripped.length();
+		tag = tag->next;
+	    }
+	}
+	stripped = text;
+	optimParseTags(&stripped, line, index);
+    } else if (numNewLines > 0) {
+        // Case 2. We have at least 1 newline char - split at
+        // insertion pt. and make room for new lines - complex and slow!
+	TQString left = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].left(index);
+	TQString right = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].mid(index);
+
+	// rearrange lines for insertion
+	for (x = d->od->numLines - 1; x > line; x--)
+	    d->od->lines[x + numNewLines] = d->od->lines[x];
+	d->od->numLines += numNewLines;
+
+	// fix the tag index and the tag line/index numbers - this
+	// might take a while..
+	for (x = line; x < d->od->numLines; x++) {
+	    if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
+		tag = ii.data();
+		if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
+		    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
+			tag = tag->next;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// relabel affected tags with new line numbers and new index
+	// positions
+	while (tag) {
+	    if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
+		tag->index -= index;
+	    tag->line += numNewLines;
+	    tag = tag->next;
+	}
+
+	// generate a new tag index
+	d->od->tagIndex.clear();
+	tag = d->od->tags;
+	while (tag) {
+	    if (!((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(tag->line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()))
+		d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(tag->line)] = tag;
+	    tag = tag->next;
+	}
+
+	// update the tag indices on the spliced line - needs to be done before new tags are added
+	TQString stripped = strl[strl.count() - 1];
+	qStripTags(&stripped);
+	if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line + numNewLines))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
+	    tag = *ii;
+	    while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line + numNewLines)) {
+		tag->index += stripped.length();
+		tag = tag->next;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	// inject the new lines
+	TQStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
+	x = line;
+	int idx;
+	for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
+	    stripped = *it;
+	    qStripTags(&stripped);
+	    if (x == line) {
+		stripped = left + stripped;
+		idx = index;
+	    } else {
+		idx = 0;
+	    }
+	    d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x)] = stripped;
+	    optimParseTags(&*it, x++, idx);
+	}
+	d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x - 1)] += right;
+    }
+    // recalculate the pixel width of the longest injected line -
+    TQFontMetrics fm(TQScrollView::font());
+    int lWidth = 0;
+
+    for (x = line; x < line + numNewLines; x++) {
+	if (optimHasBoldMetrics(x)) {
+	    TQFont fnt = TQScrollView::font();
+	    fnt.setBold(TRUE);
+	    fm = TQFontMetrics(fnt);
+	}
+	lWidth = fm.width(d->od->lines[x]) + 4;
+	if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
+	    d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
+    }
+    resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
+    repaintContents();
+    emit textChanged();
+}
+
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the first open left-tag appearing before line \a line.
+ */
+TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * TQTextEdit::optimPreviousLeftTag( int line )
+{
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
+    TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
+    if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(line) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
+	ftag = it.data();
+    if ( !ftag ) {
+	// start searching for an open tag
+	ftag = d->od->tags;
+	while ( ftag ) {
+	    if ( ftag->line > line || ftag->next == 0 ) {
+		if ( ftag->line > line )
+		    ftag = ftag->prev;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    ftag = ftag->next;
+	}
+    } else {
+	ftag = ftag->prev;
+    }
+
+    if ( ftag ) {
+	if ( ftag && ftag->parent ) // use the open parent tag
+	    ftag = ftag->parent;
+	else if ( ftag && ftag->leftTag ) // this is a right-tag with no parent
+	    ftag = 0;
+    }
+    return ftag;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Set the format for the string starting at index \a start and ending
+  at \a end according to \a tag. If \a tag is a Format tag, find the
+  first open color tag appearing before \a tag and use that tag to
+  color the string.
+*/
+void TQTextEdit::optimSetTextFormat( TQTextDocument * td, TQTextCursor * cur,
+				    TQTextFormat * f, int start, int end,
+				    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag )
+{
+    int formatFlags = TQTextFormat::Bold | TQTextFormat::Italic |
+		      TQTextFormat::Underline;
+    cur->setIndex( start );
+    td->setSelectionStart( 0, *cur );
+    cur->setIndex( end );
+    td->setSelectionEnd( 0, *cur );
+    TQStyleSheetItem * ssItem = styleSheet()->item( tag->tag );
+    if ( !ssItem || tag->type == TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
+	f->setBold( tag->bold );
+	f->setItalic( tag->italic );
+	f->setUnderline( tag->underline );
+	if ( tag->type == TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
+	    // check to see if there are any open color tags prior to
+	    // this format tag
+	    tag = tag->prev;
+	    while ( tag && (tag->type == TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ||
+			    tag->leftTag) ) {
+		tag = tag->leftTag ? tag->parent : tag->prev;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( tag ) {
+	    TQString col = tag->tag.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+	    if ( col.left( 10 ) == "font color" ) {
+		int i = col.find( '=', 10 );
+		col = col.mid( i + 1 ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+		if ( col[0] == '\"' )
+		    col = col.mid( 1, col.length() - 2 );
+	    }
+	    TQColor color = TQColor( col );
+	    if ( color.isValid() ) {
+		formatFlags |= TQTextFormat::Color;
+		f->setColor( color );
+	    }
+	}
+    } else { // use the stylesheet tag definition
+	if ( ssItem->color().isValid() ) {
+	    formatFlags |= TQTextFormat::Color;
+	    f->setColor( ssItem->color() );
+	}
+	f->setBold( ssItem->fontWeight() == TQFont::Bold );
+	f->setItalic( ssItem->fontItalic() );
+	f->setUnderline( ssItem->fontUnderline() );
+    }
+    td->setFormat( 0, f, formatFlags );
+    td->removeSelection( 0 );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimDrawContents( TQPainter * p, int clipx, int clipy,
+				   int clipw, int cliph )
+{
+    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+    int startLine = clipy / fm.lineSpacing();
+
+    // we always have to fetch at least two lines for drawing because the
+    // painter may be translated so that parts of two lines cover the area
+    // of a single line
+    int nLines = (cliph / fm.lineSpacing()) + 2;
+    int endLine = startLine + nLines;
+
+    if ( startLine >= d->od->numLines )
+	return;
+    if ( (startLine + nLines) > d->od->numLines )
+	nLines = d->od->numLines - startLine;
+
+    int i = 0;
+    TQString str;
+    for ( i = startLine; i < (startLine + nLines); i++ )
+	str.append( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n" );
+
+    TQTextDocument * td = new TQTextDocument( 0 );
+    td->setDefaultFormat( TQScrollView::font(), TQColor() );
+    td->setPlainText( str );
+    td->setFormatter( new TQTextFormatterBreakWords ); // deleted by TQTextDoc
+    td->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
+    td->setTabStops(doc->tabStopWidth());
+
+    // get the current text color from the current format
+    td->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+    TQTextFormat f;
+    f.setColor( colorGroup().text() );
+    f.setFont( TQScrollView::font() );
+    td->setFormat( TQTextDocument::Standard, &f,
+		   TQTextFormat::Color | TQTextFormat::Font );
+    td->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+
+    // add tag formatting
+    if ( d->od->tags ) {
+	int i = startLine;
+	TQMapConstIterator<int,TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
+	TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag = 0, * tmp = 0;
+	TQTextCursor cur( td );
+	// Step 1 - find previous left-tag
+	tmp = optimPreviousLeftTag( i );
+	for ( ; i < startLine + nLines; i++ ) {
+	    if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
+		tag = it.data();
+	    // Step 2 - iterate over tags on the current line
+	    int lastIndex = 0;
+	    while ( tag && tag->line == i ) {
+		tmp = 0;
+		if ( tag->prev && !tag->prev->leftTag ) {
+		    tmp = tag->prev;
+		} else if ( tag->prev && tag->prev->parent ) {
+		    tmp = tag->prev->parent;
+		}
+		if ( (tag->index - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp ) {
+		    optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex, tag->index, tmp );
+		}
+		lastIndex = tag->index;
+		tmp = tag;
+		tag = tag->next;
+	    }
+	    // Step 3 - color last part of the line - if necessary
+	    if ( tmp && tmp->parent )
+		tmp = tmp->parent;
+	    if ( (cur.paragraph()->length()-1 - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
+		optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex,
+				    cur.paragraph()->length() - 1, tmp );
+	    }
+	    cur.setParagraph( cur.paragraph()->next() );
+	}
+        // useful debug info
+	//
+//	tag = d->od->tags;
+//	tqWarning("###");
+//	while ( tag ) {
+//	    tqWarning( "Tag: %p, parent: %09p, leftTag: %09p, Name: %-15s, ParentName: %s, %d%d%d", tag,
+//		       tag->parent, tag->leftTag, tag->tag.latin1(), tag->parent ? tag->parent->tag.latin1():"<none>",
+//		      tag->bold, tag->italic, tag->underline );
+//	    tag = tag->next;
+//	}
+    }
+
+    // if there is a selection, make sure that the selection in the
+    // part we need to redraw is set correctly
+    if ( optimHasSelection() ) {
+	TQTextCursor c1( td );
+	TQTextCursor c2( td );
+	int selStart = d->od->selStart.line;
+	int idxStart = d->od->selStart.index;
+	int selEnd = d->od->selEnd.line;
+	int idxEnd = d->od->selEnd.index;
+	if ( selEnd < selStart ) {
+	    tqSwap( &selStart, &selEnd );
+	    tqSwap( &idxStart, &idxEnd );
+	}
+	if ( selEnd > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
+	    selEnd = d->od->numLines-1;
+	}
+	if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine >= selEnd ) {
+	    // case 1: area to paint covers entire selection
+	    int paragS = selStart - startLine;
+	    int paragE = paragS + (selEnd - selStart);
+	    TQTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
+	    if ( parag ) {
+		c1.setParagraph( parag );
+		if ( td->text( paragS ).length() >= (uint) idxStart )
+		    c1.setIndex( idxStart );
+	    }
+	    parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
+	    if ( parag ) {
+		c2.setParagraph( parag );
+		if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
+		    c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
+	    }
+	} else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine < selEnd ) {
+	    // case 2: area to paint is all part of the selection
+	    td->selectAll( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	} else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine >= selEnd &&
+		    startLine <= selEnd ) {
+	    // case 3: area to paint starts inside a selection, ends past it
+	    c1.setParagraph( td->firstParagraph() );
+	    c1.setIndex( 0 );
+	    int paragE = selEnd - startLine;
+	    TQTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
+	    if ( parag ) {
+		c2.setParagraph( parag );
+		if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
+		    c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
+	    }
+	} else if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine < selEnd &&
+		    endLine > selStart ) {
+	    // case 4: area to paint starts before a selection, ends inside it
+	    int paragS = selStart - startLine;
+	    TQTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
+	    if ( parag ) {
+		c1.setParagraph( parag );
+		c1.setIndex( idxStart );
+	    }
+	    c2.setParagraph( td->lastParagraph() );
+	    c2.setIndex( td->lastParagraph()->string()->toString().length() - 1 );
+
+	}
+	// previously selected?
+	if ( !td->hasSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
+	    td->setSelectionStart( TQTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
+	    td->setSelectionEnd( TQTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
+	}
+    }
+    td->doLayout( p, contentsWidth() );
+
+    // have to align the painter so that partly visible lines are
+    // drawn at the correct position within the area that needs to be
+    // painted
+    int offset = clipy % fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
+    TQRect r( clipx, 0, clipw, cliph + offset );
+    p->translate( 0, clipy - offset );
+    td->draw( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), colorGroup() );
+    p->translate( 0, -(clipy - offset) );
+    delete td;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
+	return;
+
+    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+    mousePressed = TRUE;
+    mousePos = e->pos();
+    d->od->selStart.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
+    if ( d->od->selStart.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
+	d->od->selStart.line = d->od->numLines-1;
+	d->od->selStart.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines-1) ].length();
+    } else {
+	TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selStart.line) ];
+	d->od->selStart.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
+    }
+    d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->selStart.line;
+    d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->selStart.index;
+    oldMousePos = e->pos();
+    repaintContents( FALSE );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
+	return;
+
+    if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
+	scrollTimer->stop();
+    if ( !inDoubleClick ) {
+	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+	d->od->selEnd.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
+	if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
+	    d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
+	}
+	TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
+	mousePos = e->pos();
+	d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
+	if ( d->od->selEnd.line < d->od->selStart.line ) {
+	    tqSwap( &d->od->selStart.line, &d->od->selEnd.line );
+	    tqSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
+	} else if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line &&
+		    d->od->selStart.index > d->od->selEnd.index ) {
+	    tqSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
+	}
+	oldMousePos = e->pos();
+	repaintContents( FALSE );
+    }
+    if ( mousePressed ) {
+	mousePressed = FALSE;
+	copyToClipboard();
+    }
+
+    inDoubleClick = FALSE;
+    emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e )
+{
+    mousePos = e->pos();
+    optimDoAutoScroll();
+    oldMousePos = mousePos;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimDoAutoScroll()
+{
+    if ( !mousePressed )
+	return;
+
+    TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+    TQPoint pos( mapFromGlobal( TQCursor::pos() ) );
+    bool doScroll = FALSE;
+    int xx = contentsX() + pos.x();
+    int yy = contentsY() + pos.y();
+
+    // find out how much we have to scroll in either dir.
+    if ( pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > viewport()->width() ||
+	 pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
+	int my = yy;
+	if ( pos.x() < 0 )
+	    xx = contentsX() - fm.width( 'w');
+	else if ( pos.x() > viewport()->width() )
+	    xx = contentsX() + viewport()->width() + fm.width('w');
+
+	if ( pos.y() < 0 ) {
+	    my = contentsY() - 1;
+	    yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing()) * fm.lineSpacing() + 1;
+	} else if ( pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
+	    my = contentsY() + viewport()->height() + 1;
+	    yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing() + 1) * fm.lineSpacing() - 1;
+	}
+	d->od->selEnd.line = my / fm.lineSpacing();
+	mousePos.setX( xx );
+	mousePos.setY( my );
+	doScroll = TRUE;
+    } else {
+	d->od->selEnd.line = mousePos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
+    }
+
+    if ( d->od->selEnd.line < 0 ) {
+	d->od->selEnd.line = 0;
+    } else if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
+	d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
+    }
+
+    TQString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
+    d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
+
+    // have to have a valid index before generating a paint event
+    if ( doScroll )
+	ensureVisible( xx, yy, 1, 1 );
+
+    // if the text document is smaller than the height of the viewport
+    // - redraw the whole thing otherwise calculate the rect that
+    // needs drawing.
+    if ( d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() < viewport()->height() ) {
+	repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(), width(), height(), FALSE );
+    } else {
+	int h = TQABS(mousePos.y() - oldMousePos.y()) + fm.lineSpacing() * 2;
+	int y;
+	if ( oldMousePos.y() < mousePos.y() ) {
+	    y = oldMousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing();
+	} else {
+	    // expand paint area for a fully selected line
+	    h += fm.lineSpacing();
+	    y = mousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing()*2;
+	}
+	if ( y < 0 )
+	    y = 0;
+	repaintContents( contentsX(), y, width(), h, FALSE );
+    }
+
+    if ( (!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < 0) || pos.y() > height() )
+	scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
+    else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= 0 && pos.y() <= height() )
+	scrollTimer->stop();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the index of the character in the string \a str that is
+  currently under the mouse pointer.
+*/
+int TQTextEdit::optimCharIndex( const TQString &str, int mx ) const
+{
+    TQFontMetrics fm(TQScrollView::font());
+    uint i = 0;
+    int dd, dist = 10000000;
+    int curpos = 0;
+    int strWidth;
+    mx = mx - 4; // ### get the real margin from somewhere
+
+    if (!str.contains('\t') && mx > fm.width(str))
+	return str.length();
+
+    while (i < str.length()) {
+	strWidth = qStrWidth(str.left(i), tabStopWidth(), fm);
+	dd = strWidth - mx;
+	if (TQABS(dd) <= dist) {
+	    dist = TQABS(dd);
+	    if (mx >= strWidth)
+		curpos = i;
+	}
+	++i;
+    }
+    return curpos;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimSelectAll()
+{
+    d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selStart.index = 0;
+    d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines - 1;
+    d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].length();
+
+    repaintContents( FALSE );
+    emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimRemoveSelection()
+{
+    d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selEnd.line = -1;
+    d->od->selStart.index = d->od->selEnd.index = -1;
+    repaintContents( FALSE );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQTextEdit::optimSetSelection( int startLine, int startIdx,
+				       int endLine, int endIdx )
+{
+    d->od->selStart.line = startLine;
+    d->od->selEnd.line = endLine;
+    d->od->selStart.index = startIdx;
+    d->od->selEnd.index = endIdx;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+bool TQTextEdit::optimHasSelection() const
+{
+    if ( d->od->selStart.line != d->od->selEnd.line ||
+	 d->od->selStart.index != d->od->selEnd.index )
+	return TRUE;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+TQString TQTextEdit::optimSelectedText() const
+{
+    TQString str;
+
+    if ( !optimHasSelection() )
+	return str;
+
+    // concatenate all strings
+    if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line ) {
+	str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].mid( d->od->selStart.index,
+			   d->od->selEnd.index - d->od->selStart.index );
+    } else {
+	int i = d->od->selStart.line;
+	str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].right( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].length() -
+				  d->od->selStart.index ) + "\n";
+	i++;
+	for ( ; i < d->od->selEnd.line; i++ ) {
+	    if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) // CR lines are empty
+		str += "\n";
+	    else
+		str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
+	}
+	str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].left( d->od->selEnd.index );
+    }
+    return str;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+bool TQTextEdit::optimFind( const TQString & expr, bool cs, bool /*wo*/,
+			       bool fw, int * para, int * index )
+{
+    bool found = FALSE;
+    int parag = para ? *para : d->od->search.line,
+	  idx = index ? *index : d->od->search.index, i;
+
+    if ( d->od->len == 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    for ( i = parag; fw ? i < d->od->numLines : i >= 0; fw ? i++ : i-- ) {
+	idx = fw ? d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].find( expr, idx, cs ) :
+	      d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].findRev( expr, idx, cs );
+	if ( idx != -1 ) {
+	    found = TRUE;
+	    break;
+	} else if ( fw )
+	    idx = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( found ) {
+	if ( index )
+	    *index = idx;
+	if ( para )
+	    *para = i;
+	d->od->search.index = idx + 1;
+	d->od->search.line = i;
+	optimSetSelection( i, idx, i, idx + expr.length() );
+	TQFontMetrics fm( TQScrollView::font() );
+	int h = fm.lineSpacing();
+	int x = fm.width( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].left( idx + expr.length()) ) + 4;
+	ensureVisible( x, i * h + h / 2, 1, h / 2 + 2 );
+	repaintContents(); // could possibly be optimized
+    }
+    return found;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQTextEdit::polish()
+{
+    // this will ensure that the last line is visible if text have
+    // been added to the widget before it is shown
+    if ( d->optimMode )
+	scrollToBottom();
+    TQWidget::polish();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the maximum number of lines a TQTextEdit can hold in \c
+    LogText mode to \a limit. If \a limit is -1 (the default), this
+    signifies an unlimited number of lines.
+
+    \warning Never use formatting tags that span more than one line
+    when the maximum log lines is set. When lines are removed from the
+    top of the buffer it could result in an unbalanced tag pair, i.e.
+    the left formatting tag is removed before the right one.
+ */
+void TQTextEdit::setMaxLogLines( int limit )
+{
+    d->maxLogLines = limit;
+    if ( d->maxLogLines < -1 )
+	d->maxLogLines = -1;
+    if ( d->maxLogLines == -1 )
+	d->logOffset = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the maximum number of lines TQTextEdit can hold in \c
+    LogText mode. By default the number of lines is unlimited, which
+    is signified by a value of -1.
+ */
+int TQTextEdit::maxLogLines()
+{
+    return d->maxLogLines;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Check if the number of lines in the buffer is limited, and uphold
+    that limit when appending new lines.
+ */
+void TQTextEdit::optimCheckLimit( const TQString& str )
+{
+    if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 && d->maxLogLines <= d->od->numLines ) {
+	// NB! Removing the top line in the buffer will potentially
+	// destroy the structure holding the formatting tags - if line
+	// spanning tags are used.
+	TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = d->od->tags, *tmp, *itr;
+	TQPtrList<TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> lst;
+	while ( t ) {
+	    t->line -= 1;
+	    // unhook the ptr from the tag structure
+	    if ( ((uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) d->logOffset &&
+		  (uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) &&
+		  (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) > (uint) d->logOffset) )
+	    {
+		if ( t->prev )
+		    t->prev->next = t->next;
+		if ( t->next )
+		    t->next->prev = t->prev;
+		if ( d->od->tags == t )
+		    d->od->tags = t->next;
+		if ( d->od->lastTag == t ) {
+		    if ( t->prev )
+			d->od->lastTag = t->prev;
+		    else
+			d->od->lastTag = d->od->tags;
+		}
+		tmp = t;
+		t = t->next;
+		lst.append( tmp );
+		delete tmp;
+	    } else {
+		t = t->next;
+	    }
+	}
+	// Remove all references to the ptrs we just deleted
+	itr = d->od->tags;
+	while ( itr ){
+	    for ( tmp = lst.first(); tmp; tmp = lst.next() ) {
+		if ( itr->parent == tmp )
+		    itr->parent = 0;
+		if ( itr->leftTag == tmp )
+		    itr->leftTag = 0;
+	    }
+	    itr = itr->next;
+	}
+	// ...in the tag index as well
+	TQMapIterator<int, TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> idx;
+	if ( (idx = d->od->tagIndex.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
+	    d->od->tagIndex.remove( idx );
+
+	TQMapIterator<int,TQString> it;
+	if ( (it = d->od->lines.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->lines.end() ) {
+	    d->od->len -= (*it).length();
+	    d->od->lines.remove( it );
+	    d->od->numLines--;
+	    d->logOffset = LOGOFFSET(1);
+	}
+    }
+    d->od->len += str.length();
+    d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines++) ] = str;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextEdit::autoFormatting
+    \brief the enabled set of auto formatting features
+
+    The value can be any combination of the values in the \c
+    AutoFormatting enum.  The default is \c AutoAll. Choose \c AutoNone
+    to disable all automatic formatting.
+
+    Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is \c
+    AutoBulletList; future versions of TQt may offer more.
+*/
+
+void TQTextEdit::setAutoFormatting( uint features )
+{
+    d->autoFormatting = features;
+}
+
+uint TQTextEdit::autoFormatting() const
+{
+    return d->autoFormatting;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the TQSyntaxHighlighter set on this TQTextEdit. 0 is
+    returned if no syntax highlighter is set.
+ */
+TQSyntaxHighlighter * TQTextEdit::syntaxHighlighter() const
+{
+    if (document()->preProcessor())
+	return ((TQSyntaxHighlighterInternal *) document()->preProcessor())->highlighter;
+    else
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
diff --git a/src/widgets/tqtextedit.h b/src/widgets/tqtextedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40906dbfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/tqtextedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the TQTextEdit class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTEDIT_H
+#define TQTEXTEDIT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "ntqscrollview.h"
+#include "ntqstylesheet.h"
+#include "tqptrvector.h"
+#include "tqvaluelist.h"
+#include "tqptrlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
+// uncomment below to enable optimization mode - also uncomment the
+// optimDoAutoScroll() private slot since moc ignores #ifdefs..
+#define QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+
+class TQPainter;
+class TQTextDocument;
+class TQTextCursor;
+class TQKeyEvent;
+class TQResizeEvent;
+class TQMouseEvent;
+class TQTimer;
+class TQTextString;
+class TQTextCommand;
+class TQTextParagraph;
+class TQTextFormat;
+class TQFont;
+class TQColor;
+class TQTextEdit;
+class TQTextBrowser;
+class TQTextString;
+struct TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
+class TQPopupMenu;
+class TQTextEditPrivate;
+class TQSyntaxHighlighter;
+
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+class TQTextEditOptimPrivate
+{
+public:
+    // Note: no left-tag has any value for leftTag or parent, and
+    // no right-tag has any formatting flags set.
+    enum TagType { Color = 0, Format = 1 };
+    struct Tag {
+	TagType type:2;
+	bool bold:1;
+	bool italic:1;
+	bool underline:1;
+	int line;
+	int index;
+	Tag * leftTag; // ptr to left-tag in a left-right tag pair
+	Tag * parent;  // ptr to parent left-tag in a nested tag
+	Tag * prev;
+	Tag * next;
+	TQString tag;
+    };
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate()
+    {
+	len = numLines = maxLineWidth = 0;
+	selStart.line = selStart.index = -1;
+	selEnd.line = selEnd.index = -1;
+	search.line = search.index = 0;
+	tags = lastTag = 0;
+    }
+    void clearTags()
+    {
+	Tag * itr = tags;
+	while ( tags ) {
+	    itr  = tags;
+	    tags = tags->next;
+	    delete itr;
+	}
+	tags = lastTag = 0;
+	tagIndex.clear();
+    }
+    ~TQTextEditOptimPrivate()
+    {
+	clearTags();
+    }
+    int len;
+    int numLines;
+    int maxLineWidth;
+    struct Selection {
+	int line;
+	int index;
+    };
+    Selection selStart, selEnd, search;
+    Tag * tags, * lastTag;
+    TQMap<int, TQString> lines;
+    TQMap<int, Tag *> tagIndex;
+};
+#endif
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextEdit : public TQScrollView
+{
+    friend class TQTextBrowser;
+    friend class TQSyntaxHighlighter;
+
+    TQ_OBJECT
+    TQ_ENUMS( WordWrap WrapPolicy )
+    TQ_SETS( AutoFormatting )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( TextFormat textFormat READ textFormat WRITE setTextFormat )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString text READ text WRITE setText )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( TQBrush paper READ paper WRITE setPaper )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool linkUnderline READ linkUnderline WRITE setLinkUnderline )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString documentTitle READ documentTitle )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( int length READ length )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( WordWrap wordWrap READ wordWrap WRITE setWordWrap )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( int wrapColumnOrWidth READ wrapColumnOrWidth WRITE setWrapColumnOrWidth )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( WrapPolicy wrapPolicy READ wrapPolicy WRITE setWrapPolicy )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool hasSelectedText READ hasSelectedText )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( TQString selectedText READ selectedText )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( int undoDepth READ undoDepth WRITE setUndoDepth )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool overwriteMode READ isOverwriteMode WRITE setOverwriteMode )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool modified READ isModified WRITE setModified DESIGNABLE false )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool readOnly READ isReadOnly WRITE setReadOnly )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool undoRedoEnabled READ isUndoRedoEnabled WRITE setUndoRedoEnabled )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( int tabStopWidth READ tabStopWidth WRITE setTabStopWidth )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool tabChangesFocus READ tabChangesFocus WRITE setTabChangesFocus )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( AutoFormatting autoFormatting READ autoFormatting WRITE setAutoFormatting )
+
+public:
+    enum WordWrap {
+	NoWrap,
+	WidgetWidth,
+	FixedPixelWidth,
+	FixedColumnWidth
+    };
+
+    enum WrapPolicy {
+	AtWordBoundary,
+	AtWhiteSpace = AtWordBoundary, // AtWhiteSpace is deprecated
+	Anywhere,
+	AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
+    };
+
+    enum AutoFormatting {
+	AutoNone = 0,
+	AutoBulletList = 0x00000001,
+	AutoAll = 0xffffffff
+    };
+
+    enum KeyboardAction {
+	ActionBackspace,
+	ActionDelete,
+	ActionReturn,
+	ActionKill,
+	ActionWordBackspace,
+	ActionWordDelete
+    };
+
+    enum CursorAction {
+	MoveBackward,
+	MoveForward,
+	MoveWordBackward,
+	MoveWordForward,
+	MoveUp,
+	MoveDown,
+	MoveLineStart,
+	MoveLineEnd,
+	MoveHome,
+	MoveEnd,
+	MovePgUp,
+	MovePgDown
+    };
+
+    enum VerticalAlignment {
+	AlignNormal,
+	AlignSuperScript,
+	AlignSubScript
+    };
+
+    enum TextInsertionFlags {
+	RedoIndentation = 0x0001,
+	CheckNewLines = 0x0002,
+	RemoveSelected = 0x0004,
+	AsIMCompositionText = 0x0008,  // internal use
+	WithIMSelection = 0x0010       // internal use
+    };
+
+    TQTextEdit( const TQString& text, const TQString& context = TQString::null,
+	       TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+    TQTextEdit( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    virtual ~TQTextEdit();
+    void setPalette( const TQPalette & );
+
+    TQString text() const;
+    TQString text( int para ) const;
+    TextFormat textFormat() const;
+    TQString context() const;
+    TQString documentTitle() const;
+
+    void getSelection( int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
+		    int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum = 0 ) const;
+    virtual bool find( const TQString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE,
+		       int *para = 0, int *index = 0 );
+
+    int paragraphs() const;
+    int lines() const;
+    int linesOfParagraph( int para ) const;
+    int lineOfChar( int para, int chr );
+    int length() const;
+    TQRect paragraphRect( int para ) const;
+    int paragraphAt( const TQPoint &pos ) const;
+    int charAt( const TQPoint &pos, int *para ) const;
+    int paragraphLength( int para ) const;
+
+    TQStyleSheet* styleSheet() const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+    TQMimeSourceFactory* mimeSourceFactory() const;
+#endif
+    TQBrush paper() const;
+    bool linkUnderline() const;
+
+    int heightForWidth( int w ) const;
+
+    bool hasSelectedText() const;
+    TQString selectedText() const;
+    bool isUndoAvailable() const;
+    bool isRedoAvailable() const;
+
+    WordWrap wordWrap() const;
+    int wrapColumnOrWidth() const;
+    WrapPolicy wrapPolicy() const;
+
+    int tabStopWidth() const;
+
+    TQString anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos );
+    TQString anchorAt( const TQPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute a );
+
+    TQSize sizeHint() const;
+
+    bool isReadOnly() const { return readOnly; }
+
+    void getCursorPosition( int *parag, int *index ) const;
+
+    bool isModified() const;
+    bool italic() const;
+    bool bold() const;
+    bool underline() const;
+    TQString family() const;
+    int pointSize() const;
+    TQColor color() const;
+    TQFont font() const;
+    TQFont currentFont() const;
+    int alignment() const;
+    int undoDepth() const;
+
+    // do not use, will go away
+    virtual bool getFormat( int para, int index, TQFont *font, TQColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment );
+    // do not use, will go away
+    virtual bool getParagraphFormat( int para, TQFont *font, TQColor *color,
+				     VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
+				     TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
+				     TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
+				     int *listDepth );
+
+
+    bool isOverwriteMode() const { return overWrite; }
+    TQColor paragraphBackgroundColor( int para ) const;
+
+    bool isUndoRedoEnabled() const;
+    bool eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e );
+    bool tabChangesFocus() const;
+
+    void setAutoFormatting( uint features );
+    uint autoFormatting() const;
+    TQSyntaxHighlighter *syntaxHighlighter() const;
+
+public slots:
+    void setEnabled( bool );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+    virtual void setMimeSourceFactory( TQMimeSourceFactory* factory );
+#endif
+    virtual void setStyleSheet( TQStyleSheet* styleSheet );
+    virtual void scrollToAnchor( const TQString& name );
+    virtual void setPaper( const TQBrush& pap );
+    virtual void setLinkUnderline( bool );
+
+    virtual void setWordWrap( WordWrap mode );
+    virtual void setWrapColumnOrWidth( int );
+    virtual void setWrapPolicy( WrapPolicy policy );
+
+    virtual void copy();
+    virtual void append( const TQString& text );
+
+    void setText( const TQString &txt ) { setText( txt, TQString::null ); }
+    virtual void setText( const TQString &txt, const TQString &context );
+    virtual void setTextFormat( TextFormat f );
+
+    virtual void selectAll( bool select = TRUE );
+    virtual void setTabStopWidth( int ts );
+    virtual void zoomIn( int range );
+    virtual void zoomIn() { zoomIn( 1 ); }
+    virtual void zoomOut( int range );
+    virtual void zoomOut() { zoomOut( 1 ); }
+    virtual void zoomTo( int size );
+
+    virtual void sync();
+    virtual void setReadOnly( bool b );
+
+    virtual void undo();
+    virtual void redo();
+    virtual void cut();
+    virtual void paste();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    virtual void pasteSubType( const TQCString &subtype );
+#endif
+    virtual void clear();
+    virtual void del();
+    virtual void indent();
+    virtual void setItalic( bool b );
+    virtual void setBold( bool b );
+    virtual void setUnderline( bool b );
+    virtual void setFamily( const TQString &f );
+    virtual void setPointSize( int s );
+    virtual void setColor( const TQColor &c );
+    virtual void setFont( const TQFont &f );
+    virtual void setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment a );
+    virtual void setAlignment( int a );
+
+    // do not use, will go away
+    virtual void setParagType( TQStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm, TQStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle );
+
+    virtual void setCursorPosition( int parag, int index );
+    virtual void setSelection( int parag_from, int index_from, int parag_to, int index_to, int selNum = 0 );
+    virtual void setSelectionAttributes( int selNum, const TQColor &back, bool invertText );
+    virtual void setModified( bool m );
+    virtual void resetFormat();
+    virtual void setUndoDepth( int d );
+    virtual void setFormat( TQTextFormat *f, int flags );
+    virtual void ensureCursorVisible();
+    virtual void placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c = 0 );
+    virtual void moveCursor( CursorAction action, bool select );
+    virtual void doKeyboardAction( KeyboardAction action );
+    virtual void removeSelectedText( int selNum = 0 );
+    virtual void removeSelection( int selNum = 0 );
+    virtual void setCurrentFont( const TQFont &f );
+    virtual void setOverwriteMode( bool b ) { overWrite = b; }
+
+    virtual void scrollToBottom();
+
+    void insert( const TQString &text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected ); // ## virtual in 4.0
+
+    // obsolete
+    virtual void insert( const TQString &text, bool, bool = TRUE, bool = TRUE );
+
+    virtual void insertAt( const TQString &text, int para, int index );
+    virtual void removeParagraph( int para );
+    virtual void insertParagraph( const TQString &text, int para );
+
+    virtual void setParagraphBackgroundColor( int para, const TQColor &bg );
+    virtual void clearParagraphBackground( int para );
+
+    virtual void setUndoRedoEnabled( bool b );
+    void setTabChangesFocus( bool b ); // ### make virtual in 4.0
+
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    void polish();
+    void setMaxLogLines( int numLines );
+    int maxLogLines();
+#endif
+
+signals:
+    void textChanged();
+    void selectionChanged();
+    void copyAvailable( bool );
+    void undoAvailable( bool yes );
+    void redoAvailable( bool yes );
+    void currentFontChanged( const TQFont &f );
+    void currentColorChanged( const TQColor &c );
+    void currentAlignmentChanged( int a );
+    void currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( VerticalAlignment a );
+    void cursorPositionChanged( TQTextCursor *c );
+    void cursorPositionChanged( int para, int pos );
+    void returnPressed();
+    void modificationChanged( bool m );
+    void clicked( int parag, int index );
+    void doubleClicked( int parag, int index );
+
+protected:
+    void repaintChanged();
+    void updateStyles();
+    void drawContents( TQPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch );
+    bool event( TQEvent *e );
+    void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
+    void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e );
+    void viewportResizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* );
+    void contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    void contentsMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    void contentsMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    void contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    void contentsWheelEvent( TQWheelEvent *e );
+#endif
+    void imStartEvent( TQIMEvent * );
+    void imComposeEvent( TQIMEvent * );
+    void imEndEvent( TQIMEvent * );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
+    void contentsDragEnterEvent( TQDragEnterEvent *e );
+    void contentsDragMoveEvent( TQDragMoveEvent *e );
+    void contentsDragLeaveEvent( TQDragLeaveEvent *e );
+    void contentsDropEvent( TQDropEvent *e );
+#endif
+    void contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent *e );
+    bool sendMouseEventToInputContext( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
+    TQTextDocument *document() const;
+    TQTextCursor *textCursor() const;
+    void setDocument( TQTextDocument *doc );
+    virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu( const TQPoint& pos );
+    virtual TQPopupMenu *createPopupMenu();
+    void drawCursor( bool visible );
+
+    void windowActivationChange( bool );
+
+protected slots:
+    virtual void doChangeInterval();
+    void sliderReleased(); // ### make virtual in 4.0
+
+private slots:
+    void formatMore();
+    void doResize();
+    void autoScrollTimerDone();
+    void blinkCursor();
+    void setModified();
+    void startDrag();
+    void documentWidthChanged( int w );
+    void clipboardChanged();
+
+private:
+    struct TQ_EXPORT UndoRedoInfo {
+	enum Type { Invalid, Insert, Delete, Backspace, Return, RemoveSelected, Format, Style, IME };
+
+	UndoRedoInfo( TQTextDocument *dc );
+	~UndoRedoInfo();
+	void clear();
+	bool valid() const;
+
+	TQUndoRedoInfoPrivate *d;
+	int id;
+	int index;
+	int eid;
+	int eindex;
+	TQTextFormat *format;
+	int flags;
+	Type type;
+	TQTextDocument *doc;
+	TQByteArray styleInformation;
+    };
+
+private:
+    void updateCursor( const TQPoint & pos );
+    void handleMouseMove( const TQPoint& pos );
+    void drawContents( TQPainter * );
+    virtual bool linksEnabled() const { return FALSE; }
+    void init();
+    void checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Type t );
+    void updateCurrentFormat();
+    bool handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
+    void makeParagVisible( TQTextParagraph *p );
+    void normalCopy();
+    void copyToClipboard();
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIME
+    TQCString pickSpecial(TQMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const TQPoint&);
+    TQTextDrag *dragObject( TQWidget *parent = 0 ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
+    void pasteSpecial(const TQPoint&);
+#endif
+    void setFontInternal( const TQFont &f );
+
+    virtual void emitHighlighted( const TQString & ) {}
+    virtual void emitLinkClicked( const TQString & ) {}
+
+    void readFormats( TQTextCursor &c1, TQTextCursor &c2, TQTextString &text, bool fillStyles = FALSE );
+    void clearUndoRedo();
+    void paintDocument( bool drawAll, TQPainter *p, int cx = -1, int cy = -1, int cw = -1, int ch = -1 );
+    void moveCursor( CursorAction action );
+    void ensureFormatted( TQTextParagraph *p );
+    void placeCursor( const TQPoint &pos, TQTextCursor *c, bool link );
+    void updateMicroFocusHint();
+
+#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+    bool checkOptimMode();
+    TQString optimText() const;
+    void optimSetText( const TQString &str );
+    void optimAppend( const TQString &str );
+    void optimInsert( const TQString &str, int line, int index );
+    void optimDrawContents( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch );
+    void optimMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent * e );
+    void optimMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent * e );
+    void optimMouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e );
+    int  optimCharIndex( const TQString &str, int mx ) const;
+    void optimSelectAll();
+    void optimRemoveSelection();
+    void optimSetSelection( int startLine, int startIdx, int endLine,
+			    int endIdx );
+    bool optimHasSelection() const;
+    TQString optimSelectedText() const;
+    bool optimFind( const TQString & str, bool, bool, bool, int *, int * );
+    void optimParseTags( TQString * str, int lineNo = -1, int indexOffset = 0 );
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * optimPreviousLeftTag( int line );
+    void optimSetTextFormat( TQTextDocument *, TQTextCursor *, TQTextFormat * f,
+			     int, int, TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t );
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * optimAppendTag( int index, const TQString & tag );
+    TQTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * optimInsertTag( int line, int index, const TQString & tag );
+    void optimCheckLimit( const TQString& str );
+    bool optimHasBoldMetrics( int line );
+
+private slots:
+    void optimDoAutoScroll();
+#endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
+
+private:
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CLIPBOARD
+    void pasteSubType( const TQCString &subtype, TQMimeSource *m );
+#endif
+
+private:
+    TQTextDocument *doc;
+    TQTextCursor *cursor;
+    TQTimer *formatTimer, *scrollTimer, *changeIntervalTimer, *blinkTimer, *dragStartTimer;
+    TQTextParagraph *lastFormatted;
+    int interval;
+    UndoRedoInfo undoRedoInfo;
+    TQTextFormat *currentFormat;
+    int currentAlignment;
+    TQPoint oldMousePos, mousePos;
+    TQPoint dragStartPos;
+    TQString onLink;
+    WordWrap wrapMode;
+    WrapPolicy wPolicy;
+    int wrapWidth;
+    TQString pressedLink;
+    TQTextEditPrivate *d;
+    bool inDoubleClick : 1;
+    bool mousePressed : 1;
+    bool cursorVisible : 1;
+    bool blinkCursorVisible : 1;
+    bool noop: 1; //< Removed; keep as padding for binary compat or reuse if needed
+    bool modified : 1;
+    bool mightStartDrag : 1;
+    bool inDnD : 1;
+    bool readOnly : 1;
+    bool undoEnabled : 1;
+    bool overWrite : 1;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQTextEdit( const TQTextEdit & );
+    TQTextEdit &operator=( const TQTextEdit & );
+#endif
+};
+
+inline TQTextDocument *TQTextEdit::document() const
+{
+    return doc;
+}
+
+inline TQTextCursor *TQTextEdit::textCursor() const
+{
+    return cursor;
+}
+
+inline void TQTextEdit::setCurrentFont( const TQFont &f )
+{
+    TQTextEdit::setFontInternal( f );
+}
+
+#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTEDIT
+#endif //TQTEXTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/tqtextview.cpp b/src/widgets/tqtextview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a475d7b4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/tqtextview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the TQTextView class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "tqtextview.h"
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
+
+/*! \class TQTextView
+    \brief The TQTextView class provides a rich-text viewer.
+
+  \obsolete
+
+  This class wraps a read-only \l TQTextEdit.
+  Use a \l TQTextEdit instead, and call setReadOnly(TRUE)
+  to disable editing.
+*/
+
+/*! \reimp */
+
+TQTextView::TQTextView( const TQString& text, const TQString& context,
+		      TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQTextEdit( text, context, parent, name )
+{
+    setReadOnly( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+
+TQTextView::TQTextView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    : TQTextEdit( parent, name )
+{
+    setReadOnly( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+
+TQTextView::~TQTextView()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextView::undoDepth
+    \brief the number of undoable steps
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextView::overwriteMode
+    \brief whether new text overwrites or pushes aside existing text
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextView::modified
+    \brief Whether the text view's contents have been modified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextView::readOnly
+    \brief Whether the text view's contents are read only.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property TQTextView::undoRedoEnabled
+    \brief Whether undo and redo are enabled.
+*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/tqtextview.h b/src/widgets/tqtextview.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8970d10c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/tqtextview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the TQTextView class
+**
+** Created : 990101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the widgets module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQTEXTVIEW_H
+#define TQTEXTVIEW_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqtextedit.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQTextView : public TQTextEdit
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( int undoDepth DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool overwriteMode DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool modified SCRIPTABLE false)
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool readOnly DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+    TQ_OVERRIDE( bool undoRedoEnabled DESIGNABLE false SCRIPTABLE false )
+
+public:
+    TQTextView( const TQString& text, const TQString& context = TQString::null,
+	       TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+    TQTextView( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+
+    virtual ~TQTextView();
+
+private:
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQTextView( const TQTextView & );
+    TQTextView &operator=( const TQTextView & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTVIEW
+#endif //TQTEXTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/xml/qsvgdevice.cpp b/src/xml/qsvgdevice.cpp
index d2895838f..852cc7424 100644
--- a/src/xml/qsvgdevice.cpp
+++ b/src/xml/qsvgdevice.cpp
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 #include "tqmap.h"
 #include "ntqregexp.h"
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "tqimage.h"
 #include "ntqpixmap.h"
 
diff --git a/src/xml/tqdom.cpp b/src/xml/tqdom.cpp
index 4feaf47a6..c233afa76 100644
--- a/src/xml/tqdom.cpp
+++ b/src/xml/tqdom.cpp
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@
 #include "tqxml.h"
 #include "tqptrlist.h"
 #include "ntqdict.h"
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqiodevice.h"
 #include "ntqregexp.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
diff --git a/src/xml/tqxml.cpp b/src/xml/tqxml.cpp
index 4a2b8615d..f9fa14b77 100644
--- a/src/xml/tqxml.cpp
+++ b/src/xml/tqxml.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 **********************************************************************/
 
 #include "tqxml.h"
-#include "ntqtextcodec.h"
+#include "tqtextcodec.h"
 #include "ntqbuffer.h"
 #include "ntqregexp.h"
 #include "tqptrstack.h"
diff --git a/src/xml/tqxml.h b/src/xml/tqxml.h
index fb685a21e..d55004993 100644
--- a/src/xml/tqxml.h
+++ b/src/xml/tqxml.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 #define TQXML_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqtextstream.h"
+#include "tqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqfile.h"
 #include "tqstring.h"
 #include "tqstringlist.h"
-- 
cgit v1.2.3